-----BEGIN PRIVACY-ENHANCED MESSAGE----- Proc-Type: 2001,MIC-CLEAR Originator-Name: webmaster@www.sec.gov Originator-Key-Asymmetric: MFgwCgYEVQgBAQICAf8DSgAwRwJAW2sNKK9AVtBzYZmr6aGjlWyK3XmZv3dTINen TWSM7vrzLADbmYQaionwg5sDW3P6oaM5D3tdezXMm7z1T+B+twIDAQAB MIC-Info: RSA-MD5,RSA, FBbi68nhjhOfcEu6d6o+tmyQ37IpZfuDedwfNlApV354DNXGdBfRhkZ0GO2AjMxK 6fsTuFRFnKZRQKhFM6C33w== 0000892569-02-000890.txt : 20020426 0000892569-02-000890.hdr.sgml : 20020426 ACCESSION NUMBER: 0000892569-02-000890 CONFORMED SUBMISSION TYPE: S-3 PUBLIC DOCUMENT COUNT: 9 FILED AS OF DATE: 20020426 FILER: COMPANY DATA: COMPANY CONFORMED NAME: EMULEX CORP /DE/ CENTRAL INDEX KEY: 0000350917 STANDARD INDUSTRIAL CLASSIFICATION: COMPUTER COMMUNICATIONS EQUIPMENT [3576] IRS NUMBER: 510300558 STATE OF INCORPORATION: DE FISCAL YEAR END: 0627 FILING VALUES: FORM TYPE: S-3 SEC ACT: 1933 Act SEC FILE NUMBER: 333-87090 FILM NUMBER: 02623385 BUSINESS ADDRESS: STREET 1: 3535 HARBOR BLVD CITY: COSTA MESA STATE: CA ZIP: 92626 BUSINESS PHONE: 7146625600 MAIL ADDRESS: STREET 1: 3535 HARBOR BOULEVARD CITY: COSTA MESA STATE: CA ZIP: 92626 S-3 1 a80940ors-3.htm FORM S-3 Emulex Corporation Form S-3
Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 26, 2002
Registration No. 333-            


SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

Form S-3

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

Emulex Corporation

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

3535 Harbor Boulevard

Costa Mesa, California 92626
(714) 662-5600
(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of Registrant’s principal executive offices)
     
Delaware   51-0300558
(State or Other Jurisdiction of
Incorporation or Organization)
  (I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)

PAUL F. FOLINO

President and Chief Executive Officer
Emulex Corporation
3535 Harbor Boulevard
Costa Mesa, California 92626
(714) 662-5600
(Name and address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

Copy to:

Robert M. Steinberg, Esq.

Jeffer, Mangels, Butler & Marmaro LLP
2121 Avenue of the Stars, 10th Floor
Los Angeles, California 90067
(310) 203-8080
Fax: (310) 203-0567

      Approximate Date of Commencement of Proposed Sale to the Public: As soon as practicable after this Registration Statement becomes effective.

      If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, other than securities offered only in connection with dividend or interest reinvestment plans, check the following box:     þ

      If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     o             

      If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     o

      If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434, please check the following box.     o

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

                             


Amount Proposed Maximum Proposed Maximum Amount of
Title of Each Class of to be Offering Price Aggregate Registration
Securities to be Registered Registered Per Share Offering Price Fee

1.75% convertible subordinated notes due February 1, 2007
  $345,000,000     100%     $ 345,000,000     $ 31,740  
Common stock, $.10 par value
  6,408,030 shares(1)     (2)     (2)     (2)


(1)  This number represents the number of shares of common stock that are initially issuable upon conversion of the 1.75% convertible subordinated notes due February 1, 2007 (the “Notes”) registered hereby. For purposes of estimating the number of shares of common stock to be included in the registration statement upon the conversion of the Notes, we calculated the number of shares issuable upon conversion of the Notes based on a conversion rate of 18.574 shares per $1,000 principal amount of the Notes. In addition to the shares set forth in the table, pursuant to Rule 416 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this registration statement also shall cover any additional shares of common stock which become issuable in connection with the shares registered for sale hereby by reason of any stock dividend, stock split, recapitalization or other similar transaction effected without the receipt of consideration which results in an increase in the number of our outstanding shares of common stock.
 
(2)  No additional consideration will be received for the common stock, and therefore, no registration fee is required pursuant to Rule 457(i).

      The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until this Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.




Table of Contents

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. These securities may not be sold until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED APRIL 26, 2002

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS

$345,000,000

Emulex Corporation

1.75% Convertible Subordinated Notes

Due February 1, 2007
and
6,408,030 Shares of Common Stock
Issuable Upon Conversion of the Notes

        Holders of our 1.75% Convertible Subordinated Notes due February 1, 2007 may offer for sale the notes and the shares of our common stock into which the notes are convertible at any time at market prices prevailing at the time of sale or at privately negotiated prices. The selling securityholders may sell the notes or the common stock directly to purchasers or through underwriters, broker-dealers or agents, who may receive compensation in the form of discounts, concessions or commissions.

      The holders of the notes may convert the notes into shares of our common stock at any time at a conversion price of $53.84 per share, subject to certain adjustments. This is equivalent to a conversion ratio of approximately 18.574 shares per $1,000 principal amount of notes. Interest on the notes is payable on February 1 and August 1 of each year, commencing on August 1, 2002. On or after February 5, 2005, we may redeem the notes, in whole or in part, at the redemption prices set forth in this prospectus.

      In the event of a change of control of Emulex, as defined in this prospectus, we may be required to repurchase the notes from holders at 100% of the principal amount of the notes plus accrued interest.

      The notes are our unsecured obligations and are subordinated to all of our existing and future senior indebtedness. In addition, the notes will be effectively subordinated to any future indebtedness and other liabilities, including trade payables, of our subsidiaries.

      Our common stock is quoted on the Nasdaq National Market under the symbol “EMLX.” The last reported sale price of our common stock on the Nasdaq National Market on April 25, 2002 was $29.29 per share.

      Investing in our notes and common stock involves risks. Prospective purchasers of our notes and shares of common stock should carefully read the risk factors beginning on page 4 and the sections entitled “Risk Factors” in the documents we file with the Securities and Exchange Commission that are incorporated by reference in this prospectus.

      Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities regulators have approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

The date of this Prospectus is                     , 2002


WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION
INCORPORATION OF CERTAIN DOCUMENTS BY REFERENCE
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
RECENT DEVELOPMENTS
RISK FACTORS
RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES
USE OF PROCEEDS
SELLING SECURITYHOLDERS
PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION
DESCRIPTION OF THE NOTES
DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK
CERTAIN UNITED STATES FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS
LEGAL MATTERS
EXPERTS
EXHIBIT 4.8
EXHIBIT 4.9
EXHIBIT 4.10
EXHIBIT 5.1
EXHIBIT 10.16
EXHIBIT 12.1
EXHIBIT 23.1
EXHIBIT 25.1


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

         
Page

Where You Can Find More Information
    ii  
Incorporation of Certain Documents by Reference
    ii  
Forward-Looking Statements
    iii  
Summary
    1  
Recent Developments
    1  
Risk Factors
    4  
Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges
    19  
Use of Proceeds
    19  
Selling Securityholders
    19  
Plan of Distribution
    22  
Description of the Notes
    24  
Description of Capital Stock
    38  
Certain United States Federal Income Tax Considerations
    40  
Legal Matters
    46  
Experts
    46  


Table of Contents

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

      We file annual, quarterly and special reports, proxy statements and other information with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). Our SEC filings are available to the public over the Internet at the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov. You may read and copy any materials that we have filed with the SEC at its Public Reference Room at 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549. You can also obtain copies of the documents at prescribed rates by writing to the Public Reference Section of the SEC at 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549. You can obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330.

      This prospectus is part of a registration statement on Form S-3 that we filed with the SEC and omits portions of the information contained in the registration statement as permitted by the SEC. Additional information regarding us and our common stock is contained in the registration statement. You can obtain a copy of the registration statement from the SEC at the street address or Internet site listed in the above paragraph.

 
INCORPORATION OF CERTAIN DOCUMENTS BY REFERENCE

      The SEC allows us to “incorporate by reference” into this prospectus the information we file with them, which means that we can disclose important information to you by referring you to those documents. The information incorporated by reference is considered to be part of this prospectus except for any information superseded by information contained directly in this prospectus or in later-filed documents incorporated by reference in this prospectus. We incorporate by reference the documents listed below and any future filings we make with the SEC under Sections 13(a), 13(c), 14 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), after the date of this prospectus and prior to the time that all of the securities offered by this prospectus are sold:

  •  Our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended July 1, 2001;
 
  •  Our Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q for the quarters ended September 30, 2001 and December 30, 2001;
 
  •  Our Current Reports on Form 8-K, filed on January 24, 2002 and January 28, 2002;
 
  •  The description of our common stock contained in our registration statement on Form 8-A filed March 28, 1983 pursuant to Section 12 of the Exchange Act, including any amendments or reports filed for the purposes of updating such description;
 
  •  The description of our preferred stock purchase rights contained in our Registration Statement on Form 8-A dated February 2, 1986, including any amendments or reports filed for the purposes of updating such description; and
 
  •  Our Definitive Proxy Statement, filed October 12, 2001, relating to our annual meeting of stockholders held on November 15, 2001.

      A copy of these filings will be provided to you at no cost if you request them by writing or telephoning us at the following address:

Emulex Corporation
3535 Harbor Boulevard
Costa Mesa, California 92626
Attention: Investor Relations
Phone: (714) 662-5600

      You should rely only on the information contained or incorporated by reference in this prospectus. We have not authorized anyone to provide you with information that is different from what is contained in this prospectus. We are not making an offer of these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer is not permitted. You should not assume that the information in this prospectus is accurate as of any date other than the date on the cover of this prospectus.

ii


Table of Contents

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

      With the exception of historical facts, the statements contained in this prospectus, including the sections entitled “Summary” and “Risk Factors,” are forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act and Section 21E of the Exchange Act, and are subject to the “safe harbor” provisions created by these statutes. These forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements that relate to:

  •  our future revenue;
 
  •  product development;
 
  •  demand, acceptance and market share;
 
  •  competitiveness;
 
  •  gross margins;
 
  •  levels of research and development and operating expenses;
 
  •  management’s plans and objectives for current and future operations; and
 
  •  the sufficiency of financial resources to support future operations and capital expenditures.

      These statements are based on current expectations and are subject to risks, uncertainties and changes in condition, significance, value and effect, including those discussed under the headings “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” in this document and in the documents we file from time to time with the SEC, including our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q and current reports on Form 8-K. These risks, uncertainties and changes in condition, significance, value and effect could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed in this prospectus and in ways not readily foreseeable.

      You are cautioned not to place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date of this prospectus and of information currently and reasonably known. We undertake no obligation to release any revisions to these forward-looking statements which may be made to reflect events or circumstances which occur after the date of this prospectus or to reflect the occurrence or effect of anticipated or unanticipated events.

      Discussion contained in this document include forward-looking statements that involve known and unknown risks and uncertainties. Our actual results, levels of activity, performance or achievements may be materially different from any future results, levels of activity, performance or achievements expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements. Factors that may cause or contribute to this difference include, among others things, those risk factors set forth in the section entitled “Risk Factors.” We identify forward-looking statements by words such as “may,” “will,” “should,” “could,” “expects,” “plans,” “anticipates,” “believes,” “estimates,” “predicts,” “potential” or “continue” or similar terms that refer to the future. We cannot guarantee future results, levels of activity, performance or achievements.

iii


Table of Contents

SUMMARY

      The following summary contains basic information about this offering. It may not contain all the information that may be important to you. You should read the entire prospectus, as well as the information to which we refer you and the information incorporated by reference, before making an investment decision. When used in this prospectus, the terms “Emulex,” “we,” “our” and “us” refer to Emulex Corporation and its consolidated subsidiaries, unless otherwise specified. All references to years refer to our fiscal years ended July 1, 2001, July 2, 2000 and June 27, 1999, as applicable, unless the calendar year is specified.

Emulex Corporation

      We are a leading developer and supplier of host bus adapters, or HBAs, that provide intelligent connectivity solutions for storage area networks, or SANs, network attached storage, or NAS, and redundant array of independent disks, or RAID, storage. HBAs are the data communication products that enable servers to connect to storage networks by offloading communications processing task as information is delivered and sent to the network. Our products are based on internally developed application specific computer chips, or ASICs, firmware and software technology, and can be deployed across a wide range of SAN protocols, configurations, system interfaces and operating systems. Our architecture offers a stable applications program interface, or API, that has been preserved across multiple generations of HBAs and to which many of the world’s leading Original Equipment Manufacturers, or OEMs, have customized software for mission-critical server and storage system applications.

      In recent years, the majority of our revenues have been comprised of products based on Fibre Channel technology. Our Fibre Channel development efforts began in 1992 and we shipped our first Fibre Channel product in volume in 1996. According to IDC and Dataquest, in calendar 2000 we were the world’s largest provider of Fibre Channel host bus adapters in terms of both revenue and units shipped. We have focused on maximizing the management features and performance of our Fibre Channel solutions and believe our LightPulse HBAs offer the critical reliability, scalability and performance required for mission-critical enterprise storage and computing networks.

      In March 2001, we acquired Giganet, Inc., a leading developer of storage networking products based on Ethernet and Internet Protocol, or IP, technologies. We intend to leverage our leading market position and established APIs to address emerging market opportunities for new interconnect technologies such as iSCSI, an internet transfer protocol for Small Computer Systems Interface, and Virtual Interface, or VI. We began shipping products based on VI in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2001 and expect initial commercial shipments of our iSCSI products in calendar 2002.

      Our customers include the world’s leading storage and server suppliers, including Compaq, Dell, EMC, Fujitsu-Siemens, Groupe Bull, Hewlett-Packard, Hitachi Data Systems, IBM, NEC, Network Appliance and Unisys. In addition, we have formed strategic partnerships with industry leaders such as Brocade, Intel, INRANGE, Legato, McDATA, Microsoft, and Veritas.

      Our executive offices are located at 3535 Harbor Boulevard, Costa Mesa, California 92626; Phone: (714) 662-5600.

RECENT DEVELOPMENTS

      On April 18, 2002, we released operating results for the third quarter of fiscal 2002. Revenues for the third fiscal quarter of 2002 ended March 31, 2002 were $69.6 million, up 15% from the $60.4 million reported for the same quarter a year ago. For the third fiscal quarter, we reported a net loss of $16.5 million, or $0.20 per share, compared with a net loss of $24.5 million, or $0.32 per share for the prior year’s period.

1


Table of Contents

The Offering

 
Securities Offered $345,000,000 principal amount of 1.75% Convertible Subordinated Notes due February 1, 2007, plus 6,408,030 shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of the notes.
 
Interest The notes bear interest at an annual rate of 1.75%. Interest is payable on February 1 and August 1 of each year, beginning August 1, 2002.
 
Maturity Date February 1, 2007.
 
Conversion Rights The notes are convertible at any time prior to maturity into shares of our common stock at a conversion price of $53.84 per share, subject to certain adjustments. This is equivalent to a conversion rate of approximately 18.574 shares per $1,000 principal amount of notes. Upon conversion, holders will not receive any cash representing accrued interest. See “Description of the Notes — Conversion of Notes.”
 
Optional Redemption We may redeem the notes on or after February 5, 2005 at the redemption prices set forth in this prospectus, plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but excluding, the redemption date.
 
Sinking Fund None.
 
Purchase of Notes Upon Change in Control Upon a change in control, holders may require us to purchase their notes at 100% of the principal amount of the notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but excluding, the purchase date. We may not have sufficient funds to pay the purchase price for all duly tendered notes upon a change in control.
 
Subordination The notes will be general unsecured obligations of Emulex. The notes will be subordinated in right of payment to any future senior indebtedness. The notes will also be effectively subordinated to the future indebtedness and other liabilities, including trade payables, of our subsidiaries. As of March 31, 2002, we have no senior indebtedness outstanding for purposes of the indenture. We and our subsidiaries are not prohibited from incurring senior indebtedness or other debt under the indenture.
 
Use of Proceeds We will not receive any of the proceeds of the resale of the notes by the selling securityholders or the common stock into which the notes may be converted.
 
Trading The notes are eligible for trading in the PORTAL market. However, we can give no assurance as to the liquidity of or trading market for the notes. Our common stock is traded on The Nasdaq National Market under the symbol “EMLX.”
 
Registration Rights Pursuant to a registration rights agreement, we have filed a shelf registration statement, of which this prospectus is a part, with the SEC with respect to the notes and the common stock issuable upon conversion of the notes. See “Description of the Notes — Registration Rights.”

2


Table of Contents

 
Indenture and Trustee We have issued the notes under an indenture dated as of January 29, 2002, between us and State Street Bank and Trust Company of California, N.A., as trustee.

Risk Factors

      Investment in the notes involves risk. You should carefully consider the information under “Risk Factors” and all other information included in this prospectus and our SEC reports before investing in the notes and the common stock into which the notes are convertible offered through this prospectus.

3


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

      You should carefully consider the risks described below. The risks and uncertainties described below are not the only ones we face. Additional risks and uncertainties not presently known to us or that we currently deem immaterial may also impair our operations. If any of the following risks actually occur, our business, financial condition or results of operations could be materially and adversely affected. In such case, the trading price of our common stock could decline, and you may lose all or part of your investment. (All dollar amounts in this risk factors section are in thousands, except share and per share data.)

Risks Related to Our Business

 
Our business depends upon the continued development of the storage networking market, and our revenues will be limited if such development does not occur or occurs more slowly than we anticipate.

      The size of our potential market is dependent upon the broad acceptance of our storage networking technologies as alternatives to other technologies traditionally utilized for network and storage communications. The storage networking market, while rapidly evolving and attracting an increasing number of market participants, is still at an early stage of deployment. We believe the storage networking market will continue to expand and that our investment in the storage networking market represents our greatest opportunity for revenue growth and profitability in the future. However, we cannot be certain that storage networking products will gain broader market acceptance or that customers will choose our technology and products. Additionally, since our products are sold as parts of integrated systems, our products’ demand is driven by the demand for these integrated systems, including other companies’ complementary products. A lack of demand for the integrated systems or a lack of complementary products required for these integrated systems could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. Among our storage networking products, Fibre Channel products accounted for 96 percent and IP Storage Networking products accounted for two percent of total net revenues for the quarter ended December 30, 2001. If the storage networking market fails to develop, develops more slowly than anticipated, attracts more competitors than we expect, as discussed below, or if our products do not achieve market acceptance, our business, results of operations and financial condition would be materially adversely affected.

      Alternative existing technologies such as Small Computer Systems Interface, or SCSI, compete with our Fibre Channel and IP Storage Networking technologies for customers. Some SCSI technology companies already have well-established relationships with our current and potential customers, have extensive knowledge of the markets we serve and have better name recognition and more extensive development, sales and marketing resources than we have. Our success also depends both on our own ability and on the ability of our OEM customers to develop storage networking solutions that are competitive with legacy technologies. Ultimately, however, our business depends upon our ability, along with the ability of our OEM customers, to convince end users to adopt and implement our storage networking products.

      While we have secured numerous design wins for our storage networking products from OEM customers, several of these customers are still at the early stages of incorporating our storage networking products throughout their product offerings. If our customers are unable to or otherwise do not ship systems that incorporate our products, or if their shipped systems are not commercially successful, our business, results of operations and financial condition would be materially adversely affected.

 
Our operating results are difficult to forecast and may be adversely affected by many factors.

      Our revenues and results of operations have varied on a quarterly basis in the past and potentially may vary significantly in the future. Accordingly, we believe that period-to-period comparisons of our results of operations are not necessarily meaningful, and you should not rely on such comparisons as

4


Table of Contents

indications of our future performance. Our revenues and results of operations are difficult to forecast and could be adversely affected by many factors, including, among others:

  •  The size, timing and terms of customer orders;
 
  •  The relatively long sales and deployment cycles for our products, particularly those sold through our OEM sales channels;
 
  •  Changes in our operating expenses;
 
  •  Our ability to develop and market new products;
 
  •  The ability of our contract manufacturers to produce and distribute our products in a timely fashion;
 
  •  The integration of additional contract manufacturers or additional sites of our current contract manufacturers;
 
  •  Component shortages experienced by us, or reduced demand from our customers if our customers are unable to acquire the components used in conjunction with our products in their deployments;
 
  •  The market acceptance of our new products;
 
  •  The timing of the introduction or enhancement of products by us, our OEM customers and our competitors;
 
  •  The level of product and price competition;
 
  •  Our ability to expand our relationships with OEMs and distributors;
 
  •  Activities of, and acquisitions by, our competitors, customers and strategic partners;
 
  •  Acquisitions or strategic investments made by us;
 
  •  Changes in technology, industry standards or consumer preferences;
 
  •  Changes in interest rates;
 
  •  Changes in the mix of sales channels;
 
  •  The level of international sales;
 
  •  Seasonality;
 
  •  Personnel changes;
 
  •  Changes in customer budgeting and spending;
 
  •  Foreign currency exchange rates;
 
  •  Slower than expected market growth; and
 
  •  General economic conditions.

      As a result of these and other factors, our business, results of operations and financial condition could be materially adversely affected.

      There are other factors that contribute to the variability of our sales as well. Historically, we have generally shipped products quickly after we receive orders, meaning that we do not always have a significant backlog of unfilled orders. As a result, our revenues in a given quarter may depend substantially on orders booked in that quarter. Alternatively, orders already in backlog may be deferred or cancelled. Also, we have typically generated a large percentage of our quarterly revenues in the last month of the quarter. Additionally, individual OEM customer purchases can vary significantly from quarter to quarter.

      A decrease in the number of orders we receive is likely to adversely and disproportionately affect our quarterly results of operations. This is because our expense levels are partially based on our expectations of

5


Table of Contents

future sales and our expenses may be disproportionately large as compared to sales in a quarter with reduced orders. Hence, we may be unable to adjust spending in a timely manner to compensate for any unexpected revenue shortfall.

      Any shortfall in sales in relation to our quarterly expectations or any delay of customer orders would likely have an immediate and adverse impact on our business, quarterly results of operations and financial condition.

 
Terrorist activities and resulting military and other actions could adversely affect our business.

      The terrorist attacks in New York and Washington, D.C. have disrupted commerce throughout the United States and Europe. The continued threat of terrorism within the United States and Europe and the military action and heightened security measures in response to such threat may cause significant disruption to commerce throughout the world. To the extent that such disruptions result in delays or cancellations of customer orders, delays in collecting cash, a general decrease in corporate spending on information technology, or our inability to effectively market, manufacture or ship our products, our business and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected. We are unable to predict whether the threat of terrorism or the responses thereto will result in any long-term commercial disruptions or if such activities or responses will have any long-term material adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition.

 
A significant decrease or delay in orders from one or more of our customers could adversely affect our business.

      We experienced a downturn in Fibre Channel HBA demand first evidenced by order deferrals experienced and disclosed by us in early February of calendar 2001. In the event such deferrals were to occur again, our business, results of operations and financial condition could be materially adversely affected.

 
The loss of one or more customers could adversely affect our business.

      We rely almost exclusively on OEMs and sales through distribution channels for our revenue. For the six months ended December 30, 2001, we derived approximately 78 percent of our net revenues from OEMs and 22 percent from sales through distribution. For the same six-month period of fiscal 2001, we derived approximately 83 percent of our net revenues from OEMs and 17 percent from distribution sales. We cannot be certain that we will retain our current OEM and distributor customers or that we will be able to recruit additional or replacement customers. As is common in an emerging technology industry, our agreements with OEMs and distributors are typically non-exclusive, have no volume commitments, and often may be terminated by either party without cause. Indeed, many of our OEM and distributor customers carry or utilize competing product lines. If we were to suddenly lose one or more important OEM or distributor customers to a competitor, our business, results of operations and financial condition could be materially adversely affected.

      For the six months ended December 30, 2001, direct sales to Compaq and IBM accounted for 29 percent and 18 percent of our total net revenues, respectively. Direct sales to no other customer accounted for more than 10 percent of total net revenues. Additionally, some of our larger OEM customers purchased products indirectly through distributors, resellers or other third parties. Total net revenues, including direct sales to our customers and their customer-specific models purchased indirectly through other distribution channels, amounted to 29 percent of our total net revenues for Compaq, 26 percent for IBM, and 20 percent for EMC for the six months ended December 30, 2001. For the same six-month period of fiscal 2001, direct sales to Compaq, IBM and EMC accounted for 27 percent, 18 percent, and 13 percent of our total net revenues, respectively. Direct sales to no other customer accounted for more than 10 percent of total net revenues during this period. Total net revenues, including direct sales to our customers and their customer-specific models purchased indirectly through other distribution channels, amounted to 27 percent of our total net revenues for IBM, 27 percent for Compaq,

6


Table of Contents

and 22 percent for EMC for the same six-month period of fiscal 2001. Direct sales to our top five customers accounted for 67 percent of total net revenues for the six months ended December 30, 2001, and 73 percent for the same six-month period of fiscal 2001. Recently, Compaq and Hewlett-Packard announced their intention to merge. Although we cannot predict the effects of such merger on our business, to the extent that such merger results in decreased demand or margins for our products, our business, results of operations and financial condition could be materially and adversely affected. Although we have attempted to expand our base of customers, we believe our revenues in the future will continue to be similarly derived from a limited number of customers, especially given the consolidation the industry has recently experienced. As a result, to the extent that sales to any of our significant customers are reduced or impaired, our business, results of operations, and financial condition could be materially and adversely affected.
 
The failure of one or more of our significant customers to make payments could adversely affect our business.

      We are also subject to credit risk associated with the concentration of our accounts receivable from our customers. Our days sales outstanding, or DSOs, were 46 days and 40 days at December 30, 2001, and December 31, 2000, respectively. There can be no assurance they will remain at this level or improve. If we were to lose one of our current significant customers or did not receive their payments due to us, we could experience a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

 
A decrease in the demand for high performance computer and storage systems could adversely affect our business.

      Our Fibre Channel and IP Storage Networking products are currently used in high-performance computer and storage systems. The demand for our Fibre Channel products, which represent 97 percent of our revenues for the six months ended December 30, 2001, has been supported by the demand for sophisticated networking and data storage solutions that support enterprise computing requirements, including on-line transaction processing, data mining, data warehousing, multimedia and Internet applications. Should there be a slowing in the growth of demand for such systems, our business, results of operations and financial condition could be materially adversely affected.

 
We have experienced losses in our history.

      We have experienced losses in our history, most recently a net loss of $68,299 for the six months ended December 30, 2001, and $23,603 for the fiscal year ended July 1, 2001. The net loss for the six months ended December 30, 2001 included $78,128 ($76,897, net of tax) of amortization of goodwill and other intangibles related to the acquisition of Giganet, Inc. and an excess and obsolete inventory charge of $13,635, or $8,454 net of tax. The net loss for the fiscal year ended July 1, 2001, included $22,280 of in-process research and development expenses and $52,085 of amortization of goodwill and other intangibles related to the acquisition of Giganet, Inc. We are amortizing goodwill and other intangibles related to the acquisition of Giganet, Inc. over periods of two to seven years, and the resulting recurring quarterly charges are expected to approximate or exceed our current level of pretax earnings, until we adopt Financial Accounting Standards Board Statement No. 142, or Statement 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets,” in the first quarter of fiscal 2003, potentially generating a net loss for us in upcoming quarters. We cannot be certain that revenues will remain at current levels or improve or that we will be profitable at such revenue levels.

 
Some of our suppliers or our OEM customers could become competitors.

      Some of our suppliers or our OEM customers currently have, and others could develop, products internally that would replace our products. The resulting production delays or reductions in sales of our products could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

7


Table of Contents

 
Our industry is subject to rapid technological change, and we must keep pace with the changes to successfully compete.

      The markets for our products are characterized by rapidly changing technology, evolving industry standards and the frequent introduction of new products and enhancements. Our future success depends in a large part on our ability to enhance our existing products and to introduce new products on a timely basis to meet changes in customer preferences and evolving industry standards. Currently, proposed new technologies such as 10 Gigabit optics; Infiniband; PCI-X; 3GIO; iSCSI; SCSI over IP, or SOIP; VI; and iWarp; are still in the early development stages and it is impossible to know what the end technology will provide. We cannot be certain that we will be successful in developing, manufacturing and marketing new products or product enhancements that respond to such changes in a timely manner and achieve market acceptance. We also cannot be certain that we will be able to develop the underlying core technologies necessary to create new products and enhancements, or that we will be able to license the core technologies with commercially reasonable terms from third parties.

      A key element of our business strategy is to develop multiple ASICs in order to increase system performance and reduce manufacturing costs, thereby enhancing the price/ performance of our storage networking products. We cannot be certain that we will be successful at developing and incorporating ASICs effectively and in a timely manner. Furthermore, as our customers migrate from one platform to the enhanced price/ performance of the next platform, we may experience reduced revenue, gross profit and gross margin levels associated with lower average selling prices and higher relative product costs associated with improved performance. Also, economic conditions during platform migration periods can have a significant impact on results. This was evidenced in late September 2001, as some of our major customers made announcements that general economic conditions, exacerbated by the increase in economic uncertainty in the aftermath of the terrorist events of September 11, 2001, were having a negative impact on their financial results. The announcements made, and forecasts received, indicated deteriorating demand for our one gigabit products as these customers are expected to migrate to two gigabit products for future purchases. As a result, we recorded an excess and obsolete inventory charge totaling $13,635 during the quarter ended September 30, 2001. Additionally, changes in technology and consumer preference could potentially render our current products uncompetitive or obsolete. If we are unable, for technological or other reasons, to develop new products, enhance existing products, or consume existing products in a timely and cost-effective manner in response to technological and market changes, our business, results of operations and financial condition would be materially adversely affected.

 
The failure of our OEM customers to keep up with rapid technological change could adversely affect our business.

      Our revenues depend significantly upon the ability and willingness of our OEM customers to develop, promote and deliver, on a timely basis, products that incorporate our technology. The ability and willingness of OEM customers to develop, promote and deliver such products are significantly influenced by a number of factors, such as:

  •  The timely development by us and our OEM customers of new products with new functionality, increased speed and enhanced performance at acceptable prices;
 
  •  The development costs facing our OEM customers;
 
  •  The compatibility of new products with both existing and emerging industry standards;
 
  •  Technological advances;
 
  •  The ability to acquire all required components;
 
  •  Intellectual property issues; and
 
  •  Competition in general.

8


Table of Contents

      We cannot be certain of the ability or willingness of our OEM customers to continue developing, marketing and selling products that incorporate our technology. Our business is dependent on our relationships with our OEM and distributor customers, so the inability or unwillingness of any of our significant customers to develop or promote products that use our technology would have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

 
Rapid changes in the evolution of technology could adversely affect our business.

      Historically, the electronics industry has developed higher performance ASICs that create chip level solutions that replace selected board level solutions at a significantly lower average selling price. We have previously offered ASICs to certain customers for certain applications which has effectively resulted in a lower-priced solution when compared to an HBA solution. We anticipate that this transition will occur for our products in certain applications as well. If this transition is more abrupt or is more widespread than anticipated, there can be no assurance that we will be able to modify our business model in a timely manner, if at all, in order to mitigate the effects of this transition on our business, results of operations and financial position.

 
Our markets are highly competitive.

      The markets for our products are highly competitive and are characterized by rapid technological advances, price erosion, frequent new product introductions and evolving industry standards. Our current and potential competition consists of major domestic and international companies, many of which have substantially greater financial, technical, marketing and distribution resources than we have. We also expect that an increasing number of companies will enter the markets for our storage networking products. Furthermore, larger companies in other related industries may develop or acquire technologies and apply their significant resources, such as distribution channels and brand recognition, to acquire significant market share. Emerging companies attempting to obtain a share of the existing markets act as potential competition as well. Additionally, our competitors continue to introduce products with improved price/ performance characteristics, and we will have to do the same to remain competitive. Increased competition could result in significant price competition, reduced revenues, lower profit margins or loss of market share, any of which would have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. Our Fibre Channel products may also compete at the end-user level with other technology alternatives such as SCSI, which are available from companies such as Adaptec, LSI Logic and Qlogic. In the future, other technologies that we are not currently developing may evolve to address the applications served by Fibre Channel today.

      As is common in an emerging technology industry with non-exclusive development arrangements, many of our OEM customers arrange second source agreements to meet their requirements. Furthermore, in the future, our OEM customers may develop products that compete with ours or purchase such products from our competitors and may terminate their relationships with us as a result.

 
A decrease in the average unit selling prices of our Fibre Channel products could adversely affect our business.

      Since we first introduced our Fibre Channel products, we have experienced downward pressure on their average unit selling prices. To the extent that average unit selling prices of our Fibre Channel products decrease without a corresponding decrease in the costs of such products, our gross margins and financial performance could be materially adversely affected.

 
Delays in product development could adversely affect our business.

      We have experienced delays in product development in the past and may experience similar delays in the future. Given the short product life cycles in the markets for our products, any delay or unanticipated difficulty associated with new product introductions or product enhancements could have a material

9


Table of Contents

adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. Prior delays have resulted from numerous factors, such as:

  •  Changing OEM product specifications;
 
  •  Difficulties in hiring and retaining necessary personnel;
 
  •  Difficulties in reallocating engineering resources and other resource limitations;
 
  •  Difficulties with independent contractors;
 
  •  Changing market or competitive product requirements;
 
  •  Unanticipated engineering complexity;
 
  •  Undetected errors or failures in software and hardware; and
 
  •  Delays in the acceptance or shipment of products by OEM customers.

 
Our joint development activities may result in products that are not commercially successful or that are not available in a timely fashion.

      We have engaged in joint development projects with third parties in the past and we expect to continue doing so in the future. Joint development creates several risks for us, including the loss of control over development of aspects of the jointly-developed products and over the timing of product availability. Accordingly, we face the risk that joint development activities will result in products that are not commercially successful or that are not available in a timely fashion.

 
The loss of third-party suppliers or our contract manufacturers could adversely affect our business.

      We rely on third-party suppliers for components that are used in our products, and we have experienced delays or difficulty in securing components in the past. Delays or difficulty in securing components may be caused by numerous factors including, but not limited to:

  •  Discontinued production by a vendor;
 
  •  Undetected errors or failures;
 
  •  Natural disasters;
 
  •  Disruption in shipping channels;
 
  •  Difficulties associated with foreign operations; and
 
  •  Market shortages.

      Additionally, key components that we use in our products may only be available from single sources with which we do not have contracts. For example, Intel is currently our sole supplier for microprocessors used in our Fibre Channel products, and IBM is currently our sole supplier for components that enable some of our older-generation Fibre Channel products to connect to networks. In addition, we design our own semiconductors that are embedded in our products, and these are manufactured by third-party semiconductor foundries such as LSI Logic and QuickLogic. In addition to hardware, we design software to provide functionality to our hardware products. We also license software from third party providers for use with our traditional networking products. Most of these providers are the sole source for this software. The loss of one or more of our sole suppliers or third party foundries could have a material effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

      Because we outsource the production of our products to contract manufacturers, such as Suntron Corporation (formerly known as K*TEC Electronics) and Manufacturers’ Services Ltd., or MSL, we only manage the supply of a small number of our product components. Suntron manufactures for us within the United States, while MSL manufactures for us in both the United States and in Europe at its Global Manufacturing Services production facility in Valencia, Spain. Currently, we rely upon Suntron and MSL

10


Table of Contents

to complete the majority of the component purchases for our products. Consequently, we cannot be certain that the necessary components will be available to meet our future requirements at favorable prices, if at all. Moreover, because we rely upon Suntron and MSL to manufacture, store and ship our products, if Suntron or MSL are unable or unwilling to complete production runs for us in the future, or experience any significant delays in completing production runs or shipping product, the manufacturing and sale of our products would be temporarily suspended. An interruption in supply of our products and the cost of qualifying and shifting production to an alternative manufacturing and distribution facility would have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
 
The inadequacy of our intellectual property protections could adversely affect our business.

      We believe that our continued success depends primarily on continuing innovation, marketing and technical expertise, as well as the quality of product support and customer relations. At the same time, our success is partially dependent on the proprietary technology contained in our products. We currently rely on a combination of patents, copyrights, trademarks, trade secret laws and contractual provisions to establish and protect our intellectual property rights in our products. For a more complete description of our intellectual property, you should read “Business — Intellectual Property” contained in our most recently filed Form 10-K.

      We cannot be certain that the steps we take to protect our intellectual property will adequately protect our proprietary rights, that others will not independently develop or otherwise acquire equivalent or superior technology, or that we can maintain such technology as trade secrets. In addition, the laws of some of the countries in which our products are or may be developed, manufactured or sold may not protect our products and intellectual property rights to the same extent as the laws of the United States or at all. Our failure to protect our intellectual property rights could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

 
Third-party claims of intellectual property infringement could adversely affect our business.

      We believe that our products and technology do not infringe on the intellectual property rights of others or upon intellectual property rights that may be granted in the future pursuant to pending applications. We occasionally receive communications from third parties alleging patent infringement, and there is always the chance that third parties may assert infringement claims against us. Any such claims, with or without merit, could result in costly litigation, cause product shipment delays or require us to enter into royalty or licensing agreements, which may or may not be available. However, we have in the past, and may be required in the future, to obtain licenses of technology owned by other parties. We cannot be certain that the necessary licenses will be available or that they can be obtained on commercially reasonable terms. If we were to fail to obtain such royalty or licensing agreements in a timely manner and on reasonable terms, our business, results of operations and financial condition would be materially adversely affected.

 
The loss of key technical personnel could adversely affect our business.

      Our success depends to a significant degree upon the performance and continued service of engineers involved in the development of our storage networking technologies and technical support of our storage networking products and customers. Our future success depends upon our ability to attract, train and retain such personnel. We will need to increase the number of technical staff members with experience in high-speed networking applications as we further develop our storage networking product lines. Competition for such highly skilled employees in our local community as well as our industry is intense, and we cannot be certain that we will be successful in recruiting and retaining such personnel. In addition, employees may leave our company and subsequently compete against us. If we are unable to attract new technical employees, or are unable to retain our current key technical employees, our business, results of operations and financial condition could be materially adversely affected.

11


Table of Contents

 
Our international business activities subject us to risks that could adversely affect our business.

      For the six months ended December 30, 2001, sales in the United States accounted for 59 percent of our total net revenues, sales in Europe accounted for 36 percent of our total net revenues, and sales in the Pacific Rim countries accounted for five percent of our total net revenues. For the six months ended December 30, 2000, sales in the United States accounted for 64 percent of total net revenues, sales in Europe accounted for 32 percent of our total net revenues, and sales in the Pacific Rim countries accounted for four percent of our total net revenues. We expect that sales in the United States and Europe will continue to account for the substantial majority of our net revenues for the foreseeable future. All of our sales are currently denominated in U.S. dollars. As a result, if the value of the U.S. dollar increases relative to foreign currencies, our products could become less competitive in international markets. Additionally, some of our products are produced at a MSL production facility in Valencia, Spain and as a result we are subject to the risks inherent in international operations.

      Our international business activities could be limited or disrupted by any of the following factors:

  •  The imposition of governmental controls and regulatory requirements;
 
  •  The costs and risks of localizing products for foreign countries;
 
  •  Restrictions on the export of technology;
 
  •  Financial and stock market dislocations;
 
  •  Increases in interest rates;
 
  •  Longer accounts receivable payment cycles;
 
  •  Potentially adverse tax consequences;
 
  •  The burden of complying with a wide variety of foreign laws;
 
  •  Changes in the value of local currencies relative to our functional currency;
 
  •  Trade restrictions;
 
  •  Changes in tariffs;
 
  •  General economic and social conditions within foreign countries; and
 
  •  Political instability or terrorism.

      In addition, the revenues we earn in various countries in which we do business may be subject to taxation by more than one jurisdiction, thereby adversely affecting our earnings. These factors could harm future sales of our products to international customers and have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

 
Export restrictions may adversely affect our business.

      Our products are subject to U.S. Department of Commerce export control restrictions. Neither our customers nor we may export such products without obtaining an export license. These U.S. export laws also prohibit the export of our products to a number of countries deemed by the United States to be hostile. These restrictions may make foreign competitors facing less stringent controls on their products more competitive in the global market than we or our customers are. The U.S. government may not approve any pending or future export license requests. In addition, the list of products and countries for which export approval is required, and the regulatory policies with respect thereto, could be revised. The sale of our products could be harmed by our failure or the failure of our customers to obtain the required licenses or by the costs of compliance.

12


Table of Contents

 
We may need additional capital in the future and such additional financing may not be available.

      We currently anticipate that our available cash resources will be sufficient to meet our expected working capital and capital expenditure requirements for at least the next 12 months. However, we cannot assure you that such resources will be sufficient for anticipated or unanticipated working capital and capital expenditure requirements. We may need to raise additional funds through public or private debt or equity financings in order to:

  •  Take advantage of unanticipated opportunities, including more rapid international expansion or acquisitions of complementary businesses or technologies;
 
  •  Develop new products or services;
 
  •  Repay outstanding indebtedness; or
 
  •  Respond to unanticipated competitive pressures.

      We may also raise additional funds through public or private debt or equity financings if such financings become available on favorable terms. We cannot assure you that any additional financing we may need will be available on terms favorable to us, or at all. If adequate funds are not available or are not available on acceptable terms, we may not be able to take advantage of unanticipated opportunities, develop new products or services or otherwise respond to unanticipated competitive pressures. In any such case, our business, results of operations and financial condition could be materially adversely affected.

 
Potential acquisitions or strategic investments may be more costly or less profitable than anticipated and may adversely affect the price of our common stock.

      In addition to the risks related to our acquisition of Giganet, Inc., discussed below, we may pursue additional acquisitions or strategic investments that could provide new technologies, products or service offerings. Future acquisitions or strategic investments may involve the use of significant amounts of cash, potentially dilutive issuances of equity or equity-linked securities, incurrence of debt and amortization of intangible assets with determinable lives. Moreover, to the extent that any proposed acquisition or strategic investment is not favorably received by stockholders, analysts and others in the investment community, the price of our common stock could be adversely affected. In addition, acquisitions or strategic investments involve numerous risks, including:

  •  Difficulties in the assimilation of the operations, technologies, products and personnel of the acquired company;
 
  •  The diversion of management’s attention from other business concerns;
 
  •  Risks of entering markets in which we have limited or no prior experience; and
 
  •  The potential loss of key employees of the acquired company.

      In the event that an acquisition or strategic investment does occur and we are unable to successfully integrate operations, technologies, products or personnel that we acquire, our business, results of operations and financial condition could be materially adversely affected.

 
Our stock price is volatile, which has and may result in lawsuits against us and our officers and directors.

      The stock market in general, and the stock prices in technology-based companies in particular, have experienced extreme volatility that often has been unrelated to the operating performance of any specific public company. The market price of our common stock has fluctuated in the past and is likely to

13


Table of Contents

fluctuate in the future as well. Factors which could have a significant impact on the market price of our common stock include, but are not limited to, the following:

  •  Quarterly variations in operating results;
 
  •  Announcements of new products by us or our competitors;
 
  •  The gain or loss of significant customers;
 
  •  Changes in analysts’ earnings estimates;
 
  •  Rumors or dissemination of false information;
 
  •  Pricing pressures;
 
  •  Short selling of our common stock;
 
  •  Dilution resulting from conversion of outstanding convertible subordinated notes into shares of our common stock;
 
  •  General conditions in the computer, storage or communications markets; or
 
  •  Events affecting other companies that investors deem to be comparable to us.

      In the past, companies that have experienced volatility in the market price of their stock have been the object of securities class action litigation. In this regard, we and certain of our officers and directors have been named as defendants in a number of securities class action lawsuits filed in the United States District Court, Central District of California. The plaintiffs in the actions purport to represent purchasers of our common stock during various periods ranging from January 18, 2001, through February 9, 2001. The complaints allege that we and certain of our officers and directors made misrepresentations and omissions in violation of sections 10(b) and 20(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. The complaints generally seek compensatory damages, costs and attorney’s fees in an unspecified amount. Pursuant to a Stipulation and Court Order, the actions have been consolidated. On August 24, 2001, an Amended and Consolidated Complaint was filed which asserts the same claims as discussed above. The defendants filed a motion to dismiss the Amended and Consolidated Complaint, which was denied by way of an order dated March 7, 2002. Defendants have filed a motion for reconsideration of that order, which is scheduled to be heard on May 6, 2002. As a result of these class action lawsuits, a number of derivative cases were filed in state courts in California and Delaware, and in federal court in California, alleging that certain officers and directors breached their fiduciary duties to the Company in connection with the events alleged in the class action lawsuits. The derivative cases filed in California state courts have been consolidated in Orange County and plaintiffs filed a consolidated and amended complaint on January 31, 2002. The defendants have filed demurrers to the complaint, which are scheduled to be heard on May 10, 2002. The derivative suit in Delaware was dismissed on August 28, 2001. The defendants filed a motion to dismiss or stay the California federal derivative action and, on March 15, 2002, the court ordered that further proceedings should be stayed pending resolution of the class action lawsuit described above. All of these complaints generally seek compensatory damages, costs and attorney’s fees in an unspecified amount. Such litigation could result in substantial costs to us and a diversion of our management’s attention and resources. While we believe that the lawsuits are without legal merit and intend to defend them vigorously, because the lawsuits are at an early stage, it is not possible to predict whether we will incur any material liability in connection with such lawsuits. We have received inquiries about events giving rise to the lawsuits from the Securities and Exchange Commission and the Nasdaq Stock Market.

 
Our corporate offices and principal product development facilities are located in a region that is subject to earthquakes and other natural disasters.

      Our California facilities, including our corporate offices and principal product development facilities, are located near major earthquake faults. The Company is not specifically insured for earthquakes, or other such natural disasters. Any personal injury or damage to the facilities as a result of such occurrences could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

14


Table of Contents

 
We do not plan to pay cash dividends on our common stock.

      We have never paid cash dividends on our common stock and do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. We intend to retain future earnings, if any, to finance the growth and expansion of our business and for general corporate purposes.

 
Our stockholder rights plan, certificate of incorporation and Delaware law could adversely affect the performance of our stock.

      Our stockholder rights plan and provisions of our certificate of incorporation and of the Delaware General Corporation Law could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire us, even if doing so would be beneficial to our stockholders. The stockholder rights plan and these provisions of our certificate of incorporation and Delaware law are intended to encourage potential acquirers to negotiate with us and allow our board of directors the opportunity to consider alternative proposals in the interest of maximizing stockholder value. However, such provisions may also discourage acquisition proposals or delay or prevent a change in control, which could harm our stock price. You should read Note 10 to the Consolidated Financial Statements in our most recently filed Annual Report on Form 10-K, our certificate of incorporation and Delaware law for more information on the anti-takeover effects of provisions of our stockholder rights plan.

 
Although we expect that our acquisition of Giganet, Inc. will result in benefits, those benefits may not be realized and our stock price may decline as a result.

      On March 1, 2001, we completed our acquisition of Giganet, Inc. Effective July 2, 2001, Giganet was merged with and into Emulex Corporation, a California corporation that is the primary operating subsidiary of the Company. Achieving the benefits of the acquisition will depend in part on our ability to integrate the technology, operations and personnel of the two companies in a timely and efficient manner so as to minimize the risk that the acquisition will result in the loss of customers or key employees. Integrating Emulex and Giganet will be a complex, time consuming and expensive process and may disrupt Emulex’s and Giganet’s business if not completed in a timely and efficient manner.

Integrating two companies like Emulex and Giganet involves a number of risks, including:

  •  Diverting management’s attention from ongoing operations;
 
  •  Difficulties and expenses in combining the operations, technology and systems of the two companies;
 
  •  Difficulties and expenses in assimilating and retaining employees, including integrating teams that have not previously worked together;
 
  •  Difficulties in creating and maintaining uniform standards, controls, procedures and policies;
 
  •  Different geographic locations of the principal operations of Emulex and Giganet;
 
  •  Challenges in attracting new customers;
 
  •  Difficulties in demonstrating to existing customers that the acquisition will not result in adverse changes to product quality, lead time for product deliveries or customer service standards; and
 
  •  Potential adverse short-term effects on operating results, primarily as a result of increased costs resulting from the integration of the operations of the two companies.

      We may not be able to successfully integrate the operations of Giganet or realize any of the anticipated benefits of an acquisition. A failure to do so could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.

15


Table of Contents

 
The purchase accounting treatment of the acquisition of Giganet resulted in a sizable one-time in-process research and development charge, and in sizable recurring amortization charges for acquisition-related intangibles and other items, which have generated and will likely continue to generate net losses for us.

      We incurred a one-time charge of $22,280 for in-process research and development upon the close of the acquisition, which negatively impacted our results of operations in fiscal 2001. In addition, we have and will continue to incur acquisition-related expenses associated with the amortization of goodwill and other intangibles until the adoption of Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, Statement 142 as well as noncash compensation charges arising out of Giganet options assumed by the Company. Furthermore, based on the overall decline in the valuations of technology companies and general economic conditions, as well as the extensive effort needed to comply with FASB Statements 141 and 142, it is reasonably possible that upon the adoption of FASB Statements 141 and 142, we will have a transitional impairment loss. The valuation of the acquisition was approximately $689,000 which resulted in approximately $642,000 of goodwill and other intangibles related to the acquisition. We are amortizing these intangibles over periods of two to seven years, and the resulting recurring quarterly charges are expected to exceed our current level of pretax earnings, until we adopt FASB Statement 142, potentially generating a net loss for us in upcoming quarters.

 
Competitors of Emulex and Giganet may increase their competitive pressures on the integrated businesses, or make announcements challenging the expected benefits of the acquisition, causing our stock price to decline.

      As integrated businesses, Emulex and Giganet will face the combined competitive pressure from existing competitors of both companies. Some of these competitors may see the integrated businesses as a new threat and exert greater competitive pressures than either company currently faced previously. Some competitors may join together, through agreements or acquisitions, to face the challenge or perceived challenge that the acquisition presents. If we are not able to adequately respond to this increased competition, the companies’ integrated businesses, financial conditions and operating results would be adversely affected.

      In addition, competitors may make public announcements that challenge or question our expectation that the acquisition will result in benefits. Such announcements could cause our stock price to decline. In addition, if such announcements require a response from us, such announcements could disrupt and delay our attempts to integrate the two companies, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.

Risks Related to the Notes

 
These notes are unsecured and will be subordinated to any future senior indebtedness.

      The notes are general unsecured obligations of Emulex and will be subordinated in right of payment to all of our existing and future senior indebtedness. In the event of our bankruptcy, liquidation or reorganization or upon acceleration of the notes due to an event of default under the indenture and in certain other events, our assets will be available to pay obligations on the notes only after all senior indebtedness has been paid. As a result, there may not be sufficient assets remaining to pay amounts due on any or all of the outstanding notes. In addition, we will not make any payments on the notes in the event of payment defaults on any future senior indebtedness that we may incur.

      The notes also will be effectively subordinated to the liabilities, including trade payables, of our subsidiaries. We conduct a significant portion of our operations through subsidiaries. As of March 31, 2002, we had no senior indebtedness outstanding to which the notes would have been effectively subordinated.

16


Table of Contents

 
We and our subsidiaries are not restricted pursuant to the terms of the indenture from incurring substantially more debt. This could adversely affect our ability to pay our obligations on the notes.

      We and our subsidiaries may be able to incur substantial additional indebtedness in the future. Neither we nor our subsidiaries are restricted from incurring additional debt, including senior indebtedness, under the indenture. If we or our subsidiaries were to incur additional debt or liabilities, our ability to pay our obligations on the notes could be adversely affected. In addition, we are not restricted from paying dividends or issuing or repurchasing our securities under the indenture.

 
Use of the proceeds of the note offering may require us to raise additional capital in order to repay the notes.

      To the extent that we utilize the proceeds from the original private placement of the notes in a manner that results in us not having sufficient liquidity and capital resources to repay the principal amounts of the notes when due, we may not have sufficient capital resources to repay the notes. As a result, we may be forced to raise additional funds through public or private debt or equity financings, which may not be available on favorable terms, if at all. If such financings were not available on favorable terms, our results of operations and financial condition could be materially adversely affected.

 
We may be unable to meet the requirements under the indenture to purchase the notes upon a change in control.

      Upon a change in control, as defined in the indenture, the note holders may require us to purchase all or a portion of their notes. If a change in control were to occur, we may not have enough funds to pay the purchase price for all tendered notes. Future credit agreements or other agreements relating to our indebtedness might prohibit the redemption or repurchase of the notes and provide that a change in control constitutes an event of default. If a change in control occurs at a time when we are prohibited from purchasing the notes, we could seek the consent of our lenders to purchase the notes or could attempt to refinance this debt. If we do not obtain a consent, we could not purchase the notes. Our failure to purchase tendered notes would constitute an event of default under the indenture, which might constitute a default under the terms of other future debt. In such circumstances, the subordination provisions of the indenture would possibly limit or prohibit payments to the note holders. The term “change in control” is limited to certain specified transactions and may not include other events that might harm our financial condition. Our obligation to offer to purchase the notes upon a change in control would not necessarily afford the note holder protection in the event of a highly leveraged transaction, reorganization, merger or similar transaction involving us.

 
Our stock price is subject to volatility.

      Prior to electing to convert the notes, the note holder should compare the price at which our common stock is trading in the market to the conversion price of the notes. Our common stock trades on The Nasdaq National Market under the symbol “EMLX.” On April 25, 2002, the last reported sale price of our common stock on Nasdaq was $29.29 per share. The initial conversion price of the notes is $53.84 per share. There have been previous quarters in which we have experienced shortfalls in revenue and earnings from levels expected by securities analysts and investors, which have had an immediate and significant adverse effect on the trading price of our common stock. The market prices of our securities are subject to significant fluctuations. Such fluctuations, as well as economic conditions generally, may adversely affect the market price of our securities, including our common stock and the notes.

 
We are a holding company and depend on the business of our subsidiaries to satisfy our obligations under the notes.

      We are a holding company. Our subsidiaries conduct substantially all of our consolidated operations and own substantially all of our consolidated assets. Consequently, our cash flow and our ability to pay our debts depends on our subsidiaries’ cash flow and their payment of funds to us. In addition, our subsidiaries’

17


Table of Contents

ability to make any payments to us will depend on their earnings, the terms of their indebtedness, business and tax considerations, legal and regulatory restrictions and economic conditions.
 
An active trading market for the notes may not develop.

      We cannot assure you that an active trading market for the notes will develop or as to the liquidity or sustainability of any such market, the ability of holders to sell their notes or the price at which holders of the notes will be able to sell their notes. Future trading prices of the notes will depend on many factors, including, among other things, prevailing interest rates, our operating results, the price of our common stock and the market for similar securities.

 
The notes may not be rated or may receive a lower rating than anticipated.

      We believe it is unlikely that the notes will be rated. However, if one or more rating agencies rates the notes and assigns the notes a rating lower than the rating expected by investors, or reduces their rating in the future, the market price of the notes and our common stock would be harmed.

18


Table of Contents

RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES

      The ratio of earnings to fixed charges for each of the periods indicated is as follows:

                                                 
Year Ended Six Months

Ended
June 27, June 28, June 27, July 2, July 1, December 30,
1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2001






Ratio of earnings to fixed charges
    4       N/A       34       319       51       N/A  

      For the purposes of computing the ratio of earnings to fixed charges, earnings consist of income before provision for income taxes plus fixed charges. Fixed charges consist of interest charges and that portion of rental expense we believe to be representative of interest. Earnings, as defined, were not sufficient to cover fixed charges by 10,926 in fiscal 1998 and by 64,261 for the six months ended December 30, 2001.

USE OF PROCEEDS

      We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of the notes or the shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the notes by the selling securityholders.

SELLING SECURITYHOLDERS

      The notes were originally issued by us and sold to the initial purchasers in a private placement on January 29, 2002. The initial purchasers resold the notes in transactions exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act to persons reasonably believed by the initial purchasers to be qualified institutional buyers within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Securities Act. Selling securityholders, including their transferees, pledgees or donees or their successors, may from time to time offer and sell pursuant to this prospectus any or all of the notes and common stock into which the notes are convertible.

      The following table sets forth information with respect to the selling securityholders and the principal amounts of notes beneficially owned by each selling securityholder that may be offered under this prospectus. The information is based on information provided by or on behalf of the selling securityholders to us in a selling securityholder questionnaire and is as of the date specified by the holders in those questionnaires. The selling securityholders may offer all, some or none of the notes or common stock into which the notes are convertible. Because the selling securityholders may offer all or some portion of the notes or the common stock, no estimate can be given as to the amount of the notes or the common stock that will be held by the selling securityholders upon termination of any sales. In addition, the selling securityholders identified below may have sold, transferred or otherwise disposed of all or a portion of their notes since the date on which they provided the information regarding their notes in transactions exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. As of April 22, 2002, we had $345,000,000 in principal amount of the notes and                     shares of common stock outstanding. As of April 22, 2002, no selling securityholder named in the table below beneficially owns 1% or more of our common stock assuming conversion of a selling securityholder’s notes.

                                         
Principal Shares of
Amount of Common
Notes Shares of Shares of Stock Owned
Beneficially Common Common After
Owned That Percentage Stock Owned Stock That Completion
May Be of Notes Prior to the May Be of the
Name of Beneficial Owner Offered Outstanding Offering(1)(2) Offered(2) Offering






1976 Distribution Trust FBO A.R. Lauder/ Zinterhofer
  $ 13,000       *       241       241        
1976 Distribution Trust FBO Jane A. Lauder
    24,000       *       445       445        
2000 Revocable Trust FBO A.R. Lauder/ Zinterhofer
    12,000       *       222       222        

19


Table of Contents

                                         
Principal Shares of
Amount of Common
Notes Shares of Shares of Stock Owned
Beneficially Common Common After
Owned That Percentage Stock Owned Stock That Completion
May Be of Notes Prior to the May Be of the
Name of Beneficial Owner Offered Outstanding Offering(1)(2) Offered(2) Offering






Advent Convertible Master Cayman L.P. 
  $ 5,070,000       1.47 %     94,170       94,170        
AFTRA Health Fund
    170,000       *       3,157       3,157        
Alpha US Sub Fund 4, LLC
    625,000       *       11,608       11,608        
Alta Partners Holdings LDC
    10,000,000       2.90 %     185,740       185,740        
Allentown City Firefighters Pension Plan
    43,000       *       798       798        
Allentown City Officers and Employees Pension Fund
    15,000       *       278       278        
Allentown City Police Pension Plan
    81,000       *       1,504       1,504        
Amaranth LLC
    28,630,000       8.30 %     531,773       531,773        
American Motorist Insurance Company
    969,000       *       17,998       17,998        
Arapahoe County Colorado
    94,000       *       1,745       1,745        
Arkansas Teachers Retirement System
    3,352,000       *       62,260       62,260        
Baptist Health of South Florida
    554,000       *       10,289       10,289        
Black Diamond Offshore Ltd. 
    720,000       *       13,373       13,373        
Black Diamond Convertible Offshore LDC
    724,000       *       13,447       13,447        
British Virgin Islands Social Security Board
    135,000       *       2,507       2,507        
City of New Orleans
    388,000       *       7,206       7,206        
City University of New York
    214,000       *       3,974       3,974        
Double Black Diamond Offshore LDC
    4,206,000       1.2 %     78,122       78,122        
Engineers Joint Pension Fund
    453,000       *       8,414       8,414        
Grace Brothers Management, LLC
    2,500,000       *       46,435       46,435        
Grace Brothers, Ltd. 
    1,000,000       *       18,574       18,574        
Grady Hospital Foundation
    205,000       *       3,807       3,807        
Granville Capital Corporation
    5,000,000       1.5 %     92,870       92,870        
HFR Convertible Arbitrage Account
    525,000       *       9,751       9,751        
Highbridge International LLC
    20,000,000       5.8 %     371,480       371,480        
Innovest Finanzdienstleistungs AG
    450,000       *       8,358       8,358        
KBC Financial Products (Cayman Islands) Limited
    95,000,000       27.5 %     1,764,530       1,764,530        
KBC Financial Products USA, Inc. 
    2,850,000       *       52,935       52,935        
LDG Limited
    500,000       *       9,287       9,287        
Lumberman’s Mutual Casualty
    486,000       *       9,026       9,026        
Lyxor
    375,000       *       6,965       6,965        
Mainstay Convertible Fund
    2,270,000       *       42,162       42,162        

20


Table of Contents

                                         
Principal Shares of
Amount of Common
Notes Shares of Shares of Stock Owned
Beneficially Common Common After
Owned That Percentage Stock Owned Stock That Completion
May Be of Notes Prior to the May Be of the
Name of Beneficial Owner Offered Outstanding Offering(1)(2) Offered(2) Offering






Mainstay VP Convertible Portfolio
  $ 740,000       *       13,744       13,744        
Minnesota Power and Light
    165,000       *       3,064       3,064        
Motion Pictures Industry
    533,000       *       9,899       9,899        
Municipal Employees
    350,000       *       6,500       6,500        
New Orleans Firefighters Pension/Relief Fund
    210,000       *       3,900       3,900        
New York Life Insurance Company
    3,550,000       1.0 %     65,937       65,937        
New York Life Separate Account #7
    270,000       *       5,014       5,014        
Nicholas Applegate Convertible Fund
    1,413,000       *       26,245       26,245        
Occidental Petroleum Corporation
    396,000       *       7,355       7,355        
Physicians Life
    177,000       *       3,287       3,287        
Policeman and Firemen Retirement System of the City of Detroit
    961,000       *       17,849       17,849        
Pro-Mutual
    1,151,000       *       21,378       21,378        
Robertson Stevens
    3,000,000       *       55,722       55,722        
San Diego City Retirement
    1,063,000       *       19,744       19,744        
San Diego County Convertible
    1,620,000       *       30,089       30,089        
Screen Actors Guild Pension Convertible
    490,000       *       9,101       9,101        
Shell Pension Trust
    611,000       *       11,348       11,348        
Sunrue Partners LLC
    12,270,000       3.6 %     227,902       227,902        
The Grable Foundation
    181,000       *       3,361       3,361        
TQA Master Fund LTD
    4,000,000       1.2 %     74,296       74,296        
TQA Master Plus Fund LTD
    4,000,000       1.2 %     74,296       74,296        
Trustmark Insurance Company
    529,000       *       9,825       9,825        
Wake Forest University
    667,000       *       12,388       12,388        
Writers Guild-Industry Health Fund
    290,000       *       5,386       5,386        
Wyoming State Treasurer
    952,000       *       17,682       17,682        
Zurich Institutional Purchaser Mutual Fund Limited
    500,000       *       9,287       9,287        
Any other holders of notes or future transferee from any holder(3)(4)
    117,258,000       34.0 %     2,177,980       2,177,980          
Total
  $ 345,000,000       100 %     6,408,030       6,408,030       0  
     
     
     
     
     
 


  * Less than one percent.

(1)  Includes common stock into which the notes are convertible.
 
(2)  Assumes a conversion rate of 18.574 shares per $1,000 principal amount of notes and a cash payment in lieu of any fractional interest.

21


Table of Contents

(3)  Information concerning other selling securityholders of notes and shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the notes will be set forth in prospectus supplements from time to time, if required.
 
(4)  Assumes that any other holders of notes or any future transferee from any holder does not beneficially own any common stock other than common stock into which the notes are convertible at the conversion rate of 18.574 shares per $1,000 principal amount of notes.

      None of the selling securityholders nor any of their affiliates, officers, directors or principal equity holders has held any position or office or has had any material relationship with us within the past three years. We sold the notes to the initial purchaser in a private transaction on January 29, 2002. The selling securityholders purchased the notes from the initial purchasers in transactions exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. All of the notes were “restricted securities” under the Securities Act prior to this registration.

      Information concerning the selling securityholders may change from time to time and any changed information will be set forth in supplements to this prospectus if and when necessary. In addition, the conversion rate, and therefore, the number of shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the notes, is subject to adjustment under certain circumstances. Accordingly, the aggregate principal amount of notes and the number of shares of common stock into which the notes are convertible may increase or decrease. See, “Description of the Notes — Conversion of the Notes.”

PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

      The selling securityholders and their successors, including their transferees, pledgees or donees or their successors, may sell the notes and the common stock into which the notes are convertible directly to purchasers or through underwriters, broker-dealers or agents, who may receive compensation in the form of discounts, concessions or commissions from the selling securityholders or the purchasers. These discounts, concessions or commissions as to any particular underwriter, broker-dealer or agent may be in excess of those customary in the types of transactions involved.

      The notes and the common stock into which the notes are convertible may be sold in one or more transactions at fixed prices, at prevailing market prices at the time of sale, at prices related to the prevailing market prices, at varying prices determined at the time of sale, or at negotiated prices. These sales may be effected in transactions, which may involve crosses or block transactions:

  •  on any national securities exchange or U.S. inter-dealer system of a registered national securities association on which the notes or the common stock may be listed or quoted at the time of sale;
 
  •  in the over-the-counter market;
 
  •  in transactions other than on these exchanges or systems or in the over-the-counter market;
 
  •  through the writing of options, whether the options are listed on an options exchange or otherwise; or
 
  •  through the settlement of short sales.

      In connection with the sale of the notes and the common stock into which the notes are convertible or otherwise, the selling securityholders may enter into hedging transactions with broker-dealers or other financial institutions, which may in turn engage in short sales of the notes or the common stock into which the notes are convertible in the course of hedging the positions they assume. The selling securityholders may also sell the notes or the common stock into which the notes are convertible short and deliver these securities to close out their short positions, or loan or pledge the notes or the common stock into which the notes are convertible to broker-dealers that in turn may sell these securities.

      The aggregate proceeds to the selling securityholders from the sale of the notes or common stock into which the notes are convertible offered by them will be the purchase price of the notes or common stock

22


Table of Contents

less discounts and commissions, if any. Each of the selling securityholders reserves the right to accept and, together with their agents from time to time, to reject, in whole or in part, any proposed purchase of notes or common stock to be made directly or through agents. We will not receive any of the proceeds from this offering.

      Our outstanding common stock is listed for trading on the Nasdaq National Market. We do not intend to list the notes for trading on any national securities exchange or on the Nasdaq National Market and can give no assurance about the development of any trading market for the notes.

      In order to comply with the securities laws of some states, if applicable, the notes and common stock into which the notes are convertible may be sold in these jurisdictions only through registered or licensed brokers or dealers. In addition, in some states the notes and common stock into which the notes are convertible may not be sold unless they have been registered or qualified for sale or an exemption from registration or qualification requirements is available and is complied with.

      The selling securityholders and any underwriters, broker-dealers or agents that participate in the sale of the notes and common stock into which the notes are convertible may be “underwriters” within the meaning of Section 2(11) of the Securities Act. Any discounts, commissions, concessions or profit they earn on any resale of the shares may be underwriting discounts and commissions under the Securities Act. Selling securityholders who are “underwriters” within the meaning of Section 2(11) of the Securities Act will be subject to the prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act. The selling securityholders have acknowledged that they understand their obligations to comply with the provisions of the Exchange Act and the rules thereunder relating to stock manipulation, particularly Regulation M.

      In addition, any securities covered by this prospectus which qualify for sale pursuant to Rule 144 or Rule 144A of the Securities Act may be sold under Rule 144 or Rule 144A rather than pursuant to this prospectus. A selling securityholder may not sell any notes or common stock described in this prospectus and may not transfer, devise or gift these securities by other means not described in this prospectus.

      To the extent required, the specific notes or common stock to be sold, the names of the selling securityholders, the respective purchase prices and public offering prices, the names of any agent, dealer or underwriter, and any applicable commissions or discounts with respect to a particular offer will be set forth in an accompanying prospectus supplement or, if appropriate, a post-effective amendment to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

      We entered into a registration rights agreement for the benefit of holders of the notes to register their notes and common stock under applicable federal and state securities laws under specific circumstances and at specific times. The registration rights agreement provides for cross-indemnification of the selling securityholders and us and our respective directors, officers and controlling persons against specific liabilities in connection with the offer and sale of the notes and the common stock, including liabilities under the Securities Act. We will pay substantially all of the expenses incurred by the selling securityholders incident to the offering and sale of the notes and the common stock.

23


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF THE NOTES

      We issued the notes under an indenture dated as of January 29, 2002 between us and State Street Bank and Trust Company of California, N.A., as trustee. The following summarizes some, but not all, provisions of the notes and the indenture and the registration rights agreement. We urge you to read the indenture and the registration rights agreement because they, and not this description, define the rights of holders of the notes. A copy of the form of the registration rights agreement, the indenture and the form of certificate evidencing the notes will be made available to holders upon request.

      In this section of the prospectus entitled “Description of the Notes,” when we refer to “Emulex,” “we,” “our,” or “us,” we are referring to Emulex Corporation and not any of its subsidiaries.

General

      The notes are general unsecured obligations of Emulex and are subordinate in right of payment as described under “Subordination of Notes.” The notes are convertible into common stock as described under “Conversion of Notes.” The notes are limited to $345,000,000 aggregate principal amount.

      The notes are issued only in denominations of $1,000 or in multiples of $1,000. The notes will mature on February 1, 2007, unless earlier redeemed at our option or purchased by us at the holders’ option upon a change in control.

      Neither we nor our subsidiaries are restricted from paying dividends, incurring debt, or issuing or repurchasing our securities under the indenture. In addition, there are no financial covenants in the indenture. Holders are not protected under the indenture in the event of a highly leveraged transaction or a change in control of Emulex, except to the extent described under “Purchase of Notes Upon a Change in Control.”

      The notes bear interest at the annual rate of 1.75%, which rate may be increased as described in “Registration Rights” below, from January 29, 2002. Interest will be payable on February 1 and August 1 of each year, beginning August 1, 2002, subject to limited exceptions if the notes are converted, redeemed or purchased prior to the interest payment date. The record dates for the payment of interest will be January 15 and July 15. We may, at our option, pay interest on the notes by check mailed to the holders. However, a holder with an aggregate principal amount in excess of $2 million will be paid by wire transfer in immediately available funds upon its election if the holder has provided us with wire transfer instructions at least 10 business days prior to the payment date. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months. We will not be required to make any payment on the notes due on any day which is not a business day until the next succeeding business day. The payment made on the next succeeding business day will be treated as though it were paid on the original due date and no interest will accrue on the payment for the additional period of time.

      On our behalf, the trustee maintains an office in the City of New York where the notes may be presented for registration, transfer, exchange or conversion. Except under limited circumstances described below, the notes are issued only in fully-registered book-entry form, without coupons, and are represented by one or more global notes. There is no service charge for any registration of transfer or exchange of notes. We may, however, require holders to pay a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge payable in connection with certain transfers or exchanges.

Conversion of Notes

      Holders will have the right, at their option, to convert their notes into shares of our common stock at any time prior to maturity, unless previously redeemed or purchased, at the conversion price of $53.84 per share, subject to the adjustments described below. This is equivalent to a conversion rate of approximately 18.574 shares per $1,000 principal amount of notes.

      Except as described below, we will not make any payment or other adjustment for accrued interest or dividends on any common stock issued upon conversion of the notes. If holders submit their notes for

24


Table of Contents

conversion between a record date and the opening of business on the next interest payment date (except for notes or portions of notes called for redemption or subject to purchase following a change in control on a redemption date or a purchase date, as the case may be, occurring during the period from the close of business on a record date and ending on the opening of business on the first business day after the next interest payment date, or if this interest payment date is not a business day, the second business day after the interest payment date), holders must pay funds equal to the interest payable on the principal amount being converted. As a result of the foregoing provisions, if the exception described in the preceding sentence does not apply and holders surrender their notes for conversion on a date that is not an interest payment date, holders will not receive any interest for the period from the interest payment date next preceding the date of conversion or for any later period.

      We will not issue fractional shares of common stock upon conversion of notes. Instead, we will pay cash for the fractional amount based upon the closing market price of the common stock on the last trading day prior to the date of conversion.

      If the notes are called for redemption or are subject to purchase following a change in control, the conversion rights of holders on the notes called for redemption or so subject to purchase will expire at the close of business on the last business day before the redemption date or purchase date, as the case may be, or such earlier date as the notes are presented for redemption or for purchase, unless we default in the payment of the redemption price or purchase price, in which case, the conversion rights will terminate at the close of business on the date the default is cured and the notes are redeemed or purchased. Holders who have submitted their notes for purchase upon a change in control may only convert their notes if they withdraw their election in accordance with the indenture.

      The conversion price will be adjusted upon the occurrence of:

        (1) the issuance of shares of our common stock as a dividend or distribution on our common stock;
 
        (2) the subdivision or combination of our outstanding common stock;
 
        (3) the issuance to all or substantially all holders of our common stock of rights or warrants entitling them for a period of not more than 60 days to subscribe for or purchase our common stock, or securities convertible into our common stock, at a price per share or a conversion price per share less than the then current market price per share, provided that the conversion price will be readjusted to the extent that such rights or warrants are not exercised prior to the expiration;
 
        (4) the distribution to all or substantially all holders of our common stock of shares of our capital stock, evidences of indebtedness or other non-cash assets, or rights or warrants, excluding:

   (A)  dividends, distributions and rights or warrants referred to in clause (1) or (3) above;

   (B)  dividends or distributions exclusively in cash referred to in clause (5) below; and
 
  (C)  distribution of rights to all holders of common stock pursuant to an adoption of a shareholder rights plan;

        (5) the dividend or distribution to all or substantially all holders of our common stock of all-cash distributions in an aggregate amount that together with:

   (A)  any cash and the fair market value of any other consideration payable in respect of any tender offer by us or any of our subsidiaries for our common stock consummated within the preceding 12 months not triggering a conversion price adjustment; and

   (B)  all other all-cash distributions to all or substantially all holders of our common stock made within the preceding 12 months not triggering a conversion price adjustment, exceeds an amount equal to 10% of our market capitalization on the business day immediately preceding the day on which we declare such distribution; and

25


Table of Contents

        (6) the purchase of our common stock pursuant to a tender offer made by us or any of our subsidiaries to the extent that the same involves aggregate consideration that together with:

  (A)  any cash and the fair market value of any other consideration payable in respect of any tender offer by us or any of our subsidiaries for our common stock consummated within the preceding 12 months not triggering a conversion price adjustment; and

  (B)  all-cash distributions to all or substantially all holders of our common stock made within the preceding 12 months not triggering a conversion price adjustment, exceeds an amount equal to 10% of our market capitalization on the expiration date of such tender offer.

      To the extent that our rights plan is still in effect, upon conversion of the notes into common stock, the holders will receive, in addition to the common stock, the rights described in our rights plan, whether or not the rights have separated from the common stock at the time of conversion, subject to certain limited exceptions. See “Description of Capital Stock.” If we implement a new rights plan, we will be required under the indenture to provide that the holders of notes will receive the rights upon conversion of the notes, whether or not these rights were separated from the common stock prior to conversion, subject to certain limited exceptions.

      In the event of:

  •  any reclassification of our common stock;
 
  •  a consolidation, merger or combination involving Emulex; or
 
  •  a sale or conveyance to another person of the property and assets of Emulex as an entirety or substantially as an entirety,

in which holders of our outstanding common stock would be entitled to receive stock, other securities, other property, assets or cash for their common stock, holders of notes will generally be entitled to convert their notes into the same type of consideration received by common stock holders immediately prior to one of these types of events.

      Holders may, in some circumstances, be deemed to have received a distribution or dividend subject to United States federal income tax as a result of an adjustment or the nonoccurrence of an adjustment to the conversion price. See “Certain United States Federal Income Tax Considerations.”

      We are permitted to reduce the conversion price of the notes by any amount for a period of at least 20 days if our board of directors determines that such reduction would be in our best interest. We are required to give at least 15 days prior notice of any reduction in the conversion price. We may also reduce the conversion price to avoid or diminish income tax to holders of our common stock in connection with a dividend or distribution of stock or similar event.

      No adjustment in the conversion price will be required unless it would result in a change in the conversion price of at least one percent. Any adjustment not made will be taken into account in subsequent adjustments. Except as stated above, we will not adjust the conversion price for the issuance of our common stock or any securities convertible into or exchangeable for our common stock or the right to purchase our common stock or such convertible or exchangeable securities.

Subordination of Notes

      The payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the notes is subordinated to the prior payment in full, in cash or other payment satisfactory to the holders of any future senior indebtedness. If we dissolve, wind-up, liquidate or reorganize, or if we are the subject of any bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or similar proceedings, we will pay the holders of senior indebtedness in full in cash or other payment satisfactory to the holders of senior indebtedness before we pay the holders of the notes. If the notes are accelerated because of an event of default we must pay the holders of senior indebtedness in full all amounts due and owing thereunder before we pay the note holders. The indenture

26


Table of Contents

requires that we must promptly notify holders of senior indebtedness if payment of the notes is accelerated because of an event of default under the indenture.

      We may not make any payment on the notes or purchase or otherwise acquire the notes if:

  •  a default in the payment of any designated senior indebtedness occurs and is continuing beyond any applicable period of grace, or
 
  •  any other default of designated senior indebtedness occurs and is continuing that permits holders of the designated senior indebtedness to accelerate its maturity and the trustee receives a payment blockage notice from us or other persons permitted to give such notice under the indenture.

We are required to resume payments on the notes:

  •  in case of a payment default, upon the date on which such default is cured or waived or ceases to exist, and
 
  •  in case of a nonpayment default, the earlier of the date on which such nonpayment default is cured or waived or ceases to exist or 179 days after the date on which the payment blockage notice is received.

No new period of payment blockage may be commenced for a default unless:

  •  365 days have elapsed since the effectiveness of the immediately prior payment blockage notice, and
 
  •  all scheduled payments on the notes that have come due have been paid in full in cash.

No nonpayment default that existed or was continuing on the date of delivery of any payment blockage notice shall be the basis for a subsequent payment blockage notice.

      As a result of these subordination provisions, in the event of our bankruptcy, dissolution or reorganization, holders of senior indebtedness may receive more, ratably, and holders of the notes may receive less, ratably, than our other creditors. These subordination provisions will not prevent the occurrence of any event of default under the indenture.

      If either the trustee or any holder of notes receives any payment or distribution of our assets in contravention of these subordination provisions before all senior indebtedness is paid in full, then such payment or distribution will be held by the recipient in trust for the benefit of holders of senior indebtedness to the extent necessary to make payment in full of all senior indebtedness remaining unpaid.

      A portion of our operations are conducted through subsidiaries. As a result, our cash flow and our ability to service our debt, including the notes, would depend upon the earnings of our subsidiaries. In addition, we would be dependent on the distribution of earnings, loans or other payments by our subsidiaries to us.

      Our subsidiaries are separate and distinct legal entities. Our subsidiaries have no obligation to pay any amounts due on the notes or to provide us with funds for our payment obligations, whether by dividends, distributions, loans or other payments. In addition, any payment of dividends, distributions, loans or advances by our subsidiaries will also be contingent upon our subsidiaries’ earnings and could be subject to contractual or statutory restrictions.

      Our right to receive any assets of any of our subsidiaries upon their liquidation or reorganization, and therefore the right of the holders of the notes to participate in those assets, will be structurally subordinated to the claims of that subsidiary’s creditors, including trade creditors. In addition, even if we were a creditor of any of our subsidiaries, our rights as a creditor would be subordinate to any security interest in the assets of our subsidiaries and any indebtedness of our subsidiaries senior to that held by us.

      As of March 31, 2002, we and our subsidiaries had no senior indebtedness outstanding to which the notes would be effectively subordinated.

27


Table of Contents

      Neither we nor our subsidiaries are limited from incurring senior indebtedness or additional debt under the indenture. If we incur additional debt, our ability to pay our obligations on the notes could be affected. We expect from time to time to incur additional indebtedness and other liabilities.

      We are obligated to pay reasonable compensation to the trustee. We will indemnify the trustee against any losses, liabilities or expenses incurred by it in connection with its duties. The trustee’s claims for such payments will be senior to the claims of the note holders.

      Certain defined terms set forth herein have the following meanings:

      “Designated senior indebtedness” means any senior indebtedness in which the instrument creating or evidencing the indebtedness, or any related agreements or documents to which we are a party, expressly provides that such indebtedness is “designated senior indebtedness” for purposes of the indenture (provided that the instrument, agreement or other document may place limitations and conditions on the right of the senior indebtedness to exercise the rights of designated senior indebtedness).

      “Indebtedness” means:

        (1) all of our indebtedness, obligations and other liabilities, contingent or otherwise, (A) for borrowed money, including overdrafts, foreign exchange contracts, currency exchange agreements, interest rate protection agreements, and any loans or advances from banks, whether or not evidenced by notes or similar instruments, or (B) evidenced by credit or loan agreements, bonds, debentures, notes or similar instruments, whether or not the recourse of the lender is to the whole of the assets of Emulex or to only a portion thereof, other than any account payable or other accrued current liability or obligation incurred in the ordinary course of business in connection with the obtaining of materials or services;
 
        (2) all of our reimbursement obligations and other liabilities, contingent or otherwise, with respect to letters of credit, bank guarantees or bankers’ acceptances;
 
        (3) all of our obligations and liabilities, contingent or otherwise, in respect of leases required, in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles, to be accounted for as capitalized lease obligations on our balance sheet;
 
        (4) all of our obligations and other liabilities, contingent or otherwise, under any lease or related document, including a purchase agreement, conditional sale or other title retention agreement, in connection with the lease of real property or improvements thereon (or any personal property included as part of any such lease) which provides that we are contractually obligated to purchase or cause a third party to purchase the leased property or pay an agreed upon residual value of the leased property, including our obligations under such lease or related document to purchase or cause a third party to purchase such leased property or pay an agreed upon residual value of the leased property to the lessor;
 
        (5) all of our obligations, contingent or otherwise, with respect to an interest rate or other swap, cap, floor or collar agreement or hedge agreement, forward contract or other similar instrument or agreement or foreign currency hedge, exchange, purchase or similar instrument or agreement;
 
        (6) all of our direct or indirect guaranties or similar agreements by us in respect of, and all of our obligations or liabilities to purchase or otherwise acquire or otherwise assure a creditor against loss in respect of, indebtedness, obligations or liabilities of another person of the kinds described in clauses (1) through (5);
 
        (7) any and all deferrals, renewals, extensions, refinancings and refundings of, or amendments, modifications or supplements to, any indebtedness, obligation or liability of the kinds described in clauses (1) through (6).

      “Senior indebtedness” means the principal of, premium, if any, interest, including any interest accruing after the commencement of any bankruptcy or similar proceeding, whether or not a claim for post-petition interest is allowed as a claim in the proceeding, and rent payable on or in connection with,

28


Table of Contents

and all fees, costs, expenses and other amounts accrued or due on or in connection with, indebtedness of Emulex whether secured or unsecured, absolute or contingent, due or to become due, outstanding on the date of the indenture or thereafter created, incurred, assumed, guaranteed or in effect guaranteed by Emulex, including all deferrals, renewals, extensions or refundings of, or amendments, modifications or supplements to, the foregoing. Senior indebtedness does not include:

        (1) indebtedness that expressly provides that such indebtedness shall not be senior in right of payment to the notes or expressly provides that such indebtedness is on the same basis or junior to the notes; and
 
        (2) any indebtedness to any of our majority-owned subsidiaries, other than indebtedness to our subsidiaries arising by reason of guarantees by us of indebtedness of such subsidiary to a person that is not our subsidiary.

Optional Redemption by Emulex

      We may redeem the notes on or after February 5, 2005, on at least 20 days and no more than 60 days notice, in whole or in part, at the following redemption prices expressed as percentages of the principal amount:

         
Redemption
Period Price


Beginning on February 5, 2005, through January 31, 2006
    100.44 %
Beginning on February 1, 2006, and thereafter
    100.00 %

In each case, together with accrued interest up to but not including the redemption date; provided that if the redemption date falls after an interest payment record date and on or before an interest payment date, then the interest payment shall be payable to holders of record on the relevant record date.

      If we decide to redeem fewer than all of the notes, the trustee will select the notes to be redeemed by lot, or in its discretion, on a pro rata basis. If any note is to be redeemed in part only, a new note in principal amount equal to the unredeemed principal portion will be issued. If a portion of a holders’ notes are selected for partial redemption and a holder convert a portion of its notes, the converted portion will be deemed to be part of the portion selected for redemption.

      No sinking fund is provided for the notes.

Purchase of Notes upon a Change in Control

      If a change in control occurs, holders will have the right to require us to purchase all or any part of their notes 30 business days after the occurrence of such change in control at a purchase price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the notes together with accrued and unpaid interest to, but excluding, the purchase date. Notes submitted for purchase must be in integral multiples of $1,000 principal amount.

      We will mail to the trustee and to each holder a written notice of the change in control within 10 business days after the occurrence of such change in control. This notice shall state certain specified information, including:

  •  information about and the terms and conditions of the change in control;
 
  •  information about the holders’ right to convert the notes;
 
  •  the holders’ right to require us to purchase the notes;
 
  •  the procedures required for exercise of the purchase option upon the change in control; and
 
  •  the name and address of the paying and conversion agents.

      Holders must deliver written notice of their exercise of this purchase right to the paying agent at any time prior to the close of business on the business day prior to the change in control purchase date. The

29


Table of Contents

written notice must specify the notes for which the purchase right is being exercised. A holder who wishes to withdraw this election must provide a written notice of withdrawal to the paying agent at any time prior to the close of business on the business day prior to the change in control purchase date.

      A change in control will be deemed to have occurred if any of the following occurs:

  •  any “person” or “group” is or becomes the “beneficial owner,” directly or indirectly, of shares of our voting stock representing 50% or more of the total voting power of all outstanding classes of our voting stock or has the power, directly or indirectly, to elect a majority of the members of our board of directors;
 
  •  we consolidate with, or merge with or into, another person or we sell, assign, convey, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of our assets, or any person consolidates with, or merges with or into, us, in any such event other than pursuant to a transaction in which the persons that “beneficially owned,” directly or indirectly, the shares of our voting stock immediately prior to such transaction “beneficially own,” directly or indirectly, shares of our voting stock representing at least a majority of the total voting power of all outstanding classes of voting stock of the surviving or transferee person; or
 
  •  the holders of our capital stock approve any plan or proposal for the liquidation or dissolution of Emulex (whether or not otherwise in compliance with the indenture).

      However, a change in control will not be deemed to have occurred if either:

  •  the last sale price of our common stock for any five trading days during the ten trading days immediately preceding the change in control is at least equal to 105% of the conversion price in effect on such day; or
 
  •  in the case of a merger or consolidation, all of the consideration (excluding cash payments for fractional shares and cash payments pursuant to dissenters’ appraisal rights) in the merger or consolidation constituting the change in control consists of common stock traded on a United States national securities exchange or quoted on the Nasdaq National Market (or which will be so traded or quoted when issued or exchanged in connection with such change in control) and as a result of such transaction or transactions the notes become convertible solely into such common stock.

For purposes of this change in control definition:

  •  “person” or “group” have the meanings given to them for purposes of Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act or any successor provisions, and the term “group” includes any group acting for the purpose of acquiring, holding or disposing of securities within the meaning of Rule 13d-5(b)(1) under the Exchange Act, or any successor provision;
 
  •  a “beneficial owner “will be determined in accordance with Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, as in effect on the date of the indenture, except that the number of shares of our voting stock will be deemed to include, in addition to all outstanding shares of our voting stock and unissued shares deemed to be held by the “person” or “group” or other person with respect to which the change in control determination is being made, all unissued shares deemed to be held by all other persons;
 
  •  “beneficially own” and “beneficially owned” have meanings correlative to that of beneficial owner;
 
  •  “unissued shares” means shares of voting stock not outstanding that are subject to options, warrants, rights to purchase or conversion privileges exercisable within 60 days of the date of determination of a change in control; and
 
  •  “voting stock” means any class or classes of capital stock or other interests then outstanding and normally entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of the board of directors, managers or trustees.

      The term “all or substantially all” as used in the definition of change in control will likely be interpreted under applicable state law and will be dependent upon particular facts and circumstances.

30


Table of Contents

There may be a degree of uncertainty in interpreting this phrase. As a result, we cannot give any assurance as to how a court would interpret this phrase under applicable law if holders elect to exercise their rights following the occurrence of a transaction which holders believe constitutes a transfer of “all or substantially all” of our assets.

      We will under the indenture:

  •  comply with the provisions of Rule 13e-4 and Rule 14e-1, if applicable, under the Exchange Act;
 
  •  file a Schedule TO or any successor or similar schedule, if required, under the Exchange Act; and
 
  •  otherwise comply with all federal and state securities laws in connection with any offer by us to purchase the notes upon a change in control.

      This change in control purchase feature may make more difficult or discourage a takeover of us and the removal of incumbent management. We are not, however, aware of any specific effort to accumulate shares of our common stock or to obtain control of us by means of a merger, tender offer, solicitation or otherwise. In addition, the change in control purchase feature is not part of a plan by management to adopt a series of anti-takeover provisions. Instead, the change in control purchase feature is a result of negotiations between us and the initial purchasers.

      We could, in the future, enter into certain transactions, including recapitalizations, that would not constitute a change in control but would increase the amount of debt, including senior indebtedness, outstanding or otherwise adversely affect a holder. Neither we nor our subsidiaries are prohibited from incurring debt, including senior indebtedness, under the indenture. The incurrence of significant amounts of additional debt could adversely affect our ability to service our debt, including the notes.

      We could enter into future debt agreements that may prohibit our redemption or repurchase of the notes and provide that a change in control constitutes an event of default.

      We may not purchase any note at any time when the subordination provisions of the indenture otherwise would prohibit us from making such repurchase. If we fail to repurchase the notes when required, this failure will constitute an event of default under the indenture whether or not repurchase is permitted by the subordination provisions of the indenture.

      If a change in control were to occur, we may not have sufficient funds to pay the change in control purchase price for the notes tendered by holders. In addition, we may in the future incur debt that has similar change of control provisions that permit holders of this debt to accelerate or require us to repurchase this debt upon the occurrence of events similar to a change in control. Our failure to repurchase the notes upon a change in control will result in an event of default under the indenture, whether or not the purchase is permitted by the subordination provisions of the indenture.

Events of Default

      Each of the following will constitute an event of default under the indenture:

        (1) we fail to pay principal or premium, if any, on any note when due, whether or not prohibited by the subordination provisions of the indenture;
 
        (2) we fail to pay any interest, including any additional interest, on any note when due if such failure continues for 30 days, whether or not prohibited by the subordination provisions of the indenture;
 
        (3) we fail to perform any other covenant required of us in the indenture if such failure continues for 60 days after notice is given in accordance with the indenture;
 
        (4) we fail to pay the purchase price of any note when due, whether or not prohibited by the subordination provisions of the indenture;
 
        (5) we fail to provide timely notice of;

31


Table of Contents

        (6) any indebtedness for money borrowed by us or one of our significant subsidiaries (all or substantially all of the outstanding voting securities of which are owned, directly, or indirectly, by us) in an outstanding principal amount in excess of $35 million is not paid at final maturity or upon acceleration and such indebtedness is not discharged, or such default in payment or acceleration is not cured or rescinded within 30 days after written notice as provided in the indenture; and
 
        (7) certain events in bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization of us or any of our significant subsidiaries.

      If an event of default, other than an event of default described in clause (7) above with respect to us, occurs and is continuing, either the trustee or the holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding notes may declare the principal amount of the notes to be due and payable immediately. If an event of default described in clause (7) above occurs with respect to us, the principal amount of the notes will automatically become immediately due and payable. Any payment by us on the notes following any acceleration will be subject to the subordination provisions described above.

      After any such acceleration, but before a judgment or decree based on acceleration, the holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the notes may, under certain circumstances, rescind and annul such acceleration if all events of default, other than the non-payment of accelerated principal, have been cured or waived.

      Subject to the trustee’s duties in the case of an event of default, the trustee will not be obligated to exercise any of its rights or powers at the request of the holders, unless the holders have offered to the trustee reasonable indemnity. Subject to the indenture, applicable law and the trustee’s indemnification, the holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding notes will have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on the trustee with respect to the notes.

      No holder will have any right to institute any proceeding under the indenture, or for the appointment of a receiver or a trustee, or for any other remedy under the indenture unless:

  •  the holder has previously given the trustee written notice of a continuing event of default;
 
  •  the holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the notes then outstanding have made a written request and have offered reasonable indemnity to the trustee to institute such proceeding as trustee; and
 
  •  the trustee has failed to institute such proceeding within 60 days after such notice, request and offer, and has not received from the holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the notes then outstanding a direction inconsistent with such request within 60 days after such notice, request and offer.

      However, the above limitations do not apply to a suit instituted by a holder for the enforcement of payment of the principal of or any premium or interest on any note on or after the applicable due date or the right to convert the note in accordance with the indenture.

      Generally, the holders of not less than a majority of the aggregate principal amount of outstanding notes may waive any default or event of default unless:

  •  we fail to pay principal, premium or interest on any note when due;
 
  •  we fail to convert any note into common stock; or
 
  •  we fail to comply with any of the provisions of the indenture that would require the consent of the holder of each outstanding note affected.

      We are required to furnish to the trustee, on an annual basis, a statement by our officers as to whether or not Emulex, to the officer’s knowledge, is in default in the performance or observance of any of the terms, provisions and conditions of the indenture, specifying any known defaults.

32


Table of Contents

Modification and Waiver

      We and the trustee may amend or supplement the indenture or the notes with the consent of the holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding notes. In addition, the holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding notes may waive our compliance in any instance with any provision of the indenture without notice to the note holders. However, no amendment, supplement or waiver may be made without the consent of the holder of each outstanding note if such amendment, supplement or waiver would:

  •  change the stated maturity of the principal of, or interest on, any note;
 
  •  reduce the principal amount of or any premium or interest on any note;
 
  •  reduce the amount of principal payable upon acceleration of the maturity of any note;
 
  •  change the place or currency of payment of principal of, or any premium or interest on, any note;
 
  •  impair the right to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on, or with respect to, any note;
 
  •  modify the provisions with respect to the purchase right of the holders upon a change in control in a manner adverse to holders;
 
  •  modify the subordination provisions in a manner materially adverse to the holders of notes;
 
  •  adversely affect the right of holders to convert notes other than as provided in the indenture;
 
  •  reduce the percentage in principal amount of outstanding notes required for modification or amendment of the indenture;
 
  •  reduce the percentage in principal amount of outstanding notes necessary for waiver of compliance with certain provisions of the indenture or for waiver of certain defaults; or
 
  •  modify provisions with respect to modification and waiver (including waiver of events of default), except to increase the percentage required for modification or waiver or to provide for consent of each affected note holder.

      We and the trustee may amend or supplement the indenture or the notes without notice to, or the consent of, the note holders to, among other things, cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency or make any other change that does not adversely affect the rights of any note holder.

Consolidation, Merger and Sale of Assets

      We may not consolidate with or merge into any person in a transaction in which we are not the surviving person or convey, transfer or lease our properties and assets substantially as an entirety to any successor person, unless:

  •  the successor person, if any, is a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the United States, any state of the United States, or the District of Columbia and assumes our obligations on the notes and under the indenture; and
 
  •  immediately after giving effect to the transaction, no default or event of default shall have occurred and be continuing; and other conditions specified in the indenture are met.

Registration Rights

      The following description is a summary of the material terms of the registration rights agreement. Holders should refer to the registration rights agreement and the notes for a full description of the registration rights that apply to the notes.

      We have agreed to file this shelf registration statement under the Securities Act not later than 90 days after the first date of the original issuance of the notes to register resales of the notes and the

33


Table of Contents

shares of common stock into which the notes are convertible. The notes and the common stock issuable upon conversion of the notes are referred to collectively as “registrable securities.” We will use our best efforts to have this shelf registration statement declared effective as promptly as practicable but not later than 180 days after the first date of the original issuance of the notes, and to keep it effective until the earliest of:

        (1) two years from the date we file the shelf registration statement;
 
        (2) the date when all registrable securities shall have been registered under the Securities Act and disposed of; and
 
        (3) the date on which all registrable securities held by non-affiliates are eligible to be sold to the public pursuant to Rule 144(k) under the Securities Act.

      A holder of registrable securities that sells registrable securities pursuant to the shelf registration statement generally will be required to provide information about itself and the specifics of the sale, be named as a selling securityholder in the related prospectus, deliver a prospectus to purchasers, be subject to relevant civil liability provisions under the Securities Act in connection with such sales and be bound by the provisions of the registration rights agreement which are applicable to such holder.

      If:

        (1) on or prior to the 90th day after the latest date of original issuance of the notes, the shelf registration statement has not been filed with the SEC;
 
        (2) on or prior to the 180th day after the latest date of original issuance of the notes, the shelf registration statement has not been declared effective by the SEC;
 
        (3) after the shelf registration statement has been declared effective but (A) the shelf registration statement thereafter ceases to be effective or (B) the shelf registration statement or the prospectus ceases to be usable in accordance with and during the periods specified in the registration rights agreement (subject to certain exceptions),

(we refer to each such event described above in clauses (1) through (3) as a registration default), additional interest will accrue on the notes that are registrable securities in addition to the rate set forth in the title of the notes, from and including the date on which any such registration default occurs to, but excluding, the date on which the registration default has been cured, at the rate of 0.5% per year. However, a registration default pursuant to (3) above, shall be deemed not to have occurred and be continuing in relation to the shelf registration statement or the related prospectus if we proceed promptly and in good faith to amend or supplement the shelf registration statement and related prospectus so as to cure any defects that cause it not to be usable; provided, however, that in any case if a registration default occurs (1) for a period in excess of 45 days in any 90 day period or (ii) for an aggregate of 90 days in any 12 month period, additional interest shall be payable in accordance with the preceding sentence from the day such registration default occurs until such registration default is cured. In addition, pursuant to the terms of the registration rights agreement, in the sole event that the SEC does not permit us to include a holder as a selling securityholder in the shelf registration statement after it has been declared effective and we are required to file a new registration statement, we will not be deemed to be in default pursuant to (3) above from the date we are notified by the SEC until the date the new registration statement is declared effective.

      We have given notice of our intention to file the shelf registration statement, which we refer to as a filing notice, to each of the holders of the notes in the same manner as we would give notice to holders of notes under the indenture.

      We will give notice to all holders who have provided us with the notice and questionnaire described below of the effectiveness of the shelf registration statement. Holders are required to deliver a notice and questionnaire prior to the effectiveness of the shelf registration statement so that they can be named as selling securityholders in the prospectus. Upon receipt of completed questionnaires from holders after the

34


Table of Contents

effectiveness of the shelf registration statement, we will, as promptly as practicable, file any amendments or supplements to the shelf registration statement so that holders may use the prospectus.

      We will pay all registration expenses of the shelf registration, provide each holder that is selling registrable securities pursuant to the shelf registration statement copies of the shelf registration statement and related prospectus and take other actions as are required to permit, subject to the foregoing, unrestricted resales of the registrable securities.

Satisfaction and Discharge

      We may discharge our obligations under the indenture while notes remain outstanding if (1) all outstanding notes have or will become due and payable at their scheduled maturity within one year or (2) all outstanding notes are scheduled for redemption within one year, and, in either case, we have deposited with the trustee an amount sufficient to pay and discharge all outstanding notes on the date of their scheduled maturity or the scheduled date of redemption.

Transfer and Exchange

      We have initially appointed the trustee as the security registrar, paying agent and conversion agent, acting through its corporate trust office. We reserve the right to:

  •  vary or terminate the appointment of the security registrar, paying agent or conversion agent;
 
  •  appoint additional paying agents or conversion agents; or
 
  •  approve any change in the office through which any security registrar or any paying agent or conversion agent acts.

Purchase and Cancellation

      All notes surrendered for payment, redemption, registration of transfer or exchange or conversion shall, if surrendered to any person other than the trustee, be delivered to the trustee. All notes delivered to the trustee shall be cancelled promptly by the trustee. No notes shall be authenticated in exchange for any notes cancelled as provided in the indenture.

      We may, to the extent permitted by law, purchase notes in the open market or by tender offer at any price or by private agreement. Any notes purchased by us may, to the extent permitted by law, be reissued or resold or may, at our option, be surrendered to the trustee for cancellation. Any notes surrendered for cancellation may not be reissued or resold and will be promptly cancelled. Any notes held by us or one of our subsidiaries shall be disregarded for voting purposes in connection with any notice, waiver, consent or direction requiring the vote or concurrence of note holders.

Replacement of Notes

      We will replace mutilated, destroyed, stolen or lost notes at the holder’s expense upon delivery to the trustee of the mutilated notes, or evidence of the loss, theft or destruction of the notes satisfactory to us and the trustee. In the case of a lost, stolen or destroyed note, indemnity satisfactory to the trustee and us may be required at the expense of the holder of such note before a replacement note will be issued.

Governing Law

      The indenture and the notes will be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the law of the State of New York, without regard to conflicts of laws principles.

Concerning the Trustee

      State Street Bank and Trust Company of California, N.A. has agreed to serve as the trustee under the indenture. The trustee will be permitted to deal with us and any of our affiliates with the same rights

35


Table of Contents

as if it were not trustee. However, under the Trust Indenture Act, if the trustee acquires any conflicting interest and there exists a default with respect to the notes, the trustee must eliminate such conflict or resign.

      The holders of a majority in principal amount of all outstanding notes will have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for exercising any remedy or power available to the trustee. However, any such direction may not conflict with any law or the indenture, may not be unduly prejudicial to the rights of another holder or the trustee and may not involve the trustee in personal liability.

Book-Entry, Delivery and Form

      We initially issued the notes in the form of one or more global securities. The global security was deposited with the trustee as custodian for The Depository Trust Company, or DTC, and registered in the name of a nominee of DTC. Except as set forth below, the global security may be transferred, in whole and not in part, only to DTC or another nominee of DTC. Holders may hold their beneficial interests in the global security directly through DTC if they have an account with DTC or indirectly through organizations that have accounts with DTC. Notes in definitive certificated form (called “certificated securities”) will be issued only in certain limited circumstances described below.

      DTC has advised us that it is:

  •  a limited purpose trust company organized under the laws of the State of New York;
 
  •  a member of the Federal Reserve System;
 
  •  a “clearing corporation” within the meaning of the New York Uniform Commercial Code; and
 
  •  a “clearing agency” registered pursuant to the provisions of Section 17A of the Exchange Act.

      DTC was created to hold securities of institutions that have accounts with DTC (called “participants”) and to facilitate the clearance and settlement of securities transactions among its participants in such securities through electronic book-entry changes in accounts of the participants, thereby eliminating the need for physical movement of securities certificates. DTC’s participants include securities brokers and dealers, which may include the initial purchasers, banks, trust companies, clearing corporations and certain other organizations. Access to DTC’s book-entry system is also available to others such as banks, brokers, dealers and trust companies (called, the “indirect participants”) that clear through or maintain a custodial relationship with a participant, whether directly or indirectly.

      We expect that pursuant to procedures established by DTC upon the deposit of the global security with DTC, DTC will credit, on its book-entry registration and transfer system, the principal amount of notes represented by such global security to the accounts of participants. The accounts to be credited shall be designated by the initial purchasers. Ownership of beneficial interests in the global security will be limited to participants or persons that may hold interests through participants. Ownership of beneficial interests in the global security will be shown on, and the transfer of those beneficial interests will be effected only through, records maintained by DTC (with respect to participants’ interests), the participants and the indirect participants. The laws of some jurisdictions may require that certain purchasers of securities take physical delivery of such securities in definitive form. These limits and laws may impair the ability to transfer or pledge beneficial interests in the global security.

      Owners of beneficial interests in global securities who desire to convert their interests into common stock should contact their brokers or other participants or indirect participants through whom they hold such beneficial interests to obtain information on procedures, including proper forms and cut-off times, for submitting requests for conversion.

      So long as DTC, or its nominee, is the registered owner or holder of a global security, DTC or its nominee, as the case may be, will be considered the sole owner or holder of the notes represented by the global security for all purposes under the indenture and the notes. In addition, no owner of a beneficial

36


Table of Contents

interest in a global security will be able to transfer that interest except in accordance with the applicable procedures of DTC. Except as set forth below, as owners of a beneficial interest in the global security, holders will not be entitled to have the notes represented by the global security registered in their name, will not receive or be entitled to receive physical delivery of certificated securities and will not be considered to be the owner or holder of any notes under the global security. We understand that under existing industry practice, if an owner of a beneficial interest in the global security desires to take any action that DTC, as the holder of the global security, is entitled to take, DTC would authorize the participants to take such action, and the participants would authorize beneficial owners owning through such participants to take such action or would otherwise act upon the instructions of beneficial owners owning through them.

      We will make payments of principal, premium, if any, and interest (including any additional interest) on the notes represented by the global security registered in the name of and held by DTC or its nominee to DTC or its nominee, as the case may be, as the registered owner and holder of the global security. Neither we, the trustee nor any paying agent will have any responsibility or liability for any aspect of the records relating to or payments made on account of beneficial interests in the global security or for maintaining, supervising or reviewing any records relating to such beneficial interests.

      We expect that DTC or its nominee, upon receipt of any payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest (including additional interest) on the global security, will credit participants’ accounts with payments in amounts proportionate to their respective beneficial interests in the principal amount of the global security as shown on the records of DTC or its nominee. We also expect that payments by participants or indirect participants to owners of beneficial interests in the global security held through such participants or indirect participants will be governed by standing instructions and customary practices and will be the responsibility of such participants or indirect participants. We will not have any responsibility or liability for any aspect of the records relating to, or payments made on account of, beneficial interests in the global security for any note or for maintaining, supervising or reviewing any records relating to such beneficial interests or for any other aspect of the relationship between DTC and its participants or indirect participants or the relationship between such participants or indirect participants and the owners of beneficial interests in the global security owning through such participants.

      Transfers between participants in DTC will be effected in the ordinary way in accordance with DTC rules and will be settled in same-day funds.

      DTC has advised us that it will take any action permitted to be taken by a holder of notes only at the direction of one or more participants to whose account the DTC interests in the global security is credited and only in respect of such portion of the aggregate principal amount of notes as to which such participant or participants has or have given such direction. However, if DTC notifies us that it is unwilling to be a depository for the global security or ceases to be a clearing agency or there is an event of default under the notes, DTC will exchange the global security for certificated securities which it will distribute to its participants and which will be legended, if required, as set forth under the heading “Transfer Restrictions.”

      Although DTC is expected to follow the foregoing procedures in order to facilitate transfers of interests in the global security among participants of DTC, it is under no obligation to perform or continue to perform such procedures, and such procedures may be discontinued at any time. Neither we nor the trustee will have any responsibility, or liability for the performance by DTC or the participants or indirect participants of their respective obligations under the rules and procedures governing their respective operations.

37


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

Common Stock

      As of April 22, 2002, there were 81,638,427 shares of our common stock outstanding that were held of record by approximately 671 stockholders. The holders of common stock are entitled to one vote for each share held of record on all matters submitted to a vote of the stockholders. Our stockholders do not have cumulative voting rights in the election of directors, and accordingly, holders of a majority of the shares voting are able to elect all of the directors. Subject to preferences that may be granted to any then outstanding preferred stock, holders of common stock are entitled to receive ratably such dividends as may be declared by the board of directors out of funds legally available therefor as well as any distributions to the stockholders. In the event of our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, holders of common stock are entitled to share ratably in all our assets remaining after payment of liabilities and the liquidation preference of any then outstanding preferred stock. Holders of common stock have no preemptive or other subscription or conversion rights. There are no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to the common stock.

Preferred Stock

      Our Certificate of Incorporation authorizes our board of directors to issue up to 1,000,000 shares of preferred stock without any vote or action by our stockholders. Our board of directors may issue preferred stock in one or more series and determine the dividend rights, conversion rights, voting rights, redemption rights, liquidation preferences, sinking fund terms and the designation of, and the number of shares constituting each series. The preferred stock that can be authorized by our board of directors could have preference over our common stock with respect to dividends and other distributions and upon our liquidation. In addition, the voting power of our outstanding common stock may become diluted in the event that the board of directors issues preferred stock with voting rights.

      In connection with our Rights Agreement, described below, our board of directors has designated and reserved for issuance 150,000 shares of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock, par value $0.01 per share. We may issue these shares of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock under certain circumstances if, as discussed below, the rights distributed to our stockholders pursuant to the Rights Agreement become exercisable. We have no present plans to issue, or reserve for issuance, any other series of preferred stock.

Anti-Takeover Effects of Provisions of Our Charter, Bylaws, Rights Agreement and Delaware Law

 
Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws

      Our Certificate of Incorporation provides that our board of directors may issue, without stockholder action, up to 1,000,000 shares of preferred stock with voting or other rights. As described above, our board of directors has designated 150,000 shares of preferred stock as Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock in connection with a Rights Agreement. Our Certificate of Incorporation also provides that our stockholders do not have cumulative voting rights, and stockholders representing a majority of the shares of common stock outstanding are able to elect all of the directors. Our Bylaws provide that only our President, our board of directors and the Chairman of our board of directors may call a special meeting of stockholders. These and other provisions may have the effect of deterring hostile takeovers or delaying changes in control of our management. These provisions are intended to enhance the likelihood of continued stability in the composition of the board of directors and in the policies furnished by the board of directors and to discourage certain types of transactions that may involve an actual or threatened change of control. These provisions are designed to reduce our vulnerability to an unsolicited acquisition proposal. The provisions also are intended to discourage certain tactics that may be used in proxy fights. However, such provisions could have the effect of discouraging others from making tender offers for our shares and, as a consequence, they also may inhibit fluctuations in the market price of our shares that could result from actual or rumored takeover attempts.

38


Table of Contents

 
Rights Agreement

      Emulex has a rights agreement with Chase Mellon Shareholder Services LLC as rights agent. The following description of the rights agreement is qualified in its entirety by reference to the terms and conditions of the rights agreement. Under the rights agreement, rights attached to each share of Emulex common stock outstanding and, when they become exercisable, entitle the registered holder to purchase, from Emulex, a unit consisting of one one-hundredths of a share of Series A Junior Participating Preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share at a price of $300.00 per unit subject to adjustment.

      The rights will become exercisable if:

  •  A person or a group of affiliated or associated persons (an “Acquiring Person”) has acquired or obtained the right to acquire 20% or more of Emulex’s common stock then outstanding;
 
  •  A person becomes the beneficial owner of 30% or more of the then outstanding shares of Emulex common stock;
 
  •  An Acquiring Person engages in one or more self-dealing transactions with Emulex; or
 
  •  An event occurs resulting in an Acquiring Person’s interest being increased by more than 1%.

      These rights will expire on January 19, 2009 (the “Expiration Date”) unless the date is extended or unless the rights are earlier redeemed or exchanged by Emulex as summarized below. Upon exercise and payment of the purchase price for the rights, the rights holder (other than an Acquiring Person) will have the right to receive Emulex common stock (or, in certain circumstances, cash, property or other securities of Emulex) equal to two times the purchase price. Emulex is entitled to redeem all, but not less than all of the then-outstanding rights at a redemption price of $0.01 per right, subject to adjustment, at any time prior to the close of business on the Expiration Date, or 10 days following the time that a person has acquired beneficial ownership of 20 or more of the shares of Emulex stock then outstanding.

      The rights may have anti-takeover effects. The rights will cause substantial dilution to a person or group of persons that attempts to acquire Emulex on terms not approved by the Emulex board of directors. The rights should not interfere with any merger or other business combination approved by the Emulex board of directors prior to the time that a person or group has acquired such 20% beneficial ownership since the rights may be redeemed or amended by the board of directors until that time.

 
Delaware Law

      We are subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which, subject to certain exceptions, prohibits a Delaware corporation from engaging in any “business combination” with an “interested stockholder” for a period of three years following the date that such stockholder became an interested stockholder, unless:

  •  the board of directors of the corporation approves either the business combination or the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, prior to the date the interested stockholder attained that status;
 
  •  upon consummation of the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, excluding for purposes of determining the number of shares outstanding those shares owned (i) by persons who are directors and also officers and (ii) by employee stock plans in which employee participants do not have the right to determine confidentially whether shares held subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer; or
 
  •  at or subsequent to such time, the business combination is approved by the board of directors and authorized at an annual or special meeting of stockholders, and not by written consent, by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the outstanding voting stock that is not owned by the interested stockholder.

39


Table of Contents

In general, Section 203 defines a business combination to include:

  •  any merger or consolidation involving the corporation and the interested stockholder;
 
  •  any sale, transfer, pledge or other disposition of 10% or more of the assets of the corporation involving the interested stockholder;
 
  •  subject to certain exceptions, any transaction that results in the issuance or transfer by the corporation of any stock of the corporation to the interested stockholder;
 
  •  any transaction involving the corporation that has the effect of increasing the proportionate share of the stock or any class or series of the corporation beneficially owned by the interested stockholder; or
 
  •  the receipt by the interested stockholder of the benefit of any loans, advances, guarantees, pledges or other financial benefits provided by or through the corporation.

      In general, Section 203 defines an interested stockholder as an entity or person beneficially owning 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the corporation and any entity or person affiliated with or controlling or controlled by such entity or person.

CERTAIN UNITED STATES FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS

      The following is a general discussion of certain U.S. federal income tax considerations relevant to holders of the notes and common stock into which the notes may be converted. This discussion is based upon the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), Treasury Regulations, Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) rulings and judicial decisions now in effect, all of which are subject to change (possibly with retroactive effect) or different interpretations. There can be no assurance that the IRS will not challenge one or more of the tax consequences described herein, and we have not obtained, nor do we intend to obtain, a ruling from the IRS with respect to the U.S. federal income tax consequences of acquiring or holding notes or common stock. This discussion does not purport to deal with all aspects of U.S. federal income taxation that may be relevant to a particular holder in light of the holder’s circumstances (for example, persons subject to the alternative minimum tax provisions of the Code or a holder whose “functional currency” is not the U.S. dollar). Also, it is not intended to be wholly applicable to all categories of investors, some of which (such as dealers in securities or currencies, traders in securities that elect to use a mark-to-market method of accounting, banks, thrifts, regulated investment companies, insurance companies, tax-exempt organizations, and persons holding notes or common stock as part of a hedging or conversion transaction or straddle or persons deemed to sell notes or common stock under the constructive sale provisions of the Code) may be subject to special rules. The discussion also does not discuss any aspect of state, local or foreign law, or U.S. federal estate and gift tax law as applicable to the holders of the notes and common stock into which the notes may be converted. In addition, this discussion is limited to holders who will hold the notes and common stock as “capital assets” within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code. This summary also assumes that the IRS will respect the classification of the notes as indebtedness for federal income tax purposes.

      All prospective purchasers of the notes are advised to consult their own tax advisors regarding the federal, state, local and foreign tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of the notes and the common stock in their particular situations.

U.S. Holders

      As used herein, the term “U.S. Holder” means a beneficial holder of a note or common stock that for United States federal income tax purposes is (i) a citizen or resident (as defined in Section 7701(b)of the Code) of the United States (unless such person is not treated as a resident of the U.S. under an applicable income tax treaty), (ii) a corporation formed under the laws of the United States or any political subdivision thereof, (iii) an estate the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source and (iv) in general, a trust subject to the primary supervision of a court within the

40


Table of Contents

United States and the control of a United States person as described in Section 7701(a)(30)of the Code. A “Non-U.S. Holder” is any holder of a note or common stock other than a U.S. Holder or a foreign or domestic partnership.

      If a partnership (including for this purpose any entity, domestic or foreign, treated as a partnership for U.S. tax purposes) is a beneficial owner of the notes or common stock into which the notes may be converted, the U.S. tax treatment of a partner in the partnership will generally depend on the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. As a general matter, income earned through a foreign or domestic partnership is attributed to its owners. A holder of the notes or common stock into which the notes may be converted that is a partnership and partners in such partnership should consult their individual tax advisors about the U.S. federal income tax consequences of holding and disposing of the notes and the common stock into which the notes may be converted.

Interest

      Interest on the notes will generally be included in a U.S. Holder’s gross income as ordinary income for U.S. federal tax purposes at the time it is paid or accrued in accordance with the U.S. Holder’s regular method of accounting. In general, if the terms of a debt instrument entitle a holder to receive payments other than fixed periodic interest that exceed the issue price of the instrument, the holder may be required to recognize additional interest as “original issue discount” over the term of the instrument. If the amount or timing of any additional payments on a note is contingent, the note could be subject to special rules that apply to contingent debt instruments. These rules generally require a holder to accrue interest income at a rate higher than the stated interest rate on the note and to treat as ordinary income, rather than capital gain, any gain recognized on a sale, exchange or retirement of a note before the resolution of the contingencies. In certain circumstances, holders of our notes could receive payments in excess of stated principal or interest. First, if we call the notes for optional redemption, holders would be entitled to receive a payment in excess of stated principal and interest. Second, if we do not comply with our obligations under the registration rights agreement, such non-compliance may result in the payment of predetermined additional amounts in the manner described in the section “Description of Notes.” We do not believe that the notes should be treated as contingent debt instruments because of these potential additional payments. Therefore, for purposes of filing tax or information returns with the IRS, we will not treat the notes as contingent debt instruments or as having original issue discount. Our position in this regard is binding on U.S. Holders unless they disclose their contrary position.

      In the event we pay additional amounts because we have not complied with our obligations under the registration rights agreement, we intend to take the position that such additional amounts will be taxable to a U.S. Holder as ordinary income in accordance with such U.S. Holder’s method of accounting for U.S. income tax purposes. The IRS, however, may take a different position, which could effect the timing of a U.S. Holder’s income.

      Under section 279 of the Code, deductions otherwise allowable to a corporation for interest may be reduced or eliminated with respect to “corporation acquisition indebtedness,” which is generally defined to include subordinated convertible debt issued to provide consideration for the acquisition of stock or two-thirds of the assets (excluding money) of another corporation, and either (i) the acquiring corporation has a debt to-equity ratio (with assets measured by reference to tax basis for this purpose) that exceeds two-to-one or (ii) the projected earnings (the average annual earnings, determined with certain adjustments, for the three-year period ending on the last day of the taxable year in which the corporation issues an obligation) of the corporation (and possibly the acquired corporation) do not exceed three times the annual interest costs of the corporation (and possibly the acquired corporation). Our deductions for interest on the notes could be reduced or eliminated if the notes meet the definition of corporate acquisition indebtedness in the year of issue. In addition, the notes could become corporate acquisition indebtedness in a later year if we initially meet the debt-to-equity ratio and earnings tests, but fail one or both tests in a later year during which we issue indebtedness for corporate acquisitions. The availability of an interest deduction with respect to the notes was not determinative in our issuance of the notes.

41


Table of Contents

Conversion of Notes Into Common Stock

      A U.S. Holder generally will not recognize any income, gain or loss upon conversion of a note into common stock except with respect to cash received in lieu of a fractional share of common stock. Cash received in lieu of a fractional share of common stock should generally be treated as a payment in exchange for such fractional share rather than as a dividend. Gain or loss recognized on the receipt of cash paid in lieu of such fractional share generally will equal the difference between the amount of cash received and the amount of tax basis allocable to the fractional share. The adjusted basis of shares of common stock received on conversion will equal the adjusted basis of the note converted (reduced by the portion of adjusted basis allocated to any fractional share of common stock exchanged for cash). The holding period of such common stock received on conversion will generally include the period during which the converted notes were held prior to conversion.

      The conversion price of the notes is subject to adjustment under certain circumstances. Section 305 of the Code and the Treasury Regulations issued thereunder may treat the holders of the notes as having received a constructive distribution, resulting in ordinary income (subject to a possible dividends received deduction in the case of corporate holders) to the extent of our current and/or accumulated earnings and profits, if, and to the extent that certain adjustments in the conversion price, which may occur in limited circumstances (particularly an adjustment to reflect a taxable dividend to holders of common stock), increase the proportionate interest of a holder of notes in the fully diluted common stock, whether or not such holder ever exercises its conversion privilege. Therefore, U.S. Holders may recognize income in the event of a deemed distribution even though they may not receive any cash or property. Moreover, if there is not a full adjustment to the conversion ratio of the notes to reflect a stock dividend or other event increasing the proportionate interest of the holders of outstanding common stock in our assets or earnings and profits, then such increase in the proportionate interest of the holders of the common stock generally will be treated as a distribution to such holders, taxable as ordinary income (subject to a possible dividends received deduction in the case of corporate holders) to the extent of our current and/or accumulated earnings and profits. Adjustments to the conversion price made pursuant to a bona fide reasonable adjustment formula which has the effect of preventing dilution in the interest of the holders of the debt instruments, however, will generally not be considered to result in a constructive dividend distribution.

Sale, Exchange or Retirement of the Notes

      Each U.S. Holder generally will recognize gain or loss upon the sale, exchange (other than by exercise of the conversion privilege), redemption, retirement or other disposition of notes measured by the difference (if any) between (i) the amount of cash and the fair market value of any property received (except to the extent that such cash or other property is attributable to the payment of accrued interest not previously included in income, which amount will be taxable as ordinary income) and (ii) such holder’s adjusted tax basis in the notes. Subject to the discussion under “Market Discount” below, any such gain or loss recognized on the sale, exchange, redemption, retirement or other disposition of a note should be capital gain or loss and will generally be long-term capital gain or loss if the note has been held or deemed held for more than 12 months at the time of the sale or exchange. Generally, the maximum long term capital gains rate for individuals is 20%. Capital gain that is not long term capital gain is taxed at ordinary income rates. A U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in a note generally will equal the cost of the note to such holder less any principal payments received by such holder increased by any “market discount” previously included in income and decreased by any amortized premium. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to certain limitations.

Market Discount

      A note will be treated as purchased at a market discount (a “market discount note”) if the note’s stated redemption price at maturity exceeds the U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in the note by at least  1/4 of 1% of such note’s stated redemption price at maturity multiplied by the number of complete years from the date of such purchase to the note’s maturity. If such excess is not sufficient to cause the note to be a

42


Table of Contents

market discount note, then such excess constitutes “de minimus market discount” and the note is not subject to the rules discussed in the following paragraph.

      Any gain recognized on the maturity or disposition of a market discount note will be treated as ordinary income to the extent that such gain does not exceed the accrued market discount on such note. Alternatively, a U.S. Holder of a market discount note may elect to include market discount in income currently over the life of the note. Such an election applies to all debt instruments with market discount acquired by the electing U.S. Holder on or after the first day of the first taxable year to which the election applies, and may not be revoked without the consent of the IRS. Market discount on a market discount note will accrue on a straight-line basis unless the U.S. Holder elects to accrue such market discount on a constant-yield method. Such an election shall apply only to the note with respect to which it is made and may not be revoked. A U.S. Holder of a market discount note that does not elect to include market discount in income currently generally will be required to defer deductions for interest on borrowings allocable to such note, in an amount not exceeding the accrued market discount on such note, until the maturity or disposition of the note. If a U.S. Holder acquires a note with market discount and receives common stock upon conversion of the note, the amount of accrued market discount not previously included in income with respect to the converted note through the date of conversion will be treated as ordinary income upon the disposition of the common stock.

Notes Purchased at a Premium

      A U.S. Holder that purchases a note for an amount in excess of its principal amount, disregarding any amount paid for the note that is attributable to its conversion feature, may elect to treat such excess as “amortizable bond premium,” in which case the amount required to be included in the U.S. Holder’s income each year with respect to interest on the note will be reduced by the amount of amortizable bond premium allocable (based on the note’s yield to maturity) to such year. The amount attributable to the conversion feature is generally equal to the value of the conversion option. Any election to amortize bond premium shall apply to all bonds (other than bonds the interest on which is excludible from gross income) held by the U.S. Holder at the beginning of the first taxable year to which the election applies or thereafter acquired by the U.S. Holder, and is irrevocable without the consent of the IRS.

The Common Stock

      Distributions, if any, paid on the common stock, to the extent made from our current and/or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles, will be included in a U.S. Holder’s income as ordinary income (subject to a possible dividends received deduction in the case of corporate holders) as they are paid. Gain or loss realized on the sale or exchange of common stock will equal the difference between the amount realized on such sale or exchange and the U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in such common stock. Subject to the discussion under “Market Discount” above, any such gain or loss will generally be long-term capital gain or loss if the holder has held or is deemed to have held the common stock for more than twelve months. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to certain limitations.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

      A U.S. Holder of notes or common stock may be subject to “backup withholding” at a rate currently of 30% (which percent will be reduced periodically to 28 percent in 2006) with respect to certain “reportable payments,” including interest payments, dividend payments, proceeds from the disposition of the notes or common stock to or through a broker and, under certain circumstances, principal payments on the notes. These backup withholding rules apply if the holder, among other things, (i) fails to furnish a social security number or other taxpayer identification number (“TIN”) certified under penalties of perjury within a reasonable time after the request therefor, (ii) fails to report properly interest or dividends, (iii) under certain circumstances, fails to provide a certified statement, signed under penalties of perjury, that the TIN furnished is the correct number and that such holder is not subject to backup withholding or if (iv) the IRS provides notification that the U.S. Holder has furnished us with an incorrect TIN. Any

43


Table of Contents

amount withheld from a payment to a holder under the backup withholding rules is creditable against the holder’s federal income tax liability, provided that the required information is furnished to the IRS. Backup withholding will not apply, however, with respect to payments made to certain holders, including corporations, tax exempt organizations and certain foreign persons, provided their exemptions from backup withholding are properly established.

      We will report to the U.S. Holders of notes and common stock and to the IRS the amount of our “reportable payments” for each calendar year and the amount of tax withheld, if any, with respect to such payments.

Non-U.S. Holders

      The following discussion is limited to the U.S. federal income tax consequences relevant to a Non-U.S. Holder (as defined above).

      For purposes of withholding tax on interest and dividends discussed below, a Non-U.S. Holder includes a nonresident fiduciary of an estate or trust. For purposes of the following discussion, interest, dividends and gain on the sale, exchange or other disposition of a note or common stock will be considered to be “U.S. trade or business income” if such income or gain is (i) effectively connected with the conduct of a U.S. trade or business and (ii) in the case of a Non-U.S. Holder eligible for the benefits of an applicable U.S. bilateral income tax treaty, attributable to a permanent establishment (or, in the case of an individual, a fixed base) in the United States.

 
Interest

      Generally any interest paid to a Non-U.S. Holder of a note that is not U.S. trade or business income will not be subject to U.S. tax if the interest qualifies as “portfolio interest.” Generally interest on the notes will qualify as portfolio interest if (i) the Non-U.S. Holder does not actually or constructively own 10% or more of the total voting power of all of our voting stock and is not a “controlled foreign corporation” with respect to which we are a “related person” within the meaning of the applicable provisions of the Code and (ii) the withholding agent receives a qualifying statement that the owner is not a U.S. resident and does not have actual knowledge or reason to know otherwise. To satisfy the qualifying statement requirements referred to in (ii) above, the beneficial owner of a note must provide a properly executable Form W-8BEN (or appropriate substitute form) prior to payment of interest.

      The gross amount of payments of interest to a Non-U.S. Holder of interest that does not qualify for the portfolio interest exemption and that is not U.S. trade or business income will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at the rate of 30%, unless a U.S. income tax treaty applies to reduce or eliminate withholding. U.S. trade or business income will be taxed at regular U.S. income tax rates rather than be subject to withholding at the 30% or treaty-reduced gross rate. In the case of a Non-U.S. Holder that is a corporation, such U.S. trade or business income may also be subject to the branch profits tax (which is generally imposed on a foreign corporation on the actual or deemed repatriation from the United States of earnings and profits attributable to U.S. trade or business income) at a 30% (or, if applicable, treaty-reduced) rate. To claim the benefit of a tax treaty or to claim exemption from withholding because the income is U.S. trade or business income, the Non-U.S. Holder must provide a properly executed IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8ECI, as applicable, prior to the payment of interest. In addition, a Non-U.S. Holder may under certain circumstances be required to obtain a U.S. taxpayer identification number and make certain certifications to us. Special procedures are provided for payments through qualified intermediaries. A Non-U.S. Holder of a note that is eligible for a reduced rate of U.S. withholding tax pursuant to an income tax treaty may obtain a refund of amounts withheld at a higher rate by filing an appropriate claim for a refund with the IRS.

 
Dividends

      In general, dividends paid to a Non-U.S. Holder of common stock will be subject to withholding of U.S. federal income tax at a 30% rate unless such rate is reduced by an applicable income tax treaty.

44


Table of Contents

Dividends that are U.S. trade or business income are generally subject to U.S. federal income tax at regular income tax rates, but are not generally subject to the 30% withholding tax or treaty-reduced rate if the Non-U.S. Holder files the appropriate form with the payor, as discussed above. Any U.S. trade or business income received by a Non-U.S. Holder that is a corporation may also, under certain circumstances, be subject to an additional “branch profits tax” at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be applicable under an income tax treaty. A Non-U.S. Holder of common stock who wishes to claim the benefit of an applicable treaty rate would be required to satisfy applicable certification and other requirements. A Non-U.S. Holder of common stock that is eligible for a reduced rate of U.S. withholding tax pursuant to an income treaty may obtain a refund of amounts withheld at a higher rate by filing an appropriate claim for a refund with the IRS.
 
Conversion

      A Non-U.S. Holder generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the conversion of notes into common stock. However, cash (if any) received in lieu of a fractional share or interest not previously included in income will be subject to U.S. federal income tax if it is U.S. trade or business income. Cash received in lieu of a fractional share may give rise to gain that would be subject to the rules described below for the sale of notes. The conversion price of the note is subject to adjustment under certain circumstances. Any such adjustment could, in certain circumstances, give rise to deemed distributions to Non-U.S. Holders. See “U.S. Holders — Conversion of Notes into Stock,” above. In such case, the deemed distribution would be subject to the rules above regarding withholding of U.S. Federal taxes on dividends in respect of common stock. See, “Dividends,” above.

 
Sales, Exchange or Redemption of Notes or Common Stock

      Except as described below and subject to the discussion concerning backup withholding, any gain realized by a Non-U.S. Holder on the sale, exchange or redemption of a note or common stock generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax, unless (i) such gain is U.S. trade or business income, (ii) subject to certain exceptions, the Non-U.S. Holder is an individual who holds the note or common stock as a capital asset and is present in the United States for 183 days or more in the taxable year of the disposition, (iii) the Non-U.S. Holder is subject to tax pursuant to the provisions of U.S. tax law applicable to certain U.S. expatriates (including certain former citizens or residents of the United States), or (iv) we are a United States real property holding corporation within the meaning of Section 897 of the Code. We do not believe that we are currently a “United States real property holding corporation” within the meaning of Section 897 of the Code, or that we will become one in the future.

 
Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

      Generally, we must report annually to the IRS and to each Non-U.S. Holder any interest or dividend that is subject to withholding, or that is exempt from U.S. withholding tax pursuant to a tax treaty, or any payments of portfolio interest. Copies of these information returns may also be made available under the provisions of a specific treaty or agreement to the tax authorities of the country in which the Non-U.S. Holder resides. Under certain circumstances, we will have to report to the IRS payments of principal.

      Generally, information reporting and backup withholding of United States federal income tax at a current rate of 30% (which percent will be reduced periodically to 28 percent in 2006) may apply to payments made by us or any agent of ours to Non-U.S. Holders if the payee fails to make the appropriate certification that the holder is a non-U.S. person or if we or our paying agent has actual knowledge that the payee is a United States person.

      The payment of the proceeds from the disposition of the notes or common stock to or through the U.S. office of any broker, U.S. or foreign, will be subject to information reporting and possible backup withholding unless the owner certifies as to its Non-U.S. Holder status under penalty of perjury or otherwise establishes an exemption, provided that the broker does not have actual knowledge that the holder is a U.S. person or that the conditions of any other exemption are not, in fact, satisfied. The

45


Table of Contents

payment of the proceeds from the disposition of a note or common stock to or through a non-U.S. office of a non-U.S. broker that is not a U.S-related person will generally not be subject to backup withholding. However, if such broker is (i) a U.S. person, (ii) a controlled foreign corporation for United States tax purposes, (iii) a foreign person 50% or more of whose gross income from all sources for certain periods is effectively connected with a United States trade or business or (iv) a foreign partnership, if at any time during its tax year, one or more of its partners are U.S. persons (as defined in U.S. Treasury regulations) who in the aggregate hold more than 50% of the income or capital interest in the partnership or if, at any time during its tax year, such foreign partnership is engaged in a United States trade or business, such payments will be subject to information reporting, but not backup withholding, unless such broker has documentary evidence in its files of the Non-U.S. Holder’s foreign status and certain other conditions are met or holders otherwise establish an exemption. Both backup withholding and information reporting will apply to the proceeds of such dispositions if the broker has actual knowledge that the payee is a U.S. Holder.

      Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules from a payment to a Non-U.S. Holder will be allowed as a refund or a credit against such Non-U.S. Holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, provided that the requisite procedures are followed.

      The preceding discussion of certain United Stales federal income tax consequences is for general information only and is not tax advice. Accordingly, each investor should consult its own tax adviser as to particular tax consequences to it of purchasing, holding and disposing of the notes and the common stock including the applicability and effect of any state, local or foreign tax laws, and of any proposed changes in applicable laws.

LEGAL MATTERS

      The validity of the notes and shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the notes offered by this prospectus will be passed upon for us by Jeffer, Mangels, Butler & Marmaro LLP, Los Angeles, California.

EXPERTS

      The consolidated financial statements and schedule of Emulex Corporation and subsidiaries as of July 1, 2001 and July 2, 2000, and for each of the years in the three-year period ended July 1, 2001, have been incorporated by reference herein and in the registration statement in reliance upon the report of KPMG LLP, independent auditors, incorporated by reference herein, and upon the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

46


Table of Contents

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 14.     Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

      The following statement sets forth the estimated amounts of expenses to be borne by us in connection with the offering described in this Registration Statement:

         
Securities and Exchange Commission Registration Fee
  $ 31,740  
Nasdaq National Market filing fee
  $  
Legal Fees and Expenses
  $ 25,000  
Accounting fees and expenses
  $ 11,000  
Miscellaneous expenses
  $  
Total
  $ 67,740  

Item 15.     Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

      As permitted by Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law (“Section 145”), the Registrant’s Certificate of Incorporation provides that the directors will not be liable to the Registrant or to any Stockholder for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, to the full extent that such limitation or elimination of liability is permitted under Delaware law.

      Also as permitted by Section 145, the Registrant’s Bylaws provide that the Registrant will indemnify its directors and officers to the full extent permitted under Delaware law. Pursuant to the Bylaws and Section 145, the Registrant will indemnify each director and officer against any liability incurred in connection with any action, suit, proceeding or investigation in which he may be involved by reason of serving in such capacity at the request of the Registrant.

      Each director and officer is also entitled to indemnification against costs and expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred in defending or investigating any action, suit, proceeding or investigation in which he may be involved by reason of serving in such capacity at the request of the Registrant. The Bylaws and indemnity agreements entered into between the Registrant and each of its directors require the Registrant to advance funds to a director or officer for such costs and expenses (including attorneys’ fees) upon receipt of an undertaking in writing by such director or officer to repay such amounts if it is ultimately determined that he or she is not entitled to be indemnified. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no advance shall be made by the Registrant if a determination is reasonably and promptly made by the Board by a majority vote of a quorum of disinterested directors, or (if such a quorum is not obtainable or, even if obtainable, a quorum of disinterested directors so directs) by independent legal counsel, that based upon the facts known to the Board or counsel at the time such determination is made: (i) the director or officer acted in bad faith or deliberately breached his duty to the Registrant or its stockholders; and (ii) as a result of such actions by the director or officer, it is more likely than not that it will ultimately be determined that such director or officer is not entitled to indemnification.

      The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by the Bylaws and any indemnity agreements are not exclusive of any other rights to which a director or officer seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under the Bylaws, indemnity agreements, any vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise. The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by the Bylaws and the indemnity agreements continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director or officer and inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.

      The Registrant has purchased a directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policy insuring directors and officers of the Registrant against any liability asserted against such person and incurred by such person in any such capacity, whether or not the Registrant would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability under the Bylaws or any indemnity agreement.

II-1


Table of Contents

Item 16.     Exhibits.

      The following exhibits are filed as part of this Registration Statement:

         
Exhibit
Number Description


  4.1     Certificate of Incorporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 33-9995) filed November 6, 1986, as amended by post-effective amendment filed on June 15, 1989).
  4.2     Amendment to Certificate of Incorporation (incorporated by reference to Annex B to the Registrant’s Proxy Statement dated January 24, 1994, filed January 24, 1994, for the Special Meeting of Stockholders held on February 24, 1994).
  4.3     Certificate of Amendment of Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, effective December 15, 1999 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.3 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed September 18, 2000).
  4.4     Amendment to Certificate of Incorporation (incorporated by reference to Appendix A to Exhibit 3.4 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10Q filed on February 14, 2001).
  4.5     By-laws (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to Registration Statement on Form S-8 (File No. 33-40959) filed June 3, 1991).
  4.6     Rights Agreement, dated January 19, 1989, as amended (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed February 2, 1989).
  4.7     Certificate regarding extension of Final Expiration Date of Rights Agreement, dated January 18, 1999 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 of Amendment No. 2 to the Registration Statement on form S-3, filed on May 17, 1999).
  4.8     Form of Note for Registrant’s 1.75% Convertible Subordinated Notes due February 1, 2007.
  4.9     Indenture between the Registrant, as Issuer, and State Street Bank and Trust Company of California, N.A., as Trustee, dated January 29, 2002 related to the Registrant’s 1.75% Convertible Subordinated Notes due February 1, 2007.
  4.10     Registration Rights Agreement between the Registrant and Credit Suisse First Boston Corporation dated January 29, 2002 related to the Registrant’s 1.75% Convertible Subordinated Notes due February 1, 2007.
  5.1     Opinion of Jeffer, Mangels, Butler & Marmaro LLP as to legality of securities being registered.
  10.16     Build to Suit Lease dated April 15, 2002 by and between C. J. Segerstrom & Sons and the Registrant.
  12.1     Statement regarding computation of ratios.
  23.1     Consent of KPMG LLP.
  23.2     Consent of Jeffer, Mangels, Butler & Marmaro LLP (reference is made to Exhibit 5.1).
  24.1     Power of Attorney (contained on page II-2).
  25.1     Statement of Eligibility of Trustee.

Item 17.     Undertakings.

      The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes:

        (1) To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement to include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or any material change to such information in the registration statement.
 
        (2) That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

II-2


Table of Contents

        (3) To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering.
 
        (4) That, for purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each filing of the registrant’s annual report pursuant to Section 13(a) or Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 that is incorporated by reference in the registration statement shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

      The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to deliver or cause to be delivered with the prospectus, to each person to whom the prospectus is sent or given, the latest annual report to security holders that is incorporated by reference in the prospectus and furnished pursuant to and meeting the requirements of Rule 14a-3 or Rule 14c-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and, where interim financial information required to be presented by Article 3 of Regulation S-X is not set forth in the prospectus, to deliver, or cause to be delivered to each person to whom the prospectus is sent or given, the latest quarterly report that is specifically incorporated by reference in the prospectus to provide such interim financial information.

      Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the provisions described in Item 15 above, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such officer, director or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question of whether or not such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

II-3


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

      Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the Registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all the requirements for filing on Form S-3 and has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Costa Mesa, State of California, on the 26th day of April, 2002.

  EMULEX CORPORATION

  BY:  /s/ PAUL F. FOLINO
 
  PAUL F. FOLINO,
  President and Chief Executive Officer

POWER OF ATTORNEY

      KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Paul F. Folino and Robert H. Goon, jointly and severally, his attorneys-in-fact, each with the power of substitution, for him in any and all capacities, to sign any amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this Registration Statement on Form S-3, and to file the same, with exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, hereby ratifying and confirming all that each of said attorneys-in-fact, or his substitute or substitutes, may do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

      Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

         
Signature Title Date



 
/s/ PAUL F. FOLINO

Paul F. Folino
  President, Chief Executive Officer
and Director (Principal Executive Officer)
  April 26, 2002
 
/s/ FRED B. COX

Fred B. Cox
  Chairman of the Board and Director   April 26, 2002
 
/s/ MICHAEL J. ROCKENBACH

Michael J. Rockenbach
  Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer and Accounting Officer)   April 26, 2002
 
/s/ MICHAEL P. DOWNEY

Michael P. Downey
  Director   April 26, 2002
 
/s/ BRUCE C. EDWARDS

Bruce C. Edwards
  Director   April 26, 2002
 
/s/ ROBERT H. GOON

Robert H. Goon
  Director   April 26, 2002
 
/s/ DON M. LYLE

Don M. Lyle
  Director   April 26, 2002
 
/s/ CORNELIUS A. FERRIS

Cornelius A. Ferris
  Director   April 26, 2002

II-4


Table of Contents

INDEX TO EXHIBITS

         
Exhibit
Number Description


  4.1     Certificate of Incorporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 33-9995) filed November 6, 1986, as amended by post-effective amendment filed on June 15, 1989).
  4.2     Amendment to Certificate of Incorporation (incorporated by reference to Annex B to the Registrant’s Proxy Statement dated January 24, 1994, filed January 24, 1994, for the Special Meeting of Stockholders held on February 24, 1994).
  4.3     Certificate of Amendment of Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, effective December 15, 1999 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.3 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed September 18, 2000).
  4.4     Amendment to Certificate of Incorporation (incorporated by reference to Appendix A to Exhibit 3.4 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10Q filed on February 14, 2001).
  4.5     By-laws (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to Registration Statement on Form S-8 (File No. 33-40959) filed June 3, 1991).
  4.6     Rights Agreement, dated January 19, 1989, as amended (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed February 2, 1989).
  4.7     Certificate regarding extension of Final Expiration Date of Rights Agreement, dated January 18, 1999 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 of Amendment No. 2 to the Registration Statement on form S-3, filed on May 17, 1999).
  4.8     Form of Note for Registrant’s 1.75% Convertible Subordinated Notes due February 1, 2007.
  4.9     Indenture between the Registrant, as Issuer, and State Street Bank and Trust Company of California, N.A., as Trustee, dated January 29, 2002 related to the Registrant’s 1.75% Convertible Subordinated Notes due February 1, 2007.
  4.10     Registration Rights Agreement between the Registrant and Credit Suisse First Boston Corporation dated January 29, 2002 related to the Registrant’s 1.75% Convertible Subordinated Notes due February 1, 2007.
  5.1     Opinion of Jeffer, Mangels, Butler & Marmaro LLP as to legality of securities being registered.
  10.16     Build to Suit Lease dated April 15, 2002 by and between C. J. Segerstrom & Sons and the Registrant.
  12.1     Statement regarding computation of ratios.
  23.1     Consent of KPMG LLP.
  23.2     Consent of Jeffer, Mangels, Butler & Marmaro LLP (reference is made to Exhibit 5.1).
  24.1     Power of Attorney (contained on page II-2).
  25.1     Statement of Eligibility of Trustee.
EX-4.8 3 a80940orex4-8.txt EXHIBIT 4.8 EXHIBIT 4.8 UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY TO THE COMPANY OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (AND ANY PAYMENT HEREON IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL SINCE THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN. THIS SECURITY IS A GLOBAL SECURITY WITHIN THE MEANING OF THE INDENTURE HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO AND IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF A DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE THEREOF. THIS SECURITY IS EXCHANGEABLE FOR SECURITIES REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF A PERSON OTHER THAN THE DEPOSITARY OR ITS NOMINEE ONLY IN THE LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES DESCRIBED IN THE INDENTURE AND, UNLESS AND UNTIL IT IS EXCHANGED IN WHOLE OR IN PART FOR SECURITIES IN DEFINITIVE FORM, THIS SECURITY MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT AS A WHOLE BY THE DEPOSITARY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY TO THE DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY THE DEPOSITARY OR ANY SUCH NOMINEE TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE OF SUCH SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY. THIS SECURITY (OR ITS PREDECESSOR) WAS ORIGINALLY ISSUED IN A TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE "SECURITIES ACT"), AND THIS SECURITY AND THE SHARES OF COMMON STOCK ISSUABLE UPON CONVERSION THEREOF MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR AN APPLICABLE EXEMPTION THEREFROM. EACH PURCHASER OF THIS SECURITY IS HEREBY NOTIFIED THAT THE SELLER OF THIS SECURITY MAY BE RELYING ON THE EXEMPTION FROM THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION 5 OF THE SECURITIES ACT PROVIDED BY RULE 144A THEREUNDER. THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE COMPANY THAT (A) THIS SECURITY AND THE SHARES OF COMMON STOCK ISSUABLE UPON CONVERSION THEREOF MAY BE OFFERED, RESOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, ONLY (I) IN THE UNITED STATES TO A PERSON WHOM THE SELLER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A, (II) OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 904 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (III) PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT PROVIDED BY RULE 144 THEREUNDER (IF AVAILABLE) OR (IV) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, IN EACH OF CASES (I) THROUGH (IV) IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANY APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OF THE UNITED STATES, AND (B) THE HOLDER WILL, AND EACH SUBSEQUENT HOLDER IS REQUIRED TO, NOTIFY ANY PURCHASER OF THIS SECURITY FROM IT OF THE RESALE RESTRICTIONS REFERRED TO IN (A) ABOVE. THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY IS ENTITLED TO THE BENEFITS OF A REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT (AS SUCH TERM IS DEFINED IN THE INDENTURE REFERRED TO ON THE REVERSE HEREOF) AND, BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF, AGREES TO BE BOUND BY AND TO COMPLY WITH THE PROVISIONS OF SUCH REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT. EMULEX CORPORATION CUSIP: 292475AA8 R-1 1.75% CONVERTIBLE SUBORDINATED NOTES DUE FEBRUARY 1, 2007 Emulex Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the "Company", which term shall include any successor corporation under the Indenture referred to on the reverse hereof), promises to pay to CEDE & CO., or registered assigns, the principal sum of Three Hundred Forty-Five Million Dollars ($345,000,000.00) on February 1, 2007 or such greater or lesser amount as is indicated on the Schedule of Exchanges of Notes on the other side of this Note. Interest Payment Dates: February 1 and August 1 Record Dates: January 15 and July 15 This Note is convertible as specified on the other side of this Note. Additional provisions of this Note are set forth on the other side of this Note. SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this instrument to be duly executed. EMULEX CORPORATION By: ___________________________________ Name: Paul Folino Title: Chief Executive Officer Attest: ________________________________ Name: Michael J. Rockenbach Title: Chief Financial Officer Dated: Trustee's Certificate of Authentication: This is one of the Securities referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture. STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY OF CALIFORNIA, N.A. as Trustee ________________________________ Authorized Signatory By: EMULEX CORPORATION 1.75% CONVERTIBLE SUBORDINATED NOTES DUE FEBRUARY 1, 2007 INTEREST Emulex Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the "Company", which term shall include any successor corporation under the Indenture hereinafter referred to), promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note at the rate of 1.75% per annum. The Company shall pay interest semiannually on February 1 and August 1 of each year, commencing August 1, 2002. Interest on the Notes shall accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from January 29, 2002; provided, however, that if there is not an existing default in the payment of interest and if this Note is authenticated between a record date referred to on the face hereof and the next succeeding interest payment date, interest shall accrue from such interest payment date. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months. Any reference herein to interest accrued or payable as of any date shall include any Additional Interest accrued or payable on such date as provided in the Registration Rights Agreement. METHOD OF PAYMENT The Company shall pay interest on this Note (except defaulted interest) to the person who is the Holder of this Note at the close of business on January 15 or July 15, as the case may be, next preceding the related interest payment date. The Holder must surrender this Note to a Paying Agent to collect payment of principal. The Company will pay principal and interest in money of the United States that at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. The Company may, however, pay principal and interest in respect of any Certificated Security by check or wire payable in such money; provided, however, that a Holder with an aggregate principal amount in excess of $2,000,000 will be paid by wire transfer in immediately available funds at the election of such Holder if such Holder has provided wire transfer instructions to the Company. The Company may mail an interest check to the Holder's registered address. Notwithstanding the foregoing, so long as this Note is registered in the name of a Depositary or its nominee, all payments hereon shall be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the account of the Depositary or its nominee. PAYING AGENT, REGISTRAR AND CONVERSION AGENT Initially, State Street Bank and Trust Company of California, N.A. (the "Trustee", which term shall include any successor trustee under the Indenture hereinafter referred to) will act as Paying Agent, Registrar and Conversion Agent. The Company may change any Paying Agent, Registrar or Conversion Agent without notice to the Holder. The Company or any of its Subsidiaries may, subject to certain limitations set forth in the Indenture, act as Paying Agent or Registrar. INDENTURE, LIMITATIONS This Note is one of a duly authorized issue of Securities of the Company designated as its 1.75% Convertible Subordinated Notes Due February 1, 2007 (the "Notes"), issued under an Indenture dated as of January 29, 2002 (together with any supplemental indentures thereto, the "Indenture"), between the Company and the Trustee. The terms of this Note include those stated in the Indenture and those required by or made part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, as in effect on the date of the Indenture. This Note is subject to all such terms, and the Holder of this Note is referred to the Indenture and said Act for a statement of them. The Notes are subordinated unsecured obligations of the Company limited to $345,000,000 aggregate principal amount. The Indenture does not limit other debt of the Company, secured or unsecured, including Senior Indebtedness. OPTIONAL REDEMPTION The Notes are subject to redemption, at any time on or after February 5, 2005, as a whole or from time to time in part, at the election of the Company. The Redemption Prices (expressed as percentages of the principal amount) are as follows for Notes redeemed during the periods set forth below:
PERIOD REDEMPTION PRICE ------ ---------------- February 5, 2005 through January 31, 2006 .......... 100.4375% February 1, 2006 and thereafter .................... 100%
in each case together with accrued interest up to but not including the Redemption Date; provided that if the Redemption Date falls after an interest payment record date and on or before an interest payment date, then the interest will be payable to the Holders in whose names the Notes are registered at the close of business on the relevant interest payment record dates. No sinking fund is provided for the Notes. NOTICE OF REDEMPTION Notice of redemption will be mailed by first-class mail at least 20 days but not more than 60 days before the Redemption Date to each Holder of Notes to be redeemed at its registered address. Notes in denominations larger than $1,000 may be redeemed in part, but only in whole multiples of $1,000. On and after the Redemption Date, subject to the deposit with the Paying Agent of funds sufficient to pay the Redemption Price plus accrued interest, if any, accrued to, but excluding, the Redemption Date, interest shall cease to accrue on Notes or portions of them called for redemption. PURCHASE OF NOTES AT OPTION OF HOLDER UPON A CHANGE IN CONTROL At the option of the Holder and subject to the terms and conditions of the Indenture, the Company shall become obligated to purchase all or any part specified by the Holder (so long as the principal amount of such part is $1,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof) of the Notes held by such Holder on the date that is 30 Business Days after the occurrence of a Change in Control, at a purchase price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof together with accrued interest up to, but excluding, the Change in Control Purchase Date. The Holder shall have the right to withdraw any Change in Control Purchase Notice (in whole or in a portion thereof that is $1,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof) at any time prior to the close of business on the Business Day next preceding the Change in Control Purchase Date by delivering a written notice of withdrawal to the Paying Agent in accordance with the terms of the Indenture. CONVERSION A Holder of a Note may convert the principal amount of such Note (or any portion thereof equal to $1,000 or any integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof) into shares of Common Stock at any time prior to the close of business on February 1, 2007; provided, however, that if the Note is called for redemption or subject to purchase upon a Change in Control, the conversion right will terminate at the close of business on the Business Day immediately preceding the Redemption Date or the Change in Control Purchase Date, as the case may be, for such Note or such earlier date as the Holder presents such Note for redemption or purchase (unless the Company shall default in making the redemption payment or Change in Control Purchase Price, as the case may be, when due, in which case the conversion right shall terminate at the close of business on the date such default is cured and such Note is redeemed or purchased). The initial Conversion Price is $53.84 per share, subject to adjustment under certain circumstances as provided in the Indenture. The number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of a Note is determined by dividing the principal amount of the Note or portion thereof converted by the Conversion Price in effect on the Conversion Date. No fractional shares will be issued upon conversion; in lieu thereof, an amount will be paid in cash based upon the Closing Price (as defined in the Indenture) of the Common Stock on the Trading Day immediately prior to the Conversion Date. To convert a Note, a Holder must (a) complete and manually sign the conversion notice set forth below and deliver such notice to a Conversion Agent, (b) surrender the Note to a Conversion Agent, (c) furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents if required by a Registrar or a Conversion Agent, and (d) pay any transfer or similar tax, if required. Notes so surrendered for conversion (in whole or in part) during the period from the close of business on any regular record date to the opening of business on the next succeeding interest payment date (excluding Notes or portions thereof called for redemption or subject to purchase upon a Change in Control on a Redemption Date or Change in Control Purchase Date, as the case may be, during the period beginning at the close of business on a regular record date and ending at the opening of business on the first Business Day after the next succeeding interest payment date, or if such interest payment date is not a Business Day, the second such Business Day) shall also be accompanied by payment in funds acceptable to the Company of an amount equal to the interest payable on such interest payment date on the principal amount of such Note then being converted, and such interest shall be payable to such registered Holder notwithstanding the conversion of such Note, subject to the provisions of this Indenture relating to the payment of defaulted interest by the Company. If the Company defaults in the payment of interest payable on such interest payment date, the Company shall promptly repay such funds to such Holder. A Holder may convert a portion of a Note equal to $1,000 or any integral multiple thereof. A Note in respect of which a Holder had delivered a Change in Control Purchase Notice exercising the option of such Holder to require the Company to purchase such Note may be converted only if the Change in Control Purchase Notice is withdrawn in accordance with the terms of the Indenture. CONVERSION ARRANGEMENT ON CALL FOR REDEMPTION Any Notes called for redemption, unless surrendered for conversion before the close of business on the Business Day immediately preceding the Redemption Date, may be deemed to be purchased from the Holders of such Notes at an amount not less than the Redemption Price, together with accrued interest, if any, to, but not including, the Redemption Date, by one or more investment bankers or other purchasers who may agree with the Company to purchase such Notes from the Holders, to convert them into Common Stock of the Company and to make payment for such Notes to the Paying Agent in trust for such Holders. SUBORDINATION The indebtedness evidenced by the Notes is, to the extent and in the manner provided in the Indenture, subordinate and junior in right of payment to the prior payment in full of all Senior Indebtedness of the Company. Any Holder by accepting this Note agrees to and shall be bound by such subordination provisions and authorizes the Trustee to give them effect. In addition to all other rights of Senior Indebtedness described in the Indenture, the Senior Indebtedness shall continue to be Senior Indebtedness and entitled to the benefits of the subordination provisions irrespective of any amendment, modification or waiver of any terms of any instrument relating to the Senior Indebtedness or any extension or renewal of the Senior Indebtedness. DENOMINATIONS, TRANSFER, EXCHANGE The Notes are in registered form, without coupons, in denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples of $1,000. A Holder may register the transfer of or exchange Notes in accordance with the Indenture. The Registrar may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and to pay any taxes or other governmental charges that may be imposed in relation thereto by law or permitted by the Indenture. PERSONS DEEMED OWNERS The Holder of a Note may be treated as the owner of it for all purposes. UNCLAIMED MONEY If money for the payment of principal or interest remains unclaimed for two years, the Trustee or Paying Agent will pay the money back to the Company at its written request, subject to applicable unclaimed property law. After that, Holders entitled to money must look to the Company for payment as general creditors unless an applicable abandoned property law designates another person. AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER Subject to certain exceptions, the Indenture or the Notes may be amended or supplemented with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding, and an existing default or Event of Default and its consequence or compliance with any provision of the Indenture or the Notes may be waived in a particular instance with the consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding. Without the consent of or notice to any Holder, the Company and the Trustee may amend or supplement the Indenture or the Notes to, among other things, cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency or make any other change that does not adversely affect the rights of any Holder. SUCCESSOR ENTITY When a successor corporation assumes all the obligations of its predecessor under the Notes and the Indenture in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Indenture, the predecessor corporation (except in certain circumstances specified in the Indenture) be released from those obligations. DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES Under the Indenture, an Event of Default includes: (i) default for 30 days in payment of any interest or Additional Interest on any Notes; (ii) default in payment of any principal (including, without limitation, any premium, if any) on the Notes when due; (iii) failure by the Company for 60 days after notice to it to comply with any of its other agreements contained in the Indenture or the Notes; (iv) default in the payment of certain indebtedness of the Company or a Significant Subsidiary and (v) certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization of the Company or any Significant Subsidiary. If an Event of Default (other than as a result of certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization of the Company) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding may declare all unpaid principal to the date of acceleration on the Notes then outstanding to be due and payable immediately, all as and to the extent provided in the Indenture. If an Event of Default occurs as a result of certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization of the Company, unpaid principal of the Notes then outstanding shall become due and payable immediately without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holder, all as and to the extent provided in the Indenture. Holders may not enforce the Indenture or the Notes except as provided in the Indenture. The Trustee may require indemnity satisfactory to it before it enforces the Indenture or the Notes. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding may direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power. The Trustee may withhold from Holders notice of any continuing default (except a default in payment of principal or interest) if it determines that withholding notice is in their interests. The Company is required to file periodic reports with the Trustee as to the absence of default. TRUSTEE DEALINGS WITH THE COMPANY State Street Bank and Trust Company of California, N.A., the Trustee under the Indenture, in its individual or any other capacity, may make loans to, accept deposits from and perform services for the Company or an Affiliate of the Company, and may otherwise deal with the Company or an Affiliate of the Company, as if it were not the Trustee. NO RECOURSE AGAINST OTHERS A director, officer, employee or shareholder, as such, of the Company shall not have any liability for any obligations of the Company under the Notes or the Indenture nor for any claim based on, in respect of or by reason of such obligations or their creation. The Holder of this Note by accepting this Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for the issuance of this Note. AUTHENTICATION This Note shall not be valid until the Trustee or an authenticating agent manually signs the certificate of authentication on the other side of this Note. ABBREVIATIONS AND DEFINITIONS Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of the Holder or an assignee, such as: TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian) and UGMA (= Uniform Gifts to Minors Act). All terms defined in the Indenture and used in this Note but not specifically defined herein are defined in the Indenture and are used herein as so defined. INDENTURE TO CONTROL; GOVERNING LAW In the case of any conflict between the provisions of this Note and the Indenture, the provisions of the Indenture shall control. This Note shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York, without regard to principals of conflicts of law. The Company will furnish to any Holder, upon written request and without charge, a copy of the Indenture. Requests may be made to: Emulex Corporation, 3535 Harbor Boulevard, Costa Mesa, California 92626 (714) 662-5600, Attention: Investor Relations. ASSIGNMENT FORM To assign this Note, fill in the form below: I or we assign and transfer this Note to ________________________________________________________________________________ (Insert assignee's soc. sec. or tax I.D. no.) ________________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________________ (Print or type assignee's name, address and zip code) and irrevocably appoint ________________________________________________________________________________ agent to transfer this Note on the books of the Company. The agent may substitute another to act for him or her. Your Signature: Date: ________________________ _________________________________________ (Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note) * Signature guaranteed by: By: __________________________ * The signature must be guaranteed by an institution which is a member of one of the following recognized signature guaranty programs: (i) the Securities Transfer Agent Medallion Program (STAMP); (ii) the New York Stock Exchange Medallion Program (MSP); (iii) the Stock Exchange Medallion Program (SEMP); or (iv) such other guaranty program acceptable to the Trustee. CONVERSION NOTICE To convert this Note into Common Stock of the Company, check the box: [ ] To convert only part of this Note, state the principal amount to be converted (must be $1,000 or a integral multiple of $1,000): $____________. If you want the stock certificate made out in another person's name, fill in the form below: ________________________________________________________________________________ (Insert assignee's soc. sec. or tax I.D. no.) ________________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________________ (Print or type assignee's name, address and zip code) Your Signature: Date: ________________________ _________________________________________ (Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note) * Signature guaranteed by: By: __________________________ * The signature must be guaranteed by an institution which is a member of one of the following recognized signature guaranty programs: (i) the Securities Transfer Agent Medallion Program (STAMP); (ii) the New York Stock Exchange Medallion Program (MSP); (iii) the Stock Exchange Medallion Program (SEMP); or (iv) such other guaranty program acceptable to the Trustee. OPTION TO ELECT REPURCHASE UPON A CHANGE OF CONTROL To: Emulex Corporation The undersigned registered owner of this Security hereby irrevocably acknowledges receipt of a notice from Emulex Corporation (the "Company") as to the occurrence of a Change in Control with respect to the Company and requests and instructs the Company to redeem the entire principal amount of this Security, or the portion thereof (which is $1,000 or an integral multiple thereof) below designated, in accordance with the terms of the Indenture referred to in this Security at the Change in Control Purchase Price, together with accrued interest to, but excluding, such date, to the registered Holder hereof. Dated: ______________ _______________________________________ _______________________________________ Signature(s) Signature(s) must be guaranteed by a qualified guarantor institution with membership in an approved signature guarantee program pursuant to Rule 17Ad-15 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. ________________________________________ Signature Guaranty Principal amount to be redeemed (in an integral multiple of $1,000, if less than all): - -------------- NOTICE: The signature to the foregoing Election must correspond to the Name as written upon the face of this Security in every particular, without alteration or any change whatsoever. SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF NOTES The following exchanges, redemptions, repurchases or conversions of a part of this global Note have been made:
PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF THIS GLOBAL NOTE FOLLOWING SUCH AUTHORIZED AMOUNT OF DECREASE DATE SIGNATORY OF AMOUNT OF DECREASE IN INCREASE IN OF EXCHANGE (OR SECURITIES PRINCIPAL AMOUNT PRINCIPAL AMOUNT INCREASE) CUSTODIAN OF THIS GLOBAL NOTE OF THIS GLOBAL NOTE ------------------- ------------ --------------------- -------------------
CERTIFICATE TO BE DELIVERED UPON EXCHANGE OR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER OF TRANSFER RESTRICTED SECURITIES Re: 1.75% Convertible Subordinated Notes Due February 1, 2007 (the "Notes") of Emulex Corporation This certificate relates to $_______ principal amount of Notes owned in (check applicable box) [ ] book-entry or [ ] definitive form by ___________________ (the "Transferor"). The Transferor has requested a Registrar or the Trustee to exchange or register the transfer of such Notes. In connection with such request and in respect of each such Note, the Transferor does hereby certify that the Transferor is familiar with transfer restrictions relating to the Notes as provided in Section 2.12 of the Indenture dated as of January 29, 2002 between Emulex Corporation and State Street Bank and Trust Company of California, N.A., as trustee (the "Indenture"), and the transfer of such Note is being made pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act") (check applicable box) or the transfer or exchange, as the case may be, of such Note does not require registration under the Securities Act because (check applicable box): [ ] Such Note is being transferred pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act. [ ] Such Note is being acquired for the Transferor's own account, without transfer. [ ] Such Note is being transferred to the Company or a Subsidiary (as defined in the Indenture) of the Company. [ ] Such Note is being transferred to a person the Transferor reasonably believes is a "qualified institutional buyer" (as defined in Rule 144A or any successor provision thereto ("Rule 144A") under the Securities Act) that is purchasing for its own account or for the account of a "qualified institutional buyer", in each case to whom notice has been given that the transfer is being made in reliance on such Rule 144A, and in each case in reliance on Rule 144A. [ ] Such Note is being transferred pursuant to and in compliance with an exemption from the registration requirements under the Securities Act in accordance with Rule 144 (or any successor thereto) ("Rule 144") under the Securities Act. Such Note is being transferred pursuant to and in compliance with an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act (other than an exemption referred to above) and as a result of which such Note will, upon such transfer, cease to be a "restricted security" within the meaning of Rule 144 under the Securities Act. The Transferor acknowledges and agrees that, if the transferee will hold any such Notes in the form of beneficial interests in a global Note which is a "restricted security" within the meaning of Rule 144 under the Securities Act, then such transfer can only be made pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act and such transferee must be a "qualified institutional buyer" (as defined in Rule 144A). Date: _______________ _______________________________________ (Insert Name of Transferor)
EX-4.9 4 a80940orex4-9.txt EXHIBIT 4.9 Exhibit 4.9 ================================================================================ EMULEX CORPORATION 1.75% CONVERTIBLE SUBORDINATED NOTES DUE FEBRUARY 1, 2007 -------------------- INDENTURE DATED AS OF JANUARY 29, 2002 -------------------- STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY OF CALIFORNIA, N.A. AS TRUSTEE ================================================================================ CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE*
TIA INDENTURE SECTION SECTION - ------- -------------- Section 310(a)(1)............................................ 9.10 (a)(2)............................................... 9.10 (a)(3)............................................... N.A.** (a)(4)............................................... N.A. (a)(5)............................................... 9.10 (b).................................................. 9.8; 9.10 (c).................................................. N.A. Section 311(a)............................................... 9.11 (b).................................................. 9.11 (c).................................................. N.A. Section 312(a)............................................... 2.5 (b).................................................. 12.3 (c).................................................. 12.3 Section 313(a)............................................... 9.6 (b)(1)............................................... N.A. (b)(2)............................................... 9.6 (c).................................................. 9.6; 12.2 (d).................................................. 9.6 Section 314(a)............................................... 6.2; 6.4; 12.2 (b).................................................. N.A. (c)(1)............................................... 12.4(a) (c)(2)............................................... 12.4(a) (c)(3)............................................... N.A. (d).................................................. N.A. (e).................................................. 12.4(b) (f).................................................. N.A. Section 315(a)............................................... 9.1(b) (b).................................................. 9.5; 12.2 (c).................................................. 9.1(a) (d).................................................. 9.1(c) (e).................................................. 8.11 Section 316(a)(last sentence)................................ 2.9 (a)(1)(A)............................................ 8.5 (a)(1)(B)............................................ 8.4 (a)(2)............................................... N.A. (b).................................................. 8.7 (c).................................................. 12.5 Section 317(a)(1)............................................ 8.8 (a)(2)............................................... 8.9 (b).................................................. 2.4
- -------------- * This Cross-Reference Table shall not, for any purpose, be deemed a part of this Indenture. ** N.A. means Not Applicable. THIS INDENTURE dated as of January 29, 2002 is between Emulex Corporation, a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of Delaware (the "Company"), and State Street Bank and Trust Company of California, N.A., a national banking association organized and existing under the laws of the United States, as Trustee (the "Trustee"). In consideration of the premises and the purchase of the Securities by the Holders thereof, both parties agree as follows for the benefit of the other and for the equal and ratable benefit of the registered Holders of the Company's 1.75% Convertible Subordinated Notes Due February 1, 2007. ARTICLE 1 DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE SECTION 1.1. DEFINITIONS. "Additional Interest" has the meaning specified in Section 5 of the Registration Rights Agreement. All references herein to interest accrued or payable as of any date shall include any Additional Interest accrued or payable as of such date as provided in the Registration Rights Agreement. "Affiliate" means, with respect to any specified person, any other person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified person. For the purposes of this definition, "control" when used with respect to any person means the power to direct the management and policies of such person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms "controlling" and "controlled" have meanings correlative to the foregoing. "Agent" means any Registrar, Paying Agent or Conversion Agent. "Applicable Procedures" means, with respect to any transfer or exchange of beneficial ownership interests in a Global Security, the rules and procedures of the Depositary, in each case to the extent applicable to such transfer or exchange. "Board of Directors" means either the board of directors of the Company or any committee of the Board of Directors authorized to act for it with respect to this Indenture. "Business Day" means each day that is not a Legal Holiday. "Capital Stock" of any Person means any and all shares, interests, rights to purchase, warrants, options, participations or other equivalents of or interests in (however designated) equity of such Person, but excluding any debt securities convertible into such equity. "Cash" or "cash" means such coin or currency of the United States as at any time of payment is legal tender for the payment of public and private debts. "Certificated Security" means a Security that is in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit A and that does not include the information or the schedule called for by footnotes 1, 3 and 4 thereof. 1 "Common Stock" means the common stock of the Company, $0.01 par value, as it exists on the date of this Indenture and any shares of any class or classes of capital stock of the Company resulting from any reclassification or reclassifications thereof and which have no preference in respect of dividends or of amounts payable in the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the Company and which are not subject to redemption by the Company; provided, however, that if at any time there shall be more than one such resulting class, the shares of each such class then so issuable on conversion of Securities shall be substantially in the proportion which the total number of shares of such class resulting from all such reclassifications bears to the total number of shares of all such classes resulting from all such reclassifications. "Company" means the party named as such in the first paragraph of this Indenture until a successor replaces it pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Indenture, and thereafter "Company" shall mean such successor Company. "Corporate Trust Office" means the principal office of the Trustee at which at any particular time its corporate trust business shall be administered which office at the date of the execution of this Indenture is located at 633 West 5th Street, 12th Floor, Los Angeles, California 90071 Attention: Corporate Trust Administration (Emulex Corporation - 1.75% Convertible Subordinated Notes Due February 1, 2007) or at any other time at such other address as the Trustee may designate from time to time by notice to the Company. "Default" or "default" means, when used with respect to the Securities, any event which is or, after notice or passage of time or both, would be an Event of Default. "Designated Senior Indebtedness" means any particular Senior Indebtedness of the Company in which the instrument creating or evidencing the same or the assumption or guarantee thereof (or any related agreements or documents to which the Company is a party) expressly provides that such Senior Indebtedness shall be "Designated Senior Indebtedness" for purposes of this Indenture (provided that such instrument, agreement or other document may place limitations and conditions on the right of such Senior Indebtedness to exercise the rights of Designated Senior Indebtedness). If any payment made to any holder of any Designated Senior Indebtedness or its Representative with respect to such Designated Senior Indebtedness is rescinded or must otherwise be returned by such holder or Representative upon the insolvency, bankruptcy or reorganization of the Company or otherwise, the reinstated Indebtedness of the Company arising as a result of such rescission or return shall constitute Designated Senior Indebtedness effective as of the date of such rescission or return. "Exchange Act" means the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, as in effect from time to time. "Final Maturity Date" means February 1, 2007. "GAAP" means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America as in effect as of the date of this Indenture, including those set forth in (1) the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants, (2) the statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board, (3) such other statements by such other entity as approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession and (4) the rules and regulations of the SEC governing the inclusion of financial statements (including pro forma financial statements) in registration statements filed under the Securities Act and periodic reports required to be filed pursuant to Section 13 of the 2 Exchange Act, including opinions and pronouncements in staff accounting bulletins and similar written statements from the accounting staff of the SEC. "Global Security" means a permanent Global Security that is in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit A and that includes the information and schedule called for by footnotes 1, 3 and 4 thereof and which is deposited with the Depositary or its custodian and registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee. "Holder" or "Securityholder" means the person in whose name a Security is registered on the Primary Registrar's books. "Indebtedness" means, with respect to any Person, without duplication, (a) all indebtedness, obligations and other liabilities (contingent or otherwise) of such Person (i) for borrowed money (including obligations of such Person in respect of overdrafts, foreign exchange contracts, currency exchange agreements, interest rate protection agreements, and any loans or advances from banks, whether or not evidenced by notes or similar instruments) or (ii) evidenced by credit or loan agreements, bonds, debentures, notes or similar instruments (whether or not the recourse of the lender is to the whole of the assets of such Person or to only a portion thereof) (other than any accounts payable or other accrued current liability or obligation incurred in the ordinary course of business in connection with the obtaining of materials or services), (b) all reimbursement obligations and other liabilities (contingent or otherwise) of such Person with respect to letters of credit, bank guarantees or bankers' acceptances, (c) all obligations and liabilities (contingent or otherwise) of such Person (i) in respect of leases of such Person required, in conformity with GAAP, to be accounted for as capitalized lease obligations on the balance sheet of such Person (as determined by the Company), or (ii) under any lease or related document (including a purchase agreement, conditional sale or other title retention agreement) in connection with the lease of real property or improvement thereon (or any personal property included as part of any such lease) which provides that such Person is contractually obligated to purchase or cause a third party to purchase the leased property or pay an agreed upon residual value of the leased property to the lessor (whether or not such lease transaction is characterized as an operating lease or a capitalized lease in accordance with GAAP), (d) all obligations (contingent or otherwise) of such Person with respect to any interest rate or other swap, cap, floor or collar agreement, hedge agreement, forward contract, or other similar instrument or agreement or foreign currency hedge, exchange, purchase or similar instrument or agreement; (e) all direct or indirect guaranties, agreements to be jointly liable or similar agreements by such Person in respect of, and obligations or liabilities of such Person to purchase or otherwise acquire or otherwise assure a creditor against loss in respect of, indebtedness, obligations or liabilities of another Person of the kind described in clauses (a) through (d), and (f) any and all deferrals, renewals, extensions, refinancings and refundings of, or amendments, modifications or supplements to, any indebtedness, obligation or liability of the kind described in clauses (a) through (e). "Indenture" means this Indenture as amended or supplemented from time to time pursuant to the terms of this Indenture. "Initial Purchaser" means Credit Suisse First Boston Corporation. "Officer" means the Chairman or any Co-Chairman of the Board, any Vice Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, any Vice President, the Chief Financial Officer, the Controller, the Secretary or any Assistant Controller or Assistant Secretary of the Company. 3 "Officers' Certificate" means a certificate signed by two Officers; provided, however, that for purposes of Sections 4.11 and 6.3, "Officers' Certificate" means a certificate signed by the principal executive officer, principal financial officer or principal accounting officer of the Company and by one other Officer. "Opinion of Counsel" means a written opinion from legal counsel. The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Company or the Trustee. "Person" or "person" means any individual, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, government or any agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity. "Principal" or "principal" of a debt security, including the Securities, means the principal of the security plus, when appropriate, the premium, if any, on the security. "Redemption Date" when used with respect to any Security to be redeemed, means the date fixed for such redemption pursuant to this Indenture. "Redemption Price" when used with respect to any Security to be redeemed, means the price fixed for such redemption pursuant to this Indenture, as set forth in the form of Security annexed as Exhibit A hereto. "Registration Rights Agreement" means the Registration Rights Agreement dated, as of January 29, 2002, between the Company and the Initial Purchaser. "Representative" means the (a) indenture trustee or other trustee, agent or representative for any Senior Indebtedness or (b) with respect to any Senior Indebtedness that does not have any such trustee, agent or other representative, (i) in the case of such Senior Indebtedness issued pursuant to an agreement providing for voting arrangements as among the holders or owners of such Senior Indebtedness, any holder or owner of such Senior Indebtedness acting with the consent of the required persons necessary to bind such holders or owners of such Senior Indebtedness and (ii) in the case of all other such Senior Indebtedness, the holder or owner of such Senior Indebtedness. "Restricted Global Security" means a Global Security that is a Restricted Security. "Restricted Security" means a Security required to bear the restricted legend set forth in the form of Security set forth in Exhibit A of this Indenture. "Rule 144" means Rule 144 under the Securities Act or any successor to such Rule. "Rule 144A" means Rule 144A under the Securities Act or any successor to such Rule. "SEC" means the Securities and Exchange Commission. "Securities" means the 1.75% Convertible Subordinated Notes Due February 1, 2007 or any of them (each, a "Security"), as amended or supplemented from time to time, that are issued under this Indenture. "Securities Act" means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, as in effect from time to time. 4 "Securities Custodian" means the Trustee, as custodian with respect to the Securities in global form, or any successor thereto. "Senior Indebtedness" means the principal of, premium, if any, interest (including all interest accruing subsequent to the commencement of any bankruptcy or similar proceeding, whether or not a claim for post-petition interest is allowed as a claim in any such proceeding) and rent payable on or in connection with, and all fees, costs, expenses and other amounts accrued or due on or in connection with, Indebtedness of the Company, whether outstanding on the date of this Indenture or thereafter created, incurred, assumed, guaranteed or in effect guaranteed by the Company (including all deferrals, renewals, extensions or refundings of, or amendments, modifications or supplements to, the foregoing), unless in the case of any particular Indebtedness the instrument creating or evidencing the same or the assumption or guarantee thereof expressly provides that such Indebtedness shall not be senior in right of payment to the Securities or expressly provides that such Indebtedness is "pari passu" or "junior" to the Securities. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the term Senior Indebtedness shall not include (i) any Indebtedness of the Company to any Subsidiary of the Company (other than Indebtedness of the Company to such Subsidiary arising by reason of guarantees by the Company of Indebtedness of such Subsidiary to a Person that is not a Subsidiary of the Company) or (ii) the Securities. If any payment made to any holder of any Senior Indebtedness or its Representative with respect to such Senior Indebtedness is rescinded or must otherwise be returned by such holder or Representative upon the insolvency, bankruptcy or reorganization of the Company or otherwise, the reinstated Indebtedness of the Company arising as a result of such rescission or return shall constitute Senior Indebtedness effective as of the date of such rescission or return. "Significant Subsidiary" means, in respect of any Person, a Subsidiary of such Person that would constitute a "significant subsidiary" as such term is defined under Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act. "Subsidiary" means, in respect of any Person, any corporation, association, partnership or other business entity of which more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of Capital Stock or other interests (including partnership interests) entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers, general partners or trustees thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by (i) such Person; (ii) such Person and one or more Subsidiaries of such Person; or (iii) one or more Subsidiaries of such Person. "TIA" means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder as in effect on the date of this Indenture, except as provided in Section 11.3, and except to the extent any amendment to the Trust Indenture Act expressly provides for application of the Trust Indenture Act as in effect on another date. "Trading Day" means, with respect to any security, each Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday and Friday, other than any day on which securities are not generally traded on the principal exchange or market in which such security is traded. "Trustee" means the party named as such in the first paragraph of this Indenture until a successor replaces it in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture, and thereafter means the successor. "Trust Officer" means, with respect to the Trustee, any officer assigned to the Corporate Trust Office, and also, with respect to a particular matter, any other officer to whom such matter is referred because of such officer's knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject. 5 "Unrestricted Certificated Security" means a Certificated Security that is not a Restricted Security. "Unrestricted Global Security" means a Global Security that is not a Restricted Security. "Vice President" when used with respect to the Company or the Trustee, means any vice president, whether or not designated by a number or a word or words added before or after the title "vice president." "Voting Stock" of a Person means all classes of Capital Stock or other interests (including partnership interests) of such Person then outstanding and normally entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof. SECTION 1.2. OTHER DEFINITIONS.
TERM DEFINED IN SECTION ---- ------------------ "Agent Members".......................................... 2.1(b) "Bankruptcy Law"......................................... 8.1 "Change in Control"...................................... 3.8(a) "Change in Control Purchase Date"........................ 3.8(a) "Change in Control Purchase Notice"...................... 3.8(c) "Change in Control Purchase Price"....................... 3.8(a) "Closing Price".......................................... 4.6(d) "Company Order".......................................... 2.2 "Conversion Agent"....................................... 2.3 "Conversion Date"........................................ 4.2 "Conversion Price"....................................... 4.6 "Current Market Price"................................... 4.6(d) "Custodian".............................................. 8.1 "DTC".................................................... 2.1 "Depositary"............................................. 2.1 "Determination Date"..................................... 4.6(c) "Event of Default"....................................... 8.1 "Expiration Date"........................................ 4.6(c) "Expiration Time"........................................ 4.6(c) "Legal Holiday".......................................... 12.7 "Legend" ................................................ 2.12 "NNM".................................................... 4.6(d) "Paying Agent"........................................... 2.3 "Payment Blockage Notice"................................ 5.2 "Primary Registrar"...................................... 2.3 "Purchase Agreement"..................................... 2.1 "Purchased Shares"....................................... 4.6(c) "QIB".................................................... 2.1 "Registrar".............................................. 2.3 "Rights Plan"............................................ 4.6(c) "Triggering Distribution"................................ 4.6(c) "Trigger Event" ......................................... 4.6(c)
6
TERM DEFINED IN SECTION ---- ------------------ "Unissued Shares"........................................ 3.8(a)
SECTION 1.3. TRUST INDENTURE ACT PROVISIONS. Whenever this Indenture refers to a provision of the TIA, that provision is incorporated by reference in and made a part of this Indenture. The Indenture shall also include those provisions of the TIA required to be included herein by the provisions of the Trust Indenture Reform Act of 1990. The following TIA terms used in this Indenture have the following meanings: "indenture securities" means the Securities; "indenture security holder" means a Securityholder; "indenture to be qualified" means this Indenture; "indenture trustee" or "institutional trustee" means the Trustee; and "obligor" on the indenture securities means the Company or any other obligor on the Securities. All other terms used in this Indenture that are defined in the TIA, defined by TIA reference to another statute or defined by any SEC rule and not otherwise defined herein have the meanings assigned to them therein. SECTION 1.4. RULES OF CONSTRUCTION. Unless the context otherwise requires: (A) a term has the meaning assigned to it; (B) an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with GAAP; (C) words in the singular include the plural, and words in the plural include the singular; (D) provisions apply to successive events and transactions; (E) the term "merger" includes a statutory share exchange and the term "merged" has a correlative meaning; (F) the masculine gender includes the feminine and the neuter; (G) references to agreements and other instruments include subsequent amendments thereto; and (H) "herein," "hereof" and other words of similar import refer to this Indenture as a whole and not to any particular Article, Section or other subdivision. 7 ARTICLE 2 THE SECURITIES SECTION 2.1. FORM AND DATING. The Securities and the Trustee's certificate of authentication shall be substantially in the respective forms set forth in Exhibit A, which Exhibit is incorporated in and made part of this Indenture. The Securities may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rule or usage. The Company shall provide any such notations, legends or endorsements to the Trustee in writing. Each Security shall be dated the date of its authentication. The Securities are being offered and sold by the Company pursuant to a Purchase Agreement, dated January 29, 2002 (the "Purchase Agreement"), between the Company and the Initial Purchaser, in transactions exempt from, or not subject to, the registration requirements of the Securities Act. (a) Restricted Global Securities. All of the Securities are initially being offered and sold to qualified institutional buyers as defined in Rule 144A (collectively, "QIBs" or individually, each a "QIB") in reliance on Rule 144A under the Securities Act and shall be issued initially in the form of one or more Restricted Global Securities, which shall be deposited on behalf of the purchasers of the Securities represented thereby with the Trustee, at its Corporate Trust Office, as custodian for the depositary, The Depository Trust Company ("DTC") (such depositary, or any successor thereto, being hereinafter referred to as the "Depositary"), and registered in the name of its nominee, Cede & Co., duly executed by the Company and authenticated by the Trustee as hereinafter provided. The aggregate principal amount of the Restricted Global Securities may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Securities Custodian as hereinafter provided, subject in each case to compliance with the Applicable Procedures. (b) Global Securities In General. Each Global Security shall represent such of the outstanding Securities as shall be specified therein and each shall provide that it shall represent the aggregate amount of outstanding Securities from time to time endorsed thereon and that the aggregate amount of outstanding Securities represented thereby may from time to time be reduced or increased, as appropriate, to reflect exchanges, redemptions, purchases or conversions of such Securities. Any adjustment of the aggregate principal amount of a Global Security to reflect the amount of any increase or decrease in the amount of outstanding Securities represented thereby shall be made by the Trustee in accordance with instructions given by the Holder thereof as required by Section 2.12 hereof and shall be made on the records of the Trustee and the Depositary. Members of, or participants in, the Depositary ("Agent Members") shall have no rights under this Indenture with respect to any Global Security held on their behalf by the Depositary or under the Global Security, and the Depositary (including, for this purpose, its nominee) may be treated by the Company, the Trustee and any agent of the Company or the Trustee as the absolute owner and Holder of such Global Security for all purposes whatsoever. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall (A) prevent the Company, the Trustee or any agent of the Company or the Trustee from giving effect to any written certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by the Depositary or (B) impair, as between the Depositary and its Agent Members, the operation of customary practices governing the exercise of the rights of a Holder of any Security. (c) Book Entry Provisions. The Company shall execute and the Trustee shall, in accordance with this Section 2.1(c), authenticate and deliver initially one or more Global Securities that (i) shall be registered in 8 the name of the Depositary, (ii) shall be delivered by the Trustee to the Depositary or pursuant to the Depositary's instructions and (iii) shall bear legends substantially to the following effect: "UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY TO EMULEX CORPORATION (THE "COMPANY") OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (AND ANY PAYMENT HEREON IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL SINCE THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN. TRANSFERS OF THIS GLOBAL SECURITY SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS TO NOMINEES OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY OR TO A SUCCESSOR THEREOF OR SUCH SUCCESSOR'S NOMINEE AND TRANSFERS OF PORTIONS OF THIS GLOBAL SECURITY SHALL BE LIMITED TO TRANSFERS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN ARTICLE TWO OF THE INDENTURE REFERRED TO ON THE REVERSE HEREOF." SECTION 2.2. EXECUTION AND AUTHENTICATION. An Officer shall sign the Securities for the Company by manual or facsimile signature attested by the manual or facsimile signature of the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company. Typographic and other minor errors or defects in any such facsimile signature shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any Security which has been authenticated and delivered by the Trustee. If an Officer whose signature is on a Security no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates the Security, the Security shall be valid nevertheless. A Security shall not be valid until an authorized signatory of the Trustee manually signs the certificate of authentication on the Security. The signature shall be conclusive evidence that the Security has been authenticated under this Indenture. The Trustee shall authenticate and make available for delivery Securities for original issue in the aggregate principal amount of up to $300,000,000 (or up to $345,000,000 if the initial purchasers' option to purchase additional notes is exercised) upon receipt of a written order or orders of the Company signed by two Officers of the Company (a "Company Order"). The Company Order shall specify the amount of Securities to be authenticated, shall provide that all such Securities will be represented by a Restricted Global Security and the date on which each original issue of Securities is to be authenticated. The aggregate principal amount of Securities outstanding at any time may not exceed $300,000,000 (or up to $345,000,000 if the initial purchasers' option to purchase additional notes is exercised) except as provided in Section 2.7. The Trustee shall act as the initial authenticating agent. Thereafter, the Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent acceptable to the Company to authenticate Securities. An authenticating agent may authenticate Securities whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such agent. An authenticating agent shall have the same rights as an Agent to deal with the Company or an Affiliate of the Company. 9 The Securities shall be issuable only in registered form without coupons and only in denominations of $1,000 principal amount and any integral multiple thereof. SECTION 2.3. REGISTRAR, PAYING AGENT AND CONVERSION AGENT. The Company shall maintain one or more offices or agencies where Securities may be presented for registration of transfer or for exchange (each, a "Registrar"), one or more offices or agencies where Securities may be presented for payment (each, a "Paying Agent"), one or more offices or agencies where Securities may be presented for conversion (each, a "Conversion Agent") and one or more offices or agencies where notices and demands to or upon the Company in respect of the Securities and this Indenture may be served. The Company will at all times maintain a Paying Agent, Conversion Agent, Registrar and an office or agency where notices and demands to or upon the Company in respect of the Securities and this Indenture may be served in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York. One of the Registrars (the "Primary Registrar") shall keep a register of the Securities and of their transfer and exchange. The Company shall enter into an appropriate agency agreement with any Agent not a party to this Indenture. The agreement shall implement the provisions of this Indenture that relate to such Agent. The Company shall notify the Trustee of the name and address of any Agent not a party to this Indenture. If the Company fails to maintain a Registrar, Paying Agent, Conversion Agent or agent for service of notices and demands in any place required by this Indenture, or fails to give the foregoing notice, the Trustee shall act as such. The Company or any Affiliate of the Company may act as Paying Agent (except for the purposes of Section 6.1 and Article 10). The Company hereby initially designates the Trustee as Paying Agent, Registrar, Custodian and Conversion Agent, and each of the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee and the office or agency of the Trustee in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York (which shall initially be State Street Bank and Trust Company, N.A., an Affiliate of the Trustee, as agent of the Trustee located at 61 Broadway, New York, New York 10006, Attention: Corporate Trust Administration (Emulex Corporation - 1.75% Convertible Subordinated Notes Due February 1, 2007), one such office or agency of the Company for each of the aforesaid purposes. SECTION 2.4. PAYING AGENT TO HOLD MONEY IN TRUST. Prior to 11:00 a.m., New York City time, on each due date of the principal of or interest, if any, on any Securities, the Company shall deposit with a Paying Agent a sum sufficient to pay such principal or interest, if any, so becoming due. Subject to Section 5.2, a Paying Agent shall hold in trust for the benefit of Securityholders or the Trustee all money held by the Paying Agent for the payment of principal of or interest, if any, on the Securities, and shall notify the Trustee of any default by the Company (or any other obligor on the Securities) in making any such payment. If the Company or an Affiliate of the Company acts as Paying Agent, it shall, before 11:00 a.m., New York City time, on each due date of the principal of or interest on any Securities, segregate the money and hold it as a separate trust fund. The Company at any time may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee, and the Trustee may at any time during the continuance of any default, upon written request to a Paying Agent, require such Paying Agent to pay forthwith to the Trustee all sums so held in trust by such Paying Agent. Upon doing so, the Paying Agent (other than the Company) shall have no further liability for the money. 10 SECTION 2.5. SECURITYHOLDER LISTS. The Trustee shall preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of Securityholders. If the Trustee is not the Primary Registrar, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee on or before each semiannual interest payment date, and at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, a list in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of Securityholders. SECTION 2.6. TRANSFER AND EXCHANGE. (a) Subject to compliance with any applicable additional requirements contained in Section 2.12, when a Security is presented to a Registrar with a request to register a transfer thereof or to exchange such Security for an equal principal amount of Securities of other authorized denominations, the Registrar shall register the transfer or make the exchange as requested; provided, however, that every Security presented or surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange shall be duly endorsed or accompanied by an assignment form and, if applicable, a transfer certificate each in the form included in Exhibit A, and in form satisfactory to the Registrar duly executed by the Holder thereof or its attorney duly authorized in writing. To permit registration of transfers and exchanges, upon surrender of any Security for registration of transfer or exchange at an office or agency maintained pursuant to Section 2.3, the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate Securities of a like aggregate principal amount at the Registrar's request. Any exchange or transfer shall be without charge, except that the Company or the Registrar may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in relation thereto, and provided, that this sentence shall not apply to any exchange pursuant to Section 2.10, 2.12(a), 3.6, 3.11, 4.2 (last paragraph) or 11.5. Neither the Company, any Registrar nor the Trustee shall be required to exchange or register a transfer of (i) any Securities for a period of 15 days next preceding any mailing of a notice of Securities to be redeemed, (ii) any Securities or portions thereof selected or called for redemption (except, in the case of redemption of a Security in part, the portion thereof not to be redeemed) or (iii) any Securities or portions thereof in respect of which a Change in Control Purchase Notice has been delivered and not withdrawn by the Holder thereof (except, in the case of the purchase of a Security in part, the portion thereof not to be purchased). All Securities issued upon any transfer or exchange of Securities shall be valid obligations of the Company, evidencing the same debt and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture, as the Securities surrendered upon such transfer or exchange. (b) Any Registrar appointed pursuant to Section 2.3 hereof shall provide to the Trustee such information as the Trustee may reasonably require in connection with the delivery by such Registrar of Securities upon transfer or exchange of Securities. (c) Each Holder of a Security agrees to indemnify the Company and the Trustee against any liability that may result from the transfer, exchange or assignment of such Holder's Security in violation of any provision of this Indenture and/or applicable United States federal or state securities law. The Trustee shall have no obligation or duty to monitor, determine or inquire as to compliance with any restrictions on transfer imposed under this Indenture or under applicable law with respect to any transfer of any interest in any Security (including any transfers between or among Agent Members or other beneficial 11 owners of interests in any Global Security) other than to require delivery of such certificates and other documentation or evidence as are expressly required by, and to do so if and when expressly required by the terms of, this Indenture, and to examine the same to determine substantial compliance as to form with the express requirements hereof. SECTION 2.7. REPLACEMENT SECURITIES. If any mutilated Security is surrendered to the Company, a Registrar or the Trustee, or the Company, a Registrar and the Trustee receive evidence to their satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of any Security, and there is delivered to the Company, the applicable Registrar and the Trustee such security or indemnity as will be required by them to save each of them harmless, then, in the absence of notice to the Company, such Registrar or the Trustee that such Security has been acquired by a bona fide purchaser, the Company shall execute, and upon its written request the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, in exchange for any such mutilated Security or in lieu of any such destroyed, lost or stolen Security, a new Security of like tenor and principal amount, bearing a number not contemporaneously outstanding. In case any such mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Security has become or is about to become due and payable, or is about to be redeemed or purchased by the Company pursuant to Article 3, the Company in its discretion may, instead of issuing a new Security, pay, redeem or purchase such Security, as the case may be. Upon the issuance of any new Securities under this Section 2.7, the Company may require the payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in relation thereto and any other reasonable expenses (including the reasonable fees and expenses of the Trustee or the Registrar) in connection therewith. Every new Security issued pursuant to this Section 2.7 in lieu of any mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Security shall constitute an original additional contractual obligation of the Company, whether or not the mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Security shall be at any time enforceable by anyone, and shall be entitled to all benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with any and all other Securities duly issued hereunder. The provisions of this Section 2.7 are (to the extent lawful) exclusive and shall preclude (to the extent lawful) all other rights and remedies with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Securities. SECTION 2.8. OUTSTANDING SECURITIES. Securities outstanding at any time are all Securities authenticated by the Trustee, except for those canceled by it, those converted pursuant to Article IV, those delivered to it for cancellation or surrendered for transfer or exchange and those described in this Section 2.8 as not outstanding. If a Security is replaced pursuant to Section 2.7, it ceases to be outstanding unless the Company receives proof satisfactory to it that the replaced Security is held by a bona fide purchaser. If a Paying Agent (other than the Company or an Affiliate of the Company) holds on a Redemption Date, a Change in Control Purchase Date or the Final Maturity Date money sufficient to pay the principal of (including premium, if any) and accrued interest on Securities (or portions thereof) payable on that date, then on and after such Redemption Date, Change in Control Purchase Date or the final Maturity Date, as the case 12 may be, such Securities (or portions thereof, as the case may be) shall cease to be outstanding and interest on them shall cease to accrue; provided, that if such Securities are to be redeemed, notice of such redemption has been duly given pursuant to this Indenture or provision therefore satisfactory to the Trustee has been made. Subject to the restrictions contained in Section 2.9, a Security does not cease to be outstanding because the Company or an Affiliate of the Company holds the Security. SECTION 2.9. TREASURY SECURITIES. In determining whether the Holders of the required principal amount of Securities have concurred in any notice, direction, waiver or consent, Securities owned by the Company or any other obligor on the Securities or by any Affiliate of the Company or of such other obligor shall be disregarded, except that, for purposes of determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying on any such notice, direction, waiver or consent, only Securities which a Trust Officer of the Trustee actually knows are so owned shall be so disregarded. Securities so owned which have been pledged in good faith shall not be disregarded if the pledgee establishes to the satisfaction of the Trustee the pledgee's right so to act with respect to the Securities and that the pledgee is not the Company or any other obligor on the Securities or any Affiliate of the Company or of such other obligor. SECTION 2.10. TEMPORARY SECURITIES. Until definitive Securities are ready for delivery, the Company may prepare and execute, and, upon receipt of a Company Order, the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, temporary Securities. Temporary Securities shall be substantially in the form of definitive Securities but may have variations that the Company with the consent of the Trustee considers appropriate for temporary Securities. Without unreasonable delay, the Company shall prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver definitive Securities in exchange for temporary Securities. SECTION 2.11. CANCELLATION. The Company at any time may deliver Securities to the Trustee for cancellation. The Registrar, the Paying Agent and the Conversion Agent shall forward to the Trustee or its agent any Securities surrendered to them for transfer, exchange, redemption, payment or conversion. The Trustee and no one else shall cancel, in accordance with its standard procedures, all Securities surrendered for transfer, exchange, redemption, payment, conversion or cancellation and shall deliver the canceled Securities to the Company. All Securities which are redeemed, purchased or otherwise acquired by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries prior to the Final Maturity Date shall be delivered to the Trustee for cancellation, and the Company may not hold or resell such Securities or issue any new Securities to replace any such Securities or any Securities that any Holder has converted pursuant to Article 4. Without limitation to the foregoing, any Securities acquired by any investment bankers or other purchasers pursuant to Section 3.7 shall be surrendered for conversion and thereafter cancelled, and may not be reoffered, sold or otherwise transferred. SECTION 2.12. LEGEND; ADDITIONAL TRANSFER AND EXCHANGE REQUIREMENTS. (a) If Securities are issued upon the transfer, exchange or replacement of Securities subject to restrictions on transfer and bearing the legends set forth on the forms of Securities attached hereto as Exhibit A (collectively, the "Legend"), or if a request is made to remove the Legend on a Security, the 13 Securities so issued shall bear the Legend, or the Legend shall not be removed, as the case may be, unless there is delivered to the Company and the Registrar such satisfactory evidence, which shall include an opinion of counsel if requested by the Company or such Registrar, as may be reasonably required by the Company and the Registrar, that neither the Legend nor the restrictions on transfer set forth therein are required to ensure that transfers thereof comply with the provisions of Rule 144A or Rule 144 under the Securities Act or that such Securities are not "restricted" within the meaning of Rule 144 under the Securities Act; provided that no such evidence need be supplied in connection with the sale of such Security pursuant to a registration statement that is effective at the time of such sale. Upon (i) provision of such satisfactory evidence if requested, or (ii) notification by the Company to the Trustee and Registrar of the sale of such Security pursuant to a registration statement that is effective at the time of such sale, the Trustee, at the written direction of the Company, shall authenticate and deliver a Security that does not bear the Legend. If the Legend is removed from the face of a Security and the Security is subsequently held by an Affiliate of the Company, the Legend shall be reinstated. (b) A Global Security may not be transferred, in whole or in part, to any Person other than the Depositary or a nominee or any successor thereof, and no such transfer to any such other Person may be registered; provided that the foregoing shall not prohibit any transfer of a Security that is issued in exchange for a Global Security but is not itself a Global Security. No transfer of a Security to any Person shall be effective under this Indenture or the Securities unless and until such Security has been registered in the name of such Person. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Indenture or the Securities, transfers of a Global Security, in whole or in part, shall be made only in accordance with this Section 2.12. (c) Subject to the succeeding paragraph, every Security shall be subject to the restrictions on transfer provided in the Legend other than a Restricted Global Security. Whenever any Restricted Security other than a Restricted Global Security is presented or surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange for a Security registered in a name other than that of the Holder, such Security must be accompanied by a certificate in substantially the form set forth in Exhibit B, dated the date of such surrender and signed by the Holder of such Security, as to compliance with such restrictions on transfer. The Registrar shall not be required to accept for such registration of transfer or exchange any Security not so accompanied by a properly completed certificate. (d) The restrictions imposed by the Legend upon the transferability of any Security shall cease and terminate when such Security has been sold pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act or transferred in compliance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act (or any successor provision thereto) or, if earlier, upon the expiration of the holding period applicable to sales thereof under Rule 144(k) under the Securities Act (or any successor provision). Any Security as to which such restrictions on transfer shall have expired in accordance with their terms or shall have terminated may, upon a surrender of such Security for exchange to the Registrar in accordance with the provisions of this Section 2.12 (accompanied, in the event that such restrictions on transfer have terminated by reason of a transfer in compliance with Rule 144 or any successor provision, by, if requested, an opinion of counsel reasonably acceptable to the Company, addressed to the Company and in form acceptable to the Company, to the effect that the transfer of such Security has been made in compliance with Rule 144 or such successor provision), be exchanged for a new Security, of like tenor and aggregate principal amount, which shall not bear the restrictive Legend. The Company shall inform the Trustee of the effective date of any registration statement registering the Securities under the Securities Act. The Trustee shall not be liable for any action taken or omitted to be taken by it in good faith in accordance with the aforementioned opinion of counsel or registration statement. 14 (e) As used in the preceding two paragraphs of this Section 2.12, the term "transfer" encompasses any sale, pledge, transfer, hypothecation or other disposition of any Security. (f) The provisions of clauses (i), (ii), (iii) and (iv) below shall apply only to Global Securities: (i) Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Indenture or the Securities, a Global Security shall not be exchanged in whole or in part for a Security registered in the name of any Person other than the Depositary or one or more nominees thereof, provided that a Global Security may be exchanged for Securities registered in the names of any person designated by the Depositary in the event that (A) the Depositary has notified the Company that it is unwilling or unable to continue as Depositary for such Global Security or such Depositary has ceased to be a "clearing agency" registered under the Exchange Act, and a successor Depositary is not appointed by the Company within 90 days, (B) the Company has provided the Depositary with written notice that it has decided to discontinue use of the system of book-entry transfer through the Depositary or any successor Depositary or (C) an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing with respect to the Securities. Any Global Security exchanged pursuant to clauses (A) or (B) above shall be so exchanged in whole and not in part, and any Global Security exchanged pursuant to clause (C) above may be exchanged in whole or from time to time in part as directed by the Depositary. Any Security issued in exchange for a Global Security or any portion thereof shall be a Global Security; provided that any such Security so issued that is registered in the name of a Person other than the Depositary or a nominee thereof shall not be a Global Security. (ii) Securities issued in exchange for a Global Security or any portion thereof shall be issued in definitive, fully registered form, without interest coupons, shall have an aggregate principal amount equal to that of such Global Security or portion thereof to be so exchanged, shall be registered in such names and be in such authorized denominations as the Depositary shall designate and shall bear the applicable legends provided for herein. Any Global Security to be exchanged in whole shall be surrendered by the Depositary to the Trustee, as Registrar. With regard to any Global Security to be exchanged in part, either such Global Security shall be so surrendered for exchange or, if the Trustee is acting as custodian for the Depositary or its nominee with respect to such Global Security, the principal amount thereof shall be reduced, by an amount equal to the portion thereof to be so exchanged, by means of an appropriate adjustment made on the records of the Trustee. Upon any such surrender or adjustment, the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver the Security issuable on such exchange to or upon the order of the Depositary or an authorized representative thereof. (iii) Subject to the provisions of clause (v) below, the registered Holder may grant proxies and otherwise authorize any Person, including Agent Members and persons that may hold interests through Agent Members, to take any action which a Holder is entitled to take under this Indenture or the Securities. (iv) In the event of the occurrence of any of the events specified in clause (i) above, the Company will promptly make available to the Trustee a reasonable supply of Certificated Securities in definitive, fully registered form, without interest coupons. (v) Neither Agent Members nor any other Persons on whose behalf Agent Members may act shall have any rights under this Indenture with respect to any Global 15 Security registered in the name of the Depositary or any nominee thereof, or under any such Global Security, and the Depositary or such nominee, as the case may be, may be treated by the Company, the Trustee and any agent of the Company or the Trustee as the absolute owner and holder of such Global Security for all purposes whatsoever. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall prevent the Company, the Trustee or any agent of the Company or the Trustee from giving effect to any written certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by the Depositary or such nominee, as the case may be, or impair, as between the Depositary, its Agent Members and any other person on whose behalf an Agent Member may act, the operation of customary practices of such Persons governing the exercise of the rights of a holder of any Security. SECTION 2.13. CUSIP NUMBERS. The Company in issuing the Securities may use one or more "CUSIP" numbers (if then generally in use), and, if so, the Trustee shall use "CUSIP" numbers in notices of redemption or purchase as a convenience to Holders; provided that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers either as printed on the Securities or as contained in any notice of a redemption or purchase and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Securities, and any such redemption or purchase shall not be affected by any defect in or omission of such numbers. The Company will promptly notify the Trustee of any change in the "CUSIP" numbers. ARTICLE 3 REDEMPTION AND PURCHASES SECTION 3.1. RIGHT TO REDEEM; NOTICE TO TRUSTEE. The Securities may be redeemed at the election of the Company, as a whole or from time to time in part, at any time on or after February 5, 2005, at the Redemption Prices specified in paragraph 5 of the form of Security attached hereto as Exhibit A, together with accrued interest up to, but not including, the Redemption Date; provided that if the Redemption Date falls after an interest payment record date and on or before an interest payment date, then the interest will be payable to the Holders in whose name the Securities are registered at the close of business on the interest payment record date. If the Company elects to redeem Securities pursuant to this Section 3.1 and paragraph 5 of the Securities, it shall notify the Trustee at least 45 days prior to the Redemption Date as fixed by the Company (unless a shorter notice shall be satisfactory to the Trustee) of the Redemption Date and the principal amount of Securities to be redeemed. If fewer than all of the Securities are to be redeemed, the record date relating to such redemption shall be selected by the Company and given to the Trustee, which record date shall not be less than ten days after the date of notice to the Trustee. SECTION 3.2. SELECTION OF SECURITIES TO BE REDEEMED. If less than all of the Securities are to be redeemed, unless the procedures of the Depositary provide otherwise, the Trustee shall, at least 20 days but not more than 60 days prior to the Redemption Date, select the Securities to be redeemed. The Trustee shall make the selection from the Securities outstanding and not previously called for redemption, by lot, or in its discretion, on a pro rata basis. Securities in denominations of $1,000 may only be redeemed in whole. The Trustee may select for redemption portions (equal to $1,000 or any integral multiple thereof) of the principal of Securities that have denominations larger than $1,000. 16 Provisions of this Indenture that apply to Securities called for redemption also apply to portions of Securities called for redemption. If any Security selected for partial redemption is converted in part before termination of the conversion right with respect to the portion of the Security so selected, the converted portion of such Security shall be deemed to be the portion selected for redemption. Securities which have been converted during a selection of Securities to be redeemed shall be treated by the Trustee as outstanding for the purpose of such selection. SECTION 3.3. NOTICE OF REDEMPTION. At least 20 days but not more than 60 days before a Redemption Date, the Company shall mail or cause to be mailed a notice of redemption to each Holder of Securities to be redeemed at such Holder's address as it appears on the Primary Registrar's books. The notice shall identify the Securities (including CUSIP numbers) to be redeemed and shall state: (1) the Redemption Date; (2) the Redemption Price; (3) the then current Conversion Price; (4) the name and address of each Paying Agent and Conversion Agent; (5) that Securities called for redemption must be presented and surrendered to a Paying Agent to collect the Redemption Price; (6) that Holders who wish to convert Securities must surrender such Securities for conversion no later than the close of business on the Business Day immediately preceding the Redemption Date and must satisfy the other requirements set forth in paragraph 8 of the Securities; (7) that, unless the Company defaults in making the payment of the Redemption Price, interest on Securities called for redemption shall cease accruing on and after the Redemption Date and the only remaining right of the Holder shall be to receive payment of the Redemption Price plus accrued interest, if any upon presentation and surrender to a Paying Agent of the Securities; and (8) if any Security is being redeemed in part, the portion of the principal amount of such Security to be redeemed and that, after the Redemption Date, upon presentation and surrender of such Security, a new Security or Securities in aggregate principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion thereof will be issued. If any of the Securities to be redeemed is in the form of a Global Security, then the Company shall modify such notice to the extent necessary to accord with the procedures of the Depositary applicable to redemptions. At the Company's written request, which request shall (i) be irrevocable once given and (ii) set forth all relevant information required by clauses (1) through (8) of the preceding paragraph, the Trustee shall give the notice of redemption in the Company's name and at the Company's expense. 17 SECTION 3.4. EFFECT OF NOTICE OF REDEMPTION. Once notice of redemption is mailed, Securities called for redemption become due and payable on the Redemption Date and at the Redemption Price stated in the notice, together with accrued interest, if any, except for Securities that are converted in accordance with the provisions of Article 4. Upon presentation and surrender to a Paying Agent, Securities called for redemption shall be paid at the Redemption Price, plus accrued interest up to but not including the Redemption Date; provided that if the Redemption Date is an interest payment date, interest will be payable to the Holders in whose names the Securities are registered on the Redemption Date. SECTION 3.5. DEPOSIT OF REDEMPTION PRICE. Prior to 11:00 a.m. New York City time, on the Redemption Date, the Company shall deposit with a Paying Agent (or, if the Company acts as Paying Agent, shall segregate and hold in trust) an amount of money (in immediately available funds if deposited on such Redemption Date) sufficient to pay the Redemption Price of and accrued interest on all Securities to be redeemed on that date, other than Securities or portions thereof called for redemption on that date which have been delivered by the Company to the Trustee for cancellation or have been converted. The Paying Agent shall as promptly as practicable return to the Company any money not required for that purpose because of the conversion of Securities pursuant to Article 4 or, if such money is then held by the Company in trust and is not required for such purpose, it shall be discharged from the trust. SECTION 3.6. SECURITIES REDEEMED IN PART. Upon presentation and surrender of a Security that is redeemed in part, the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Holder a new Security equal in principal amount to the unredeemed portion of the Security surrendered. SECTION 3.7. CONVERSION ARRANGEMENT ON CALL FOR REDEMPTION. In connection with any redemption of Securities, the Company may arrange for the purchase and conversion of any Securities called for redemption by an agreement with one or more investment bankers or other purchasers to purchase such Securities by paying to a Paying Agent (other than the Company or any of its Affiliates) in trust for the Holders, on or before 11:00 a.m. New York City time on the Redemption Date, an amount that, together with any amounts deposited with such Paying Agent by the Company for the redemption of such Securities, is not less than the Redemption Price, together with interest accrued to, but not including, the Redemption Date, of such Securities. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Article 3, the obligation of the Company to pay the Redemption Price of such Securities, including all accrued interest, shall be deemed to be satisfied and discharged to the extent such amount is so paid by such purchasers; provided, however, that nothing in this Section 3.7 shall relieve the Company of its obligation to pay the Redemption Price, plus accrued interest to but excluding the relevant Redemption Date, on Securities called for redemption. If such an agreement with one or more investment banks or other purchasers is entered into, any Securities called for redemption and not surrendered for conversion by the Holders thereof prior to the relevant Redemption Date may, at the option of the Company upon written notice to the Trustee, be deemed, to the fullest extent permitted by law, acquired by such purchasers from such Holders and (notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Article 4) surrendered by such purchasers for conversion, all as of 11:00 a.m. New York City time on the Redemption Date, subject to payment of the above amount as aforesaid. The Paying Agent shall hold and pay to the Holders whose Securities are selected 18 for redemption any such amount paid to it for purchase in the same manner as it would money deposited with it by the Company for the redemption of Securities. Without the Paying Agent's prior written consent, no arrangement between the Company and such purchasers for the purchase and conversion of any Securities shall increase or otherwise affect any of the powers, duties, responsibilities or obligations of the Paying Agent as set forth in this Indenture, and the Company agrees to indemnify the Paying Agent from, and hold it harmless against, any loss, liability or expense arising out of or in connection with any such arrangement for the purchase and conversion of any Securities between the Company and such purchasers, including the costs and expenses incurred by the Paying Agent in the defense of any claim or liability arising out of or in connection with the exercise or performance of any of its powers, duties, responsibilities or obligations under this Indenture. SECTION 3.8. PURCHASE OF SECURITIES AT OPTION OF THE HOLDER UPON CHANGE IN CONTROL. (a) If at any time that Securities remain outstanding there shall occur a Change in Control, Securities shall be purchased by the Company at the option of the Holders, as of the date that is 30 Business Days after the occurrence of the Change in Control (the "Change in Control Purchase Date") at a purchase price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Securities, together with accrued and unpaid interest to, but excluding, the Change in Control Purchase Date (the "Change in Control Purchase Price"), subject to satisfaction by or on behalf of any Holder of the requirements set forth in subsection (c) of this Section 3.8. A "Change in Control" shall be deemed to have occurred if any of the following occurs after the date hereof: (1) any "person" or "group" (as such terms are defined below) is or becomes the "beneficial owner" (as defined below), directly or indirectly, of shares of Voting Stock of the Company representing 50% or more of the total voting power of all outstanding classes of Voting Stock of the Company or has the power, directly or indirectly, to elect a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the Company; or (2) the Company consolidates with, or merges with or into, another Person or the Company sells, assigns, conveys, transfers, leases or otherwise disposes of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, or any Person consolidates with, or merges with or into, the Company, in any such event other than pursuant to a transaction in which the Persons that "beneficially owned" (as defined below), directly or indirectly, shares of Voting Stock of the Company immediately prior to such transaction "beneficially own" (as defined below), directly or indirectly, shares of Voting Stock of the Company representing at least a majority of the total voting power of all outstanding classes of Voting Stock of the surviving or transferee Person; or (3) the holders of capital stock of the Company approve any plan or proposal for the liquidation or dissolution of the Company (whether or not otherwise in compliance with the terms hereof). For the purpose of the definition of "Change in Control", (i) "person" and "group" have the meanings given such terms under Section 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act or any successor provision to either of the foregoing, and the term "group" includes any group acting for the purpose of acquiring, holding or disposing of securities within the meaning of Rule 13d-5(b)(1) under the Exchange Act (or any successor provision thereto), (ii) a "beneficial owner" shall be determined in accordance with Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, as in effect on the date of this Indenture, except that the number of shares of Voting Stock of the Company 19 shall be deemed to include, in addition to all outstanding shares of Voting Stock of the Company and Unissued Shares deemed to be held by the "person" or "group" (as such terms are defined above) or other Person with respect to which the Change in Control determination is being made, all Unissued Shares deemed to be held by all other Persons, and (iii) the terms "beneficially owned" and "beneficially own" shall have meanings correlative to that of "beneficial owner". The term "Unissued Shares" means shares of Voting Stock not outstanding that are subject to options, warrants, rights to purchase or conversion privileges exercisable within 60 days of the date of determination of a Change in Control. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Section 3.8, a Change in Control will not be deemed to have occurred if either: (1) the Closing Price (determined in accordance with Section 4.6(d) of this Indenture) of the Common Stock for any five Trading Days during the ten Trading Days immediately preceding the Change in Control is at least equal to 105% of the Conversion Price in effect on such Trading Day; or (2) in the case of a merger or consolidation, all of the consideration (excluding cash payments for fractional shares and cash payments pursuant to dissenters' appraisal rights) in the merger or consolidation constituting the Change in Control consists of common stock traded on a United States national securities exchange or quoted on the Nasdaq National Market (or which will be so traded or quoted when issued or exchanged in connection with such Change in Control) and as a result of such transaction or transactions the Securities become convertible solely into such common stock. (b) Within 10 Business Days after the occurrence of a Change in Control, the Company shall mail a written notice of the Change in Control to the Trustee and to each Holder (and to beneficial owners as required by applicable law). The notice shall include the form of a Change in Control Purchase Notice to be completed by the Holder and shall state: (1) the date of such Change in Control and, briefly, the events causing such Change in Control; (2) the date by which the Change in Control Purchase Notice pursuant to this Section 3.8 must be given; (3) the Change in Control Purchase Date; (4) the Change in Control Purchase Price; (5) the Holder's right to require the Company to purchase the Securities; (6) briefly, the conversion rights of the Securities; (7) the name and address of each Paying Agent and Conversion Agent; (8) the Conversion Price and any adjustments thereto; (9) that Securities as to which a Change in Control Purchase Notice has been given may be converted into Common Stock pursuant to Article 4 of this Indenture only to the extent that the Change in Control Purchase Notice has been withdrawn in accordance with the terms of this Indenture; 20 (10) the procedures that the Holder must follow to exercise rights under this Section 3.8; (11) the procedures for withdrawing a Change in Control Purchase Notice, including a form of notice of withdrawal; and (12) that the Holder must satisfy the requirements set forth in the Securities in order to convert the Securities. If any of the Securities is in the form of a Global Security, then the Company shall modify such notice to the extent necessary to accord with the procedures of the Depositary applicable to the repurchase of Global Securities. (c) A Holder may exercise its rights specified in subsection (a) of this Section 3.8 upon delivery of a written notice (which shall be in substantially the form included in Exhibit A hereto and which may be delivered by letter, overnight courier, hand delivery, facsimile transmission or in any other written form and, in the case of Global Securities, may be delivered electronically or by other means in accordance with the Depositary's customary procedures) of the exercise of such rights (a "Change in Control Purchase Notice") to any Paying Agent at any time prior to the close of business on the Business Day next preceding the Change in Control Purchase Date. The delivery of such Security to any Paying Agent (together with all necessary endorsements) at the office of such Paying Agent shall be a condition to the receipt by the Holder of the Change in Control Purchase Price therefor. The Company shall purchase from the Holder thereof, pursuant to this Section 3.8, a portion of a Security if the principal amount of such portion is $1,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000. Provisions of the Indenture that apply to the purchase of all of a Security pursuant to Sections 3.8 through 3.13 also apply to the purchase of such portion of such Security. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, any Holder delivering to a Paying Agent the Change in Control Purchase Notice contemplated by this subsection (c) shall have the right to withdraw such Change in Control Purchase Notice in whole or in a portion thereof that is a principal amount of $1,000 or in an integral multiple thereof at any time prior to the close of business on the Business Day next preceding the Change in Control Purchase Date by delivery of a written notice of withdrawal to the Paying Agent in accordance with Section 3.9. A Paying Agent shall promptly notify the Company of the receipt by it of any Change in Control Purchase Notice or written withdrawal thereof. Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, in the case of Global Securities, any Change in Control Purchase Notice may be delivered or withdrawn and such Securities may be surrendered or delivered for purchase in accordance with the Applicable Procedures as in effect from time to time. SECTION 3.9. EFFECT OF CHANGE IN CONTROL PURCHASE NOTICE. Upon receipt by any Paying Agent of the Change in Control Purchase Notice specified in Section 3.8(c), the Holder of the Security in respect of which such Change in Control Purchase Notice was given shall (unless such Change in Control Purchase Notice is withdrawn as specified below) thereafter be entitled to receive the Change in Control Purchase Price with respect to such Security. Such Change in Control 21 Purchase Price shall be paid to such Holder promptly following the later of (a) the Change in Control Purchase Date with respect to such Security (provided the conditions in Section 3.8(c) have been satisfied) and (b) the time of delivery of such Security to a Paying Agent by the Holder thereof in the manner required by Section 3.8(c). Securities in respect of which a Change in Control Purchase Notice has been given by the Holder thereof may not be converted into shares of Common Stock pursuant to Article 4 on or after the date of the delivery of such Change in Control Purchase Notice unless such Change in Control Purchase Notice has first been validly withdrawn. A Change in Control Purchase Notice may be withdrawn by means of a written notice (which may be delivered by mail, overnight courier, hand delivery, facsimile transmission or in any other written form and, in the case of Global Securities, may be delivered electronically or by other means in accordance with the Depositary's customary procedures) of withdrawal delivered by the Holder to a Paying Agent at any time prior to the close of business on the Business Day immediately preceding the Change in Control Purchase Date, specifying the principal amount of the Security or portion thereof (which must be a principal amount of $1,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof) with respect to which such notice of withdrawal is being submitted. SECTION 3.10. DEPOSIT OF CHANGE IN CONTROL PURCHASE PRICE. On or before 11:00 a.m. New York City time on the Change in Control Purchase Date, the Company shall deposit with the Trustee or with a Paying Agent (other than the Company or an Affiliate of the Company) an amount of money (in immediately available funds if deposited on such Change in Control Purchase Date) sufficient to pay the aggregate Change in Control Purchase Price of all the Securities or portions thereof that are to be purchased as of such Change in Control Purchase Date. The manner in which the deposit required by this Section 3.10 is made by the Company shall be at the option of the Company, provided that such deposit shall be made in a manner such that the Trustee or a Paying Agent shall have immediately available funds on the Change in Control Purchase Date. If a Paying Agent holds, in accordance with the terms hereof, money sufficient to pay the Change in Control Purchase Price of any Security for which a Change in Control Purchase Notice has been tendered and not withdrawn in accordance with this Indenture then, on the Change in Control Purchase Date, such Security will cease to be outstanding and the rights of the Holder in respect thereof shall terminate (other than the right to receive the Change in Control Purchase Price as aforesaid). The Company shall publicly announce the principal amount of Securities purchased as a result of such Change in Control on or as soon as practicable after the Change in Control Purchase Date. SECTION 3.11. SECURITIES PURCHASED IN PART. Any Security that is to be purchased only in part shall be surrendered at the office of a Paying Agent, and promptly after the Change in Control Purchase Date the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Holder of such Security, without service charge, a new Security or Securities, of such authorized denomination or denominations as may be requested by such Holder, in aggregate principal amount equal to, and in exchange for, the portion of the principal amount of the Security so surrendered that is not purchased. 22 SECTION 3.12. COMPLIANCE WITH SECURITIES LAWS UPON PURCHASE OF SECURITIES. In connection with any offer to purchase or purchase of Securities under Section 3.8, the Company shall (a) comply with Rule 13e-4 and Rule 14e-1 (or any successor to either such Rule), if applicable, under the Exchange Act, (b) file the related Schedule TO (or any successor or similar schedule, form or report) if required under the Exchange Act, and (c) otherwise comply with all federal and state securities laws in connection with such offer to purchase or purchase of Securities, all so as to permit the rights of the Holders and obligations of the Company under Sections 3.8 through 3.11 to be exercised in the time and in the manner specified therein. SECTION 3.13. REPAYMENT TO THE COMPANY. To the extent that the aggregate amount of cash deposited by the Company pursuant to Section 3.10 exceeds the aggregate Change in Control Purchase Price together with interest, if any, thereon of the Securities or portions thereof that the Company is obligated to purchase, then promptly after the Change in Control Purchase Date the Trustee or a Paying Agent, as the case may be, shall return any such excess cash to the Company. ARTICLE 4 CONVERSION SECTION 4.1. CONVERSION PRIVILEGE. Subject to the further provisions of this Article 4 and paragraph 8 of the Securities, a Holder of a Security may convert the principal amount of such Security (or any portion thereof equal to $1,000 or any integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof) into Common Stock at any time prior to the close of business on the Final Maturity Date, at the Conversion Price then in effect; provided, however, that, if such Security is called for redemption or submitted or presented for purchase pursuant to Article 3, such conversion right shall terminate at the close of business on the Business Day immediately preceding the Redemption Date or Change in Control Purchase Date, as the case may be, for such Security or such earlier date as the Holder presents such Security for redemption or for purchase (unless the Company shall default in making the redemption payment or Change in Control Purchase Price payment when due, in which case the conversion right shall terminate at the close of business on the date such default is cured and such Security is redeemed or purchased, as the case may be). The number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of a Security shall be determined by dividing the principal amount of the Security or portion thereof surrendered for conversion by the Conversion Price in effect on the Conversion Date. The initial Conversion Price is set forth in paragraph 8 of the Securities and is subject to adjustment as provided in this Article 4. Provisions of this Indenture that apply to conversion of all of a Security also apply to conversion of a portion of a Security. A Security in respect of which a Holder has delivered a Change in Control Purchase Notice pursuant to Section 3.8(c) exercising the option of such Holder to require the Company to purchase such Security may be converted only if such Change in Control Purchase Notice is withdrawn by a written notice of withdrawal delivered to a Paying Agent prior to the close of business on the Business Day immediately preceding the Change in Control Purchase Date in accordance with Section 3.9. 23 A Holder of Securities is not entitled to any rights of a holder of Common Stock until such Holder has converted its Securities to Common Stock, and only to the extent such Securities are deemed to have been converted into Common Stock pursuant to this Article 4. SECTION 4.2. CONVERSION PROCEDURE. To convert a Security, a Holder must (a) complete and manually sign the conversion notice on the back of the Security and deliver such notice to a Conversion Agent, (b) surrender the Security to a Conversion Agent, (c) furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents if required by a Registrar or a Conversion Agent, and (d) pay any transfer or similar tax, if required. The date on which the Holder satisfies all of those requirements is the "Conversion Date." As soon as practicable after the Conversion Date, the Company shall deliver to the Holder through a Conversion Agent a certificate for the number of whole shares of Common Stock issuable upon the conversion and cash in lieu of any fractional shares pursuant to Section 4.3. Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, in the case of Global Securities, conversion notices may be delivered and such Securities may be surrendered for conversion in accordance with the Applicable Procedures as in effect from time to time. The person in whose name the Common Stock certificate is registered shall be deemed to be a stockholder of record on the Conversion Date; provided, however, that no surrender of a Security on any date when the stock transfer books of the Company shall be closed shall be effective to constitute the person or persons entitled to receive the shares of Common Stock upon such conversion as the record holder or holders of such shares of Common Stock on such date, but such surrender shall be effective to constitute the person or persons entitled to receive such shares of Common Stock as the record holder or holders thereof for all purposes at the close of business on the next succeeding day on which such stock transfer books are open; provided, further, that such conversion shall be at the Conversion Price in effect on the Conversion Date as if the stock transfer books of the Company had not been closed. Upon conversion of a Security, such person shall no longer be a Holder of such Security. No payment or adjustment will be made for dividends or distributions on shares of Common Stock issued upon conversion of a Security. Securities so surrendered for conversion (in whole or in part) during the period from the close of business on any regular record date to the opening of business on the next succeeding interest payment date (excluding Securities or portions thereof called for redemption or presented for purchase upon a Change in Control on a Redemption Date or Change in Control Purchase Date, as the case may be, during the period beginning at the close of business on a regular record date and ending at the opening of business on the first Business Day after the next succeeding interest payment date, or if such interest payment date is not a Business Day, the second such Business Day) shall also be accompanied by payment in funds acceptable to the Company of an amount equal to the interest payable on such interest payment date on the principal amount of such Security then being converted, and such interest shall be payable to such registered Holder notwithstanding the conversion of such Security, subject to the provisions of this Indenture relating to the payment of defaulted interest by the Company. Except as otherwise provided in this Section 4.2, no payment or adjustment will be made for accrued interest on a converted Security. If the Company defaults in the payment of interest payable on such interest payment date, the Company shall promptly repay such funds to such Holder. Nothing in this Section shall affect the right of a Holder in whose name any Security is registered at the close of business on a record date to receive the interest payable on such Security on the related interest payment date in accordance with the terms of this Indenture and the Securities. If a Holder converts more than 24 one Security at the same time, the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon the conversion shall be based on the aggregate principal amount of Securities converted. Upon surrender of a Security that is converted in part, the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Holder, a new Security equal in principal amount to the unconverted portion of the Security surrendered. SECTION 4.3. FRACTIONAL SHARES. The Company will not issue fractional shares of Common Stock upon conversion of Securities. In lieu thereof, the Company will pay an amount in cash for the current market value of the fractional shares. The current market value of a fractional share shall be determined, (calculated to the nearest 1/1000th of a share) by multiplying the Closing Price (determined as set forth in Section 4.6(d)) of the Common Stock on the Trading Day immediately prior to the Conversion Date by such fractional share and rounding the product to the nearest whole cent. SECTION 4.4. TAXES ON CONVERSION. If a Holder converts a Security, the Company shall pay any documentary, stamp or similar issue or transfer tax due on the issue of shares of Common Stock upon such conversion. However, the Holder shall pay any such tax which is due because the Holder requests the shares to be issued in a name other than the Holder's name. The Conversion Agent may refuse to deliver the certificate representing the Common Stock being issued in a name other than the Holder's name until the Conversion Agent receives a sum sufficient to pay any tax which will be due because the shares are to be issued in a name other than the Holder's name. Nothing herein shall preclude any tax withholding required by law or regulation. SECTION 4.5. COMPANY TO PROVIDE STOCK. The Company shall, prior to issuance of any Securities hereunder, and from time to time as may be necessary, reserve, out of its authorized but unissued Common Stock, a sufficient number of shares of Common Stock to permit the conversion of all outstanding Securities into shares of Common Stock. All shares of Common Stock delivered upon conversion of the Securities shall be newly issued shares, shall be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable and shall be free from preemptive rights and free of any lien or adverse claim. The Company will endeavor promptly to comply with all federal and state securities laws regulating the offer and delivery of shares of Common Stock upon conversion of Securities, if any, and will list or cause to have quoted such shares of Common Stock on each national securities exchange or on the Nasdaq National Market or other over-the-counter market or such other market on which the Common Stock is then listed or quoted; provided, however, that if rules of such automated quotation system or exchange permit the Company to defer the listing of such Common Stock until the first conversion of the Notes into Common Stock in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture, the Company covenants to list such Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Notes in accordance with the requirements of such automated quotation system or exchange at such time. Any Common Stock issued upon conversion of a Security hereunder which at the time of conversion was a Restricted Security will also be a Restricted Security. 25 SECTION 4.6. ADJUSTMENT OF CONVERSION PRICE. The conversion price as stated in paragraph 8 of the Securities (the "Conversion Price") shall be adjusted from time to time by the Company as follows: (a) In case the Company shall (i) pay a dividend on its Common Stock in shares of Common Stock, (ii) make a distribution on its Common Stock in shares of Common Stock, (iii) subdivide its outstanding Common Stock into a greater number of shares, or (iv) combine its outstanding Common Stock into a smaller number of shares, the Conversion Price in effect immediately prior thereto shall be adjusted so that the Holder of any Security thereafter surrendered for conversion shall be entitled to receive that number of shares of Common Stock which it would have owned had such Security been converted immediately prior to the happening of such event. An adjustment made pursuant to this subsection (a) shall become effective immediately after the record date in the case of a dividend or distribution and shall become effective immediately after the effective date in the case of subdivision or combination. (b) In case the Company shall issue rights or warrants to all or substantially all holders of its Common Stock entitling them (for a period commencing no earlier than the record date described below and expiring not more than 60 days after such record date) to subscribe for or purchase shares of Common Stock (or securities convertible into Common Stock) at a price per share (or having a conversion price per share) less than the Current Market Price per share of Common Stock (as determined in accordance with subsection (d) of this Section 4.6) on the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to receive such rights or warrants, the Conversion Price in effect immediately prior thereto shall be adjusted so that the same shall equal the price determined by multiplying the Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such record date by a fraction of which the numerator shall be the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding on such record date plus the number of shares which the aggregate offering price of the total number of shares of Common Stock so offered (or the aggregate conversion price of the convertible securities so offered, which shall be determined by multiplying the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of such convertible securities by the conversion price per share of Common Stock pursuant to the terms of such convertible securities) would purchase at the Current Market Price per share (as defined in subsection (d) of this Section 4.6) of Common Stock on such record date, and of which the denominator shall be the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding on such record date plus the number of additional shares of Common Stock offered (or into which the convertible securities so offered are convertible). Such adjustment shall be made successively whenever any such rights or warrants are issued, and shall become effective immediately after such record date. If at the end of the period during which such rights or warrants are exercisable not all rights or warrants shall have been exercised, the adjusted Conversion Price shall be immediately readjusted to what it would have been based upon the number of additional shares of Common Stock actually issued (or the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of convertible securities actually issued). (c) In case the Company shall distribute to all or substantially all holders of its Common Stock any shares of capital stock of the Company (other than Common Stock), evidences of indebtedness or other non-cash assets (including securities of any person other than the Company but excluding (1) dividends or distributions paid exclusively in cash or (2) dividends or distributions referred to in subsection (a) of this Section 4.6), or shall distribute to all or substantially all holders of its Common Stock rights or warrants to subscribe for or purchase any of its securities (excluding those rights and warrants referred to in subsection (b) of this Section 4.6 and also excluding the distribution of rights pursuant to a Rights Plan (as defined below)), then in each such case the Conversion Price shall be adjusted so that the same shall equal the price determined by multiplying the current Conversion Price by a fraction of which the numerator shall be the Current Market Price per share (as defined in subsection (d) of this Section 4.6) of the Common Stock on 26 the record date mentioned below less the fair market value on such record date (as determined by the Board of Directors, whose determination shall be conclusive evidence of such fair market value and which shall be evidenced by an Officers' Certificate delivered to the Trustee) of the portion of the capital stock, evidences of indebtedness or other non-cash assets so distributed or of such rights or warrants applicable to one share of Common Stock (determined on the basis of the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding on the record date), and of which the denominator shall be the Current Market Price per share (as defined in subsection (d) of this Section 4.6) of the Common Stock on such record date. Such adjustment shall be made successively whenever any such distribution is made and shall become effective immediately after the record date for the determination of shareholders entitled to receive such distribution. In the event the then fair market value (as so determined) of the portion of the capital stock, evidences of indebtedness or other non-cash assets so distributed or of such rights or warrants applicable to one share of Common Stock is equal to or greater than the Current Market Price per share of the Common Stock on such record date, in lieu of the foregoing adjustment, adequate provision shall be made so that each holder of a Security shall have the right to receive upon conversion the amount of capital stock, evidences of indebtedness or other non-cash assets so distributed or of such rights or warrants such holder would have received had such holder converted each Security on such record date. In the event that such dividend or distribution is not so paid or made, the Conversion Price shall again be adjusted to be the Conversion Price which would then be in effect if such dividend or distribution had not been declared. If the Board of Directors determines the fair market value of any distribution for purposes of this Section 4.6(c) by reference to the actual or when issued trading market for any securities, it must in doing so consider the prices in such market over the same period used in computing the Current Market Price of the Common Stock. With respect to Rights to Purchase Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock issued pursuant to the Rights Agreement dated as of January 19, 1989 (as amended) between the Company and Chase Mellon Shareholder Services LLC (as successor to First Interstate Bank, Ltd.), as Rights Agent (the "Existing Rights"), and any rights that may be issued or distributed pursuant to any similar rights plan that the Company implements after the date of this Indenture (each of the Existing Rights and any rights that may be issued pursuant to any such similar future rights plan being referred to as, a "Rights Plan"), upon conversion of the Securities into Common Stock, to the extent that such Rights Plan is in effect upon such conversion, the holders of Securities will receive, in addition to the Common Stock, the rights described therein (whether or not the rights have separated from the Common Stock at the time of conversion), subject to the limitations set forth in any such Rights Plan. Any distribution of rights or warrants pursuant to a Rights Plan complying with the requirements set forth in the immediately preceding sentence of this paragraph shall not constitute a distribution of rights or warrants pursuant to this Section 4.6(c). Rights or warrants (other than rights issued pursuant to a Rights Plan) distributed by the Company to all holders of Common Stock entitling the holders thereof to subscribe for or purchase shares of the Company's Capital Stock (either initially or under certain circumstances), which rights or warrants, until the occurrence of a specified event or events ("Trigger Event"): (i) are deemed to be transferred with such shares of Common Stock; (ii) are not exercisable; and (iii) are also issued in respect of future issuances of Common Stock, shall be deemed not to have been distributed for purposes of this Section 4.6 (and no adjustment to the Conversion Price under this Section 4.6 will be required) until the occurrence of the earliest Trigger Event, whereupon such rights and warrants shall be deemed to have been distributed and an appropriate adjustment (if any is required) to the Conversion Price shall be made under this Section 4.6(c). If any such right or warrant, including any such existing rights or warrants distributed prior to the date of this Indenture, are subject to events, upon the occurrence of which such rights or warrants become exercisable to purchase different securities, evidences of indebtedness or other assets, then the date of the occurrence of any and each 27 such event shall be deemed to be the date of distribution and record date with respect to new rights or warrants with such rights (and a termination or expiration of the existing rights or warrants without exercise by any of the holders thereof). In addition, in the event of any distribution (or deemed distribution) of rights or warrants, or any Trigger Event or other event (of the type described in the preceding sentence) with respect thereto that was counted for purposes of calculating a distribution amount for which an adjustment to the Conversion Price under this Section 4.6 was made, (1) in the case of any such rights or warrants which shall all have been redeemed or repurchased without exercise by any holders thereof, the Conversion Price shall be readjusted upon such final redemption or repurchase to give effect to such distribution or Trigger Event, as the case may be, as though it were a cash distribution, equal to the per share redemption or repurchase price received by a holder or holders of Common Stock with respect to such rights or warrants (assuming such holder had retained such rights or warrants), made to all holders of Common Stock as of the date of such redemption or repurchase, and (2) in the case of such rights or warrants which shall have expired or been terminated without exercise by any holders thereof, the Conversion Price shall be readjusted as if such rights and warrants had not been issued. (1) In case the Company shall, by dividend or otherwise, at any time distribute (a "Triggering Distribution") to all or substantially all holders of its Common Stock cash in an aggregate amount that, together with the aggregate amount of (A) any cash and the fair market value (as determined by the Board of Directors, whose determination shall be conclusive evidence thereof and which shall be evidenced by an Officers' Certificate delivered to the Trustee) of any other consideration payable in respect of any tender offer by the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company for Common Stock consummated within the 12 months preceding the date of payment of the Triggering Distribution and in respect of which no Conversion Price adjustment pursuant to this Section 4.6 has been made and (B) all other cash distributions to all or substantially all holders of its Common Stock made within the 12 months preceding the date of payment of the Triggering Distribution and in respect of which no Conversion Price adjustment pursuant to this Section 4.6 has been made, exceeds an amount equal to 10.0% of the product of the Current Market Price per share of Common Stock (as determined in accordance with subsection (d) of this Section 4.6) on the Business Day (the "Determination Date") immediately preceding the day on which such Triggering Distribution is declared by the Company multiplied by the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding on the Determination Date (excluding shares held in the treasury of the Company), the Conversion Price shall be reduced so that the same shall equal the price determined by multiplying such Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to the Determination Date by a fraction of which the numerator shall be the Current Market Price per share of the Common Stock (as determined in accordance with subsection (d) of this Section 4.6) on the Determination Date less the sum of the aggregate amount of cash and the aggregate fair market value (determined as aforesaid in this Section 4.6(c)(1)) of any such other consideration so distributed, paid or payable within such 12 months (including, without limitation, the Triggering Distribution) applicable to one share of Common Stock (determined on the basis of the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding on the Determination Date) and the denominator shall be such Current Market Price per share of the Common Stock (as determined in accordance with subsection (d) of this Section 4.6) on the Determination Date, such reduction to become effective immediately prior to the opening of business on the day following the date on which the Triggering Distribution is paid. (2) In case any tender offer made by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries for Common Stock shall expire and such tender offer (as amended upon the expiration thereof) shall involve the payment of aggregate consideration in an amount (determined as the sum of the aggregate amount of cash consideration and the aggregate fair market value (as determined by the Board of Directors, whose determination shall be conclusive evidence thereof and which shall be evidenced by an Officers' Certificate delivered to the Trustee thereof) of any other consideration) that, together with the aggregate amount of 28 (A) any cash and the fair market value (as determined by the Board of Directors, whose determination shall be conclusive evidence thereof and which shall be evidenced by an Officers' Certificate delivered to the Trustee) of any other consideration payable in respect of any other tender offers by the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company for Common Stock consummated within the 12 months preceding the date of the Expiration Date (as defined below) and in respect of which no Conversion Price adjustment pursuant to this Section 4.6 has been made and (B) all cash distributions to all or substantially all holders of its Common Stock made within the 12 months preceding the Expiration Date and in respect of which no Conversion Price adjustment pursuant to this Section 4.6 has been made, exceeds an amount equal to 10.0% of the product of the Current Market Price per share of Common Stock (as determined in accordance with subsection (d) of this Section 4.6) as of the last date (the "Expiration Date") tenders could have been made pursuant to such tender offer (as it may be amended) (the last time at which such tenders could have been made on the Expiration Date is hereinafter sometimes called the "Expiration Time") multiplied by the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding (including tendered shares but excluding any shares held in the treasury of the Company) at the Expiration Time, then, immediately prior to the opening of business on the day after the Expiration Date, the Conversion Price shall be reduced so that the same shall equal the price determined by multiplying the Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to the close of business on the Expiration Date by a fraction of which the numerator shall be the product of the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding (including tendered shares but excluding any shares held in the treasury of the Company) at the Expiration Time multiplied by the Current Market Price per share of the Common Stock (as determined in accordance with subsection (d) of this Section 4.6) on the Trading Day next succeeding the Expiration Date and the denominator shall be the sum of (x) the aggregate consideration (determined as aforesaid) payable to stockholders based on the acceptance (up to any maximum specified in the terms of the tender offer) of all shares validly tendered and not withdrawn as of the Expiration Time (the shares deemed so accepted, up to any such maximum, being referred to as the "Purchased Shares") and (y) the product of the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding (less any Purchased Shares and excluding any shares held in the treasury of the Company) at the Expiration Time and the Current Market Price per share of Common Stock (as determined in accordance with subsection (d) of this Section 4.6) on the Trading Day next succeeding the Expiration Date, such reduction to become effective immediately prior to the opening of business on the day following the Expiration Date. In the event that the Company is obligated to purchase shares pursuant to any such tender offer, but the Company is permanently prevented by applicable law from effecting any or all such purchases or any or all such purchases are rescinded, the Conversion Price shall again be adjusted to be the Conversion Price which would have been in effect based upon the number of shares actually purchased. If the application of this Section 4.6(c)(2) to any tender offer would result in an increase in the Conversion Price, no adjustment shall be made for such tender offer under this Section 4.6(c)(2). (3) For purposes of this Section 4.6(c), the term "tender offer" shall mean and include both tender offers and exchange offers, all references to "purchases" of shares in tender offers (and all similar references) shall mean and include both the purchase of shares in tender offers and the acquisition of shares pursuant to exchange offers, and all references to "tendered shares" (and all similar references) shall mean and include shares tendered in both tender offers and exchange offers. (d) For the purpose of any computation under subsections (b) and (c) of this Section 4.6, the current market price (the "Current Market Price") per share of Common Stock on any date shall be deemed to be the average of the daily closing prices for the 30 consecutive Trading Days commencing 45 Trading Days before (i) the Determination Date or the Expiration Date, as the case may be, with respect to distributions or tender offers under subsection (c) of this Section 4.6 or (ii) the record date with respect to distributions, issuances or other events requiring such computation under subsection (b) or (c) of this Section 4.6. The closing price (the "Closing Price") for each day shall be the last reported sales price or, in case no such 29 reported sale takes place on such date, the average of the reported closing bid and asked prices in either case on the Nasdaq National Market (the "NNM") or, if the Common Stock is not listed or admitted to trading on the NNM, on the principal national securities exchange on which the Common Stock is listed or admitted to trading or, if not listed or admitted to trading on the NNM or any national securities exchange, the last reported sales price of the Common Stock as quoted on NASDAQ or, in case no reported sales takes place, the average of the closing bid and asked prices as quoted on NASDAQ or any comparable system or, if the Common Stock is not quoted on NASDAQ or any comparable system, the closing sales price or, in case no reported sale takes place, the average of the closing bid and asked prices, as furnished by any two members of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. selected from time to time by the Company for that purpose. If no such prices are available, the Current Market Price per share shall be the fair value of a share of Common Stock as determined by the Board of Directors (which shall be evidenced by an Officers' Certificate delivered to the Trustee). (e) In any case in which this Section 4.6 shall require that an adjustment be made following a record date or a Determination Date or Expiration Date, as the case may be, established for purposes of this Section 4.6, the Company may elect to defer (but only until five Business Days following the filing by the Company with the Trustee of the certificate described in Section 4.9) issuing to the Holder of any Security converted after such record date or Determination Date or Expiration Date the shares of Common Stock and other capital stock of the Company issuable upon such conversion over and above the shares of Common Stock and other capital stock of the Company issuable upon such conversion only on the basis of the Conversion Price prior to adjustment; and, in lieu of the shares the issuance of which is so deferred, the Company shall issue or cause its transfer agents to issue due bills or other appropriate evidence prepared by the Company of the right to receive such shares. If any distribution in respect of which an adjustment to the Conversion Price is required to be made as of the record date or Determination Date or Expiration Date therefor is not thereafter made or paid by the Company for any reason, the Conversion Price shall be readjusted to the Conversion Price which would then be in effect if such record date had not been fixed or such effective date or Determination Date or Expiration Date had not occurred. SECTION 4.7. NO ADJUSTMENT. No adjustment in the Conversion Price shall be required unless the adjustment would require an increase or decrease of at least 1% in the Conversion Price as last adjusted; provided, however, that any adjustments which by reason of this Section 4.7 are not required to be made shall be carried forward and taken into account in any subsequent adjustment. All calculations under this Article 4 shall be made to the nearest cent or to the nearest one-hundredth of a share, as the case may be. No adjustment need be made for issuances of Common Stock pursuant to a Company plan for reinvestment of dividends or interest or for a change in the par value or a change to no par value of the Common Stock. To the extent that the Securities become convertible into the right to receive cash, no adjustment need be made thereafter as to the cash. Interest will not accrue on the cash. SECTION 4.8. ADJUSTMENT FOR TAX PURPOSES. The Company shall be entitled to make such reductions in the Conversion Price, in addition to those required by Section 4.6, as it in its discretion shall determine to be advisable in order that any stock dividends, subdivisions of shares, distributions of rights to purchase stock or securities or distributions of securities 30 convertible into or exchangeable for stock hereafter made by the Company to its stockholders shall not be taxable. SECTION 4.9. NOTICE OF ADJUSTMENT. Whenever the Conversion Price or conversion privilege is adjusted, the Company shall promptly mail to Securityholders a notice of the adjustment and file with the Trustee an Officers' Certificate briefly stating the facts requiring the adjustment and the manner of computing it. Unless and until the Trustee shall receive an Officers' Certificate setting forth an adjustment of the Conversion Price, the Trustee may assume without inquiry that the Conversion Price has not been adjusted and that the last Conversion Price of which it has knowledge remains in effect. SECTION 4.10. NOTICE OF CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS. In the event that: (1) the Company takes any action which would require an adjustment in the Conversion Price; (2) the Company consolidates or merges with, or transfers all or substantially all of its property and assets to, another corporation and shareholders of the Company must approve the transaction; or (3) there is a dissolution or liquidation of the Company, the Company shall mail to Holders and file with the Trustee a notice stating the proposed record or effective date, as the case may be. The Company shall mail the notice at least ten days before such date. Failure to mail such notice or any defect therein shall not affect the validity of any transaction referred to in clause (1), (2) or (3) of this Section 4.10. SECTION 4.11. EFFECT OF RECLASSIFICATION, CONSOLIDATION, MERGER OR SALE ON CONVERSION PRIVILEGE. If any of the following shall occur, namely: (a) any reclassification or change of shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Securities (other than a change in par value, or from par value to no par value, or from no par value to par value, or as a result of a subdivision or combination, or any other change for which an adjustment is provided in Section 4.6); (b) any consolidation or merger or combination to which the Company is a party other than a merger in which the Company is the continuing corporation and which does not result in any reclassification of, or change (other than in par value, or from par value to no par value, or from no par value to par value, or as a result of a subdivision or combination) in, outstanding shares of Common Stock; or (c) any sale or conveyance as an entirety or substantially as an entirety of the property and assets of the Company, directly or indirectly, to any person, then the Company, or such successor, purchasing or transferee corporation, as the case may be, shall, as a condition precedent to such reclassification, change, combination, consolidation, merger, sale or conveyance, execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture providing that the Holder of each Security then outstanding shall have the right to convert such Security into the kind and amount of shares of stock and other securities and property (including cash) receivable upon such reclassification, change, combination, consolidation, merger, sale or conveyance by a holder of the number of shares of Common Stock deliverable upon conversion of such Security immediately prior to such reclassification, change, combination, consolidation, merger, sale or conveyance. Such supplemental indenture shall provide for adjustments of the Conversion Price which shall be as nearly 31 equivalent as may be practicable to the adjustments of the Conversion Price provided for in this Article 4. If, in the case of any such consolidation, merger, combination, sale or conveyance, the stock or other securities and property (including cash) receivable thereupon by a holder of Common Stock include shares of stock or other securities and property of a person other than the successor, purchasing or transferee corporation, as the case may be, in such consolidation, merger, combination, sale or conveyance, then such supplemental indenture shall also be executed by such other person and shall contain such additional provisions to protect the interests of the Holders of the Securities as the Board of Directors shall reasonably consider necessary by reason of the foregoing. The provisions of this Section 4.11 shall similarly apply to successive reclassifications, changes, combinations, consolidations, mergers, sales or conveyances. In the event the Company shall execute a supplemental indenture pursuant to this Section 4.11, the Company shall promptly file with the Trustee (x) an Officers' Certificate briefly stating the reasons therefor, the kind or amount of shares of stock or other securities or property (including cash) receivable by Holders of the Securities upon the conversion of their Securities after any such reclassification, change, combination, consolidation, merger, sale or conveyance, any adjustment to be made with respect thereto and that all conditions precedent have been complied with and (y) an Opinion of Counsel that all conditions precedent have been complied with, and shall promptly mail notice thereof to all Holders. SECTION 4.12. TRUSTEE'S DISCLAIMER. The Trustee shall have no duty to determine when an adjustment under this Article 4 should be made, how it should be made or what such adjustment should be, but may accept as conclusive evidence of that fact or the correctness of any such adjustment, and shall be protected in relying upon, an Officers' Certificate including the Officers' Certificate with respect thereto which the Company is obligated to file with the Trustee pursuant to Section 4.9. The Trustee makes no representation as to the validity or value of any securities or assets issued upon conversion of Securities, and the Trustee shall not be responsible for the Company's failure to comply with any provisions of this Article 4. The Trustee shall not be under any responsibility to determine the correctness of any provisions contained in any supplemental indenture executed pursuant to Section 4.11, but may accept as conclusive evidence of the correctness thereof, and shall be fully protected in relying upon, the Officers' Certificate with respect thereto which the Company is obligated to file with the Trustee pursuant to Section 4.11. SECTION 4.13. VOLUNTARY REDUCTION. The Company from time to time may reduce the Conversion Price by any amount for any period of time if the period is at least 20 days and if the reduction is irrevocable during the period if our Board of Directors determines that such reduction would be in the best interest of the Company or to avoid or diminish income tax to holders of shares of our Common Stock in connection with a dividend or distribution of stock or similar event, and the Company provides 15 days prior notice of any reduction in the Conversion Price; provided, however, that in no event may the Company reduce the Conversion Price to be less than the par value of a share of Common Stock. 32 ARTICLE 5 SUBORDINATION SECTION 5.1. AGREEMENT OF SUBORDINATION. The Company covenants and agrees, and each Holder of Securities issued hereunder by its acceptance thereof likewise covenants and agrees, that all Securities shall be issued subject to the provisions of this Article 5; and each Person holding any Security, whether upon original issue or upon transfer, assignment or exchange thereof, accepts and agrees to be bound by such provisions. The payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest (including Additional Interest, if any) on all Securities (including, but not limited to, the Redemption Price with respect to the Securities called for redemption or the Change in Control Purchase Price with respect to the Securities subject to purchase in accordance with Article 3 as provided in this Indenture) issued hereunder shall, to the extent and in the manner hereinafter set forth, be subordinated and subject in right of payment to the prior payment in full in cash or payment satisfactory to the holders of Senior Indebtedness of all Senior Indebtedness, whether outstanding at the date of this Indenture or thereafter incurred. No provision of this Article 5 shall prevent the occurrence of any default or Event of Default hereunder. SECTION 5.2. PAYMENTS TO HOLDERS. No payment shall be made with respect to the principal of, or premium, if any, or interest (including Additional Interest, if any) on the Securities (including, but not limited to, the Redemption Price with respect to the Securities to be called for redemption or the Change in Control Purchase Price with respect to the Securities subject to purchase in accordance with Article 3 as provided in this Indenture), except payments and distributions made by the Trustee as permitted by the first or second paragraph of Section 5.5, if: (i) a default in the payment of principal, premium, interest, rent or other obligations due on any Designated Senior Indebtedness occurs and is continuing (or, in the case of Designated Senior Indebtedness for which there is a period of grace, in the event of such a default that continues beyond the period of grace, if any, specified in the instrument or lease evidencing such Designated Senior Indebtedness), unless and until such default shall have been cured or waived or shall have ceased to exist; or (ii) a default, other than a payment default, on a Designated Senior Indebtedness occurs and is continuing that then permits holders of such Designated Senior Indebtedness to accelerate its maturity and the Trustee receives a notice of the default (a "Payment Blockage Notice") from a Representative or holder of Designated Senior Indebtedness or the Company. Subject to the provisions of Section 5.5, if the Trustee receives any Payment Blockage Notice pursuant to clause (ii) above, no subsequent Payment Blockage Notice shall be effective for purposes of this Section unless and until at least 365 days shall have elapsed since the initial effectiveness of the immediately prior Payment Blockage Notice. No nonpayment default that existed or was continuing on the date of delivery of any Payment Blockage Notice to the Trustee (unless such default was waived, cured or otherwise ceased to exist and thereafter subsequently reoccurred) shall be, or be made, the basis for a subsequent Payment Blockage Notice. 33 The Company may and shall resume payments on and distributions in respect of the Securities upon the earlier of: (a) in the case of a default referred to in clause (i) above, the date upon which the default is cured or waived or ceases to exist, or (b) in the case of a default referred to in clause (ii) above, the earlier of the date on which such default is cured or waived or ceases to exist or 179 days pass after the date on which the applicable Payment Blockage Notice is received, if the maturity of such Designated Senior Indebtedness has not been accelerated, unless this Article 5 otherwise prohibits the payment or distribution at the time of such payment or distribution. Upon any payment by the Company, or distribution of assets of the Company of any kind or character, whether in cash, property or securities, to creditors upon any dissolution or winding-up or liquidation or reorganization of the Company (whether voluntary or involuntary) or in bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or similar proceedings, all amounts due or to become due upon all Senior Indebtedness shall first be paid in full in cash, or other payments satisfactory to the holders of Senior Indebtedness before any payment is made on account of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest (including Additional Interest, if any) on the Securities (except payments made pursuant to Article 10 from monies deposited with the Trustee pursuant thereto prior to commencement of proceedings for such dissolution, winding-up, liquidation or reorganization); and upon any such dissolution or winding-up or liquidation or reorganization of the Company or bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or other proceeding, any payment by the Company, or distribution of assets of the Company of any kind or character, whether in cash, property or securities, to which the Holders of the Securities or the Trustee would be entitled, except for the provision of this Article 5, shall (except as aforesaid) be paid by the Company or by any receiver, trustee in bankruptcy, liquidating trustee, agent or other Person making such payment or distribution, or by the Holders of the Securities or by the Trustee under this Indenture if received by them or it, directly to the holders of Senior Indebtedness (pro rata to such holders on the basis of the respective amounts of Senior Indebtedness held by such holders, or as otherwise required by law or a court order) or their representative or representatives, or to the trustee or trustees under any indenture pursuant to which any instruments evidencing any Senior Indebtedness may have been issued, as their respective interests may appear, to the extent necessary to pay all Senior Indebtedness in full in cash, or other payment satisfactory to the holders of Senior Indebtedness, after giving effect to any concurrent payment or distribution to or for the holders of Senior Indebtedness, before any payment or distribution is made to the Holders of the Securities or to the Trustee. For purposes of this Article 5, the words, "cash, property or securities" shall not be deemed to include shares of stock of the Company as reorganized or readjusted, or securities of the Company or any other corporation provided for by a plan of reorganization or readjustment, the payment of which is subordinated at least to the extent provided in this Article 5 with respect to the Securities to the payment of all Senior Indebtedness which may at the time be outstanding; provided that (i) the Senior Indebtedness is assumed by the new corporation, if any, resulting from any reorganization or readjustment, and (ii) the rights of the holders of Senior Indebtedness (other than leases which are not assumed by the Company or the new corporation, as the case may be) are not, without the consent of such holders, altered by such reorganization or readjustment. The consolidation of the Company with, or the merger of the Company into, another corporation or the liquidation or dissolution of the Company following the conveyance, transfer or lease of its property as an entirety, or substantially as an entirety, to another corporation upon the terms and conditions provided for in Article 7 shall not be deemed a dissolution, winding-up, liquidation or reorganization for the 34 purposes of this Section 5.2 if such other corporation shall, as a part of such consolidation, merger, conveyance, transfer or lease, comply with the conditions stated in Article 7. In the event of the acceleration of the Securities because of an Event of Default, no payment or distribution shall be made to the Trustee or any Holder of Securities in respect of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest (including Additional Interest, if any) on the Securities by the Company (including, but not limited to, the Redemption Price with respect to the Securities called for redemption or the Change in Control Purchase Price with respect to the Securities subject to purchase in accordance with Article 3 as provided in this Indenture), except payments and distributions made by the Trustee as permitted by Section 5.5, until all Senior Indebtedness has been paid in full in cash or other payment satisfactory to the holders of Senior Indebtedness or such acceleration is rescinded in accordance with the terms of this Indenture. If payment of the Securities is accelerated because of an Event of Default, the Company shall promptly notify holders of Senior Indebtedness of such acceleration. In the event that, notwithstanding the foregoing provisions, any payment or distribution of assets of the Company of any kind or character, whether in cash, property or securities (including, without limitation, by way of setoff or otherwise), prohibited by the foregoing, shall be received by the Trustee or the Holders of the Securities before all Senior Indebtedness is paid in full, in cash or other payment satisfactory to the holders of Senior Indebtedness, or provision is made for such payment thereof in accordance with its terms in cash or other payment satisfactory to the holders of Senior Indebtedness, such payment or distribution shall be held in trust for the benefit of and shall be paid over or delivered to the holders of Senior Indebtedness or their representative or representatives, or to the trustee or trustees under any indenture pursuant to which any instruments evidencing any Senior Indebtedness may have been issued, as their respective interests may appear, as calculated by the Company, for application to the payment of all Senior Indebtedness remaining unpaid to the extent necessary to pay all Senior Indebtedness in full, in cash or other payment satisfactory to the holders of Senior Indebtedness, after giving effect to any concurrent payment or distribution to or for the holders of such Senior Indebtedness. Nothing in this Section 5.2 shall apply to claims of, or payments to, the Trustee under or pursuant to Section 9.7. This Section 5.2 shall be subject to the further provisions of Section 5.5. SECTION 5.3. SUBROGATION OF SECURITIES. Subject to the payment in full, in cash or other payment satisfactory to the holders of Senior Indebtedness, of all Senior Indebtedness, the rights of the Holders of the Securities shall be subrogated to the extent of the payments or distributions made to the holders of such Senior Indebtedness pursuant to the provisions of this Article 5 (equally and ratably with the holders of all indebtedness of the Company which by its express terms is subordinated to other indebtedness of the Company to substantially the same extent as the Securities are subordinated and is entitled to like rights of subrogation) to the rights of the holders of Senior Indebtedness to receive payments or distributions of cash, property or securities of the Company applicable to the Senior Indebtedness until the principal, premium, if any, and interest (including Additional Interest, if any) on the Securities shall be paid in full in cash or other payment satisfactory to the holders of Senior Indebtedness; and, for the purposes of such subrogation, no payments or distributions to the holders of the Senior Indebtedness of any cash, property or securities to which the Holders of the Securities or the Trustee would be entitled except for the provisions of this Article 5, and no payment over pursuant to the provisions of this Article 5, to or for the benefit of the holders of Senior Indebtedness by Holders of the Securities or the Trustee, shall, as between the Company, its creditors other than holders of Senior Indebtedness, and the Holders of the Securities, be deemed to be a payment by the Company to or on account of the Senior 35 Indebtedness; and no payments or distributions of cash, property or securities to or for the benefit of the Holders of the Securities pursuant to the subrogation provisions of this Article 5, which would otherwise have been paid to the holders of Senior Indebtedness shall be deemed to be a payment by the Company to or for the account of the Securities. It is understood that the provisions of this Article 5 are and are intended solely for the purposes of defining the relative rights of the Holders of the Securities, on the one hand, and the holders of the Senior Indebtedness, on the other hand. Nothing contained in this Article 5 or elsewhere in this Indenture or in the Securities is intended to or shall impair, as among the Company, its creditors other than the holders of Senior Indebtedness, and the Holders of the Securities, the obligation of the Company, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay to the Holders of the Securities the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on the Securities as and when the same shall become due and payable in accordance with their terms, or is intended to or shall affect the relative rights of the Holders of the Securities and creditors of the Company other than the holders of the Senior Indebtedness, nor shall anything herein or therein prevent the Trustee or the Holder of any Security from exercising all remedies otherwise permitted by applicable law upon default under this Indenture, subject to the rights, if any, under this Article 5 of the holders of Senior Indebtedness in respect of cash, property or securities of the Company received upon the exercise of any such remedy. Upon any payment or distribution of assets of the Company referred to in this Article 5, the Trustee, subject to the provisions of Section 9.1, and the Holders of the Securities shall be entitled to rely upon any order or decree made by any court of competent jurisdiction in which such bankruptcy, dissolution, winding-up, liquidation or reorganization proceedings are pending, or a certificate of the receiver, trustee in bankruptcy, liquidating trustee, agent or other person making such payment or distribution, delivered to the Trustee or to the Holders of the Securities, for the purpose of ascertaining the persons entitled to participate in such distribution, the holders of the Senior Indebtedness and other indebtedness of the Company, the amount thereof or payable thereon and all other facts pertinent thereto or to this Article 5. SECTION 5.4. AUTHORIZATION TO EFFECT SUBORDINATION. Each Holder of a Security by the Holder's acceptance thereof authorizes and directs the Trustee on the Holder's behalf to take such action as may be necessary or appropriate to effectuate the subordination as provided in this Article 5 and appoints the Trustee to act as the Holder's attorney-in-fact for any and all such purposes. If the Trustee does not file a proper proof of claim or proof of debt in the form required in any proceeding referred to in Section 5.3 hereof at least 30 days before the expiration of the time to file such claim, the holders of any Senior Indebtedness or their representatives are hereby authorized to file an appropriate claim for and on behalf of the Holders of the Securities. SECTION 5.5. NOTICE TO TRUSTEE. The Company shall give prompt written notice in the form of an Officers' Certificate to a Trust Officer of the Trustee and to any Paying Agent of any fact known to the Company which would prohibit the making of any payment of monies to or by the Trustee or any Paying Agent in respect of the Securities pursuant to the provisions of this Article 5. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Article 5 or any other provision of this Indenture, the Trustee shall not be charged with knowledge of the existence of any facts which would prohibit the making of any payment of monies to or by the Trustee in respect of the Securities pursuant to the provisions of this Article 5, unless and until a Trust Officer of the Trustee shall have received written notice thereof at the Corporate Trust Office from the Company (in the form of an Officers' Certificate) or a Representative or a Holder or Holders of Senior Indebtedness or from any trustee thereof; and 36 before the receipt of any such written notice, the Trustee, subject to the provisions of Section 9.1, shall be entitled in all respects to assume that no such facts exist; provided that if on a date not less than one Business Day prior to the date upon which by the terms hereof any such monies may become payable for any purpose (including, without limitation, the payment of the principal of, or premium, if any, or interest on any Security) the Trustee shall not have received, with respect to such monies, the notice provided for in this Section 5.5, then, anything herein contained to the contrary notwithstanding, the Trustee shall have full power and authority to receive such monies and to apply the same to the purpose for which they were received, and shall not be affected by any notice to the contrary which may be received by it on or after such prior date. Notwithstanding anything in this Article 5 to the contrary, nothing shall prevent any payment by the Trustee to the Holders of monies deposited with it pursuant to Article 10, and any such payment shall not be subject to the provisions of Article 5. The Trustee, subject to the provisions of Section 9.1, shall be entitled to rely on the delivery to it of a written notice by a Representative or a person representing himself to be a holder of Senior Indebtedness (or a trustee on behalf of such holder) to establish that such notice has been given by a Representative or a holder of Senior Indebtedness or a trustee on behalf of any such holder or holders. In the event that the Trustee determines in good faith that further evidence is required with respect to the right of any person as a holder of Senior Indebtedness to participate in any payment or distribution pursuant to this Article 5, the Trustee may request such Person to furnish evidence to the reasonable satisfaction of the Trustee as to the amount of Senior Indebtedness held by such Person, the extent to which such Person is entitled to participate in such payment or distribution and any other facts pertinent to the rights of such Person under this Article 5, and if such evidence is not furnished the Trustee may defer any payment to such Person pending judicial determination as to the right of such Person to receive such payment. SECTION 5.6. TRUSTEE'S RELATION TO SENIOR INDEBTEDNESS. The Trustee in its individual capacity shall be entitled to all the rights set forth in this Article 5 in respect of any Senior Indebtedness at any time held by it, to the same extent as any other holder of Senior Indebtedness, and nothing in Section 9.11 or elsewhere in this Indenture shall deprive the Trustee of any of its rights as such holder. With respect to the holders of Senior Indebtedness, the Trustee undertakes to perform or to observe only such of its covenants and obligations as are specifically set forth in this Article 5, and no implied covenants or obligations with respect to the holders of Senior Indebtedness shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee. The Trustee shall not be deemed to owe any fiduciary duty to the holders of Senior Indebtedness and, subject to the provisions of Section 9.1, the Trustee shall not be liable to any holder of Senior Indebtedness if it shall pay over or deliver to Holders of Securities, the Company or any other person money or assets to which any holder of Senior Indebtedness shall be entitled by virtue of this Article 5 or otherwise. SECTION 5.7. NO IMPAIRMENT OF SUBORDINATION. No right of any present or future holder of any Senior Indebtedness to enforce subordination as herein provided shall at any time in any way be prejudiced or impaired by any act or failure to act on the part of the Company or by any act or failure to act, in good faith, by any such holder, or by any noncompliance by the Company with the terms, provisions and covenants of this Indenture, regardless of any knowledge thereof which any such holder may have or otherwise be charged with. 37 SECTION 5.8. CERTAIN CONVERSIONS DEEMED PAYMENT. For the purposes of this Article 5 only, (1) the issuance and delivery of junior securities upon conversion of Securities in accordance with Article 4 shall not be deemed to constitute a payment or distribution on account of the principal of (or premium, if any) or interest on Securities or on account of the purchase or other acquisition of Securities, and (2) the payment, issuance or delivery of cash (except in satisfaction of fractional shares pursuant to Section 4.3), property or securities (other than junior securities) upon conversion of a Security shall be deemed to constitute payment on account of the principal of such Security. For the purposes of this Section 5.8, the term "junior securities" means (a) shares of any stock of any class of the Company, or (b) securities of the Company which are subordinated in right of payment to all Senior Indebtedness which may be outstanding at the time of issuance or delivery of such securities to substantially the same extent as, or to a greater extent than, the Securities are so subordinated as provided in this Article. Nothing contained in this Article 5 or elsewhere in this Indenture or in the Securities is intended to or shall impair, as among the Company, its creditors other than holders of Senior Indebtedness and the Holders, the right, which is absolute and unconditional, of the Holder of any Security to convert such Security in accordance with Article 4. SECTION 5.9. ARTICLE APPLICABLE TO PAYING AGENTS. If at any time any Paying Agent other than the Trustee shall have been appointed by the Company and be then acting hereunder, the term "Trustee" as used in this Article shall (unless the context otherwise requires) be construed as extending to and including such Paying Agent within its meaning as fully for all intents and purposes as if such Paying Agent were named in this Article in addition to or in place of the Trustee; provided, however, that the first paragraph of Section 5.5 shall not apply to the Company or any Affiliate of the Company if it or such Affiliate acts as Paying Agent. SECTION 5.10. SENIOR INDEBTEDNESS ENTITLED TO RELY. The holders of Senior Indebtedness (including, without limitation, Designated Senior Indebtedness) shall have the right to rely upon this Article 5, and no amendment or modification of the provisions contained herein shall diminish the rights of such holders unless such holders shall have agreed in writing thereto. ARTICLE 6 COVENANTS SECTION 6.1. PAYMENT OF SECURITIES. The Company shall promptly make all payments in respect of the Securities on the dates and in the manner provided in the Securities and this Indenture. An installment of principal or interest or Additional Interest, if any, shall be considered paid on the date it is due if the Paying Agent (other than the Company) holds by 11:00 a.m., New York City time, on that date money, deposited by the Company or an Affiliate thereof, sufficient to pay the installment. The Company shall, (in immediately available funds) to the fullest extent permitted by law, pay interest on overdue principal (including premium, if any) and overdue installments of interest at the rate borne by the Securities per annum. Payment of the principal of (and premium, if any) and any interest on the Securities shall be made at the office or agency of the Company maintained for that purpose in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York (which shall initially be State Street Bank and Trust Company, N.A., an Affiliate of the Trustee, as 38 agent of the Trustee) or at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee in such coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts; provided, however, that at the option of the Company payment of interest may be made by check mailed to the address of the Person entitled thereto as such address appears in the Register; provided further that a Holder with an aggregate principal amount in excess of $2,000,000 will be paid by wire transfer in immediately available funds at the election of such Holder if such Holder has provided wire transfer instructions to the Company at least 10 Business Days prior to the payment date. SECTION 6.2. SEC REPORTS. The Company shall file all reports and other information and documents which it is required to file with the SEC pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, and within 15 days after it files them with the SEC, the Company shall file copies of all such reports, information and other documents with the Trustee. Delivery of such reports, information and documents to the Trustee is for informational purposes only and the Trustee's receipt of such shall not constitute constructive notice of any information contained therein or determinable from information contained therein, including the Company's compliance with any of its covenants hereunder (as to which the Trustee is entitled to rely exclusively on Officers' Certificates). SECTION 6.3. COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATES. The Company shall deliver to the Trustee, within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company (beginning with the fiscal year ending June 30, 2002), an Officers' Certificate as to the signer's knowledge of the Company's compliance with all conditions and covenants on its part contained in this Indenture and stating whether or not the signer knows of any default or Event of Default. If such signer knows of such a default or Event of Default, the Officers' Certificate shall describe the default or Event of Default and the efforts to remedy the same. For the purposes of this Section 6.3, compliance shall be determined without regard to any grace period or requirement of notice provided pursuant to the terms of this Indenture. SECTION 6.4. FURTHER INSTRUMENTS AND ACTS. Upon request of the Trustee, the Company will execute and deliver such further instruments and do such further acts as may be reasonably necessary or proper to carry out more effectively the purposes of this Indenture. SECTION 6.5. MAINTENANCE OF CORPORATE EXISTENCE. Subject to Article 7, the Company will do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect its corporate existence. SECTION 6.6. RULE 144A INFORMATION REQUIREMENT. Within the period prior to the expiration of the holding period applicable to sales thereof under Rule 144(k) under the Securities Act (or any successor provision), the Company covenants and agrees that it shall, during any period in which it is not subject to Section 13 or 15(d) under the Exchange Act, upon the request of any Holder or beneficial holder of the Securities make available to such Holder or beneficial holder of Securities or any Common Stock issued upon conversion thereof which continue to be Restricted Securities in connection with any sale thereof and any prospective purchaser of Securities or such Common Stock 39 designated by such Holder or beneficial holder, the information required pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act or such Common Stock and it will take such further action as any Holder or beneficial holder of such Securities or such Common Stock may reasonably request, all to the extent required from time to time to enable such Holder or beneficial holder to sell its Securities or Common Stock without registration under the Securities Act within the limitation of the exemption provided by Rule 144A, as such Rule may be amended from time to time. Upon the request of any Holder or any beneficial holder of the Securities or such Common Stock, the Company will deliver to such Holder a written statement as to whether it has complied with such requirements. SECTION 6.7. STAY, EXTENSION AND USURY LAWS. The Company covenants (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) that it shall not at any time insist upon, plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay, extension or usury law or other law which would prohibit or forgive the Company from paying all or any portion of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest (including Additional Interest, if any) on the Securities as contemplated herein, wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, or which may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture, and the Company (to the extent it may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law and covenants that it will not, by resort to any such law, hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but will suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law had been enacted. SECTION 6.8. PAYMENT OF ADDITIONAL INTEREST. If Additional Interest is payable by the Company pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement, the Company shall deliver to the Trustee a certificate to that effect stating (i) the amount of such Additional Interest that is payable and (ii) the date on which such Additional Interest is payable. Unless and until a Trust Officer of the Trustee receives such a certificate, the Trustee may assume without inquiry that no such Additional Interest is payable. If the Company has paid Additional Interest directly to the Persons entitled to it, the Company shall deliver to the Trustee a certificate setting forth the particulars of such payment. ARTICLE 7 CONSOLIDATION, MERGER, CONVEYANCE, TRANSFER OR LEASE SECTION 7.1. COMPANY MAY CONSOLIDATE, ETC, ONLY ON CERTAIN TERMS. The Company shall not consolidate with or merge into any other Person (in a transaction in which the Company is not the surviving corporation) or convey, transfer or lease its properties and assets substantially as an entirety to any Person, unless: (1) in case the Company shall consolidate with or merge into another Person (in a transaction in which the Company is not the surviving corporation) or convey, transfer or lease its properties and assets substantially as an entirety to any Person, the Person formed by such consolidation or into which the Company is merged or the Person which acquires by conveyance or transfer, or which leases, the properties and assets of the Company substantially as an entirety shall be a corporation organized and validly existing under the laws of the United States of America, any State thereof or the District of Columbia and shall expressly assume, by an indenture supplemental hereto, executed and delivered to the Trustee, in form satisfactory to the Trustee, the due and punctual payment of the principal of and any premium and interest on 40 all the Securities and the performance or observance of every covenant of this Indenture on the part of the Company to be performed or observed and the conversion rights shall be provided for in accordance with Article 4, by supplemental indenture satisfactory in form to the Trustee, executed and delivered to the Trustee, by the Person (if other than the Company) formed by such consolidation or into which the Company shall have been merged or by the Person which shall have acquired the Company's assets; (2) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Event of Default, and no event which, after notice or lapse of time or both, would become an Event of Default, shall have happened and be continuing; and (3) the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Officers' Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger, conveyance, transfer or lease and, if a supplemental indenture is required in connection with such transaction, such supplemental indenture comply with this Article and that all conditions precedent herein provided for relating to such transaction have been complied with. SECTION 7.2. SUCCESSOR SUBSTITUTED. Upon any consolidation of the Company with, or merger of the Company into, any other Person or any conveyance, transfer or lease of the properties and assets of the Company substantially as an entirety in accordance with Section 7.1, the successor Person formed by such consolidation or into which the Company is merged or to which such conveyance, transfer or lease is made shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the Company under this Indenture with the same effect as if such successor Person had been named as the Company herein, and thereafter, except in the case of a lease, the predecessor Person shall be relieved of all obligations and covenants under this Indenture and the Securities. ARTICLE 8 DEFAULT AND REMEDIES SECTION 8.1. EVENTS OF DEFAULT. An "Event of Default" shall occur if: (1) the Company defaults in the payment of any interest or Additional Interest, if any, payable to all holders of Registrable Securities (as defined in the Registration Rights Agreement) on any Security when the same becomes due and payable and the default continues for a period of 30 days, whether or not such payment shall be prohibited by the provisions of Article 5 hereof; (2) the Company defaults in the payment of any principal of (including, without limitation, any premium, if any, on) any Security when the same becomes due and payable (whether at maturity, upon redemption, on a Change of Control Purchase Date or otherwise), whether or not such payment shall be prohibited by the provisions of Article 5 hereof; (3) the Company fails to comply with any of its other agreements contained in the Securities or this Indenture and the default continues for the period and after the notice specified below; 41 (4) the Company defaults in the payment of the purchase price of any Security when the same becomes due and payable, whether or not such payment shall be prohibited by the provisions of Article 5 hereof; or (5) the Company fails to provide a Change in Control Purchase Notice when required by Section 3.8; or (6) any indebtedness under any bond, debenture, note or other evidence of indebtedness for money borrowed by the Company or any Significant Subsidiary (all or substantially all of the outstanding voting securities of which are owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company) or under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there may be issued or by which there may be secured or evidenced any indebtedness for money borrowed by the Company or any Significant Subsidiary (all or substantially all of the outstanding voting securities of which are owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company) (an "Instrument") with a principal amount then outstanding in excess of U.S. $35,000,000, whether such indebtedness now exists or shall hereafter be created, is not paid at final maturity of the Instrument (either at its stated maturity or upon acceleration thereof), and such indebtedness is not discharged, or such acceleration is not rescinded or annulled, within a period of 30 days after there shall have been given, by registered or certified mail, to the Company by the Trustee or to the Company and the Trustee by the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Securities a written notice specifying such default and requiring the Company to cause such indebtedness to be discharged or cause such default to be cured or waived or such acceleration to be rescinded or annulled and stating that such notice is a "Notice of Default" hereunder; or (7) the Company or any Significant Subsidiary, pursuant to or within the meaning of any Bankruptcy Law: (A) commences a voluntary case or proceeding; (B) consents to the entry of an order for relief against it in an involuntary case or proceeding; (C) consents to the appointment of a Custodian of it or for all or substantially all of its property; or (D) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors; or (8) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that: (A) is for relief against the Company or any Significant Subsidiary in an involuntary case or proceeding; (B) appoints a Custodian of the Company or any Significant Subsidiary or for all or substantially all of the property of the Company or any Significant Subsidiary; or (C) orders the liquidation of the Company or any Significant Subsidiary; and in each case the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 consecutive days. 42 The term "Bankruptcy Law" means Title 11 of the United States Code (or any successor thereto) or any similar federal or state law for the relief of debtors. The term "Custodian" means any receiver, trustee, assignee, liquidator, sequestrator or similar official under any Bankruptcy Law. A default under clause (3) above is not an Event of Default until the Trustee notifies the Company, or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Securities then outstanding notify the Company and the Trustee, in writing of the default, and the Company does not cure the default within 60 days after receipt of such notice. The notice given pursuant to this Section 8.1 must specify the default, demand that it be remedied and state that the notice is a "Notice of Default." When any default under this Section 8.1 is cured, it ceases. The Trustee shall not be charged with knowledge of any Event of Default unless written notice thereof shall have been given to a Trust Officer at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee by the Company, a Paying Agent, any Holder or any agent of any Holder. SECTION 8.2. ACCELERATION. If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default specified in clause (7) or (8) of Section 8.1) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may, by notice to the Company, or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Securities then outstanding may, by notice to the Company and the Trustee, declare all unpaid principal to the date of acceleration on the Securities then outstanding (if not then due and payable) to be due and payable upon any such declaration, and the same shall become and be immediately due and payable. If an Event of Default specified in clause (7) or (8) of Section 8.1 occurs, all unpaid principal of the Securities then outstanding shall ipso facto become and be immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holder. The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Securities then outstanding by notice to the Trustee may rescind an acceleration and its consequences if (a) all existing Events of Default, other than the nonpayment of the principal of the Securities which has become due solely by such declaration of acceleration, have been cured or waived; (b) to the extent the payment of such interest is lawful, interest (calculated at the rate per annum borne by the Securities) on overdue installments of interest and overdue principal, which has become due otherwise than by such declaration of acceleration, has been paid; (c) the rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction; and (d) all payments due to the Trustee and any predecessor Trustee under Section 9.7 have been made. No such rescission shall affect any subsequent default or impair any right consequent thereto. SECTION 8.3. OTHER REMEDIES. If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may, but shall not be obligated to, pursue any available remedy by proceeding at law or in equity to collect the payment of the principal of or interest on the Securities or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Securities or this Indenture. The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Securities or does not produce any of them in the proceeding. A delay or omission by the Trustee or any Securityholder in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default. No remedy is exclusive of any other remedy. All available remedies are cumulative to the extent permitted by law. 43 SECTION 8.4. WAIVER OF DEFAULTS AND EVENTS OF DEFAULT. Subject to Sections 8.7 and 11.2, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Securities then outstanding by notice to the Trustee may waive an existing default or Event of Default and its consequence, except a default or Event of Default in the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Security, a failure by the Company to convert any Securities into Common Stock or any default or Event of Default in respect of any provision of this Indenture or the Securities which, under Section 11.2, cannot be modified or amended without the consent of the Holder of each Security affected. When a default or Event of Default is waived, it is cured and ceases. SECTION 8.5. CONTROL BY MAJORITY. The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Securities then outstanding may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on it. However, the Trustee may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or this Indenture, that the Trustee determines may be unduly prejudicial to the rights of another Holder or the Trustee, or that may involve the Trustee in personal liability unless the Trustee is offered indemnity satisfactory to it; provided, however, that the Trustee may take any other action deemed proper by the Trustee which is not inconsistent with such direction. SECTION 8.6. LIMITATIONS ON SUITS. A Holder may not pursue any remedy with respect to this Indenture or the Securities (except actions for payment of overdue principal or interest or for the conversion of the Securities pursuant to Article 4) unless: (1) the Holder gives to the Trustee written notice of a continuing Event of Default; (2) the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Securities make a written request to the Trustee to pursue the remedy; (3) such Holder or Holders offer to the Trustee reasonable indemnity to the Trustee against any loss, liability or expense; (4) the Trustee does not comply with the request within 60 days after receipt of the request and the offer of indemnity; and (5) no direction inconsistent with such written request has been given to the Trustee during such 60-day period by the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Securities then outstanding. A Securityholder may not use this Indenture to prejudice the rights of another Securityholder or to obtain a preference or priority over such other Securityholder. SECTION 8.7. RIGHTS OF HOLDERS TO RECEIVE PAYMENT AND TO CONVERT. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the right of any Holder of a Security to receive payment of the principal of and interest on the Security, on or after the respective due dates expressed in the Security and this Indenture, to convert such Security in accordance with Article 4 and to bring suit for the 44 enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates or the right to convert, is absolute and unconditional and shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of the Holder. SECTION 8.8. COLLECTION SUIT BY TRUSTEE. If an Event of Default in the payment of principal or interest specified in clause (1) or (2) of Section 8.1 occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the Company or another obligor on the Securities for the whole amount of principal and accrued interest remaining unpaid, together with, to the extent that payment of such interest is lawful, interest on overdue principal and on overdue installments of interest, in each case at the rate per annum borne by the Securities and such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel. SECTION 8.9. TRUSTEE MAY FILE PROOFS OF CLAIM. The Trustee may file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel) and the Holders allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Company (or any other obligor on the Securities), its creditors or its property and shall be entitled and empowered to collect and receive any money or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same, and any Custodian in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make such payments to the Trustee and, in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due to it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 9.7, and to the extent that such payment of the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances in any such proceedings shall be denied for any reason, payment of the same shall be secured by a lien on, and shall be paid out of, any and all distributions, dividends, money, securities and other property which the Holders may be entitled to receive in such proceedings, whether in liquidation or under any plan of reorganization or arrangement or otherwise. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to, or, on behalf of any Holder, to authorize, accept or adopt any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Securities or the rights of any Holder thereof, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding. SECTION 8.10. PRIORITIES. If the Trustee collects any money pursuant to this Article 8, it shall pay out the money in the following order: First, to the Trustee for amounts due under Section 9.7; Second, to the holders of Senior Indebtedness to the extent required by Article 5; Third, to Holders for amounts due and unpaid on the Securities for principal and interest (including Additional Interest, if any), ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Securities for principal and interest (including Additional Interest, if any), respectively; and 45 Fourth, the balance, if any, to the Company. The Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to Holders pursuant to this Section 8.10. SECTION 8.11. UNDERTAKING FOR COSTS. In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys' fees and expenses, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This Section 8.11 does not apply to a suit made by the Trustee, a suit by a Holder pursuant to Section 8.7, or a suit by Holders of more than 10% in aggregate principal amount of the Securities then outstanding. ARTICLE 29 TRUSTEE SECTION 9.1. DUTIES OF TRUSTEE. (a) If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture and use the same degree of care and skill in its exercise as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of his or her own affairs. (b) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default: (1) the Trustee need perform only those duties as are specifically set forth in this Indenture and no others; and (2) in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture. The Trustee, however, shall examine any certificates and opinions which by any provision hereof are specifically required to be delivered to the Trustee to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture. (c) The Trustee may not be relieved from liability for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct, except that: (1) this paragraph does not limit the effect of subsection (b) of this Section 9.1; (2) the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Trust Officer, unless it is proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and (3) the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction received by it pursuant to Section 8.5. (d) No provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder or in the exercise of 46 any of its rights or powers unless the Trustee shall have received adequate indemnity in its opinion against potential costs and liabilities incurred by it relating thereto. (e) Every provision of this Indenture that in any way relates to the Trustee is subject to subsections (a), (b), (c) and (d) of this Section 9.1. (f) The Trustee shall not be liable for interest on any money received by it except as the Trustee may agree in writing with the Company. Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law. SECTION 9.2. RIGHTS OF TRUSTEE. Subject to Section 9.1: (a) The Trustee may rely conclusively on any document believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper person. The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in the document. (b) Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an Officers' Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel, which shall conform to Section 12.4(b). The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on such Officers' Certificate or Opinion. (c) The Trustee may act through its agents and shall not be responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any agent appointed with due care. (d) The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith which it believes to be authorized or within its rights or powers. (e) The Trustee may consult with counsel of its selection, and the advice or opinion of such counsel as to matters of law shall be full and complete authorization and protection in respect of any such action taken, omitted or suffered by it hereunder in good faith and in accordance with the advice or opinion of such counsel. (f) The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders pursuant to this Indenture, unless such Holders shall have offered to the Trustee security or indemnity satisfactory to the Trustee against the costs, expenses and liabilities which might be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction. (g) The Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, note, other evidence of indebtedness or other paper or document, but the Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit, and, if the Trustee shall determine to make such further inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled to examine the books, records and premises of the Company, personally or by agent or attorney at the sole cost of the Company and shall incur no liability or additional liability of any kind by reason of such inquiry or investigation. (h) The Trustee shall not be deemed to have notice of any Default or Event of Default unless a Trust Officer of the Trustee has actual knowledge thereof or unless written notice of any event which is in fact 47 such a default is received by the Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office, and such notice references the Securities and this Indenture. (i) The rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee, including, without limitation, its right to be indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder, and to each agent, custodian and other Person employed to act hereunder. SECTION 9.3. INDIVIDUAL RIGHTS OF TRUSTEE. The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Securities and may otherwise deal with the Company or an Affiliate of the Company with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. Any Agent may do the same with like rights. However, the Trustee is subject to Sections 9.10 and 9.11. SECTION 9.4. TRUSTEE'S DISCLAIMER. The Trustee makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture or the Securities, it shall not be accountable for the Company's use of the proceeds from the Securities, and it shall not be responsible for any statement in the Securities other than its certificate of authentication. SECTION 9.5. NOTICE OF DEFAULT OR EVENTS OF DEFAULT. If a default or an Event of Default occurs and is continuing and if it is known to the Trustee, the Trustee shall mail to each Securityholder notice of the default or Event of Default within 90 days after it occurs. However, the Trustee may withhold the notice if and so long as a committee of its Trust Officers in good faith determines that withholding notice is in the interests of Securityholders, except in the case of a default or an Event of Default in payment of the principal of or interest on any Security. SECTION 9.6. REPORTS BY TRUSTEE TO HOLDERS. If such report is required by TIA Section 313, within 60 days after each May 15, beginning with the May 15 following the date of this Indenture, the Trustee shall mail to each Securityholder a brief report dated as of such May 15 that complies with TIA Section 313(a). The Trustee also shall comply with TIA Section 313(b)(2) and (c). A copy of each report at the time of its mailing to Securityholders shall be mailed to the Company and filed with the SEC and each stock exchange, if any, on which the Securities are listed. The Company shall notify the Trustee whenever the Securities become listed on any stock exchange or listed or admitted to trading on any quotation system and any changes in the stock exchanges or quotation systems on which the Securities are listed or admitted to trading and of any delisting thereof. SECTION 9.7. COMPENSATION AND INDEMNITY. The Company shall pay to the Trustee from time to time such compensation (as agreed to from time to time by the Company and the Trustee in writing) for its services (which compensation shall not be limited by any provision of law in regard to the compensation of a trustee of an express trust). The Company shall reimburse the Trustee upon request for all reasonable disbursements, expenses and advances incurred or made by it. Such expenses may include the reasonable compensation, disbursements and expenses of the Trustee's agents and counsel. 48 The Company shall indemnify the Trustee or any predecessor Trustee (which for purposes of this Section 9.7 shall include its officers, directors, employees and agents) for, and hold it harmless against, any and all loss, liability or expense including taxes (other than taxes based upon, measured by or determined by the income of the Trustee), (including reasonable legal fees and expenses) incurred by it in connection with the acceptance or administration of its duties under this Indenture or any action or failure to act as authorized or within the discretion or rights or powers conferred upon the Trustee hereunder including the reasonable costs and expenses of the Trustee and its counsel in defending itself against any claim or liability in connection with the exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties hereunder. The Trustee shall notify the Company promptly of any claim asserted against the Trustee for which it may seek indemnity. The Company need not pay for any settlement without its written consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld. The Company need not reimburse the Trustee for any expense or indemnify it against any loss or liability incurred by it resulting from its gross negligence or bad faith. To secure the Company's payment obligations in this Section 9.7, the Trustee shall have a senior claim to which the Securities are hereby made subordinate on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee, except such money or property held in trust to pay the principal of and interest on the Securities. The obligations of the Company under this Section 9.7 shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture or the resignation or removal of the Trustee. When the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services after an Event of Default specified in clause (7) or (8) of Section 8.1 occurs, the expenses and the compensation for the services are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any Bankruptcy Law. The provisions of this Section shall survive the termination of this Indenture. SECTION 9.8. REPLACEMENT OF TRUSTEE. The Trustee may resign by so notifying the Company. The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Securities then outstanding may remove the Trustee by so notifying the Trustee and may, with the Company's written consent, appoint a successor Trustee. The Company may remove the Trustee if: (1) the Trustee fails to comply with Section 9.10; (2) the Trustee is adjudged a bankrupt or an insolvent; (3) a receiver or other public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its property; or (4) the Trustee becomes incapable of acting. If the Trustee resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for any reason, the Company shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee. The resignation or removal of a Trustee shall not be effective until a successor Trustee shall have delivered the written acceptance of its appointment as described below. If a successor Trustee does not take office within 45 days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee, the Company or the Holders of 10% in principal amount of the Securities then 49 outstanding may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee at the expense of the Company. If the Trustee fails to comply with Section 9.10, any Holder may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee. A successor Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Company. Immediately after that, the retiring Trustee shall transfer all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee and be released from its obligations (exclusive of any liabilities that the retiring Trustee may have incurred while acting as Trustee) hereunder, the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective, and the successor Trustee shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Indenture. A successor Trustee shall mail notice of its succession to each Holder. A retiring Trustee shall not be liable for the acts or omissions of any successor Trustee after its succession. Notwithstanding replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section 9.8, the Company's obligations under Section 9.7 shall continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee. SECTION 9.9. SUCCESSOR TRUSTEE BY MERGER, ETC. If the Trustee consolidates with, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all of its corporate trust assets (including the administration of this Indenture) to, another corporation, the resulting, surviving or transferee corporation, without any further act, shall be the successor Trustee, provided such transferee corporation shall qualify and be eligible under Section 9.10. Such successor Trustee shall promptly mail notice of its succession to the Company and each Holder. SECTION 9.10. ELIGIBILITY; DISQUALIFICATION. The Trustee shall always satisfy the requirements of paragraphs (1), (2) and (5) of TIA Section 310(a). The Trustee (or its parent holding company) shall have a combined capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000. If at any time the Trustee shall cease to satisfy any such requirements, it shall resign immediately in the manner and with the effect specified in this Article 9. The Trustee shall be subject to the provisions of TIA Section 310(b). Nothing herein shall prevent the Trustee from filing with the SEC the application referred to in the penultimate paragraph of TIA Section 310(b). SECTION 9.11. PREFERENTIAL COLLECTION OF CLAIMS AGAINST COMPANY. The Trustee shall comply with TIA Section 311(a), excluding any creditor relationship listed in TIA Section 311(b). A Trustee who has resigned or been removed shall be subject to TIA Section 311(a) to the extent indicated therein. 50 ARTICLE 10 SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE SECTION 10.1. SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE. This Indenture shall cease to be of further effect (except as to any surviving rights of conversion, registration of transfer or exchange of Securities herein expressly provided for and except as further provided below), and the Trustee, on demand of and at the expense of the Company, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, when (1) either (A) all Securities theretofore authenticated and delivered (other than (i) Securities which have been destroyed, lost or stolen and which have been replaced or paid as provided in Section 2.7 and (ii) Securities for whose payment money has theretofore been deposited in trust and thereafter repaid to the Company as provided in Section 10.3) have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or (B) all such Securities not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation (i) have become due and payable, or (ii) will become due and payable at the Final Maturity Date within one year, or (iii) are to be called for redemption within one year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Company, and the Company, in the case of clause (i), (ii) or (iii) above, has irrevocably deposited or caused to be irrevocably deposited with the Trustee or a Paying Agent (other than the Company or any of its Affiliates) as trust funds in trust for the purpose cash in an amount sufficient to pay and discharge the entire indebtedness on such Securities not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation, for principal and interest (including Additional Interest, if any) to the date of such deposit (in the case of Securities which have become due and payable) or to the Final Maturity Date or Redemption Date, as the case may be; (2) the Company has paid or caused to be paid all other sums payable hereunder by the Company; and (3) the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Officers' Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent herein provided for relating to the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture have been complied with. Notwithstanding the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, the obligations of the Company to the Trustee under Section 9.7 shall survive and, if money shall have been deposited with the Trustee pursuant to subclause (B) of clause (1) of this Section, the provisions of Sections 2.3, 2.4, 2.5, 2.6, 2.7, 2.12, 3.8, 3.9, 3.10, 3.11, 3.12, 3.13 and 12.5, Article 4, the last paragraph of Section 6.2 and this Article 10, shall survive until the Securities have been paid in full. 51 SECTION 10.2. APPLICATION OF TRUST MONEY. Subject to the provisions of Section 10.3, the Trustee or a Paying Agent shall hold in trust, for the benefit of the Holders, all money deposited with it pursuant to Section 10.1 and shall apply the deposited money in accordance with this Indenture and the Securities to the payment of the principal of and interest on the Securities. Money so held in trust shall not be subject to the subordination provisions of Article 5. SECTION 10.3. REPAYMENT TO COMPANY. The Trustee and each Paying Agent shall promptly pay to the Company upon request any excess money (i) deposited with them pursuant to Section 10.1 and (ii) held by them at any time. The Trustee and each Paying Agent shall pay to the Company upon request any money held by them for the payment of principal or interest that remains unclaimed for two years after a right to such money has matured; provided, however, that the Trustee or such Paying Agent, before being required to make any such payment, may at the expense of the Company cause to be mailed to each Holder entitled to such money notice that such money remains unclaimed and that after a date specified therein, which shall be at least 30 days from the date of such mailing, any unclaimed balance of such money then remaining will be repaid to the Company. After payment to the Company, Holders entitled to money must look to the Company for payment as general creditors unless an applicable abandoned property law designates another person. SECTION 10.4. REINSTATEMENT. If the Trustee or any Paying Agent is unable to apply any money in accordance with Section 10.2 by reason of any legal proceeding or by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, then the Company's obligations under this Indenture and the Securities shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 10.1 until such time as the Trustee or such Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money in accordance with Section 10.2; provided, however, that if the Company has made any payment of the principal of or interest on any Securities because of the reinstatement of its obligations, the Company shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Securities to receive any such payment from the money held by the Trustee or such Paying Agent. ARTICLE 11 AMENDMENTS, SUPPLEMENTS AND WAIVERS SECTION 11.1. WITHOUT CONSENT OF HOLDERS. The Company and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture or the Securities without notice to or consent of any Securityholder: (a) to comply with Sections 4.11 and 7.1; (b) to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency; (c) to make any other change that does not adversely affect the rights of any Securityholder; (d) to comply with the provisions of the TIA; 52 (e) to add to the covenants of the Company for the equal and ratable benefit of the Securityholders or to surrender any right, power or option conferred upon the Company; or (f) to appoint a successor Trustee. SECTION 11.2. WITH CONSENT OF HOLDERS. The Company and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture or the Securities with the written consent of the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Securities then outstanding. The Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Securities then outstanding may waive compliance in a particular instance by the Company with any provision of this Indenture or the Securities without notice to any Securityholder. However, notwithstanding the foregoing but subject to Section 11.4, without the written consent of each Securityholder affected, an amendment, supplement or waiver, including a waiver pursuant to Section 8.4, may not: (a) change the stated maturity of the principal of, or interest on, any Security; (b) reduce the principal amount of, or any premium or interest on, any Security; (c) reduce the amount of principal payable upon acceleration of the maturity of any Security; (d) change the place or currency of payment of principal of, or any premium or interest on, any Security; (e) impair the right to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on, or with respect to, any Security; (f) modify the provisions with respect to the purchase right of Holders pursuant to Article 3 upon a Change in Control in a manner adverse to Holders; (g) modify the subordination provisions of Article 5 in a manner materially adverse to the Holders of Securities; (h) adversely affect the right of Holders to convert Securities other than as provided in or under Article 4 of this Indenture; (i) reduce the percentage of the aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Securities whose Holders must consent to a modification or amendment; (j) reduce the percentage of the aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Securities necessary for the waiver of compliance with certain provisions of this Indenture or the waiver of certain defaults under this Indenture; and (k) modify any of the provisions of this Section or Section 8.4, except to increase any such percentage or to provide that certain provisions of this Indenture cannot be modified or waived without the consent of the Holder of each outstanding Security affected thereby. 53 It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Holders under this Section 11.2 to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment, supplement or waiver, but it shall be sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof. After an amendment, supplement or waiver under this Section 11.2 becomes effective, the Company shall mail to the Holders affected thereby a notice briefly describing the amendment, supplement or waiver. Any failure of the Company to mail such notice, or any defect therein, shall not, however, in any way impair or affect the validity of any such amendment, supplement or waiver. An amendment or supplement under this Section 11.2 or under Section 11.1 may not make any change that adversely affects the rights under Article 5 of any holder of an issue of Senior Indebtedness unless the holders of that issue, pursuant to its terms, consent to the change. SECTION 11.3. COMPLIANCE WITH TRUST INDENTURE ACT. Every amendment to or supplement of this Indenture or the Securities shall comply with the TIA as in effect at the date of such amendment or supplement. SECTION 11.4. REVOCATION AND EFFECT OF CONSENTS. Until an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, a consent to it by a Holder is a continuing consent by the Holder and every subsequent Holder of a Security or portion of a Security that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder's Security, even if notation of the consent is not made on any Security. However, any such Holder or subsequent Holder may revoke the consent as to its Security or portion of a Security if the Trustee receives the notice of revocation before the date the amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective. After an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, it shall bind every Securityholder, unless it makes a change described in any of clauses (a) through (k) of Section 11.2. In that case the amendment, supplement or waiver shall bind each Holder of a Security who has consented to it and every subsequent Holder of a Security or portion of a Security that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder's Security. SECTION 11.5. NOTATION ON OR EXCHANGE OF SECURITIES. If an amendment, supplement or waiver changes the terms of a Security, the Trustee may require the Holder of the Security to deliver it to the Trustee. The Trustee may place an appropriate notation on the Security about the changed terms and return it to the Holder. Alternatively, if the Company or the Trustee so determines, the Company in exchange for the Security shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate a new Security that reflects the changed terms. SECTION 11.6. TRUSTEE TO SIGN AMENDMENTS, ETC. The Trustee shall sign any amendment or supplemental indenture authorized pursuant to this Article 11 if the amendment or supplemental indenture does not adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee. If it does, the Trustee may, in its sole discretion, but need not sign it. In signing or refusing to sign such amendment or supplemental indenture, the Trustee shall be entitled to receive and, subject to Section 9.1, shall be fully protected in relying upon, an Opinion of Counsel stating that such amendment or supplemental indenture is authorized or permitted by this Indenture. The Company may not sign an amendment or supplement indenture until the Board of Directors approves it. 54 SECTION 11.7. EFFECT OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES. Upon the execution of any supplemental indenture under this Article, this Indenture shall be modified in accordance therewith, and such supplemental indenture shall form a part of this Indenture for all purposes; and every Holder of Securities theretofore or thereafter authenticated and delivered hereunder shall be bound thereby. ARTICLE 12 MISCELLANEOUS SECTION 12.1. TRUST INDENTURE ACT CONTROLS. If any provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with the duties imposed by any of Sections 310 to 317, inclusive, of the TIA through operation of Section 318(c) thereof, such imposed duties shall control. SECTION 12.2. NOTICES. Any demand, authorization notice, request, consent or communication shall be given in writing and delivered in person or mailed by first-class mail, postage prepaid, addressed as follows or transmitted by facsimile transmission (confirmed by delivery in person or mail by first-class mail, postage prepaid, or by guaranteed overnight courier) to the following facsimile numbers: If to the Company, to: Emulex Corporation 3535 Harbor Boulevard Costa Mesa, California 92626 Attention: Chief Financial Officer Telephone No.: (714) 662-5600 Facsimile No.: (714) 513-8266 with a copy to: Jeffer, Mangels, Butler & Marmaro LLP 2121 Avenue of the Stars, 10th Floor Los Angeles, California 90067 Attention: Robert M. Steinberg, Esq. Telephone No.: (310) 203-8080 Facsimile No.: (310) 203-0567 55 if to the Trustee, to: State Street Bank and Trust Company of California, N.A. 633 West 5th Street, 12th Floor Los Angeles, California 90071 Attn: Corporate Trust Department (Emulex Corporation - 1.75% Convertible Subordinated Notes Due February 1, 2007) Telephone No.: (213) 362-7345 Facsimile No.: (213) 362-7357 Such notices or communications shall be effective when received. The Company or the Trustee by notice to the other may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications. Any notice or communication mailed to a Securityholder shall be mailed by first-class mail or delivered by an overnight delivery service to it at its address shown on the register kept by the Primary Registrar. Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Securityholder or any defect in it shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Securityholders. If a notice or communication to a Securityholder is mailed in the manner provided above, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it. SECTION 12.3. COMMUNICATIONS BY HOLDERS WITH OTHER HOLDERS. Securityholders may communicate pursuant to TIA Section 312(b) with other Securityholders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or the Securities. The Company, the Trustee, the Registrar and any other person shall have the protection of TIA Section 312(c). SECTION 12.4. CERTIFICATE AND OPINION AS TO CONDITIONS PRECEDENT. (a) Upon any request or application by the Company to the Trustee to take any action under this Indenture, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee at the request of the Trustee: (1) an Officers' Certificate stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent (including any covenants, compliance with which constitutes a condition precedent), if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been complied with; and (2) an Opinion of Counsel stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent (including any covenants, compliance with which constitutes a condition precedent) have been complied with. (b) Each Officers' Certificate and Opinion of Counsel with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture shall include: (1) a statement that the person making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition; 56 (2) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based; (3) a statement that, in the opinion of such person, he or she has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him or her to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and (4) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such person, such condition or covenant has been complied with; provided however, that with respect to matters of fact an Opinion of Counsel may rely on an Officers' Certificate or certificates of public officials. SECTION 12.5. RECORD DATE FOR VOTE OR CONSENT OF SECURITYHOLDERS. The Company (or, in the event deposits have been made pursuant to Section 10.1, the Trustee) may set a record date for purposes of determining the identity of Holders entitled to vote or consent to any action by vote or consent authorized or permitted under this Indenture, which record date shall not be more than thirty (30) days prior to the date of the commencement of solicitation of such action. Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 11.4, if a record date is fixed, those persons who were Holders of Securities at the close of business on such record date (or their duly designated proxies), and only those persons, shall be entitled to take such action by vote or consent or to revoke any vote or consent previously given, whether or not such persons continue to be Holders after such record date. SECTION 12.6. RULES BY TRUSTEE, PAYING AGENT, REGISTRAR AND CONVERSION AGENT. The Trustee may make reasonable rules (not inconsistent with the terms of this Indenture) for action by or at a meeting of Holders. Any Registrar, Paying Agent or Conversion Agent may make reasonable rules for its functions. SECTION 12.7. LEGAL HOLIDAYS. A "Legal Holiday" is a Saturday, Sunday or a day on which state or federally chartered banking institutions in New York, New York and the state in which the Corporate Trust Office is located are not required to be open. If a payment date is a Legal Holiday, payment shall be made on the next succeeding day that is not a Legal Holiday, and no interest shall accrue for the intervening period. If a regular record date is a Legal Holiday, the record date shall not be affected. SECTION 12.8. GOVERNING LAW. This Indenture and the Securities shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York, without regard to principles of conflicts of laws. SECTION 12.9. NO ADVERSE INTERPRETATION OF OTHER AGREEMENTS. This Indenture may not be used to interpret another indenture, loan or debt agreement of the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company. Any such indenture, loan or debt agreement may not be used to interpret this Indenture. 57 SECTION 12.10. NO RECOURSE AGAINST OTHERS. All liability described in paragraph 18 of the Securities of any director, officer, employee or shareholder, as such, of the Company is waived and released. SECTION 12.11. SUCCESSORS. All agreements of the Company in this Indenture and the Securities shall bind its successor. All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture shall bind its successor. SECTION 12.12. MULTIPLE COUNTERPARTS. The parties may sign multiple counterparts of this Indenture. Each signed counterpart shall be deemed an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement. SECTION 12.13. SEPARABILITY. In case any provisions in this Indenture or in the Securities shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby. SECTION 12.14. TABLE OF CONTENTS, HEADINGS, ETC. The table of contents, cross-reference sheet and headings of the Articles and Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not to be considered a part hereof, and shall in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof. [SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS] 58 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have hereunto set their hands as of the date and year first above written. EMULEX CORPORATION By: ___________________________________ Name: Title: STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY OF CALIFORNIA, N.A., AS TRUSTEE By: ___________________________________ Name: Title: EXHIBIT A [FORM OF FACE OF SECURITY] [UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY TO THE COMPANY OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (AND ANY PAYMENT HEREON IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL SINCE THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN. THIS SECURITY IS A GLOBAL SECURITY WITHIN THE MEANING OF THE INDENTURE HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO AND IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF A DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE THEREOF. THIS SECURITY IS EXCHANGEABLE FOR SECURITIES REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF A PERSON OTHER THAN THE DEPOSITARY OR ITS NOMINEE ONLY IN THE LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES DESCRIBED IN THE INDENTURE AND, UNLESS AND UNTIL IT IS EXCHANGED IN WHOLE OR IN PART FOR SECURITIES IN DEFINITIVE FORM, THIS SECURITY MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT AS A WHOLE BY THE DEPOSITARY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY TO THE DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY THE DEPOSITARY OR ANY SUCH NOMINEE TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE OF SUCH SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY.](1) [THIS SECURITY (OR ITS PREDECESSOR) WAS ORIGINALLY ISSUED IN A TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 (THE "SECURITIES ACT"), AND THIS SECURITY AND THE SHARES OF COMMON STOCK ISSUABLE UPON CONVERSION THEREOF MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR AN APPLICABLE EXEMPTION THEREFROM. EACH PURCHASER OF THIS SECURITY IS HEREBY NOTIFIED THAT THE SELLER OF THIS SECURITY MAY BE RELYING ON THE EXEMPTION FROM THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION 5 OF THE SECURITIES ACT PROVIDED BY RULE 144A THEREUNDER.](2) THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE COMPANY THAT (A) THIS SECURITY AND THE SHARES OF COMMON STOCK ISSUABLE UPON CONVERSION THEREOF MAY BE OFFERED, RESOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, ONLY (I) IN THE UNITED STATES TO A PERSON WHOM THE SELLER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A, (II) OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 904 UNDER - -------- (1) These paragraphs should be included only if the Security is a Global Security. (2) These paragraphs to be included only if the Security is a Restricted Security. A-1 THE SECURITIES ACT, (III) PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT PROVIDED BY RULE 144 THEREUNDER (IF AVAILABLE) OR (IV) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, IN EACH OF CASES (I) THROUGH (IV) IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANY APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OF THE UNITED STATES, AND (B) THE HOLDER WILL, AND EACH SUBSEQUENT HOLDER IS REQUIRED TO, NOTIFY ANY PURCHASER OF THIS SECURITY FROM IT OF THE RESALE RESTRICTIONS REFERRED TO IN (A) ABOVE.](2) [THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY IS ENTITLED TO THE BENEFITS OF A REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT (AS SUCH TERM IS DEFINED IN THE INDENTURE REFERRED TO ON THE REVERSE HEREOF) AND, BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF, AGREES TO BE BOUND BY AND TO COMPLY WITH THE PROVISIONS OF SUCH REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT.](2) - -------- (2) These paragraphs to be included only if the Security is a Transfer Restricted Security. A-2 EMULEX CORPORATION CUSIP: 292475AA8 R-______ 1.75% CONVERTIBLE SUBORDINATED NOTES DUE FEBRUARY 1, 2007 Emulex Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the "Company", which term shall include any successor corporation under the Indenture referred to on the reverse hereof), promises to pay to___________ _________________, or registered assigns, the principal sum of _____________________________ Dollars ($__________) on February 1, 2007 [or such greater or lesser amount as is indicated on the Schedule of Exchanges of Notes on the other side of this Note].(3) Interest Payment Dates: February 1 and August 1 Record Dates: January 15 and July 15 This Note is convertible as specified on the other side of this Note. Additional provisions of this Note are set forth on the other side of this Note. SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS - -------- (3) This phrase should be included only if the Security is a global Security. A-3 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this instrument to be duly executed. EMULEX CORPORATION By: ___________________________________ Name: Title: Attest: _____________________________ Name: Title: Dated: Trustee's Certificate of Authentication: This is one of the Securities referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture. STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY OF CALIFORNIA, N.A. as Trustee _____________________________ Authorized Signatory By: A-4 [FORM OF REVERSE SIDE OF SECURITY] EMULEX CORPORATION 1.75% CONVERTIBLE SUBORDINATED NOTES DUE FEBRUARY 1, 2007 1. INTEREST Emulex Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the "Company", which term shall include any successor corporation under the Indenture hereinafter referred to), promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note at the rate of 1.75% per annum. The Company shall pay interest semiannually on February 1 and August 1 of each year, commencing August 1, 2002. Interest on the Notes shall accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from January 29, 2002; provided, however, that if there is not an existing default in the payment of interest and if this Note is authenticated between a record date referred to on the face hereof and the next succeeding interest payment date, interest shall accrue from such interest payment date. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months. Any reference herein to interest accrued or payable as of any date shall include any Additional Interest accrued or payable on such date as provided in the Registration Rights Agreement. 2. METHOD OF PAYMENT The Company shall pay interest on this Note (except defaulted interest) to the person who is the Holder of this Note at the close of business on January 15 or July 15, as the case may be, next preceding the related interest payment date. The Holder must surrender this Note to a Paying Agent to collect payment of principal. The Company will pay principal and interest in money of the United States that at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. The Company may, however, pay principal and interest in respect of any Certificated Security by check or wire payable in such money; provided, however, that a Holder with an aggregate principal amount in excess of $2,000,000 will be paid by wire transfer in immediately available funds at the election of such Holder if such Holder has provided wire transfer instructions to the Company. The Company may mail an interest check to the Holder's registered address. Notwithstanding the foregoing, so long as this Note is registered in the name of a Depositary or its nominee, all payments hereon shall be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the account of the Depositary or its nominee. 3. PAYING AGENT, REGISTRAR AND CONVERSION AGENT Initially, State Street Bank and Trust Company of California, N.A. (the "Trustee", which term shall include any successor trustee under the Indenture hereinafter referred to) will act as Paying Agent, Registrar and Conversion Agent. The Company may change any Paying Agent, Registrar or Conversion Agent without notice to the Holder. The Company or any of its Subsidiaries may, subject to certain limitations set forth in the Indenture, act as Paying Agent or Registrar. 4. INDENTURE, LIMITATIONS This Note is one of a duly authorized issue of Securities of the Company designated as its 1.75% Convertible Subordinated Notes Due February 1, 2007 (the "Notes"), issued under an Indenture dated as of January 29, 2002 (together with any supplemental indentures thereto, the "Indenture"), between the Company and the Trustee. The terms of this Note include those stated in the Indenture and those required by or made A-5 part of the Indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, as in effect on the date of the Indenture. This Note is subject to all such terms, and the Holder of this Note is referred to the Indenture and said Act for a statement of them. The Notes are subordinated unsecured obligations of the Company limited to $300,000,000 aggregate principal amount (or up to $345,000,000 if the initial purchasers' option to purchase additional notes is exercised). The Indenture does not limit other debt of the Company, secured or unsecured, including Senior Indebtedness. 5. OPTIONAL REDEMPTION The Notes are subject to redemption, at any time on or after February 5, 2005, as a whole or from time to time in part, at the election of the Company. The Redemption Prices (expressed as percentages of the principal amount) are as follows for Notes redeemed during the periods set forth below:
PERIOD REDEMPTION PRICE ------ ---------------- February 5, 2005 through January 31, 2006 ......... 100.4375% February 1, 2006 and thereafter.................... 100%
in each case together with accrued interest up to but not including the Redemption Date; provided that if the Redemption Date falls after an interest payment record date and on or before an interest payment date, then the interest will be payable to the Holders in whose names the Notes are registered at the close of business on the relevant interest payment record dates. No sinking fund is provided for the Notes. 6. NOTICE OF REDEMPTION Notice of redemption will be mailed by first-class mail at least 20 days but not more than 60 days before the Redemption Date to each Holder of Notes to be redeemed at its registered address. Notes in denominations larger than $1,000 may be redeemed in part, but only in whole multiples of $1,000. On and after the Redemption Date, subject to the deposit with the Paying Agent of funds sufficient to pay the Redemption Price plus accrued interest, if any, accrued to, but excluding, the Redemption Date, interest shall cease to accrue on Notes or portions of them called for redemption. 7. PURCHASE OF NOTES AT OPTION OF HOLDER UPON A CHANGE IN CONTROL At the option of the Holder and subject to the terms and conditions of the Indenture, the Company shall become obligated to purchase all or any part specified by the Holder (so long as the principal amount of such part is $1,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof) of the Notes held by such Holder on the date that is 30 Business Days after the occurrence of a Change in Control, at a purchase price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof together with accrued interest up to, but excluding, the Change in Control Purchase Date. The Holder shall have the right to withdraw any Change in Control Purchase Notice (in whole or in a portion thereof that is $1,000 or an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof) at any time prior to the close of business on the Business Day next preceding the Change in Control Purchase Date by delivering a written notice of withdrawal to the Paying Agent in accordance with the terms of the Indenture. A-6 8. CONVERSION A Holder of a Note may convert the principal amount of such Note (or any portion thereof equal to $1,000 or any integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof) into shares of Common Stock at any time prior to the close of business on February 1, 2007; provided, however, that if the Note is called for redemption or subject to purchase upon a Change in Control, the conversion right will terminate at the close of business on the Business Day immediately preceding the Redemption Date or the Change in Control Purchase Date, as the case may be, for such Note or such earlier date as the Holder presents such Note for redemption or purchase (unless the Company shall default in making the redemption payment or Change in Control Purchase Price, as the case may be, when due, in which case the conversion right shall terminate at the close of business on the date such default is cured and such Note is redeemed or purchased). The initial Conversion Price is $53.84 per share, subject to adjustment under certain circumstances as provided in the Indenture. The number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of a Note is determined by dividing the principal amount of the Note or portion thereof converted by the Conversion Price in effect on the Conversion Date. No fractional shares will be issued upon conversion; in lieu thereof, an amount will be paid in cash based upon the Closing Price (as defined in the Indenture) of the Common Stock on the Trading Day immediately prior to the Conversion Date. To convert a Note, a Holder must (a) complete and manually sign the conversion notice set forth below and deliver such notice to a Conversion Agent, (b) surrender the Note to a Conversion Agent, (c) furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents if required by a Registrar or a Conversion Agent, and (d) pay any transfer or similar tax, if required. Notes so surrendered for conversion (in whole or in part) during the period from the close of business on any regular record date to the opening of business on the next succeeding interest payment date (excluding Notes or portions thereof called for redemption or subject to purchase upon a Change in Control on a Redemption Date or Change in Control Purchase Date, as the case may be, during the period beginning at the close of business on a regular record date and ending at the opening of business on the first Business Day after the next succeeding interest payment date, or if such interest payment date is not a Business Day, the second such Business Day) shall also be accompanied by payment in funds acceptable to the Company of an amount equal to the interest payable on such interest payment date on the principal amount of such Note then being converted, and such interest shall be payable to such registered Holder notwithstanding the conversion of such Note, subject to the provisions of this Indenture relating to the payment of defaulted interest by the Company. If the Company defaults in the payment of interest payable on such interest payment date, the Company shall promptly repay such funds to such Holder. A Holder may convert a portion of a Note equal to $1,000 or any integral multiple thereof. A Note in respect of which a Holder had delivered a Change in Control Purchase Notice exercising the option of such Holder to require the Company to purchase such Note may be converted only if the Change in Control Purchase Notice is withdrawn in accordance with the terms of the Indenture. 9. CONVERSION ARRANGEMENT ON CALL FOR REDEMPTION Any Notes called for redemption, unless surrendered for conversion before the close of business on the Business Day immediately preceding the Redemption Date, may be deemed to be purchased from the Holders of such Notes at an amount not less than the Redemption Price, together with accrued interest, if any, to, but not including, the Redemption Date, by one or more investment bankers or other purchasers who may agree with the Company to purchase such Notes from the Holders, to convert them into Common Stock of the Company and to make payment for such Notes to the Paying Agent in trust for such Holders. A-7 10. SUBORDINATION The indebtedness evidenced by the Notes is, to the extent and in the manner provided in the Indenture, subordinate and junior in right of payment to the prior payment in full of all Senior Indebtedness of the Company. Any Holder by accepting this Note agrees to and shall be bound by such subordination provisions and authorizes the Trustee to give them effect. In addition to all other rights of Senior Indebtedness described in the Indenture, the Senior Indebtedness shall continue to be Senior Indebtedness and entitled to the benefits of the subordination provisions irrespective of any amendment, modification or waiver of any terms of any instrument relating to the Senior Indebtedness or any extension or renewal of the Senior Indebtedness. 11. DENOMINATIONS, TRANSFER, EXCHANGE The Notes are in registered form, without coupons, in denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples of $1,000. A Holder may register the transfer of or exchange Notes in accordance with the Indenture. The Registrar may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents and to pay any taxes or other governmental charges that may be imposed in relation thereto by law or permitted by the Indenture. 12. PERSONS DEEMED OWNERS The Holder of a Note may be treated as the owner of it for all purposes. 13. UNCLAIMED MONEY If money for the payment of principal or interest remains unclaimed for two years, the Trustee or Paying Agent will pay the money back to the Company at its written request, subject to applicable unclaimed property law. After that, Holders entitled to money must look to the Company for payment as general creditors unless an applicable abandoned property law designates another person. 14. AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER Subject to certain exceptions, the Indenture or the Notes may be amended or supplemented with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding, and an existing default or Event of Default and its consequence or compliance with any provision of the Indenture or the Notes may be waived in a particular instance with the consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding. Without the consent of or notice to any Holder, the Company and the Trustee may amend or supplement the Indenture or the Notes to, among other things, cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency or make any other change that does not adversely affect the rights of any Holder. 15. SUCCESSOR ENTITY When a successor corporation assumes all the obligations of its predecessor under the Notes and the Indenture in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Indenture, the predecessor corporation (except in certain circumstances specified in the Indenture) be released from those obligations. A-8 16. DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES Under the Indenture, an Event of Default includes: (i) default for 30 days in payment of any interest or Additional Interest on any Notes; (ii) default in payment of any principal (including, without limitation, any premium, if any) on the Notes when due; (iii) failure by the Company for 60 days after notice to it to comply with any of its other agreements contained in the Indenture or the Notes; (iv) default in the payment of certain indebtedness of the Company or a Significant Subsidiary and (v) certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization of the Company or any Significant Subsidiary. If an Event of Default (other than as a result of certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization of the Company) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding may declare all unpaid principal to the date of acceleration on the Notes then outstanding to be due and payable immediately, all as and to the extent provided in the Indenture. If an Event of Default occurs as a result of certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization of the Company, unpaid principal of the Notes then outstanding shall become due and payable immediately without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holder, all as and to the extent provided in the Indenture. Holders may not enforce the Indenture or the Notes except as provided in the Indenture. The Trustee may require indemnity satisfactory to it before it enforces the Indenture or the Notes. Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding may direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power. The Trustee may withhold from Holders notice of any continuing default (except a default in payment of principal or interest) if it determines that withholding notice is in their interests. The Company is required to file periodic reports with the Trustee as to the absence of default. 17. TRUSTEE DEALINGS WITH THE COMPANY State Street Bank and Trust Company of California, N.A., the Trustee under the Indenture, in its individual or any other capacity, may make loans to, accept deposits from and perform services for the Company or an Affiliate of the Company, and may otherwise deal with the Company or an Affiliate of the Company, as if it were not the Trustee. 18. NO RECOURSE AGAINST OTHERS A director, officer, employee or shareholder, as such, of the Company shall not have any liability for any obligations of the Company under the Notes or the Indenture nor for any claim based on, in respect of or by reason of such obligations or their creation. The Holder of this Note by accepting this Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for the issuance of this Note. 19. AUTHENTICATION This Note shall not be valid until the Trustee or an authenticating agent manually signs the certificate of authentication on the other side of this Note. 20. ABBREVIATIONS AND DEFINITIONS Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of the Holder or an assignee, such as: TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian) and UGMA (= Uniform Gifts to Minors Act). A-9 All terms defined in the Indenture and used in this Note but not specifically defined herein are defined in the Indenture and are used herein as so defined. 21. INDENTURE TO CONTROL; GOVERNING LAW In the case of any conflict between the provisions of this Note and the Indenture, the provisions of the Indenture shall control. This Note shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York, without regard to principals of conflicts of law. The Company will furnish to any Holder, upon written request and without charge, a copy of the Indenture. Requests may be made to: Emulex Corporation, 3535 Harbor Boulevard, Costa Mesa, California 92626 (714) 662-5600, Attention: Investor Relations. A-10 ASSIGNMENT FORM To assign this Note, fill in the form below: I or we assign and transfer this Note to ________________________________________________________________________________ (Insert assignee's soc. sec. or tax I.D. no.) ________________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________________ (Print or type assignee's name, address and zip code) and irrevocably appoint ________________________________________________________________________________ agent to transfer this Note on the books of the Company. The agent may substitute another to act for him or her. Your Signature: Date: _______________________ _______________________________________ (Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note) *Signature guaranteed by: By: _________________________ * The signature must be guaranteed by an institution which is a member of one of the following recognized signature guaranty programs: (i) the Securities Transfer Agent Medallion Program (STAMP); (ii) the New York Stock Exchange Medallion Program (MSP); (iii) the Stock Exchange Medallion Program (SEMP); or (iv) such other guaranty program acceptable to the Trustee. A-11 CONVERSION NOTICE To convert this Note into Common Stock of the Company, check the box: [ ] To convert only part of this Note, state the principal amount to be converted (must be $1,000 or a integral multiple of $1,000): $____________. If you want the stock certificate made out in another person's name, fill in the form below: ________________________________________________________________________________ (Insert assignee's soc. sec. or tax I.D. no.) ________________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________________ ________________________________________________________________________________ (Print or type assignee's name, address and zip code) Your Signature: Date: _______________________ ________________________________________ (Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note) *Signature guaranteed by: By: _________________________ * The signature must be guaranteed by an institution which is a member of one of the following recognized signature guaranty programs: (i) the Securities Transfer Agent Medallion Program (STAMP); (ii) the New York Stock Exchange Medallion Program (MSP); (iii) the Stock Exchange Medallion Program (SEMP); or (iv) such other guaranty program acceptable to the Trustee. A-12 OPTION TO ELECT REPURCHASE UPON A CHANGE OF CONTROL To: Emulex Corporation The undersigned registered owner of this Security hereby irrevocably acknowledges receipt of a notice from Emulex Corporation (the "Company") as to the occurrence of a Change in Control with respect to the Company and requests and instructs the Company to redeem the entire principal amount of this Security, or the portion thereof (which is $1,000 or an integral multiple thereof) below designated, in accordance with the terms of the Indenture referred to in this Security at the Change in Control Purchase Price, together with accrued interest to, but excluding, such date, to the registered Holder hereof. Dated: _______________ _______________________________________ _______________________________________ Signature(s) Signature(s) must be guaranteed by a qualified guarantor institution with membership in an approved signature guarantee program pursuant to Rule 17Ad-15 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. _______________________________________ Signature Guaranty Principal amount to be redeemed (in an integral multiple of $1,000, if less than all): - -------------- NOTICE: The signature to the foregoing Election must correspond to the Name as written upon the face of this Security in every particular, without alteration or any change whatsoever. A-13 SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF NOTES(4) The following exchanges, redemptions, repurchases or conversions of a part of this global Note have been made:
PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF THIS GLOBAL NOTE AUTHORIZED AMOUNT OF FOLLOWING SUCH SIGNATORY OF AMOUNT OF DECREASE IN INCREASE IN DECREASE DATE SECURITIES PRINCIPAL AMOUNT PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF EXCHANGE (OR INCREASE) CUSTODIAN OF THIS GLOBAL NOTE OF THIS GLOBAL NOTE ------------------------- ------------ --------------------- -------------------
- -------- (4) This schedule should be included only if the Security is a global Security. A-14 CERTIFICATE TO BE DELIVERED UPON EXCHANGE OR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER OF TRANSFER RESTRICTED SECURITIES(5) Re: 1.75% Convertible Subordinated Notes Due February 1, 2007 (the "Notes") of Emulex Corporation This certificate relates to $_______ principal amount of Notes owned in (check applicable box) [ ] book-entry or [ ] definitive form by ___________ (the "Transferor"). The Transferor has requested a Registrar or the Trustee to exchange or register the transfer of such Notes. In connection with such request and in respect of each such Note, the Transferor does hereby certify that the Transferor is familiar with transfer restrictions relating to the Notes as provided in Section 2.12 of the Indenture dated as of January 29, 2002 between Emulex Corporation and State Street Bank and Trust Company of California, N.A., as trustee (the "Indenture"), and the transfer of such Note is being made pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act") (check applicable box) or the transfer or exchange, as the case may be, of such Note does not require registration under the Securities Act because (check applicable box): [ ] Such Note is being transferred pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act. [ ] Such Note is being acquired for the Transferor's own account, without transfer. [ ] Such Note is being transferred to the Company or a Subsidiary (as defined in the Indenture) of the Company. [ ] Such Note is being transferred to a person the Transferor reasonably believes is a "qualified institutional buyer" (as defined in Rule 144A or any successor provision thereto ("Rule 144A") under the Securities Act) that is purchasing for its own account or for the account of a "qualified institutional buyer", in each case to whom notice has been given that the transfer is being made in reliance on such Rule 144A, and in each case in reliance on Rule 144A. [ ] Such Note is being transferred pursuant to and in compliance with an exemption from the registration requirements under the Securities Act in accordance with Rule 144 (or any successor thereto) ("Rule 144") under the Securities Act. Such Note is being transferred pursuant to and in compliance with an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act (other than an exemption referred to above) and as a result of which such - -------- (5) This certificate should only be included if this Security is a Transfer Restricted Security. A-15 Note will, upon such transfer, cease to be a "restricted security" within the meaning of Rule 144 under the Securities Act. The Transferor acknowledges and agrees that, if the transferee will hold any such Notes in the form of beneficial interests in a global Note which is a "restricted security" within the meaning of Rule 144 under the Securities Act, then such transfer can only be made pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act and such transferee must be a "qualified institutional buyer" (as defined in Rule 144A). Date: ________________ _______________________________________ (Insert Name of Transferor) A-16
EX-4.10 5 a80940orex4-10.txt EXHIBIT 4.10 Exhibit 4.10 $300,000,000 EMULEX CORPORATION 1.75% CONVERTIBLE SUBORDINATED NOTES DUE FEBRUARY 1, 2007 REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT January 29, 2002 CREDIT SUISSE FIRST BOSTON CORPORATION THOMAS WEISEL PARTNERS LLC c/o CREDIT SUISSE FIRST BOSTON CORPORATION Eleven Madison Avenue New York, New York 10010-3629 Ladies and Gentlemen: Emulex Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the "COMPANY"), proposes to issue and sell to Credit Suisse First Boston Corporation ("CSFBC") and Thomas Weisel Partners LLC (collectively, the "INITIAL PURCHASERS"), upon the terms set forth in a purchase agreement of even date herewith (the "PURCHASE AGREEMENT"), $300,000,000 aggregate principal amount (plus up to an additional $45,000,000 principal amount issuable upon exercise of a 30 day over-allotment option) of its 1.75% Convertible Subordinated Notes Due February 1, 2007 (the "INITIAL SECURITIES"). The Initial Securities will be convertible into shares of common stock, par value $.10 per share, of the Company (the "COMMON STOCK") at the conversion price set forth in the Confidential Offering Circular dated January 24, 2002. The Initial Securities will be issued pursuant to an Indenture, dated as of January 29, 2002 (the "INDENTURE"), between the Company and State Street Bank and Trust Company of California, N.A., as trustee (the "TRUSTEE"). As an inducement to the Initial Purchasers to enter into the Purchase Agreement, the Company agrees with the Initial Purchasers as set forth in this Registration Rights Agreement (the "AGREEMENT"), for the benefit of (i) the Initial Purchasers and (ii) the holders of the Initial Securities and the Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Initial Securities (collectively, the "SECURITIES") from time to time until such time as such Securities have been sold pursuant to a Shelf Registration Statement (as defined below) (each of the forgoing a "HOLDER" and collectively the "HOLDERS"), as follows: 1. Shelf Registration. (a) The Company shall, at its cost, prepare and, as promptly as practicable (but in no event more than ninety (90) days after the first date of 1 original issuance of the Initial Securities (the "ISSUE DATE")) file with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "COMMISSION") and thereafter use all commercially reasonable efforts to cause to be declared effective as soon as practicable a registration statement on Form S-3 (or other appropriate form) (the "SHELF REGISTRATION STATEMENT") relating to the offer and sale of the Transfer Restricted Securities (as defined in Section 5 hereof) by the Holders thereof from time to time in accordance with the methods of distribution set forth in the Shelf Registration Statement and Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "SECURITIES ACT") (hereinafter, the "SHELF REGISTRATION"); provided, however, that no Holder (other than an Initial Purchaser) shall be entitled to have the Securities held by it covered by such Shelf Registration Statement unless such Holder (i) agrees in writing (in a form reasonably acceptable to the Company) to be bound by all the provisions of this Agreement applicable to such Holder, and (ii) completes and delivers to the Company the form of Selling Security Holder Notice and Questionnaire (the "NOTICE AND QUESTIONNAIRE") attached as Annex A to the final Confidential Offering Memorandum utilized in connection with the sale of the Initial Securities. (b) The Company shall use all commercially reasonable efforts to keep the Shelf Registration Statement continuously effective in order to permit the prospectus included therein (the "PROSPECTUS") to be lawfully delivered by the Holders of the relevant Securities, for a period of two (2) years (or for such longer period if extended pursuant to Section 2(h) below) from the date of its effectiveness or such shorter period that will terminate when (i) all the Securities covered by the Shelf Registration Statement have been sold pursuant thereto, or (ii) all the Securities covered by the Shelf Registration Statement that are held by persons other than affiliates of the Company as defined in the Securities Act are eligible to be sold to the public pursuant to Rule 144(k) under the Securities Act, or any successor rule thereof (in any such case, such period being called the "SHELF REGISTRATION PERIOD"). The Company shall be deemed not to have used all commercially reasonable efforts to keep the Shelf Registration Statement effective during the requisite period if it voluntarily takes any action that would result in Holders of Securities covered thereby not being able to offer and sell such Securities during that period, unless such action is (i) required by applicable law or (ii) taken by the Company in good faith and contemplated by Section 2(b)(v) below, and the Company thereafter complies with the requirements of Section 2(h). (c) Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement to the contrary, the Company shall cause the Shelf Registration Statement and the Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto, as of the effective date of the Shelf Registration Statement, amendment or supplement, (i) to comply in all material respects with the applicable requirements of the Securities Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission and (ii) not to contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. 2 2. Registration Procedures. In connection with the Shelf Registration contemplated by Section 1 hereof, the following provisions shall apply: (a) The Company shall (i) furnish to CSFBC at least three (3) business days prior to the filing thereof with the Commission, a copy of the Shelf Registration Statement and each amendment thereof and each supplement, if any, to the prospectus included therein and, in the event that CSFBC (with respect to any portion of an unsold allotment from the original offering) is participating in the Shelf Registration Statement, shall use its reasonable best efforts to reflect in each such document, when so filed with the Commission, such comments as CSFBC reasonably may propose; and (ii) include the names of the Holders who propose to sell Securities pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement (and who return the Notice and Questionnaire required by Section 1(a) of this Agreement) as selling securityholders. (b) The Company shall give written notice to the Initial Purchasers and the Holders of the Securities (which notice pursuant to clauses (ii)-(v) hereof shall be accompanied by an instruction to suspend the use of the Prospectus until the requisite changes have been made): (i) when the Shelf Registration Statement or any amendment thereto has been filed with the Commission and when the Shelf Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto has become effective; (ii) of any request by the Commission for amendments or supplements to the Shelf Registration Statement or the prospectus included therein or for additional information; (iii) of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement or the initiation of any proceedings for that purpose; (iv) of the receipt by the Company or its legal counsel of any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of the Securities for sale in any jurisdiction or the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for such purpose; and (v) of the happening of any event that requires the Company to make changes in the Shelf Registration Statement or the Prospectus in order that the Shelf Registration Statement or the Prospectus does not contain an untrue statement of a material fact nor omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein (in the case of the Prospectus, in light of the circumstances under which they were made) not misleading. 3 (c) The Company shall make every reasonable effort to obtain the withdrawal at the earliest possible time, of any order suspending the effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement. (d) The Company shall furnish to each Holder of Securities included within the coverage of the Shelf Registration, without charge, at least one copy of the Shelf Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto, including financial statements and schedules, and, if the Holder so requests in writing, all exhibits thereto (including those, if any, incorporated by reference). (e) The Company shall, during the Shelf Registration Period, deliver to each Holder of Securities included within the coverage of the Shelf Registration, without charge, as many copies of the Prospectus (including each preliminary prospectus) included in the Shelf Registration Statement and any amendment or supplement thereto as such person may reasonably request. The Company consents, subject to the provisions of this Agreement, to the use of the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto by each of the selling Holders of the Securities in connection with the offering and sale of the Securities covered by the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, included in the Shelf Registration Statement. (f) Prior to any public offering of the Securities pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement, the Company shall register or qualify or cooperate with the Holders of the Securities included therein and their respective counsel in connection with the registration or qualification of the Securities for offer and sale under the securities or "blue sky" laws of such states of the United States as any Holder of the Securities reasonably requests in writing and do any and all other acts or things necessary or advisable to enable the offer and sale in such jurisdictions of the Securities covered by such Registration Statement; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to (i) qualify generally to do business in any jurisdiction where it is not then so qualified or (ii) take any action which would subject it to general service of process or to taxation in any jurisdiction where it is not then so subject. (g) The Company shall cooperate with the Holders of the Securities to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates representing the Securities to be sold pursuant to any Registration Statement free of any restrictive legends and in such denominations and registered in such names as the Holders may request a reasonable period of time prior to sales of the Securities pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement. (h) Upon the occurrence of any event contemplated by paragraphs (ii) through (v) of Section 2(b) above during the period for which the Company is required to maintain an effective Shelf Registration Statement, the Company shall promptly prepare and file a post-effective amendment to the Shelf Registration Statement or an amendment or supplement to the Prospectus and any other required document so that, as thereafter delivered to Holders or purchasers of the Securities, the Prospectus will not contain an 4 untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. If the Company notifies the Initial Purchasers and the Holders in accordance with paragraphs (ii) through (v) of Section 2(b) above to suspend the use of the Prospectus until the requisite changes to the Prospectus have been made, then the Initial Purchasers and the Holders shall suspend use of such Prospectus (the period of such suspension being referred to as a "DEFERRAL PERIOD"), and the period of effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement provided for in Section 1(b) above shall be extended by the number of days from and including the date of the giving of such notice to and including the date when the Initial Purchasers and the Holders shall have received such amended or supplemented prospectus pursuant to this Section 2(h). (i) Not later than the effective date of the Shelf Registration Statement, the Company will provide CUSIP numbers for the Initial Securities and the Common Stock registered under the Shelf Registration Statement, and provide the Trustee with printed certificates for the Initial Securities, in a form eligible for deposit with The Depository Trust Company. (j) The Company will comply with all rules and regulations of the Commission to the extent and so long as they are applicable to the Shelf Registration and will make generally available to its security holders (or otherwise provide in accordance with Section 11(a) of the Securities Act) an earnings statement satisfying the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act, no later than 45 days after the end of a 12-month period (or 90 days, if such period is a fiscal year) beginning with the first month of the Company's first fiscal quarter commencing after the effective date of the Shelf Registration Statement, which statement shall cover such 12-month period. (k) The Company shall cause the Indenture to be qualified under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, (the "TRUST INDENTURE ACT") in a timely manner and containing such changes, if any, as shall be necessary for such qualification. In the event that such qualification would require the appointment of a new trustee under the Indenture, the Company shall appoint a new trustee thereunder pursuant to the applicable provisions of the Indenture. (l) In addition to requiring the timely completion and return of the Notice and Questionnaire contemplated by Section 1(a) of this Agreement, the Company may require each Holder of Securities to be sold pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement to furnish to the Company such information regarding the Holder and the distribution of the Securities as the Company may from time to time reasonably require for inclusion in the Shelf Registration Statement, and the Company may exclude from such registration the Securities of any Holder that unreasonably fails to furnish such information within a reasonable time after receiving such request. 5 (m) The Company shall enter into such customary agreements (including, if requested and subject to the provisions of Section 7 of this Agreement, an underwriting agreement in customary form) and take all such other actions, if any, as any Holder shall reasonably request in order to facilitate the disposition of the Securities pursuant to the Shelf Registration. (n) The Company shall (i) make reasonably available for inspection by the Holders, any underwriter participating in any disposition pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement and any attorney, accountant or other agent retained by the Holders or any such underwriter, all relevant financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and properties of the Company and (ii) cause the Company's officers, directors, employees, accountants and auditors to supply all relevant information reasonably requested by the Holders or any such underwriter, attorney, accountant or agent in connection with the Shelf Registration Statement, in each case, as shall be reasonably necessary to enable such persons, to conduct a reasonable investigation within the meaning of Section 11 of the Securities Act; provided, however, that the foregoing inspection and information gathering shall be coordinated on behalf of the Initial Purchasers by you and on behalf of the other parties, by one counsel designated by and on behalf of such other parties as described in Section 3 hereof; and provided further, that any information that is designated by the Company, in good faith, as confidential at the time of delivery of such information shall be kept confidential by the Holders or any such underwriter, attorney, accountant or agent, unless such disclosure is made in connection with a court proceeding or required by law, or such information becomes available to the public generally through a third-party without an accompanying obligation of confidentiality. (o) In connection with any underwritten offering of Transfer Restricted Securities (as defined in Section 5(f) below) in accordance with Section 7 of this Agreement, the Company, if reasonably requested by any Holder of Securities covered by the Shelf Registration Statement, shall cause (i) its counsel to deliver an opinion and updates thereof relating to the Securities in customary form addressed to such Holders and the managing underwriters, if any, thereof, and dated, in the case of the initial opinion, the effective date of such Shelf Registration Statement (it being agreed that such opinion shall be subject to customary assumptions and exceptions and that the matters to be covered by such opinion shall include, without limitation, the due incorporation and good standing of the Company and its significant subsidiaries; the qualification of the Company and its significant subsidiaries to transact business as foreign corporations; the due authorization, execution and delivery of the relevant agreement of the type referred to in Section 2(m) hereof; the due authorization, execution, authentication and issuance, and the validity and enforceability, of the Securities; the absence of material legal or governmental proceedings involving the Company and its subsidiaries; the absence of governmental approvals required to be obtained in connection with the Shelf Registration Statement, the offering and sale of the Securities, or any agreement of the type referred to in Section 2(m) hereof; the compliance as to form of the Shelf Registration Statement and any documents incorporated by reference therein and of the Indenture with the 6 requirements of the Securities Act and the Trust Indenture Act, respectively; and, as of the date of the opinion and as of the effective date of the Shelf Registration Statement or most recent post-effective amendment thereto, as the case may be, the absence from the Shelf Registration Statement and the prospectus included therein, as then amended or supplemented, and from any documents incorporated by reference therein of an untrue statement of a material fact or the omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading (in the case of any such documents, in the light of the circumstances existing at the time that such documents were filed with the Commission under the Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "EXCHANGE ACT")); (ii) its officers to execute and deliver all customary documents and certificates and updates thereof requested by any underwriters of the Securities and (iii) its independent public accountants and the independent public accountants with respect to any other entity for which financial information is provided in the Shelf Registration Statement to provide to the selling Holders of the applicable Securities and any underwriter therefor a comfort letter in customary form and covering matters of the type customarily covered in comfort letters in connection with primary underwritten offerings, subject to receipt of appropriate documentation as contemplated, and only if permitted, by Statement of Auditing Standards No. 72. (p) The Company will use commercially reasonable efforts to (a) if the Initial Securities have been rated prior to the initial sale of such Initial Securities, confirm such ratings will apply to the Securities covered by a Registration Statement, or (b) if the Initial Securities were not previously rated, cause the Securities covered by a Registration Statement to be rated with the appropriate rating agencies, if so requested by holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of Securities covered by the Shelf Registration Statement, or by the managing underwriters, if any. (q) In the event that any broker-dealer registered under the Exchange Act shall underwrite any Securities or participate as a member of an underwriting syndicate or selling group or "assist in the distribution" (within the meaning of the Conduct Rules (the "RULES") of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. ("NASD")) thereof, whether as a Holder of such Securities or as an underwriter, a placement or sales agent or a broker or dealer in respect thereof, or otherwise, the Company will assist such broker-dealer in complying with the requirements of such Rules, including, without limitation, by (i) if such Rules, including Rule 2720, shall so require, engaging a "qualified independent underwriter" (as defined in Rule 2720) on commercially reasonable terms but at the expense of the Holders whose Securities are being sold pursuant to such offering, to participate in the preparation of the Shelf Registration Statement relating to such Securities, to exercise usual standards of due diligence in respect thereto and, if any portion of the offering contemplated by such Registration Statement is an underwritten offering or is made through a placement or sales agent, to recommend the yield of such Securities, (ii) indemnifying any such qualified independent underwriter to the extent of the indemnification of underwriters provided in Section 5 7 hereof and (iii) providing such information to such broker-dealer as may be required in order for such broker-dealer to comply with the requirements of the Rules. (r) The Company shall cause all Securities covered by the Shelf Registration Statement to be listed on each securities exchange on which any Securities are listed. (s) The Company shall use its reasonable efforts to take all other steps necessary to effect the registration of the Securities covered by a Registration Statement contemplated hereby. 3. Registration Expenses. (a) All expenses incident to the Company's performance of and compliance with this Agreement will be borne by the Company, regardless of whether a Registration Statement is ever filed or becomes effective, including without limitation; (i) all registration and filing fees and expenses (including filings made by any Initial Purchasers or Holder with the NASD); (ii) all fees and expenses of compliance with federal securities and state "blue sky" or securities laws; (iii) all expenses of printing (including printing certificates for the Securities to be issued and printing of Prospectuses), messenger and delivery services and telephone; (iv) all fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company; (v) all application and filing fees in connection with listing the Securities on a national securities exchange or automated quotation system pursuant to the requirements hereof; and (vi) all fees and disbursements of independent certified public accountants of the Company (including the expenses of any special audit and comfort letters required by or incident to such performance). The Company will bear its internal expenses (including, without limitation, all salaries and expenses of its officers and employees performing legal or accounting duties), the expenses of any annual audit and the fees and expenses of any person, including special experts, retained by the Company. (b) In connection with the Shelf Registration Statement required by this Agreement, the Company will reimburse the Initial Purchasers and the Holders of Securities covered by the Shelf Registration Statement, for the reasonable fees and disbursements of not more than one counsel, who shall be Morrison & Foerster LLP or such other counsel as may be designated by the Holders of a majority in principal amount 8 of the Securities covered by the Shelf Registration Statement (provided that Holders of Common Stock issued upon the conversion of the Initial Securities shall be deemed to be Holders of the aggregate principal amount of Initial Securities from which such Common Stock was converted) to act as counsel for the Holders in connection therewith. 4. Indemnification. (a) The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each Holder and each person, if any, who controls such Holder within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act (each Holder, and such controlling persons are referred to collectively as the "INDEMNIFIED PARTIES") from and against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several, or any actions in respect thereof (including, but not limited to, any losses, claims, damages, liabilities or actions relating to purchases and sales of the Securities) to which each Indemnified Party may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or actions arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Shelf Registration Statement or prospectus including any document incorporated by reference therein, or in any amendment or supplement thereto or in any preliminary prospectus relating to the Shelf Registration, or arise out of, or are based upon, the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and shall reimburse, as incurred, the Indemnified Parties for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by them in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action in respect thereof; provided, however, that (i) the Company shall not be liable in any such case to the extent that such loss, claim, damage or liability arises out of or is based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in the Shelf Registration Statement or prospectus or in any amendment or supplement thereto or in any preliminary prospectus relating to the Shelf Registration in reliance upon and in conformity with written information pertaining to such Holder and furnished to the Company by or on behalf of such Holder specifically for inclusion therein and (ii) with respect to any untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission made in any preliminary prospectus relating to the Shelf Registration Statement, the indemnity agreement contained in this subsection (a) shall not inure to the benefit of any Holder from whom the person asserting any such losses, claims, damages or liabilities purchased the Securities concerned, to the extent that a prospectus relating to such Securities was required to be delivered by such Holder under the Securities Act in connection with such purchase and any such loss, claim, damage or liability of such Holder results from the fact that there was not sent or given to such person, at or prior to the written confirmation of the sale of such Securities to such person, a copy of the final prospectus if the Company had previously furnished copies thereof to such Holder; provided further, however, that this indemnity agreement will be in addition to any liability which the Company may otherwise have to such Indemnified Party. The Company shall also indemnify underwriters, their officers and directors and each person who controls such underwriters within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act to the same extent as 9 provided above with respect to the indemnification of the Holders of the Securities if requested by such Holders. (b) Each Holder, severally and not jointly, will indemnify and hold harmless the Company, its officers and directors and each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act from and against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities or any actions in respect thereof, to which the Company or any such controlling person may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or actions arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Shelf Registration Statement or prospectus or in any amendment or supplement thereto or in any preliminary prospectus relating to the Shelf Registration, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, but in each case only to the extent that the untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission was made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information pertaining to such Holder and furnished to the Company by or on behalf of such Holder specifically for inclusion therein; and, subject to the limitation set forth immediately preceding this clause, shall reimburse, as incurred, the Company for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by the Company or any such controlling person in connection with investigating or defending any loss, claim, damage, liability or action in respect thereof. This indemnity agreement will be in addition to any liability which such Holder may otherwise have to the Company or any of its controlling persons. (c) Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Section 4 of notice of the commencement of any action or proceeding (including a governmental investigation), such indemnified party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the indemnifying party under this Section 4, notify the indemnifying party of the commencement thereof; but the omission so to notify the indemnifying party will not, in any event, relieve the indemnifying party from any obligations to any indemnified party other than the indemnification obligation provided in paragraph (a) or (b) above. In case any such action is brought against any indemnified party, and it notifies the indemnifying party of the commencement thereof, the indemnifying party will be entitled to participate therein and, to the extent that it may wish, jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly notified, to assume the defense thereof, with counsel reasonably satisfactory to such indemnified party (who shall not, except with the consent of the indemnified party, be counsel to the indemnifying party), and after notice from the indemnifying party to such indemnified party of its election so to assume the defense thereof the indemnifying party will not be liable to such indemnified party under this Section 4 for any legal or other expenses, other than reasonable costs of investigation, subsequently incurred by such indemnified party in connection with the defense thereof. No indemnifying party shall, without the prior written consent of the indemnified party, effect any settlement of any pending or threatened action in respect of which any indemnified party is or could 10 have been a party and indemnity could have been sought hereunder by such indemnified party unless such settlement (i) includes an unconditional release of such indemnified party from all liability on any claims that are the subject matter of such action, and (ii) does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of any indemnified party. (d) If the indemnification provided for in this Section 4 is unavailable or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party under subsections (a) or (b) above, then each indemnifying party shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) referred to in subsection (a) or (b) above in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the indemnifying party or parties on the one hand and the indemnified party on the other in connection with the statements or omissions that resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of the parties shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company on the one hand or such Holder or such other indemnified party, as the case may be, on the other, and the parties' relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. The amount paid by an indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to in the first sentence of this subsection (d) shall be deemed to include any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending any action or claim which is the subject of this subsection (d). Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 4(d), the Holders shall not be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the net proceeds received by such Holders from the sale of the Securities pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement exceeds the amount of damages which such Holders have otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. For purposes of this paragraph (d), each person, if any, who controls such indemnified party within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act shall have the same rights to contribution as such indemnified party and each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act shall have the same rights to contribution as the Company. (e) The agreements contained in this Section 4 shall survive the sale of the Securities pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement and shall remain in full force and effect, regardless of any termination or cancellation of this Agreement or any investigation made by or on behalf of any indemnified party. 5. Additional Interest Under Certain Circumstances. (a) Additional interest (the "ADDITIONAL INTEREST") with respect to the Initial Securities shall be assessed as follows if 11 any of the following events occur (each such event in clauses (i) through (iii) below being herein called a "REGISTRATION DEFAULT"): (i) the Shelf Registration Statement has not been filed with the Commission by the 90th day after the Issue Date; (ii) the Shelf Registration Statement has not been declared effective by the Commission by the 180th day after the Issue Date; or (iii) the Shelf Registration Statement is declared effective by the Commission but (A) the Shelf Registration Statement thereafter ceases to be effective or, (B) the Shelf Registration Statement or the Prospectus ceases to be useable in connection with resales of Transfer Restricted Securities (as defined below) during the periods specified herein because (1) any event occurs as a result of which the Prospectus forming part of such Shelf Registration Statement would include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein in the light of the circumstances under which they were made not misleading, or (2) it shall be necessary to amend such Shelf Registration Statement or supplement the related prospectus, to comply with the Securities Act or the Exchange Act or the respective rules thereunder. Each of the foregoing will constitute a Registration Default whatever the reason for any such event and whether it is voluntary or involuntary or is beyond the control of the Company or pursuant to operation of law or as a result of any action or inaction by the Commission . Additional Interest shall accrue on the Initial Securities over and above the interest set forth in the title of the Initial Securities from and including the date on which any such Registration Default shall occur to but excluding the date on which all such Registration Defaults have been cured, at a rate of 0.50% per annum (the "ADDITIONAL INTEREST RATE"). (b) A Registration Default referred to in Section 5(a)(iii) hereof shall be deemed not to have occurred and be continuing in relation to the Shelf Registration Statement or the related Prospectus if the Company is proceeding promptly and in good faith to amend or supplement the Shelf Registration Statement and related prospectus so as to describe such events as required by paragraph 2(h) hereof or so as to otherwise cure the Registration Default referred to in Section 5(a)(iii); provided, however, that in any case if such Registration Default occurs (i) for a period in excess of 45 days in any 90 day period or (ii) for an aggregate of 90 days in any 12 month period, Additional Interest shall be payable in accordance with the above paragraph from the day such Registration Default occurs until such Registration Default is cured. (c) In the event, after the effective date of the Shelf Registration Statement, a Holder notifies the Company that it desires to be included as a Selling Stockholder in the 12 Shelf Registration Statement pursuant to Section 1(a) hereof, and in the process of amending or supplementing the Shelf Registration Statement and the related prospectus to include such Holder as a Selling Stockholder, the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "SEC") notifies the Company in writing (the "Notice") that the Company is prohibited from including such Holder as a Selling Stockholder in the Shelf Registration Statement and that the Company must file a new registration statement with the SEC and recommence the registration process (the "New Registration Statement") in order to register such Holder's Securities, the Company will not be deemed to be in Registration Default pursuant to Section 5(a)(iii) hereof from the date the Company receives the Notice until the date the New Registration Statement is declared effective by the SEC; provided, however, that in the event the Company does receive such Notice, the Company will proceed promptly and in good faith to cause such New Registration Statement to be declared effective. (d) Any amounts of Additional Interest due pursuant to Section 5(a) will be payable in cash on the regular interest payment dates with respect to the Initial Securities (as set forth in the Indenture). The amount of Additional Interest will be determined by multiplying the applicable Additional Interest Rate by the principal amount of the Initial Securities, further multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days such Additional Interest Rate was applicable during such period (determined on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months), and the denominator of which is 360. (e) All obligations of the Company set forth in this Section 5 that are outstanding with respect to any Transfer Restricted Security at the time such security ceases to be a Transfer Restricted Security shall survive until such time as all such obligations with respect to such security shall have been satisfied in full. (f) "TRANSFER RESTRICTED SECURITIES" means each Security until (i) the date on which such Security has been effectively registered under the Securities Act and disposed of in accordance with the Shelf Registration Statement or (iv) the date on which such Security is distributed to the public pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act or is saleable pursuant to Rule 144(k) under the Securities Act. 6. Rules 144 and 144A. The Company shall use its best reasonable efforts to file the reports required to be filed by it under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act in a timely manner and, if at any time the Company is not required to file such reports, it will, upon the request of any Holder, make publicly available other information so long as necessary to permit sales of their Securities pursuant to Rules 144 and 144A. The Company covenants that it will take such further action as any Holder may reasonably request, all to the extent required from time to time to enable such Holder to sell Transfer Restricted Securities without registration under the Securities Act within the limitation of the exemptions provided by Rules 144 and 144A (including the requirements of Rule 144A(d)(4)). The Company will provide a copy of this Agreement to prospective purchasers of Securities identified to the Company by the Initial Purchasers upon request. 13 Upon the request of any Holder, the Company shall deliver to such Holder a written statement as to whether it has complied with such requirements. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing in this Section 6 shall be deemed to require the Company to register any of its securities pursuant to the Exchange Act. 7. Underwritten Registrations. If any of the Transfer Restricted Securities covered by the Shelf Registration are to be sold in an underwritten offering, the investment banker or investment bankers and manager or managers that will administer the offering ("MANAGING UNDERWRITERS") will be selected by the holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of such Transfer Restricted Securities to be included in such offering (provided that holders of Common Stock issued upon conversion of the Initial Securities shall not be deemed holders of Common Stock, but shall be deemed to be holders of the aggregate principal amount of Initial Securities from which such Common Stock was converted; provided, however, that such Managing Underwriters will be reasonably acceptable to the Company. No person may participate in any underwritten registration hereunder unless such person (i) agrees to sell such person's Transfer Restricted Securities on the basis reasonably provided in any underwriting arrangements approved by the persons entitled hereunder to approve such arrangements and (ii) completes and executes all questionnaires, powers of attorney, indemnities, underwriting agreements and other documents reasonably required under the terms of such underwriting arrangements. 8. Miscellaneous. (a) Remedies. The Company acknowledges and agrees that any failure by the Company to comply with its obligations under Section 1 hereof may result in material irreparable injury to the Initial Purchasers or the Holders for which there is no adequate remedy at law, that it will not be possible to measure damages for such injuries precisely and that, in the event of any such failure, the Initial Purchasers or any Holder may obtain such relief as may be required to specifically enforce the Company's obligations under Sections 1 hereof. The Company further agrees to waive the defense in any action for specific performance that a remedy at law would be adequate. (b) No Inconsistent Agreements. The Company will not on or after the date of this Agreement enter into any agreement with respect to its securities that is inconsistent with the rights granted to the Holders in this Agreement or otherwise conflicts with the provisions hereof. The rights granted to the Holders hereunder do not in any way conflict with and are not inconsistent with the rights granted to the holders of the Company's securities under any agreement in effect on the date hereof. (c) Amendments and Waivers. The provisions of this Agreement may not be amended, modified or supplemented, and waivers or consents to departures from the provisions hereof may not be given, except by the Company and the written consent of the holders of a majority in principal amount of the Transfer Restricted Securities affected 14 by such amendment, modification, supplement, waiver or consents (provided that holders of Common Stock issued upon conversion of Initial Securities shall not be deemed holders of Common Stock, but shall be deemed holders of the aggregate principal amount of Initial Securities from which such Common Stock was converted). Without the consent of the Holder of each Initial Security, however, no modification may change the provisions relating to the payment of Additional Interest. (d) Notices. All notices and other communications provided for or permitted hereunder shall be made in writing by hand delivery, first-class mail, facsimile transmission, or air courier which guarantees overnight delivery: (1) if to a Holder of the Securities, at the most current address given by such Holder to the Company. (2) if to the Initial Purchasers; Credit Suisse First Boston Corporation Eleven Madison Avenue New York, NY 10010-3629 Fax No.: (212) 325-8278 Attention: Transactions Advisory Group with a copy to: Morrison & Foerster LLP 755 Page Mill Road Palo Alto, California 94304-1018 Fax No.: (650) 494-0792 Attention: Justin L. Bastian, Esq. (3) if to the Company, at its address as follows: Emulex Corporation 3535 Harbor Boulevard Costa Mesa, California 92626 Fax No.: (714) 641-0172 Attention: Chief Financial Officer with a copy to: Jeffer, Mangels, Butler & Marmaro LLP 2121 Avenue of the Stars, 10th Floor Los Angeles, California 90067 15 Fax No: (310) 203-0567 Attention: Robert M. Steinberg, Esq. All such notices and communications shall be deemed to have been duly given: at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; three business days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed; when receipt is acknowledged by recipient's facsimile machine operator, if sent by facsimile transmission; and on the day delivered, if sent by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery. (e) Third Party Beneficiaries. The Holders shall be third party beneficiaries to the agreements made hereunder between the Company, on the one hand, and the Initial Purchasers, on the other hand, and shall have the right to enforce such agreements directly to the extent they may deem such enforcement necessary or advisable to protect their rights or the rights of Holders hereunder. (f) Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the successors and assigns of each of the parties, including without limitation and without the need for an express assignment, subsequent Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities. (g) Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by the parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement. (h) Headings. The headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof. (i) Governing Law. THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT REGARD TO PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAWS. By the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Company submits to the nonexclusive jurisdiction of any federal or state court in the State of New York. (j) Severability. If any one or more of the provisions contained herein, or the application thereof in any circumstance, is held invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of any such provision in every other respect and of the remaining provisions contained herein shall not be affected or impaired thereby. (k) Securities Held by the Company. Whenever the consent or approval of Holders of a specified percentage of principal amount of Securities is required hereunder, Securities held by the Company or its affiliates (other than subsequent Holders of Securities if such subsequent Holders are deemed to be affiliates solely by reason of their 16 holdings of such Securities) shall not be counted in determining whether such consent or approval was given by the Holders of such required percentage. [Signature page follows] 17 If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding of our agreement, please sign and return to the Company a counterpart hereof, whereupon this instrument, along with all counterparts, will become a binding agreement among the several Initial Purchasers and the Company in accordance with its terms. Very truly yours, EMULEX CORPORATION By: _________________________________ The foregoing Registration Rights Agreement is hereby confirmed and accepted as of the date first above written. CREDIT SUISSE FIRST BOSTON CORPORATION THOMAS WEISEL PARTNERS LLC By: CREDIT SUISSE FIRST BOSTON CORPORATION By: ______________________________________ John Metz, Director 18 EX-5.1 6 a80940orex5-1.txt EXHIBIT 5.1 Exhibit 5.1 April 26, 2002 Emulex Corporation 3535 Harbor Boulevard Costa Mesa, California 92626 Re: Emulex Corporation Registration Statement on Form S-3 Ladies & Gentlemen: At your request, we have examined the Registration Statement on Form S-3 (the "Registration Statement") to be filed by you with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "Commission") in connection with the registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Act"). By means of the Registration Statement, the Company is registering the resale by certain selling securityholders specified in the Registration Statement and the prospectus associated therewith, from time to time, of (i) $345,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the Company's 1.75% Convertible Subordinated Notes due February 1, 2007 (the "Notes"), (ii) an aggregate of 6,408,030 shares of the Company's common stock, $0.10 par value (the "Stock") issuable upon conversion of the Notes, and (iii) related preferred stock purchase rights (the "Rights") issuable pursuant to the Company's stockholder Rights Agreement, dated January 19, 1989, as amended (the "Rights Agreement"). The Notes were issued pursuant to the indenture dated as of January 29, 2002 (the "Indenture") between the Company and State Street Bank and Trust Company of California , N.A. We have acted as counsel to the Company in connection with the preparation and filing of the Registration Statement. For purposes of our opinion, we have examined and relied upon signed copies of the Registration Statement filed with the Commission as of the date hereof and such other documents, records, certificates and other instruments as we have deemed necessary. We have assumed (i) the genuineness of all signatures on all documents reviewed by us; (ii) the authenticity of all documents submitted to us as originals and the conformity to authentic original documents of all documents submitted to us as certified, conformed or photostatic copies thereof; (iii) that all signatories on the documents reviewed by us have adequate power and authority and have taken all necessary actions to execute, deliver and perform such parties' obligations under such documents and have executed and delivered such documents; (iv) each person signing a document reviewed by us is a competent adult person not operating under any legal disability, duress or having been defrauded in the execution of documents, (v) all documents reviewed by us (other than the Notes and the Indenture with respect to the Company) constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of the parties thereto, and (vi) the parties have received the consideration to be delivered to them pursuant to the terms of the Notes and Indenture. We have assumed that a court of the State of California would apply the laws of the State of California to the Notes and the Indenture notwithstanding the stated choice of New York law, or that the laws of the State of New York are substantially identical to the laws of the State of California with respect to all matters that are the subject of our opinions. In rendering this opinion, we have assumed that there are no understandings, documents or agreements that would expand or otherwise modify the obligations of the parties contrary to that expressed in the Notes and the Indenture. As to facts which are relevant to the legal conclusions expressed herein, we have assumed that the representations and warranties in the Notes and the Indenture are true and correct in all material respects. It is our opinion that: 1. The Notes have been duly authorized and validly issued and constitute valid and binding obligations of the Company in accordance with their terms. 2. The Stock, when issued, sold and delivered upon conversion of the Notes in accordance with the terms thereof, in the manner and for the consideration referred to in the Registration Statement, will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable. 3. Assuming that the Board of Directors of the Company, after fully informing itself with respect to the Rights Agreement and the Rights and after giving due consideration to all relevant matters, determined that the execution and delivery of the Rights Agreement and the issuance of the Rights thereunder would be in the best interests of the Company and its stockholders, and assuming further that the Rights Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Rights Agent, and the provisions of the Rights Agreement have been complied with in connection with the issuance of the Stock, then (i) the Rights attributable to the Stock, other than the Option Stock, are legally issued, and (ii) the Rights attributable to the Option Stock will be legally issued. In connection with the opinion set forth in paragraph 3 above, we note that the question whether the Board of Directors of the Company might be required to redeem the Rights at some future time will depend upon the facts and circumstances existing at that time and, accordingly, is beyond the scope of such opinion. The opinions set forth above are subject to, and limited by, the following qualifications, exceptions and reservations: a. The effect of bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization and similar laws or equitable principles relating to or limiting creditors' rights generally and moratorium laws from time to time in effect. b. The limitations imposed by equitable principles of federal law, California law or the laws of any other state upon the specific enforceability of any of the remedies, covenants, or other provisions of the Notes and Indenture and upon the availability of injunctive relief or other equitable remedies. c. The unenforceability under certain circumstances of provisions (i) expressly or by implication waiving broadly or vaguely stated rights, unknown future rights, defenses to obligations or rights created by law, (ii) imposing penalties or forfeitures, (iii) indemnifying a party against liability for its own negligent or wrongful acts, (iv) allowing the exercise of summary remedies without requiring notice or opportunity for hearing or correction, or (v) providing that rights or remedies are not exclusive, that every right or remedy is cumulative and may be exercised in addition to or with any other right or remedy, that election of a particular remedy or remedies does not preclude recourse to one or more other remedies or that failure to exercise or delay in exercising rights or remedies will not operate as a waiver of any such right or remedy. d. The rights to indemnity under the Notes and Indenture may be limited by federal or state securities laws, other applicable laws or the public policy underlying such laws. e. The discretion of any court of competent jurisdiction in awarding equitable remedies, including without limitation, specific performance or injunctive relief. g. The effect of California or other law providing that, where a contract permits one party to the contract to recover attorneys' fees, the prevailing party in any action to enforce any provision of the contract shall be entitled to recover its reasonable attorneys' fees. We are licensed to practice law only in the State of California. The foregoing opinion applies only with respect to the effect of federal law and the laws of the State of California and the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware on the subject transaction, and we express no opinion with respect to the laws of any other jurisdiction. This opinion is stated as of the date hereof, and we assume no responsibility to update this opinion of changes which may hereafter be brought to our attention. We hereby consent to the use of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement, and we further consent to the use of our name under the caption "Legal Matters" in the Registration Statement and in the Prospectus which is a part thereof. Respectfully submitted, JEFFER, MANGELS, BUTLER & MARMARO LLP EX-10.16 7 a80940orex10-16.txt EXHIBIT 10.16 Exhibit 10.16 BUILD TO SUIT LEASE BY AND BETWEEN C.J. SEGERSTROM & SONS, A CALIFORNIA GENERAL PARTNERSHIP, AS LANDLORD AND EMULEX CORPORATION, A CALIFORNIA CORPORATION, AS TENANT BUILD TO SUIT LEASE BY AND BETWEEN C.J. SEGERSTROM & SONS, A CALIFORNIA GENERAL PARTNERSHIP, AS LANDLORD AND EMULEX CORPORATION, A CALIFORNIA CORPORATION AS TENANT DATED: APRIL 15, 2002 INDEX
Page ---- ARTICLE I. PREMISES..........................................................................1 Section 1.1 Premises Defined...............................................1 Section 1.2 Easements; Reservation of Oil, Gas, Mineral and Water Rights......................................................2 Section 1.3 Title Matters..................................................2 Section 1.4 Tenant's Expansion Option; Expansion Land Use and Related Covenants...........................................3 Section 1.5 Tenant's First Refusal Right to Lease..........................7 Section 1.6 Representations and Warranties of the Parties..................9 ARTICLE II. TERM ...........................................................................10 Section 2.1 Length of Term................................................10 Section 2.2 Lease Commencement Date and Rent Commencement Date............10 Section 2.3 Options to Extend Term........................................11 ARTICLE III. RENT ..........................................................................15 Section 3.1 Base Rent.....................................................15 Section 3.2 Determinations of Base Rent...................................17 Section 3.3 Increases in Monthly Base Rent................................19 Section 3.4 Expansion Land Rent...........................................20 Section 3.5 Rent Defined..................................................21 ARTICLE IV. TAXES ..........................................................................21 Section 4.1 Real Property Taxes...........................................21 Section 4.2 Definitions...................................................22 Section 4.3 Separate Tax Parcel...........................................22 Section 4.4 Other Taxes...................................................23 Section 4.5 Right to Contest..............................................23 ARTICLE V. CONDUCT OF BUSINESS BY TENANT....................................................24 Section 5.1 Use of Premises...............................................24 Section 5.2 Restrictions on Use...........................................25 Section 5.3 Contest of Requirements.......................................25 Section 5.4 Exterior Signs and Sign Monument(s)...........................25 Section 5.5 Other Tenant Facilities.......................................26 ARTICLE VI. MAINTENANCE, REPAIRS AND ALTERATIONS............................................27 Section 6.1 Landlord's Obligations........................................27 Section 6.2 Tenant's Obligations..........................................28
i Section 6.3 Additions to Premises; Modifications to Obligations of the Parties................................................29 Section 6.4 Alterations and Additions.....................................30 Section 6.5 Removal of Tenant's Property..................................32 ARTICLE VII. INSURANCE; INDEMNITY...........................................................32 Section 7.1 Liability Insurance...........................................32 Section 7.2 Fire and Earthquake Insurance - Fixtures, Equipment and Tenant Improvements........................................33 Section 7.3 Insurance Policies............................................34 Section 7.4 Waiver of Subrogation.........................................34 Section 7.5 Indemnity.....................................................34 Section 7.6 Exemption of Landlord.........................................35 Section 7.7 Notices.......................................................35 ARTICLE VIII. DAMAGE OR DESTRUCTION.........................................................35 Section 8.1 Damage........................................................35 Section 8.2 Termination Rights............................................36 Section 8.3 Abatement of Rent.............................................37 ARTICLE IX. ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING.......................................................38 Section 9.1 Landlord's Rights.............................................38 Section 9.2 No Release of Tenant..........................................42 Section 9.3 Hypothecation.................................................42 ARTICLE X. CONDEMNATION.....................................................................45 Section 10.1 Condemnation.................................................45 ARTICLE XI. UTILITY SERVICES................................................................47 Section 11.1 Utility Charges..............................................47 Section 11.2 Interruption of Service......................................47 Section 11.3 Other Tenants................................................47 Section 11.4 Availability of Utility Services.............................48 ARTICLE XII. DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES..........................................................48 Section 12.1 Defaults.....................................................48 Section 12.2 Remedies.....................................................49 Section 12.3 Determination of Rent........................................49 Section 12.4 Default by Landlord..........................................49 Section 12.5 Expense of Litigation........................................50 Section 12.6 Holding Over.................................................50 Section 12.7 Landlord's Rights............................................50 Section 12.8 Payments and Notices.........................................51 Section 12.9 Third Party Litigation.......................................51 Section 12.10 Submission to Arbitration...................................51 ARTICLE XIII. MISCELLANEOUS.................................................................54 Section 13.1 Offset Statement.............................................54 Section 13.2 Landlord's Right of Access...................................54 Section 13.3 Transfer of Landlord's Interest..............................55 Section 13.4 Separability.................................................55 Section 13.5 Interest on Past Due Obligations.............................55 Section 13.6 Time of Essence..............................................56 Section 13.7 Hazardous Substances.........................................56 Section 13.8 Headings.....................................................58 Section 13.9 Incorporation of Prior Agreements; Amendments................59 Section 13.10 Notices.....................................................59 Section 13.11 Brokers.....................................................60 Section 13.12 Waivers.....................................................60 Section 13.13 Recording...................................................60
ii Section 13.14 Liens.......................................................61 Section 13.15 Subordination...............................................61 Section 13.16 Force Majeure...............................................62 Section 13.17 Yield Up Premises; Quitclaim................................63 Section 13.18 Authority...................................................63 Section 13.19 Survival of Indemnities.....................................63 Section 13.20 Surrender or Cancellation...................................63 Section 13.21 Non-Disclosure of Lease Terms...............................64 Section 13.22 Security Deposit............................................64 Section 13.23 Gender; Tenants.............................................64 Section 13.24 No Option...................................................64 Section 13.25 Landlord Liability..........................................64 Section 13.26 Termination.................................................65 Section 13.27 Accord and Satisfaction.....................................66 Section 13.28 Quiet Possession............................................66 Section 13.29 Counterparts................................................66 Section 13.30 Parking for Premises........................................66 Section 13.31 Building Security...........................................67 Section 13.32 Communications Equipment....................................68 Section 13.33 Publicity...................................................69 ARTICLE XIV. IMPROVEMENT OF THE PREMISES....................................................69 Section 14.1 Landlord's Work..............................................69 Section 14.2 Standards for Performance of Landlord's Work.................71 Section 14.3 Payment for Landlord's Work..................................75 Section 14.4 Time for Completion..........................................80 Section 14.5 Warranties and Guaranties....................................81 Section 14.6 Tenant's Work................................................81 Section 14.7 Coordination, Cooperation and Change Orders..................82 Section 14.8 Expansion Building...........................................83 Section 14.9 Remediation During Construction..............................83 ARTICLE XV. TENANT'S PURCHASE RIGHTS........................................................84 Section 15.1 Tenant's Option to Purchase..................................84 Section 15.2 First Offer to Purchase......................................86 ARTICLE XVI. CONDITIONS TO EFFECTIVENESS....................................................87 Section 16.1 Conditions to Continued Effectiveness of Lease...............87 ARTICLE XVII. OTHER MATTERS.................................................................89 Section 17.1 Subdivision of Land..........................................89 Section 17.2 Common Areas.................................................89 Section 17.3 Reciprocal Easement Agreement................................90 Section 17.4 Relocation Costs.............................................91 Section 17.5 Trip Ends....................................................91 Section 17.6 Traffic Impact Fees..........................................91
EXHIBIT A - Plot Plan of Land EXHIBIT B - Legal Description of Land EXHIBIT C - Form of Short Form Memorandum of Lease EXHIBIT D - Form of Mutual Cancellation of Lease EXHIBIT E - Schedule of Landlord Improvements EXHIBIT F - Form of Purchase and Sale Agreement EXHIBIT G - Permitted Exceptions EXHIBIT H - Allocation of Development Agreement Items EXHIBIT I - Rules and Regulations EXHIBIT J - Form of Subordination, Non-Disturbance and Attornment Agreement EXHIBIT K - Form of Tenant's Deed of Trust EXHIBIT L - Development Budget EXHIBIT M - Purchase and Sale Agreement Modifications iii BUILD TO SUIT LEASE In consideration of the rents and covenants hereinafter set forth, C.J. SEGERSTROM & SONS, a California general partnership ("Landlord"), hereby leases to EMULEX CORPORATION, a California corporation ("Tenant"), and Tenant hereby rents from Landlord, the following described premises (the "Premises"), upon the following terms and conditions: ARTICLE I. PREMISES Section 1.1 Premises Defined The Premises consist of the following: (a) That portion of that certain real property located in the City of Costa Mesa, State of California, bounded by Sunflower Avenue on the north, Susan Street on the east and South Coast Drive on the south, consisting of an area of approximately 14.158 acres, more or less, together with all easements, rights and other appurtenances thereto (collectively, the "Land") included in the Initial Premises, as defined in subsection (b) below. The Land is more particularly depicted on Exhibit "A" attached hereto and is legally described on Exhibit "B" attached hereto, each of which Exhibits is incorporated herein by this reference. (b) All improvements now or hereafter located in, on and under the Land constructed by Landlord pursuant to Article XIV (collectively, the "Landlord Improvements"). The Landlord Improvements shall consist of a multi-building, two story concrete tilt-up (unless otherwise mutually approved) campus (collectively, the "Buildings") containing approximately 180,000 square feet of Floor Area, as defined in Section 3.2 below, together with all landscaping, lighting, parking, and other improvements constructed by Landlord pursuant to Article XIV below as a part of the "Initial Premises." As used herein, the term "Landlord Improvements" shall not include any tenant improvements constructed by Tenant pursuant to Article XIV, any alterations made or constructed by Tenant pursuant to Article VI, or any furniture, fixtures, trade fixtures, equipment and/or miscellaneous personal property of Tenant. All references herein to the Premises shall, unless the context clearly indicates to the contrary, mean and include the Land and the Landlord Improvements. All references herein to the "Initial Premises" shall mean the Landlord Improvements initially constructed by Landlord pursuant to Article XIV prior to the Rent Commencement Date, other than the improvements to the Expansion Land, as defined in this subsection (b), plus so much of the Land as is required to: (i) Accommodate the initial Buildings with a floor area ratio ("FAR") of approximately 0.40; and (ii) Provide surface parking for the initial Buildings with a parking ratio of four (4) stalls per 1,000 square feet of Floor Area. Landlord and Tenant contemplate that the portion of the Land so allocated to the Initial Premises (the "Initial Premises Land") will be approximately 10.33 acres and the parties shall use their best efforts to configure the Land allocated to the Initial Premises in order to stay as close to an 0.40 FAR as possible. The square footage of each of the Initial Premises Land and the Expansion Land, as defined below, shall be determined as provided in Section 3.2 below. That portion of the Land other than the Initial Premises Land is herein referred to as the "Expansion Land." The Expansion Land and the Expansion Building, as defined in Section 1.4, are herein referred to as the "Expansion Premises." Subject to the provision of Article XIV, Landlord and Tenant contemplate that the Initial Premises will be located on the northerly portion of the Land adjacent to Sunflower Avenue, while the Expansion Land will be the southerly portion of the Land adjacent to South Coast Drive. (c) If Tenant ceases to be the sole tenant of the Initial Premises and/or is not or ceases to be the sole tenant of the Expansion Premises, as applicable, then from and after such 1 occurrence all references herein to the Premises shall also mean, unless the context clearly indicates to the contrary, and include the rights of Tenant and its employees, invitees, agents and guests to the non-exclusive use of the public common areas on the Expansion Land and/or the Initial Premises Land, as applicable, and in any Buildings thereon in which Tenant occupies less than all of the Floor Area thereof. Section 1.2 Easements; Reservation of Oil, Gas, Mineral and Water Rights Landlord reserves all oil, gas, hydrocarbons, mineral and water rights in the Premises but without right of entry on the surface or within 200 feet thereof. Provided further, that no such items shall be extracted in such manner as may cause or contribute to a lessening of the support of the Land and the Improvements. Section 1.3 Title Matters (a) Tenant's rights under this Lease are subject to the covenants, conditions, easements, reservations, rights, rights of way and other matters disclosed on Exhibit "G" attached hereto (the "Permitted Exceptions"). The Permitted Exceptions also include the reservations in Section 1.2. (b) In recognition of Tenant's purchase rights pursuant to Article XV, except in connection with the Permanent Financing (as defined in Section 3.1) (i.e., issuance and recordation of a deed of trust, assignment of rents and leases, etc.), in connection with Tenant's financing provided for in Section 14.3 and in connection with the Permitted Development Easements (as defined in subsection (c) below), Landlord covenants not to cause the creation of any liens, easements or other encumbrances on or affecting the Initial Premises Land, other than the Permitted Exceptions (any such unpermitted lien, easement or other encumbrance, an "Unpermitted Exception" herein), without in each case the prior written approval of Tenant, which Tenant may withhold or condition in its reasonable discretion. Without limiting any other remedy of Tenant for Landlord's breach of the foregoing covenant, the provisions of Section 13.14 shall apply to any Unpermitted Exceptions. (c) Landlord and Tenant recognize that, in connection with obtaining the Home Ranch Master Entitlements (as defined in Section 14.3) and developing the Initial Premises for Tenant pursuant to Article XIV, Landlord may be required or may find it reasonably necessary to grant and record customary public utility, drainage and other developmental easements for the benefit of the Initial Premises and/or the Expansion Premises for the uses intended by the parties pursuant to this Lease (the "Intended Use"). Such easements, to the extent the creation or existence of same are reasonable and customary and do not adversely affect the development, use or sale of the Initial Premises, the Expansion Premises or any portion of either, shall be referred to herein as the "Permitted Development Easements." No such easement shall be a Permitted Development Easement if it runs under any Building to be constructed on the Land. In addition, Landlord shall not grant any telecommunication easements, licenses or other similar rights to install such facilities on the Land. (d) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, the continued effectiveness of this Lease shall be subject to issuance by Chicago Title Company (the "Title Company") of a standard CLTA leasehold and option title insurance policy or binder in favor of Tenant, insuring Tenant's interest in this Lease subject only to the Permitted Exceptions with a liability amount approximating the Project Purchase Price, as defined in Section 15.1, or such lesser amount as is determined by Tenant (the "Leasehold Policy"). Tenant shall be solely responsible to obtain and pay for the Leasehold Policy, and the condition set forth in this subsection (d) shall be deemed satisfied unless, within five (5) business days after the last execution and delivery of this Lease and the memorandum of lease provided for in Section 13.13, Tenant notifies Landlord in writing that Tenant has been unable to obtain the Leasehold Policy. If Tenant timely notifies Landlord that the condition set forth in this subsection has not been satisfied, such notice shall constitute a notice of termination of this Lease. In the event of a termination of this Lease pursuant to this subsection, the provisions of clauses (i) and (ii) and the last sentence of clause (iii) of Section 16.1(c) shall apply. If Tenant exercises the Purchase Option pursuant to Section 15.1, or a right pursuant to Section 15.2, Tenant shall receive the 2 benefit of any credit or reduction in premium which Landlord receives on the title policy which Landlord is to provide to Tenant as the result of issuance of the Leasehold Policy. Such benefit shall be in the form of a credit against the purchase price otherwise payable by Tenant. Section 1.4 Tenant's Expansion Option; Expansion Land Use and Related Covenants (a) Provided that Tenant is not in Default (as defined in Section 12.1), Tenant shall have the option (the "Expansion Option") to add to the Premises all Floor Area in an additional Building (the "Expansion Building") to be constructed by Landlord on the Expansion Land pursuant to the terms of this Lease. Tenant shall occupy and pay rent on the entire Expansion Building. The Expansion Option shall be exercised, if at all, by written notice from Tenant to Landlord given at any time after the Rent Commencement Date of this Lease for the Initial Premises, as defined in Section 2.2, and prior to the second anniversary of the Rent Commencement Date as to the Initial Premises (the "Expansion Option Period"). If Tenant is not entitled to exercise the Expansion Option, or if Tenant is entitled to exercise the Expansion Option but fails to timely and properly exercise the Expansion Option, the Expansion Option shall lapse and thereafter not be exercisable by Tenant and the provisions of subsection (j) below shall apply. If Tenant is entitled to exercise, and timely and properly exercises, the Expansion Option, then subsections (b) through (h) below shall apply. Notwithstanding the provisions of the immediately preceding paragraph, Tenant shall be entitled to exercise the Expansion Option only if, as of the date of exercise, Tenant's financial condition is such that Landlord can reasonably obtain construction financing, if applicable, and Permanent Financing with respect to Landlord's Work with respect to the Expansion Premises in an amount at least equal to the Development Costs, as defined in Section 14.3, with respect to the Expansion Premises. In the event of a dispute between Landlord and Tenant as to whether the condition set forth in the immediately preceding sentence can be met, such dispute shall be resolved in the manner provided in Section 12.10. (b) The Expansion Building to be constructed on the Expansion land shall be a two story concrete, tilt-up (unless otherwise mutually approved) Building with a Floor Area equal to: (i) The maximum Floor Area entitlement approved by the City of Costa Mesa (the "City") for the Land; less (ii) The aggregate Floor Area of all Buildings in the Initial Premises. In no event shall the Floor Area of the Expansion Building cause the FAR for all buildings constructed or to be constructed on the Land to exceed 0.40. Based upon a FAR for the Land of 0.40 and an anticipated aggregate Floor Area of 180,000 square feet for the Buildings in the Initial Premises, the Floor Area of the Expansion Building will be approximately 66,689 square feet. (c) Design and construction of the Expansion Building, including all parking, lighting, landscaping and related exterior Landlord Improvements on the Expansion Land, will be the responsibility of Landlord in the manner provided in Article XIV, and design and construction of all tenant improvements to the Expansion Building will be the responsibility of Tenant in the manner provided in Article XIV. For the purposes of the design and construction provided for in this subsection (c): (i) All references in Article XIV to the Initial Premises shall mean the Expansion Premises together with all exterior Landlord Improvements to the Expansion Land. (ii) All references in Article XIV to Tenant Improvements (as defined in Section 14.6) shall mean Tenant Improvements to the Expansion Building. (iii) Landlord shall commence construction of the Expansion Building and related exterior Landlord Improvements promptly following receipt of the last of (A) all governmental permits required to construct such Expansion Building and related exterior Landlord Improvements, (B) all Tenant approvals required with respect to the Expansion 3 Building and related exterior Landlord Improvements and (C) a fully executed new lease as required pursuant to subsection (g) below. Landlord shall deliver the Expansion Building to Tenant upon Substantial Completion, as defined in Section 14.4, thereof. (iv) Tenant shall construct all Tenant Improvements to the Expansion Building and shall commence the same promptly following Substantial Completion of the Core and Shell Work (as defined in Section 14.1) for the Expansion Building by Landlord. (v) The time frame for the construction of Landlord's Improvements shall be similar to that set forth in the Schedule of Landlord's Improvements provided for in Section 14.2, but using as a starting point the exercise by Tenant of the Expansion Option. (d) The Commencement Date of the Lease as to the Expansion Premises shall be the date upon which Landlord delivers to Tenant the Expansion Building with Landlord's Core and Shell Work Substantially Complete. The Rent Commencement Date of the Lease as to the Expansion Premises shall be the first to occur of (i) the date upon which Tenant completes the Tenant Improvements to the Expansion Building and commences to occupy the same and (ii) the 150th day after the Commencement Date as to the Expansion Premises. Provided, however, that the Rent Commencement Date as to the Expansion Premises shall not be deemed to occur until Landlord substantially completes the Other Work, as defined in Section 14.1, for the Expansion Land. Upon the Rent Commencement Date of the Lease as to the Expansion Premises, the term "Premises" shall include the Initial Premises and the Expansion Premises. (e) The term of the Lease as to the Expansion Premises shall be ten (10) years from the Rent Commencement Date as to the Expansion Premises, subject to any earlier termination of the Lease pursuant to any provision thereof. In addition, upon the Rent Commencement Date as to the Expansion Premises, the term of this Lease as to the Initial Premises shall be extended to be coterminus with the term of the Lease as to the Expansion Premises. The term of this Lease, as established and extended pursuant to this subsection, shall be subject to further extension pursuant to Section 2.3. (f) The Base Rent for the Expansion Premises shall be determined in the manner provided in Section 3.1 and shall be paid at the times and in the manner provided in Section 3.1. Base Rent shall be subject to adjustment at the times and in the manner provided in Sections 3.2 and 3.3. For the purposes of application of this subsection (f): (i) All references to Development Costs shall mean the Development Costs with respect to the Expansion Building and other Landlord Improvements to the Expansion Land; and (ii) The annual debt service used in determining the Base Rent with respect to the Expansion Premises shall be based upon the financing obtained by Landlord with respect to the Expansion Premises. In no event shall Landlord be required to refinance the Initial Premises to include the cost of the Expansion Building and related Landlord Improvements. (iii) All references to the Commencement Date and the Rent Commencement Date in Sections 3.1, 3.2 and 3.3 shall mean, as to the Initial Premises, the Commencement Date and Rent Commencement Date with respect thereto, and as to the Expansion Premises, the Commencement Date and Rent Commencement Date with respect thereto. In other words, the determinations and adjustments provided for in such Sections shall be made separately as to the Initial Premises and the Expansion Premises. (g) Promptly following the exercise by Tenant of the Expansion Option, Landlord shall prepare, and Landlord and Tenant shall execute and deliver, a document setting forth and memorializing: (i) The exercise by Tenant of the Expansion Option; (ii) The approximate Floor Area of the Expansion Building and the area of the Expansion Land; 4 (iii) A target schedule for design, permitting and construction of the Expansion Building, the related exterior Landlord Improvements and the Tenant Improvements to the Expansion Building; and (iv) Such other matters as shall be agreed upon by Landlord and Tenant. Unless Landlord shall finance the Initial Premises and the Expansion Premises with a single financing, such document shall be a separate lease covering the Expansion Premises. Such separate lease (the "Second Lease") shall be upon the same terms and conditions as this Lease except that the Second Lease shall not include those provisions which are specifically related to and limited to the Initial Premises, such as this Section 1.4 and Section 1.3. Concurrently with the execution of the Second Lease, Landlord and Tenant shall execute and deliver, an amendment to this Lease eliminating the Expansion Premises from the scope of this Lease. Landlord and Tenant agree that this Lease and the Second Lease shall be construed and applied to function together and to give effect to the provisions of this Lease as they apply to the Expansion Premises. Similarly, in the event of a Permitted Sale, as defined in subsection (i), of only the Initial Premises, the parties shall cooperate to bifurcate this Lease into two separate leases for, respectively, the Initial Premises and the Expansion Land, with the intent that Tenant's rights and obligations shall remain the same but shall run to separate landlords as to the Initial Premises and the Expansion Land. In such respect, the following documents shall be executed and delivered: (A) An amendment to this Lease between Tenant and the purchaser in the Permitted Sale eliminating from this Lease the Expansion Land and all obligations of the landlord under this Lease with respect to the Expansion Land and fixing the Trip Ends as to the Initial Premises. (B) A Second Lease with respect to the Expansion Land between Landlord and Tenant. Such Second Lease shall be upon the same terms and provisions as this Lease except that: (1) The Second Lease shall not include those provisions which are specifically related to and limited to the Initial Premises, such as Sections 1.3 and 15.1. (2) Initially the sole rights of Tenant under the Second Lease shall be those under this Section 1.4, Section 1.5 and Section 15.2 hereof, and Tenant's sole obligations under the Second Lease shall be those under Section 3.4. If Tenant fails to exercise the Expansion Option, then Tenant's sole rights under the Second Lease shall be those set forth under Sections 1.5 and 15.2. (3) Except for the right to terminate this Lease as to the Expansion Building for unforeseen hazardous materials on the Expansion Land, none of the termination rights set forth in Sections 1.3 and 16.1 shall be included in the Second Lease. (C) An amendment to the REA, if applicable, among Landlord, Tenant and the purchaser in the Permitted Sale by which such purchaser assumes, from and after the effective date of the Permitted Sale, those obligations of Landlord under the REA relating to or resulting from Landlord's ownership of the Initial Premises. (h) In consideration for the grant of the Expansion Option, Tenant shall pay to Landlord the Expansion Land Rent, as such term is defined in Section 3.4. below, in accordance with the terms of such Section. In consideration for Tenant's payment of Expansion Land Rent, and without any further fee or charge to Tenant other than as provided in this subsection, Tenant shall have the right, during the period that Tenant pays Expansion Land Rent, to use the Expansion Land from time to time for company functions (each such function, herein, a "Permitted Function"). Provided, however, that each such Permitted Function shall be specifically subject to and conditioned upon each of the following: 5 (i) Prior execution and delivery by Tenant and Landlord of a license agreement or encroachment permit with respect to such Permitted Function and in commercially reasonable form and substance. (ii) Tenant shall erect no permanent structures on the Expansion Land. Any temporary structures shall be removed promptly upon conclusion of the Permitted Function. (iii) Tenant shall promptly, at Tenant's cost, repair any damage to the Expansion Land caused by the Permitted Function. This includes filling all holes, replanting grass as necessary and replacing other vegetation and improvements which are trampled or damaged. (iv) Tenant's insurance pursuant to Sections 7.1 and 7.2 and Tenant's indemnification pursuant to Section 7.5 shall specifically extend to each Permitted Function, all injuries, damage or death occurring thereat and all property placed by Tenant (or by others with the permission of Tenant) on the Expansion Land in connection with a Permitted Function. Landlord shall have no responsibility for and no liability in connection with any Permitted Function. (v) Tenant shall be solely responsible to obtain (and to furnish to Landlord copies of) any liquor license and any other governmental permit or license required in connection with a Permitted Function. Tenant's indemnification pursuant to Section 7.5 shall specifically extend to any claims arising out of Tenant's failure to obtain and/or maintain any required permit or license with respect to a Permitted Function. (vi) Tenant shall conduct each Permitted Function in a manner which minimizes damage to the Expansion Land, any improvements thereto and vegetation thereon and which does not unreasonably bother the occupants of adjacent lands. (vii) Tenant shall, during each Permitted Function, provide appropriate receptacles for trash and refuse, shall promptly remove such receptacles following each Permitted Function and shall pick up and dispose of any garbage, litter or refuse resulting from each Permitted Function. (viii) During the period that Tenant pays Expansion Land Rent with respect to the Expansion Land, Landlord shall not use the Expansion Land for any purpose. In other words, the sole uses of the Expansion Land during such period shall be (A) for a Green Area as provided in Section 14.1 and (B) for Permitted Functions as provided for in this subsection (h). (i) As further consideration for Tenant's payment of the Expansion Land Rent, Landlord covenants that: (A) Pending development of the Expansion Land by Landlord, Landlord shall not improve the Expansion Land other than as provided in Section 14.1(c). (B) Any hypothecation of the Expansion Land or any interest therein shall be subject to the rights of Tenant pursuant to this Section and Sections 1.5, 15.1 and 15.2. (C) Landlord shall maintain liability insurance with respect to the Expansion Land comparable to that maintained by Tenant pursuant to Section 7.1 with respect to the acts or omissions of Landlord and its agents, employees and contractors. (D) Landlord's indemnification pursuant to Section 7.5 shall extend to acts or omissions of Landlord and its agents, employees and contractors in or on the Expansion Land. (E) To and until the earlier of exercise by Tenant of the Expansion Option (and until the Rent Commencement Date as to the Expansion Premises if Tenant exercises the Expansion Option) or expiration of the Expansion Option without exercise 6 by Tenant, Landlord shall not sell, transfer or encumber the Expansion Land. The foregoing shall not, however, preclude transfer of the Expansion Land to a parent, subsidiary or affiliate of Landlord which takes title to the Expansion Land subject to all of the provisions of this Lease or encumbrance of the Expansion Land with the Permanent Financing for the Initial Premises. Landlord may, however, at any time after expiration of the Purchase Option Period, as defined in Section 15.1, and subject to Section 15.2, sell the Initial Premises to a Buyer which assumes in writing the obligations of Landlord as to the Initial Premises accruing subsequent to the close of such sale (a "Permitted Sale"). Upon a Permitted Sale, Landlord, Tenant and the purchaser shall execute and deliver the documents provided for in subsection (g) above. (F) From and after the last of (1) Tenant ceases to pay Expansion Land Rent (or the cost reimbursement provided for in Section 14.1(c)) and (2) expiration of the Expansion Option without exercise by Tenant, Tenant shall have no further rights to use the Expansion Land pursuant to subsection (h) and Landlord may use the Expansion Land for any purpose not inconsistent with Tenant's use of the Initial Premises. Nothing contained in clauses (C) or (D) shall be deemed or construed to defeat or lessen Tenant's obligations with respect to Permitted Functions or to render Landlord responsible for any acts or omissions of Tenant, its agents, employees, contractors or invitees on the Expansion Land. (j) The lapse of the Expansion Option pursuant to subsection (a) above shall not affect Tenant's rights pursuant to Sections 1.5 and 15.2. To the extent applicable, Section 6.3 hereof shall also apply with respect to the lapse of the Expansion Option. Section 1.5 Tenant's First Refusal Right to Lease (a) Provided that (i) Tenant is not in Default pursuant to this Lease beyond any applicable grace period and (ii) Landlord or a parent, subsidiary or affiliate (as the terms parent, subsidiary and affiliate are defined in Section 9.1(j)) of Landlord is then the owner of the Expansion Land, Tenant shall have a right of first refusal (the "First Lease Right") to lease any space constructed by Landlord on the Expansion Land which is or becomes available for lease during the term of this Lease, including any extension thereof pursuant to Section 2.3 (each, an "Available Space"). For the purposes of this Section 1.5, Tenant may assign the First Lease Right to an assignee of Tenant's interest in this Lease or to a subtenant which holds and occupies at least one (1) full Building. Similarly, in connection with a subletting by Tenant, Tenant may retain the First Lease Right so long as Tenant continues to hold and occupy at least one (1) full Building. At all times, there shall be only one (1) person or entity holding the First Lease Right and such First Lease Right must be held by a person or entity which holds and occupies at least one (1) full Building. Such First Lease Right shall be subject to and in accordance with the terms and provisions of this Section 1.5. (b) In the event that an Available Space becomes available, Landlord shall be free to market the Available Space upon such terms as Landlord determines. Upon receipt by Landlord of a written offer to lease the Available Space which Landlord determines is acceptable to Landlord, Landlord shall promptly deliver to Tenant a written notice (the "Lease Notice") providing, in substance; (i) A description (size, location, configuration, etc) of such Available Space and that such Available Space is available for lease or the date upon which such Available Space will become available for lease; and (ii) The Base Rent, term and other terms upon which Landlord is prepared to lease the Available space. (c) Within ten (10) business days after receipt of a Lease Notice, Tenant may exercise the First Lease Right as to the Available Space described in such Lease Notice. Such First Lease Right shall be exercised, if at all, by written notice to Landlord agreeing to lease the Available Space upon the terms set forth in the Lease Notice and given within such ten (10) business day period. In the event that Tenant fails to exercise the First Lease Right with respect to an Available Space in the manner and within the time period specified in this subsection (c), 7 the First Lease Right for such Available Space shall lapse and shall not thereafter be exercisable with respect to such Available Space except as set forth in subsections (e) and (h) below. (d) If Tenant fails to properly and timely exercise the First Lease Right as to an Available Space, Landlord shall be free to offer such Available Space to third parties upon substantially the same terms as set forth in the Lease Notice as to such Available Space and to enter into a lease of such Available Space with a third party. Provided, however, that Landlord shall not enter into a lease of such Available Space upon total economic terms, as defined in subsection (f) below, which are more than five percent (5%) less favorable to Landlord than those set out in the Lease Notice given to Tenant as to such Available Space without first providing to Tenant a second notice (the "Second Lease Notice") providing, in substance, the information required by subsection (b) above. Such Second Lease Notice shall be accompanied by an amendment to this Lease adding such Available Space to the Premises upon the terms and conditions set forth in the Second Lease Notice and otherwise upon those terms and conditions of this Lease which are applicable to the Available Space. (e) Within five (5) business days after receipt of a Second Lease Notice, Tenant may exercise the First Lease Right, if at all, by execution and delivery to Landlord of the lease amendment enclosed with the Second Lease Notice without change and within such five (5) business day period. Except as provided in subsection (d) above, if Tenant fails to exercise the First Lease Right in the manner and within the time period specified in this subsection, the First Lease Right shall lapse and shall thereafter not be exercisable as to such Available Space. (f) As used in this Section 1.5, the phrase "total economic terms" shall mean the total net economic consideration to Landlord with respect to a proposed lease of an Available Space (i) taking into account all amounts payable to Landlord pursuant to the proposed lease, such as Base Rent, additional rent, "key money" and expenses payable directly by the proposed tenant (such as utilities, property taxes and insurance) and (ii) giving effect to all costs incurred or to be incurred by Landlord to enter into and perform pursuant to such proposed lease, including but not limited to any brokerage fee or commission, any "free rent," any tenant allowance, any moving allowance, assumption of any prior lease obligation and any remodeling, renovation or other capital expenditure by Landlord for the benefit of the tenant. (g) Upon any timely exercise by Tenant of a First Lease Right as to an Available Space, Landlord shall prepare and Landlord and Tenant shall promptly execute and deliver an amendment to this Lease adding such Available Space to the Premises. Any such amendment shall contain the economic and other terms and conditions set forth in the relevant Lease Notice or Second Lease Notice, as applicable, and shall otherwise be upon such of the terms and conditions of this Lease as are applicable to such Available Space. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Landlord and Tenant acknowledge and agree that (i) there will or may be differences in general terms and conditions (such as liability for taxes, maintenance, repairs, insurance requirements, etc., but not Section 7.5, Articles IX and XII and the standards set forth in Section 13.30(b)) due to the differences between a ground lease (i.e., the Initial Premises) and a space lease (i.e., the Available Space), (ii) certain provisions of this Lease are particular to the Initial Premises (such as Article XIV) and will not apply to an Available Space and (iii) the term of this Lease as to the Available Space shall be as set forth in the Lease Notice or Second Lease Notice, as applicable, without regard to Section 2.3 hereof. (h) The First Lease Right provided for in this Section 1.5 shall be a separate right as to each Available Space becoming available during the Lease term, including any extension thereof pursuant to Section 2.3, and shall apply to an Available Space each time that such Available Space becomes available for lease during the Lease Term. Failure of Tenant to exercise the First Lease Right as to an Available Space shall not affect the ability of Tenant to exercise the First Lease Right as to any other Available Space or as to the Available Space as to which Tenant failed to exercise the First Lease Space if such Available Space thereafter again becomes available. (i) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section, the First Lease Right shall be subordinate and inferior to any expansion or extension options held by any tenant of space on the Expansion Land as to any space becoming an Available Space. In other words, 8 Landlord shall not be obligated to offer such Available Space to Tenant, and Tenant shall not be entitled to exercise the First Lease Right with respect to such Available Space, to and until the holder of such option shall have elected not to exercise such option or the time for exercise of such option shall have expired without exercise of such option, as applicable. The First Lease Right shall be superior to any right of first offer or right of first refusal granted by Landlord to any tenant of space on the Expansion Land. In other words, Landlord shall not be entitled to offer such Available Space to such other tenant until Landlord shall first have offered such Available Space to Tenant and Tenant shall have declined to exercise the First Lease Right or the time for exercise thereof shall have expired without exercise of the First Lease Right, as applicable. Section 1.6 Representations and Warranties of the Parties (a) Landlord hereby makes the following representations, warranties and covenants, as of the date of execution of this Lease by Landlord: (i) Landlord and each partner of Landlord which is not a natural person have been duly organized and are validly existing under the laws of the State of California. Landlord has the full right, power and authority to execute and deliver this Lease and to perform the obligations of Landlord hereunder. The persons executing this Lease on behalf of Landlord are authorized to do so and to bind Landlord to the obligations of Landlord hereunder. (ii) Landlord is the fee owner of the Land and no person or entity has any present or future right (whether or not contingent) to occupy, use or acquire any interest in the Land, or any portion thereof, except as listed on Exhibit "G." (iii) There is no action, suit, arbitration, unsatisfied order or judgment, governmental investigation or proceeding pending, or to Landlord's knowledge, threatened against Landlord which, if determined adversely to Landlord, could individually or in the aggregate materially interfere with the rights of Tenant hereunder. There is no litigation which has been filed against Landlord that arises out of the ownership of the Land and which, if determined adversely to Landlord, would materially adversely affect the Land, the Intended Use or Landlord's ability to perform hereunder. (iv) To Landlord's knowledge, there are no agreements concerning the operation and maintenance of the Land entered into by Landlord except as identified on Exhibit "G." (v) Landlord has not received any notice of any condemnation proceeding related to the Land. (vi) The Land is currently in the Planned Development Industrial zoning classification of the City. (vii) Landlord has not received any written notice from any governmental entity or agency alleging that the Land violates any provision of any federal or state statute or any ordinance of the City. (viii) Main water, sewer, gas, electrical and telephone lines are available in the streets adjacent to the Land for connections from such main lines to the improvements to be constructed on the Land. (ix) That certain Development Agreement dated December 3, 2001 between the City of Costa Mesa, on the one hand, and Landlord and others, on the other hand, (the "Development Agreement") has not been terminated, cancelled, modified or amended and there are no proceedings pending or threatened to cancel, terminate, modify or amend the Development Agreement. (x) The Floor Area entitlement of the Land is O.4FAR (the "Entitlement"). The trip budget for the Land is 376 trips (AM) and 362 (PM) (the "Trip Budget"). To and until the expiration of the Purchase Option without exercise by Tenant, 9 Landlord shall not decrease either the Entitlement or the Trip Budget for the Land. If Tenant timely exercises, the Purchase Option, the foregoing covenant shall continue in effect until the first to occur of (A) the close of a purchase of the Land by Tenant and (B) failure of the sale escrow to close due to a termination by or the default of Tenant. (xi) If either (A) Tenant fails to exercise the Purchase Option or (B) clause (x)(B) applies, from and after the expiration of the covenants in clause (x) to and until expiration of the Expansion Option without exercise by Tenant, Landlord shall not decrease the Entitlement applicable to the Expansion Land (i.e., the Entitlement applicable to the Land less the actual Floor Area of the Initial Premises) and shall maintain a Trip Budget for the Expansion Land equal to that required for office usage. If Tenant timely exercises, the Expansion Option, Landlord shall not reduce the Entitlement of the Expansion Land below that necessary to construct the Expansion Premises and shall not reduce the Trip Budget for the Land below that necessary for Tenant's actual use of the Initial Premises and Expansion Premises. As used in this subsection, "knowledge" of Landlord shall mean to the knowledge of Seller's agents, Jeffrey M. Reese and J. Barney Page, and shall not impose or imply any duty of diligent inquiry. (b) Tenant hereby makes the following representations and warranties as of the date of execution of this Lease by Tenant: (i) Tenant is a corporation duly organized and validly existing under the laws of the State of California. Tenant has the full right, power and authority to execute and deliver this Lease and to perform the obligations of Tenant hereunder. The persons executing this Lease on behalf of Tenant are authorized to do so and to bind Tenant to the obligations of Tenant hereunder. (ii) There is no action, suit, arbitration, unsatisfied order or judgment, governmental investigation or proceeding pending, or to Tenant's knowledge, threatened against Tenant which, if determined adversely to Tenant, could materially interfere with the rights of Landlord hereunder. There is no litigation which has been filed against Tenant which, if determined adversely to Tenant, would materially adversely affect Tenant's ability to perform hereunder. ARTICLE II. TERM Section 2.1 Length of Term The term (the "term") of this Lease shall be from the date of the last execution and delivery of this Lease by Landlord and Tenant, and shall continue for a period of one hundred twenty (120) months following the Rent Commencement Date for the Initial Premises, as defined in Section 2.2(b), subject to any extension of the term pursuant to Section 1.4(e) and Section 2.3 and to any early termination of this Lease pursuant to any provision hereof. Section 2.2 Lease Commencement Date and Rent Commencement Date (a) The "Lease Commencement Date" as to the Initial Premises shall be the date upon which Landlord delivers to Tenant possession of all Buildings which form a part of the Initial Premises with Landlord's Core and Shell Work Substantially Complete. Delivery of possession shall be accomplished by written notice to Tenant setting forth the date upon which Landlord's Core and Shell Work in such Buildings will be substantially complete and given not less than three (3) days prior to the date of such proposed delivery of possession. Upon Substantial Completion and delivery of possession of the Initial Premises to Tenant, Tenant shall take possession of the Initial Premises and commence the Tenant Improvements and installation of Tenant's furniture, furnishings and equipment in the Buildings. From and after the Lease Commencement Date, Tenant shall observe or perform all obligations of the tenant pursuant to this Lease with respect to the Initial Premises, other than those requiring the payment of Base Rent, Expansion Land Rent and additional rent. Pending the occurrence of the Lease Commencement Date as to the Initial Premises, each party shall observe or perform all 10 obligations of such party pursuant to this Lease not dependant upon the occurrence of the Lease Commencement Date. (b) The "Rent Commencement Date" as to the Initial Premises shall be the first to occur of (i) completion by Tenant of the Tenant Improvements to the Buildings in the Initial Premises and commencement of occupancy of such Buildings by Tenant and (ii) the 150th day after the Lease Commencement Date as to the Initial Premises. For purposes of this subsection, the term "occupancy" shall mean occupancy of any portion of any Building for the purpose of conducting Tenant's business but shall not include possession for the purposes of storage of construction materials and furniture, construction of Tenant Improvements or installation of furniture, furnishings and equipment. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Rent Commencement Date as to the Initial Premises shall not be deemed to occur until Substantial Completion by Landlord of the Other Work with respect to the Initial Premises. For the purposes of this subsection (b) and subsection (a) above, Substantial Completion shall be separately determined with respect to the Core and Shall Work, the Other Work and the Tenant Improvements. Landlord and Tenant contemplate that the Rent Commencement Date shall be approximately May 12, 2003. From and after the Rent Commencement Date, Tenant shall observe or perform all obligations of the tenant pursuant to this Lease, including but not limited to the payment of Base Rent and all additional rent with respect to the Initial Premises. (c) Within thirty (30) days following the Rent Commencement Date, Landlord and Tenant shall execute and acknowledge a supplemental agreement setting forth the Lease Commencement Date and Rent Commencement Date of this Lease. Notwithstanding the foregoing, failure of Tenant to execute such supplemental agreement shall not affect the Lease Commencement Date or the Rent Commencement Date in accordance with the provisions of this Lease. In the event of a dispute between Landlord and Tenant as to the date of the Lease Commencement Date and/or the Rent Commencement Date, such dispute shall be resolved in the manner provided in Section 12.10. The provisions of this Section shall be separately applied with respect to the Initial Premises and the Expansion Premises. Section 2.3 Options to Extend Term Provided that (1) Tenant is not in Default either on the date of exercise or on the date when an Additional Term, as defined below, would otherwise commence and (2) Tenant remains the tenant pursuant to this Lease with respect to one or more Buildings, Tenant shall have the options to extend the term of this Lease for two (2) additional terms of five (5) years each (each, an "Additional Term"). As to each such option (each, an "Extension Option"), Tenant may extend the term of this Lease as to any or all of the Buildings then occupied by Tenant, and each Extension Option shall be exercised only as to all space then held by Tenant in a Building. Each such Extension Option shall be exercised, if at all, by written notice from Tenant to Landlord given not more than fifteen (15) months and not less than nine (9) months prior to the expiration of the initial term or the then Additional Term. Each such notice of exercise shall also designate all Buildings as to which such Extension Option is exercised, if less than all Buildings then leased by Tenant. Any such notice which does not designate the Buildings as to which such Extension Option is exercised shall be deemed to extend to all Buildings then leased by Tenant. If Tenant is not entitled to exercise an Extension Option pursuant to this Section 2.3, or is entitled to exercise such Extension Option but fails to do so in the manner and within the time specified in this Section 2.3, such Extension Option shall lapse and thereafter not be exercisable. If the first Extension Option lapses, then the second Extension Option shall lapse as well. If Tenant is entitled to exercise and timely and properly exercises an Extension Option pursuant to this Section 2.3, then the Additional Term resulting from such exercise shall be upon all of the terms and conditions of this Lease, except that: (a) Each Additional Term shall commence immediately upon the expiration of the initial term or the prior Additional Term, as applicable. (b) There shall be no further options to extend the term of this Lease other than the two (2) Extension Options expressly provided for in this Section 2.3. 11 (c) Sections 2.1 and 2.2, Article XIV, Sections 15.1 and 15.2 and Section 16.1 shall have no application to either Additional Term. (d) Initial monthly Base Rent for each Additional Term shall be an amount equal to the then prevailing fair market rental for similar properties in the general market area in which the Premises are located. For the purposes of determining monthly Base Rent with respect to an Additional Term, the following shall pertain: (i) The "general market area" shall mean the Costa Mesa-Newport Beach-Irvine area, shall not include Newport Center but shall also include (A) South Coast Metro (i.e., the area bounded by the 55 Freeway on the East, MacArthur Boulevard on the North, the Santa Ana River on the West and the 405 Freeway on the South) and (B) Pacific Center (i.e., the commercial center in Santa Ana bounded by Edinger to the North, Lyon Street to the East, Grand Avenue to the West and St. Gertrude Place to the South). (ii) The term "similar properties" shall mean low rise office/corporate headquarters properties of similar age and quality and with similar parking, access and other amenities as described in clause (iii) below. (iii) The term "fair market rental" shall mean the effective amount per month that a willing tenant comparable to Tenant would pay and a willing landlord comparable to Landlord would accept in an arm's-length leasing transaction, for a term comparable in length to the applicable Additional Term and commencing on or about the commencement date of the applicable Additional Term, for similar properties which are non-sublease, non-encumbered and non-expansion space. The determination of fair market rental shall not include any value to Landlord for the Tenant Improvements and any other improvements to the Premises installed by Tenant at its cost. In determining fair market rental, appropriate consideration shall be given to annual rental rates per square foot of Floor Area, the type of escalation clauses (including, without limitation, operating costs or base year and CPI, as defined in Section 3.3, rental adjustments), the length of the term, the size and location of the similar properties, the date as to which such fair market rental is to be determined (i.e., the commencement date of the applicable Additional Term) and other generally applicable terms and conditions of tenancy for comparably sized space. In addition, fair market rental for similar properties shall be determined as if such similar properties were delivered in a "shell condition" (i.e., with a level of improvements equal to the Core and Shell Work pursuant to Article XIV). Fair market rental shall be determined as a rate per month per square foot of Floor Area of the Buildings included in the Premises for the relevant Additional Term, and the initial monthly Minimum Rent for each Additional Term shall be determined by multiplying such rate by the Floor Area of the Buildings included in the Premises for the relevant Additional Term. The fair market rental shall specifically take into account all parking and other amenities in or on the Premises (including its conversion to or existence as a "campus" of office buildings), the size of the Land within the Premises in relation to the Floor Area of the Landlord Improvements thereon and the Base Rent increases pursuant to Section 3.3. (iv) Promptly following the exercise of an Extension Option by Tenant pursuant to this Section 2.3, Landlord and Tenant shall attempt to agree upon the initial fair market rental for the relevant Additional Term, taking into account the matters set forth above in this subsection (d). If Landlord and Tenant agree upon such fair market rental value, initial monthly Base Rent for the relevant Additional Term shall be the fair market rental value so determined. In addition, during each Additional Term Tenant shall pay all additional rent provided for in this Lease. Upon reaching agreement pursuant to this clause (iv), Landlord shall prepare and Landlord and Tenant shall promptly execute an amendment to this Lease setting forth the relevant Additional Term and the agreed initial Base Rent with respect thereto. (v) If Landlord and Tenant are not able to reach agreement as to the fair market rental as to an Additional Term within thirty (30) days after Tenant's exercise of an Extension Option pursuant to this Section, then fair market rental shall be determined by appraisal. In connection with any such appraisal, the following shall pertain: 12 (A) The appraisals shall be conducted in Orange County, California in accordance with the provisions of this clause (v). (B) Within fifteen (15) days after the expiration of the foregoing thirty (30) day period, each party shall, by written notice to the other, select an appraiser with the qualifications set forth below. If either party shall fail to select an appraiser in the manner and within the time specified in this clause (B), and such failure continues for five (5) days after receipt of notice of such failure from the other party, then the appraiser timely and properly selected by the other party shall be the sole appraiser. If neither party shall timely and properly select an appraiser pursuant to this clause (B), then a single appraiser shall be selected by the Presiding Judge of the Orange County Superior Court or his or her designee upon application of either party. (C) If a single appraiser is selected or appointed pursuant to clause (B), such sole appraiser shall, within fifteen (15) days after his or her appointment, schedule a meeting with the parties at which such appraiser shall receive such oral or written evidence as he or she determines. The appraiser need not follow the rules of evidence and may set such time limits as he or she deems appropriate. Within thirty (30) days after being appointed, the appraiser shall in writing notify the parties of his or her determination as to fair market rental, determined in accordance with this clause (v). The determination of such single appraiser shall be conclusive upon the parties. (D) If two (2) appraisers are selected pursuant to clause (B), the same procedure set forth in (C) above shall be used, except that each appraiser shall in writing notify the parties and the other appraiser of his or her determination as to fair market rental, determined in accordance with this clause (v). The notices provided for in clause (C) and this clause (D) may be in letter form, but shall be accompanied by an appraisal or report of valuation meeting MAI standards, containing information as to the similar properties utilized by the appraiser and setting forth the basis of such appraiser's determination as to fair market rental. (E) If two (2) appraisers are used, and if the fair market rentals as determined by them are not the same but the larger fair market rental so determined does not exceed one hundred ten percent (110%) of the lesser fair market rental so determined, then fair market rental shall be the average of the fair market rentals determined by the two (2) appraisers. (F) If two (2) appraisers are used, and if the two (2) appraisers determine different fair market rentals and if fair market rental is not determined pursuant to clause (E), then within fifteen (15) days after the last determination of the two (2) appraisers (i.e., the last notice to the parties), the two (2) appraisers shall select a third appraiser. If the two (2) appraisers are unable to select a third appraiser within such fifteen (15) day period, the third appraiser shall be appointed in the manner provided in the last sentence of clause (B). (G) Any third appraiser selected pursuant to clause (F) shall, within fifteen (15) days after his or her selection, notify the parties and the other appraisers in writing of his or her determination of fair market rental, determined in accordance with this clause (v) but with no additional required meetings of the types described in clauses (C) and D) above. Such determination and notice shall be in accordance with the last sentence of clause (D), and in no event shall such determination be greater than the higher of the fair market rentals determined by the original two (2) appraisers or lesser than the lower of the fair market rentals determined by the original two (2) appraisers. In other words, such determination may equal the low appraisal, may equal the high appraisal or may be anywhere between the first two appraisals, but may not be lower than the lower of the first two appraisals or higher than the higher of the first two appraisals. The fair market rental determined by the third appraiser shall be conclusive upon the parties. (H) Each appraiser selected or appointed pursuant to the foregoing clauses shall be a licensed MAI appraiser with not less than five (5) years of appraisal work with respect to buildings similar to the Buildings in the general market area who is independent of each party. For this purpose, independent shall mean that such person is not 13 employed by a party and has not been an employee of a party for two (2) years prior to his or her selection or appointment. (I) Each party shall bear the costs and fees of each appraiser selected by it and one-half (1/2) of the costs and fees of any third or sole appraiser. Each party shall also bear all costs and fees of any attorney or other professional employed or retained by such party in connection with such appraisal process. (J) All determinations as to fair market rental shall be expressed as a rate per square foot of Floor Area per year. (e) If the new initial Base Rent for an Additional Term shall not have been determined as of the commencement date of such Additional Term, Tenant shall pay Base Rent for the entire then Premises at the rate(s) in effect at the expiration of the initial Lease term or first Additional Term, as applicable, until such determination is made. If the new Base Rent is greater than the Base Rent(s) in effect at the expiration of the initial Lease term or first Additional Term, as applicable, within twenty (20) days after the determination of the new Base Rent Tenant shall pay to Landlord an amount equal to the new monthly Base Rent times the number of months from the commencement of the relevant Additional Term through the month in which such determination is made less the aggregate payments on account of monthly Base Rent for such period previously made by Tenant. If the new monthly Base Rent is less than the rate(s) in effect at the expiration of the initial Lease term or first Additional Term, as applicable, Landlord shall credit against the next monthly installments of Base Rent coming due hereunder an amount equal to the aggregate monthly payments on account of Base Rent by Tenant for the period from the commencement date of the relevant Additional Term through the month in which the Base Rent is determined less the actual aggregate Base Rent due for such period. Thereafter, Tenant shall pay monthly Base Rent at the rate determined pursuant to subsection (d). (f) Upon determination of Base Rent pursuant to subsection (d) above, Landlord shall prepare and Landlord and Tenant shall promptly execute and deliver an amendment to this Lease setting forth: (i) The commencement and expiration dates of the relevant Additional Term; (ii) The Buildings included in the Premises for such Additional Term; and (iii) The initial Base Rent for the relevant Additional Term. In addition, if the Premises for an additional Term consists of less than the entire Initial Premises, or if the Premises includes an Available Space which is less than all space located on the Expansion Land, Landlord shall include in such amendment such additional provisions, as shall not have been included in the amendment(s) executed pursuant to Section 1.4 and as shall be necessary to convert this Lease, in whole or in part, from a ground lease of an entire "campus" to a space lease encompassing a portion of the space on the Land. Such provisions shall be as described in Section 1.5(g). (g) The Extension Options shall remain available after any extension of the Lease term pursuant to Section 1.4(e), and shall extend to the entire Premises then leased by Tenant, including the Expansion Building, if applicable, pursuant to the second lease provided for in Section 1.4(g). As provided in Section 3.3, the initial Base Rent for each Additional Term shall be increased on the thirty-first (31st) month of such Additional Term. (h) As used in this Lease, the terms "term" and "term of this Lease" shall include each Additional Term resulting from the exercise of an Extension Option pursuant to this Section. 14 ARTICLE III. RENT Section 3.1 Base Rent (a) Initial Premises. With respect to the Initial Premises, Tenant shall pay to Landlord in advance, without deduction or offset, for each month following the Rent Commencement Date, as monthly Base Rent, an amount equal to one-twelfth (1/12th) of the sum of: (i) Eleven and one-half percent (11 1/2%) of the product of the square footage of the Land included in the Initial Premises and twenty dollars ($20.00) per square foot; plus (ii) Eleven and one-half percent (11 1/2%) on all cash equity, if any, provided by Landlord for design and construction of the Initial Premises and not included in Tenant's Loan pursuant to Section 14.3(b). Base Rent shall continue at such rate until the first to occur of (A) the Permanent Financing Date, as defined in subsection (c) below, with respect to the Initial Premises and (B) close of a purchase of the entire Land and all Improvements thereon by Tenant pursuant to Section 15.1. (b) Expansion Premises. If (i) Tenant exercises the Expansion Option pursuant to Section 1.4 and (ii) Tenant elects to make a Tenant's Loan as to the Development Costs for the Expansion Premises, then the initial monthly Base Rent for the Expansion Premises shall be determined in the manner provided in subsection (a), substituting the Expansion Premises for the Initial Premises. If (A) Tenant exercises the Expansion Option but (B) Tenant does not elect to make a Tenant's Loan as to the Development Costs for the Expansion Premises, then the initial monthly Base Rent for the Expansion Premises shall be an amount equal to one-twelfth (1/12th) of the sum of: (1) Eleven and one-half percent (11 1/2%) of the product of the square footage of the Land included in the Expansion Premises and twenty dollars ($20.00); plus (2) The annual debt service payable by Landlord on all Development Costs with respect to the Expansion Premises, using the financing rate obtained by Landlord on the construction financing obtained by Landlord with respect to the Expansion Premises; plus (3) Eleven and one-half percent (11 1/2%) on all cash equity, if any, provided by Landlord for design and construction of the Expansion Premises. Base Rent as determined pursuant to this subsection shall be in effect from the Rent Commencement Date with respect to the Expansion Premises until the Permanent Financing Date with respect to the Expansion Premises. (c) Financing Adjustments. The initial Base Rent amounts determined pursuant to subsections (a) and (b) shall be subject to the following financing adjustments: (i) If Tenant elects not to make a Tenant's Loan with respect to the Development Costs for the Expansion Premises and if the construction financing obtained by Landlord for the Expansion Premises is variable rate financing, then upon each change in the interest rate on such financing, the monthly Base Rate determined pursuant to subsection (b) shall be redetermined using such new interest rate. Such new monthly Base Rent shall be effective from and after the effective date of the change in the interest rate. (ii) If Tenant does not exercise its option pursuant to Section 15.1 (i.e., to purchase the entire Land and all Landlord Improvements thereon), Landlord shall use commercially reasonable, good faith efforts to obtain permanent financing ("Permanent Financing") secured by the Initial Premises and this Lease at the most favorable market rate available from qualified institutional lenders. For this purpose, Landlord shall, in good faith, consider any lender proposals obtained by Tenant for Permanent Financing with respect to the 15 Initial Premises. Landlord shall use reasonable, good faith efforts to cause such Permanent Financing to fund as promptly as possible following the accrual of Landlord's obligation to seek such Permanent Financing. Such Permanent Financing shall: (A) Be at the most favorable market rate available from a qualified institutional lender; (B) Be non-recourse (except for standard carve-outs such as waste, misappropriation and hazardous materials) as to Landlord and its partners; (C) Be in an amount sufficient to retire in full Tenant's Loan (i.e., Landlord shall not be required to invest equity to retire Tenant's Loan); and (D) Have an assumed principal amortization schedule for the Development Costs of twenty-five (25) years and a term of ten (10) years. Effective upon the date on which the Permanent Financing is funded (the "Permanent Financing Date"), (1) Tenant's Loan shall be paid in full and (2) monthly Base Rent for the Initial Premises shall be redetermined using the two (2) factors described in subsection (a) plus the actual principal and interest payments on the Permanent Financing obtained by Landlord with respect to the Initial Premises and an assumed principal amortization schedule of twenty-five (25) years (collectively, the "Permanent Financing Factor"). The revised monthly Base Rent for the Initial Premises resulting from the adjustment provided for in this clause (ii) shall be effective upon the Permanent Financing Date, prorated on the basis of a thirty (30) day month. For the purposes of this clause (ii), Landlord shall not be required to seek Permanent Financing with respect to the Initial Premises until the first to occur of (aa) expiration of the Purchase Option Period, as defined in Section 15.1, without exercise of the Purchase Option, as defined in Section 15.1, by Tenant and (bb) receipt by Landlord of a written notice from Tenant irrevocably and unequivocally waiving the Purchase Option. In addition, if Tenant exercises the Purchase Option and thereafter fails to close the purchase, Landlord shall promptly thereafter seek to obtain Permanent Financing pursuant to this clause (ii). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this clause (ii), if Landlord is unable to locate Permanent Financing for the Initial Premises, or is unable to locate Permanent Financing in an amount sufficient to retire Tenant's Loan in full, then, in either such event, the portion of Tenant's Loan not repaid by Landlord from Permanent Financing shall not be retired but shall instead become a capital investment by Tenant in the Initial Premises. Such investment shall not bear interest or any other return thereon and shall not be taken into account for any purpose in the determination of Base Rent for the Initial Premises. Moreover, upon any termination of this Lease pursuant to Section 8.2 or Article X, the then unamortized portion of such capital investment shall be returned to Tenant from the insurance proceeds or condemnation award in connection with such termination. For this purpose, amortization shall be on a straight line basis from date of expenditure through the initial scheduled expiration date of this Lease. (iii) If Tenant exercises the Expansion Option and elects not to make a Tenant's Loan with respect to the Development Costs for the Expansion Premises, Landlord shall use commercially reasonable good faith efforts to obtain construction financing with respect to the Expansion Premises at the most favorable market rate available from qualified institutional lenders, and shall, in good faith, consider any lender proposals obtained by Tenant for the Expansion Premises. Moreover, in order to minimize financing costs with respect to the Expansion Premises, Tenant shall have the right, at Tenant's option, to provide a Tenant's Loan to Landlord. Any such Tenant's Loan provided by Tenant shall be at an interest rate, if any, and upon such other terms and conditions as are mutually agreed upon by Landlord and Tenant. (iv) Whether or not Tenant elects to provide a Tenant's Loan with respect to the Expansion Premises, Landlord shall use commercially reasonable, good faith efforts to obtain Permanent Financing secured by the Expansion Premises to fund as promptly as possible following the completion of the Tenant Improvements and the Landlord Improvements with respect to the Expansion Premises and at the most favorable market rate available from qualified institutional lenders. The date of such funding shall be the Permanent Financing Date with respect to the Expansion Premises. Such Expansion Premises Permanent Financing shall be 16 subject to clauses (A), (B) and (D) of clause (ii) above and, if applicable, clause (C) of clause (ii) above. Upon the Permanent Financing Date as to the Expansion Premises, (A) Tenant's Loan or Landlord's construction financing, as applicable, as to the Development Costs of the Expansion Premises shall be paid in full and (B) monthly Base Rent for the Expansion Premises shall be redetermined either to (1) add the Permanent Financing payments as a third factor in determining monthly Base Rent or (2) substitute the Permanent Financing payments for factor (2) in subsection (b) above, as applicable. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this clause (iv), if Tenant makes a Tenant's Loan as to the Expansion Premises and Landlord is unable to locate Permanent Financing for the Expansion Premises, or is unable to locate Permanent Financing in an amount sufficient to retire such Tenant's Loan in full, then, in either such event, the portion of such Tenant's Loan not repaid by Landlord from Permanent Financing with respect to the Expansion Premises shall not be retired but shall instead become a capital investment by Tenant in the Expansion Premises. Such investment shall not bear interest or any other return thereon and shall not be taken into account for any purpose in the determination of Base Rent for the Expansion Premises. Moreover, upon any termination of this Lease pursuant to Section 8.2 or Article X, the then unamortized portion of such capital investment shall be returned to Tenant from the insurance proceeds or condemnation award in connection with such termination. For this purpose, amortization shall be on a straight line basis from date of expenditure through the revised scheduled expiration date of this Lease. (v) In connection with Landlord's construction financing, if applicable, with respect to the Expansion Premises or Landlord's Permanent Financing with respect to the Initial Premises or the Expansion Premises, Landlord may elect to borrow more than the aggregate Development Costs thereof (i.e., to finance, in part, on the basis of the value of the Land). In any such event, the first proceeds of any such financing must be used to retire any Tenant's Loan in full. In connection with any such borrowing (i.e., borrowing more than the Development Costs), (1) Landlord may effect such borrowing only if such borrowing is commercially feasible and does not increase the rate of interest on the Development Costs and (2) if Landlord elects to use such excess financing, incremental debt service and costs attributable to the portion of the financing in excess of the Development Costs shall not be included in the Base Rent determinations pursuant to subsection (b) or this subsection (c). (vi) As to each Permanent Financing effected by Landlord pursuant to this subsection (c), the lender shall be obligated, upon the close of a purchase by Tenant pursuant to Section 15.2 hereof, to release its lien as to the Project or Sale Portion, each as defined in Section 15.2. Such release shall be subject only to (A) prior subdivision by Landlord of the Sale Portion as a separate legal parcel pursuant to Section 17.1, if the sale is of a Sale Portion, and (B) retirement from the proceeds of such sale of the loan or portion thereof applicable to the Sale Portion. In addition, if the proceeds of the sale are less than the then balance of the loan (or portion thereof) to be retired and any prepayment fees, costs and other amounts due the lender, Landlord shall cover any shortfall with Landlord's own funds. (d) Base Rent shall be payable in equal monthly installments on or before the first day of each calendar month or partial calendar month following the Rent Commencement Date. Base Rent for any fractional part of a calendar month at the beginning or end of the term of this Lease shall be a proportionate part of the Base Rent for a full calendar month. Such proration and all other prorations pursuant to this Lease shall be made on the basis of actual days (whether remaining or elapsed) in the relevant month or year. Section 3.2 Determinations of Base Rent (a) The actual areas of the Initial Premises and the Expansion Premises shall be determined by RBF Associates, unless the parties otherwise agree in writing to use another licensed civil engineering firm. Landlord shall retain such engineering firm to determine (i) the square footage of the Land included in the Initial Premises and (ii) the square footage of the Expansion Land. For the purposes of the foregoing determinations, the Initial Premises shall include so much of the Land as necessary to (A) achieve an 0.40 FAR and (B) include sufficient parking to provide four (4) spaces per 1,000 square feet of Floor Area of the Buildings included in the Initial Premises. 17 Such engineering firm shall furnish copies of such determinations, in reasonable detail, to Landlord and Tenant, and, absent a disagreement pursuant to the next sentence, such determinations shall be final and conclusive for purposes of Sections 1.4 and 3.1. If either party disagrees with such determinations, such party shall notify the other party and RBF in writing within thirty (30) days after such party's receipt of such determinations. Such notice shall specify in reasonable detail the basis for such disagreement. If a notice(s) of disagreement is timely given, RBF, Landlord and Tenant shall, for ten (10) business days after such notice(s) attempt to resolve the disagreement. If the parties are unable to resolve the disagreement within such ten (10) business day period, the Project Architect shall select a second licensed civil engineering firm (the "Second Engineer"). The Second Engineer shall review the determinations by RBF and the notice(s) of disagreement and shall promptly furnish to RBF and the parties in writing its own determinations of the areas of the Initial Premises and the Expansion Land. Such determinations shall be final and conclusive for purposes of Sections 1.4 and 3.1. The costs and fees of each engineering firm shall be split equally by Landlord and Tenant, and such determinations shall be made and delivered to Landlord and Tenant prior to the Rent Commencement Date with respect to the Initial Premises. In making the determinations required pursuant to this subsection (a), each engineering firm shall deduct from the gross acreage of the Land all road and highway easements and dedications of record as of the date of this Lease, but shall not deduct any easements or other dedications which are required in connection with the Home Ranch Master Entitlements. (b) As used in this Lease, the term "Floor Area" means the aggregate rentable area of a Building or Buildings determined in accordance with the standards set forth in ANSI Z65.1 1980, as promulgated by the Building Owners and Managers Association (the "Standard") pursuant to this subsection. Landlord shall, promptly upon completion of the Core and Shell Work, cause the Floor Area of the Buildings included in the Initial Premises to be determined by Hok Architects, unless another space planner is agreed upon in writing by Landlord and Tenant. The space planner shall determine the Floor Area of the Buildings in the Initial Premises in accordance with the Standard. Such space planner shall furnish copies of such determinations, in reasonable detail, to Landlord and Tenant, and such determinations shall, absent a disagreement pursuant to the next sentence, be final and conclusive for all purposes of this Lease, including Section 2.3. If either party disagrees with such determinations, such party shall notify the other party and Hok Architects in writing within thirty (30) days after such party's receipt of such determinations. Such notice shall specify in reasonable detail the basis for such disagreement. If a notice(s) of disagreement is timely given, the disagreement shall be resolved in the manner provided in subsection (a), except that any appointment by the Project Architect shall be of a second space planner. The determination of Floor Area resulting from such process shall be final and conclusive for all purposes under this Lease. The costs and fees of each space planner shall be split equally by Landlord and Tenant, and such determinations shall be made and delivered to Landlord and Tenant prior to the Rent Commencement Date as to the Initial Premises. Similarly, if it shall become necessary to determine the Floor Area of an Expansion Building or an Available Space (i.e., due to exercise by Tenant of an option or right pursuant to this Lease), the space planner selected pursuant to this subsection shall be promptly retained by Landlord and shall determine the relevant Floor Area in the manner provided in this subsection (b) and shall notify both parties of such determination in the manner provided in this subsection (b). Payment of such space planner shall be as provided in this subsection, and any such determination shall be made prior to the date when such Floor Area determination is required pursuant to this Lease (i.e., for the determination of Base Rent payable hereunder). Each determination by such space planner pursuant to this paragraph shall be final and conclusive upon Landlord and Tenant unless either party disagrees with such determination in the manner and within the time specified in the next sentence. If either party disagrees with such determination, such party shall notify the other party and the space planner in writing within thirty (30) days after such party's receipt of such determination, specifying in reasonable detail the basis for such disagreement. Any such disagreement shall be resolved using the same 18 process for resolving a disagreement as to the Floor Area of the Initial Premises. The determination of Floor Area resulting from such process shall be final and conclusive for all purposes under this Lease. The costs and fees of any space planner(s) who determines the Floor Area of an Available Space shall be borne equally by Landlord and Tenant. (c) Landlord shall make each determination of monthly Base Rent required pursuant to Sections 3.1(a), 3.1(b) and 3.1(c), including any determination required pursuant to Section 1.4. Each such determination shall be made, in the case of the initial determination of Base Rent, at least thirty (30) days prior to the relevant Rent Commencement Date, and a copy of such determination, in reasonable detail, shall be furnished to Tenant. Each such determination shall utilize the relevant determination of the civil engineering firm pursuant to subsection (a) above. Each such determination shall also be accompanied by reasonable documentary evidence as to the debt service and equity amounts described in Sections 3.1(a), 3.1(b) and 3.1(c). Each such determination shall be final unless Tenant disagrees with such determination by written notice to Landlord given within thirty (30) days after receipt of such determination specifying in reasonable detail the basis of such disagreement. Any timely disagreement shall be resolved in the manner provided in Section 12.10. Pending resolution of such disagreement, Tenant shall pay monthly Base Rent in the amounts determined by Landlord. Upon resolution of such disagreement, the parties shall make the adjustment provided for in the next succeeding paragraph. Landlord shall also make all redeterminations of monthly Base Rent required by Sections 3.1 (a), 3.1(b) and 3.1(c) as promptly as practicable after the occurrence of the event (i.e., interest rate change or close of Permanent Financing) requiring such redetermination. Promptly following such redetermination, Landlord shall furnish a copy thereof, in reasonable detail, to Tenant. Each such redetermination shall, absent a notice of disagreement by Tenant within thirty (30) days after receipt of such redetermination, be binding and conclusive upon Landlord and Tenant. In the event of a timely notice of disagreement by Tenant, such disagreement shall be resolved in the manner provided in the first paragraph of this subsection (c), and pending the resolution of such disagreement, Tenant shall pay monthly Minimum Rent in the amount redetermined by Landlord. In the event that any such final redetermination results in an increase in the monthly Base Rent, Tenant shall, within twenty (20) days after receipt of such redetermination, pay to Landlord an amount equal to the aggregate Base Rent (as so redetermined) payable from the effective date of such redetermined Base Rent through the month in which Tenant receives such redetermination less the aggregate amount paid by Tenant on account of Base Rent for the same period. In the event that any such redetermination results in a decrease in the monthly Base Rent, Tenant shall receive a credit in an amount equal to the difference between the aggregate Base Rent paid by Tenant from the effective date of such redetermined Base Rent through the month in which Tenant receives such redetermination less the redetermined Base Rent for the same period, plus interest on such overage from dates of payment to date(s) of credit at the then Bank of America (Los Angeles) prime or reference rate plus two percent (2%). Such credit shall be applied against the next payments of Base Rent coming due under this Lease until complete exhaustion of such credit. In either event, from and after each redetermination of Base Rent pursuant to this subsection, Tenant shall pay monthly Base Rent in the amount so redetermined to and until the next redetermination of Base Rent pursuant to this subsection. Section 3.3 Increases in Monthly Base Rent The initial monthly Base Rent for the Initial Term and each Additional Term determined pursuant to Sections 2.3 and 3.1, after giving effect to all financing adjustments, shall be increased on each Adjustment Date, as defined below, to reflect any change in the cost of living. Each adjustment shall be calculated upon the basis of the United States Department of Labor, Bureau of Labor Statistics Consumer Price Index of Urban Wage Earners and Clerical Workers (Revised Series), Subgroup "all items," entitled "Consumer Price Index of Urban Wage Earners and Clerical Workers (Revised Series), Los Angeles-Anaheim-Riverside Average, (1982-1984 = 100)" (the "CPI"). The index for said subgroup published for the month prior to the Rent Commencement Date of the Initial Term shall initially be the "base" for the first adjustment. Thereafter, the comparison index used pursuant to the penultimate sentence of this paragraph shall become the "base" for the next succeeding adjustment. Finally, the index 19 published for the month prior to the commencement date of each Additional Term shall be the "base" for the purposes of the adjustment to be made during such Additional Term. The initial monthly Base Rent for the Initial Term and each Additional Term shall be adjusted as of each Adjustment Date by the percentage increase, if any, in the Index published for the month immediately prior to the relevant Adjustment Date over the relevant "base." When the new monthly Base Rent for any period is determined, Landlord shall give Tenant written notice to that effect indicating how the new monthly Base Rent figure was computed. For the purposes of this Section 3.3, the adjustment dates (each an "Adjustment Date") shall be the first day of each of: (i) The thirty-first (31st), sixty-first (61st), ninety-first (91st) and one hundred twenty-first (121st) (if applicable) months following the Rent Commencement Date for the Initial Premises, as to the Initial Premises; (ii) The thirty-first (31st), sixty-first (61st) and ninety-first (91st) months following the Rent Commencement Date for the Expansion Premises, as to the Expansion Premises; and (iii) The thirty-first (31st ) month of each Additional Term. In no event shall the increase in Base Rent pursuant to this Section 3.3 be less than three percent (3%) per twelve (12) month period, calculated on a cumulative and compounded basis, from the Rent Commencement Date (as to the relevant Premises). By way of example of the foregoing, if the CPI increase as of the first Adjustment Date for the Initial Premises is less than seven and sixty-eight one hundredths percent (7.68%), the adjustment shall be an increase of seven and sixty-eight one hundredths percent (7.68%). By way of further example, if the cumulative adjustment as of the first Adjustment Date for the Initial Premises is ten percent (10%) and the CPI increase as of the second Adjustment Date for the Initial Premises is three percent (3%), the adjustment as of the second Adjustment Date shall be an increase of five and ninety-two one hundredths percent (5.92%) of the Base Rent as increased at the first Adjustment Date. By way of final example, if the two (2) immediately preceding sentences apply and the CPI decreases as of the third Adjustment Date, the adjustment as of the third Adjustment Date shall be seven and sixty-eight one hundredths percent (7.68%) of the Base Rent as increased at the second Adjustment Date. If at any Adjustment Date there shall not exist the Consumer Price Index of Urban Wage Earners and Clerical Workers (Revised Series) in the same format as recited in this Section, Landlord shall substitute any official index published by the Bureau of Labor Statistics, or successor or similar governmental agency, as may then be in existence and shall be most nearly equivalent thereto. If any adjustment provided for herein has not been made by the relevant Adjustment Date, Tenant shall continue to pay monthly Base Rent at the last rate applicable until Tenant receives Landlord's written notice as to such adjustment. Within ten (10) days after Tenant's receipt of Landlord's notice, Tenant shall pay to Landlord an amount equal to the new monthly Base Rent times the number of months from the relevant Adjustment Date to the date of receipt of Landlord's notice, less the aggregate amount paid by Tenant on account of monthly Base Rent for the same period. Thereafter, Tenant shall pay monthly Base Rent at the new rate set forth in Landlord's notice. Section 3.4 Expansion Land Rent From and after the Rent Commencement Date as to the Initial Premises, to and until the first to occur of (a) expiration of the Expansion Option without exercise thereof by Tenant, (b) written notice by Tenant to Landlord irrevocably and unequivocally surrendering the Expansion Option, or (c) exercise by Tenant of the Expansion Option, Tenant shall pay to Landlord an "Expansion Land Rent." Such Expansion Land Rent shall be payable quarterly on the first day of such calendar quarter, and each such quarterly payment shall be in an amount equal to three percent (3%) of the value of the Expansion Land, determined using a Land value of $20.00 per square foot of the Expansion Land and the square footage of the Expansion Land 20 determined pursuant to Section 3.2(a). Expansion Land Rent for any partial calendar quarter shall be pro rated in the manner provided in Section 3.1(d). The Expansion Land Rent shall be paid without offset or deduction of any kind. Except as provided in Section 1.4(h) and Section 14.1(c), prior to the Rent Commencement Date for the Expansion Premises, Tenant shall not be required to pay any other rent, property taxes, costs, or expenses for or have any other obligations with respect to the Expansion Land other than the Expansion Land Rent. Tenant's rights to use the Expansion Land provided in Section 1.4(h) shall cease when Tenant's obligation to pay Expansion Land Rent ceases, unless Tenant agrees to pay the costs of maintaining the same pursuant to Section 14.1(c). Notwithstanding the immediately preceding sentence, if Tenant's obligation to pay Expansion Land Rent ceases pursuant to clause (a) hereof, and whether or not Tenant agrees to pay the costs of maintaining the Expansion Land pursuant to Section 14.1(c), Landlord may at any time for any reason terminate Tenant's rights to use the Expansion Land upon not less than thirty (30) days written notice to Tenant. Section 3.5 Rent Defined As used in this Lease, the term "rent" shall mean monthly Base Rent and additional rent, and the term "additional rent" shall mean all amounts payable by Tenant pursuant to this Lease other than Base Rent, including, without limitation, Expansion Land Rent payable pursuant to Section 3.4 and the real property taxes payable by Tenant pursuant to Article IV below, and the insurance reimbursement required pursuant to Article VII. All Base Rent and additional rent shall be paid without deduction or offset in lawful money of the United States of America which shall be legal tender at the time of payment. When no other time is stated herein for payment, payment of any amount due from Tenant to Landlord hereunder shall be made within ten (10) business days after Tenant's receipt of Landlord's invoice or statement therefor. ARTICLE IV. TAXES Section 4.1 Real Property Taxes Tenant shall pay, as additional rent, all "real property taxes," as defined in Section 4.2, levied or assessed by, or becoming payable to any governmental authority having jurisdiction, for or in respect of the Initial Premises or the Expansion Premises, as applicable, for each tax period wholly included in the period between the Rent Commencement Date for the Initial Premises or the Expansion Premises, as applicable, and the expiration or earlier termination of the term. All such payments shall be made directly to the authority charged with the collection thereof not less than ten (10) days prior to the last date on which the same may be paid without interest or penalty and, as provided in Section 4.3, Landlord and Tenant shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause each of the Initial Premises and the Expansion Premises to be separately assessed with the bills for real property taxes to be delivered directly to Tenant. In the event that such bills are delivered to Landlord, Landlord shall promptly deliver copies thereof to Tenant. Tenant shall provide to Landlord on or before the delinquency date for payment of such taxes, a copy of a receipted tax bill or other documentary evidence reasonably satisfactory to Landlord, showing the amount of the taxes due and the payment of same prior to the delinquency date. For any fraction of a tax period included in the period between the applicable Rent Commencement Date and the expiration or earlier termination of the term, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, within thirty (30) days after receipt of Landlord's invoice therefor, that portion of the total taxes levied or assessed or becoming payable which is allocable to such included period, determined by multiplying the total taxes by a fraction whose denominator is the number of days in the tax period and whose numerator is the number of days in the period between the Rent Commencement Date and the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease term. Subject to Section 4.5 below, in the event Tenant fails to pay any real property tax bill before the delinquency date thereof, Landlord may, but need not, pay the same on behalf of Tenant and such amount thereafter shall become due and payable as additional rent by Tenant to Landlord within ten (10) business days after Tenant's receipt of Landlord's written demand therefor. The obligation of Tenant pursuant to this Section 4.1 shall extend to any increase in real property taxes resulting from a sale, transfer or other transaction with respect to the Premises which causes a reassessment resulting in an increase in real property taxes. 21 Section 4.2 Definitions (a) The term "real property taxes" shall include (i) all taxes, assessments and governmental charges and surcharges, (including, without limitation, assessments for public improvements or benefits whether or not commenced or completed during the term, water, sewer, storm drains and other rents, rates and charges, excises, levies, license fees, use fees, permit fees and other authorization fees) and all other charges (in each case whether general or special, ordinary or extraordinary, foreseen or unforeseen) of every kind and character (including all penalties and interest thereon), levied upon or with respect to the Premises, during the term, (ii) any tax or excise on or measured by rents, and (iii) any other tax, however described, levied against Landlord on account of the rent reserved hereunder or on the business of renting the Premises. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, real property taxes shall include any assessment by any governmental authority pursuant to any enabling statute (such as, for example an "SB 55 Assessment") or payment to retire bonds or other indebtedness created by a special assessment district, an improvement district or other governmental authority (such as, for example, 1911 Act and 1915 Act Bonds). Provided, however, that the term "real property taxes" shall not include any franchise, estate, inheritance, succession, capital levy, net income or excess profits taxes imposed upon Landlord except that in the event that real property taxes are withdrawn in whole or in part or any substitute tax is made therefor or for any increase therein, such tax shall in any event for the purpose of this Lease be considered a real property tax regardless of how denominated or the source from which it is collected. (b) For the purposes of this Section, real property taxes which are levied on a fiscal year basis shall be deemed to apply one-twelfth (1/12) to each calendar month in such fiscal year. (c) To the extent that the same may be permitted by law, Tenant shall have the right, at Tenant's cost, to apply for the conversion of any assessment for local improvements assessed during the term, in order to cause the same to be payable in annual installments, and upon any such conversion Tenant shall pay and discharge punctually all installments (including all interest thereon) which become due and payable during the term, and that portion of any installment for any tax year partially included at the beginning or the end of the term determined pursuant to Section 4.1. Landlord agrees to permit the application for the foregoing conversion to be filed in Landlord's name, if necessary, and shall execute any and all documents reasonably requested by Tenant to accomplish the foregoing result, all without cost to Landlord. Section 4.3 Separate Tax Parcel (a) In the event that the Initial Premises or the Expansion Premises are not levied and assessed as separate tax parcels, Landlord shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause each such area to be assessed and taxed as a separate tax parcel as soon as practicable. (b) If the Initial Premises and/or the Expansion Premises, if applicable, are not assessed and taxed as separate tax parcels, then notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Article IV, "real property taxes for or in respect of the Premises" shall mean, as to the Initial Premises and/or the Expansion Premises, as applicable: (i) That portion of the real property taxes assessed against the land underlying the tax parcel which the square footage of the Initial Premises or the Expansion Premises, as applicable, bears to the aggregate square footage of all land within the applicable tax parcel; plus (ii) That portion of the real property taxes assessed against the Improvements included within the tax parcel which the valuation assigned by the taxing authorities to the Improvements included within the Initial Premises or Expansion Premises, as applicable, bears to the valuation so assigned to all of the Improvements included within such tax parcel. If such separate valuations are available from the county tax assessor, then such separate valuations shall be conclusive. If such separate valuations are not reasonably available to Landlord, then Landlord shall determine, reasonably and in good faith, from the best information reasonably available to it, the proportion of the real property taxes assessed against the 22 Improvements included within such tax parcel which is attributable to the Improvements included within the Initial Premises or Expansion Premises, as applicable. In the event of a dispute as to the correctness of such determination by Landlord, such dispute shall be resolved in the manner provided in Section 12.10; plus (iii) With respect to other types of taxes, a proportion thereof based upon the assessment methodology used by the assessor, or if such methodology cannot be used to determine Tenant's portion, then a reasonable proportion as determined by Landlord. In the event of a dispute as to whether any determination by Landlord pursuant to this clause (iii) is reasonable, such dispute shall be resolved in the manner provided in Section 12.10. In the event that the Initial Premises or Expansion Premises, as applicable, are not assessed and taxed as a separate tax parcel, then real property taxes for or in respect of the Premises or such portion thereof shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord not later than the later of (A) ten (10) days after Tenant's receipt of Landlord's written notice of the amount thereof and (B) the delinquency date therefor. There shall be no administrative or overhead fee payable to Landlord with respect to real property taxes payable by Tenant. Landlord and Tenant acknowledge and agree that it is their intent that real property taxes be billed to and paid directly by Tenant. Accordingly, Landlord and Tenant agree that: (A) Each shall take all steps reasonably necessary to cause the real property tax bills with respect to the Initial Premises and the Expansion Premises, if applicable, to be mailed directly to Tenant; and (B) Neither party shall take any action to cause the Initial Premises and/or the Expansion Premises, if applicable, to be taxed other than as a separate tax parcel. Section 4.4 Other Taxes Tenant shall be responsible for and shall pay or cause to be paid not later than ten (10) days prior to delinquency all municipal, county and state taxes, levies and fees of every kind and nature, including but not limited to general or special assessments assessed during the term against any leasehold interest, leasehold improvements or personal property of any kind, owned by or placed in, upon or about the Premises by Tenant or its sublessees, concessionaires, franchisees or licensees, if any. Tenant shall cause all taxes imposed upon any personal property situated in or on the Premises to be levied or assessed separately from the Premises and not as a lien thereon. Upon request of Landlord, Tenant shall, not later than the delinquency date for any such tax, furnish to Landlord documentary proof of payment of said tax. Section 4.5 Right to Contest Provided that the Premises are separately assessed and taxed, Tenant shall have the right, at Tenant's sole risk and cost, to contest the amount and/or validity of the applicable real property taxes by appropriate legal proceedings; provided, however, that said right shall be availed of by Tenant only upon the condition that Tenant shall indemnify, defend and hold Landlord and the Premises harmless from any loss, cost or expense, including, but not limited to, Landlord's reasonable attorneys' fees, court costs and expenses of litigation, which in any manner arise from or with respect to such contest and upon the further condition that Tenant shall take any and all actions, including, but not limited to, the payment of any judgment or bonding requirement, so as to prevent the loss or forfeiture of the Premises or any part thereof or of any other property of Landlord. The foregoing shall not, however, be deemed or construed to relieve, modify, or extend Tenant's covenant to pay any such real property taxes at the time and in the manner provided in this Article IV, unless such proceedings shall operate to prevent the sale of the Premises or any part thereof or any other property of Landlord or the placing of any lien thereon or on any other property of Landlord to satisfy such taxes prior to the final determination of such proceedings. Upon the termination of such proceedings, Tenant shall promptly pay all real property taxes, if any, then payable as the result of such proceedings and the interest and penalties in connection therewith, and the charges accruing in such proceedings. To the extent Landlord receives any refund for any real property taxes paid by Tenant hereunder, Landlord shall promptly pay and deliver such refund to Tenant. 23 ARTICLE V. CONDUCT OF BUSINESS BY TENANT Section 5.1 Use of Premises (a) Tenant shall use the Premises only for high quality general office purposes, engineering and light assembly functions consistent with Tenant's current business operations at Harbor Gateway Business Center (the "Center"). Tenant may also use the Premises for uses which are (i) consistent, as to quality, with the uses described in the immediately preceding sentence and (ii) permitted under the general plan and zoning classifications applicable to the Land as of the Rent Commencement Date with respect to the Initial Premises. As used herein, "high quality general office purposes" shall mean uses of a quality and character consistent with those in the Center and with Tenant's historical usage at the Center. The term "high quality general office purposes" shall not include (and Landlord shall not approve) any use of the Premises incompatible with uses generally located on properties adjacent to the Premises (i.e., those in the immediate vicinity of the Premises) due to the appearance created by such use, the nature of the clients visiting such use, excessive parking requirements, excessive demand on the physical facilities or any disreputable image in the minds of the public generally with respect to such use. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the following are examples of office and other uses which are not high quality general office purposes and/or are inconsistent therewith: government social services office government or charity operated psychiatric office or clinic (private practitioner acceptable) government or charity operated medical or dental office or clinic (private practitioner acceptable) substance abuse counseling or clinic abortion counseling or clinic bail bondsman on-site manufacturing facility gun shop pawn shop fast-food restaurant health club or youth club (provided that fitness facilities for Tenant's employees are permitted) tavern, dance club or night club arcades, casinos, off-track wagering facilities gasoline service station or vehicle repair shop escort services thrift shops and second-hand stores soup kitchens half-way house or homeless shelter training center for mentally or physically handicapped hiring hall for day laborers equipment or vehicle storage or rental facility (excluding Tenant's vans and all items specifically permitted pursuant to this Lease) jail or other detention facility The foregoing are merely examples of the types of uses which are inconsistent with high quality general office uses, and are not intended to limit the right of Landlord to disapprove other proposed uses of the Premises which are inconsistent with high quality general office uses. (b) Tenant shall not use the Premises in violation of any applicable law, ordinance or governmental regulation or of the certificate of occupancy issued for the Premises. Subject to the provisions of Section 6.1 below, Tenant shall promptly comply with Applicable Laws, as defined below, together with all protective covenants and architectural standards, if any, applicable to the Premises as of the date of this Lease and shall, upon five (5) days written notice from Landlord, discontinue any use of the Premises which is a violation thereof. For the 24 purposes of this Lease, the term "Applicable Laws" shall mean all present and future laws, ordinances, orders, rules, regulations and requirements of all governmental authorities having jurisdiction over the Premises, Landlord or Tenant and the requirements of any applicable insurance underwriters, all of the foregoing applicable to the ownership, development, use, occupancy and maintenance of the Premises and any certificates of occupancy issued for the Premises. (c) Tenant shall not do or permit anything to be done in or about the Premises which will interfere with the rights of other occupants of the Land, or allow the Premises to be used for any improper, immoral, unlawful or objectionable purpose, nor shall Tenant cause, maintain or permit any nuisance or commit any waste in, on or about the Premises. Tenant shall not (i) place a load upon any floor of the Premises which exceeds the floor load per square foot which such floor was designed to carry, (ii) attach or hang any object or item from the roof of the Premises or any structural component of the Premises without Landlord's prior written consent thereto, or (iii) violate any mandatory restrictions generally imposed by any governmental authority with respect to conservation of energy, water, gas or electricity or reduction of automobile or other emissions. Tenant shall not do or permit to be done anything which will injure the Premises or invalidate any insurance policy(ies) covering the Premises or property located therein. Tenant shall maintain no outside storage which is not appropriately screened from the view of the public. Tenant shall promptly upon demand reimburse Landlord for any additional premium charged for any such policy maintained by Landlord by reason of Tenant's failure to comply with the provisions of this Article. (d) Tenant shall not conduct, nor permit to be conducted, either voluntarily or involuntarily, any auction upon the Premises without first having obtained Landlord's prior written consent. Section 5.2 Restrictions on Use Tenant shall, at Tenant's expense, procure any and all governmental licenses and permits required for Tenant's permitted use of the Premises and shall at all times comply with all requirements of such licenses or permits. Tenant shall not use or permit the use of the Premises in any manner that will damage or deface the Premises. Tenant shall not do, or suffer to be done, or keep or suffer to be kept, anything on the Premises or on any property therein which will prevent the obtaining of any insurance on the Premises or on any property therein, including, but without limiting the generality of the foregoing, fire, all risk coverage, and public liability insurance, or which may make void any such insurance. Section 5.3 Contest of Requirements Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant may contest any Applicable Law or alleged violation thereof, so long as Landlord's interest in the Premises and the Land are not thereby materially and adversely affected, and Landlord shall, at Tenant's request, join in such contest if its participation is necessary, but at no expense to Landlord. If any security must be posted, or any order must be obtained to forestall compliance with such requirement pending the determination of such contest, Tenant shall post such security or shall obtain such order prior to commencing such contest and such action shall be a condition to Tenant's right to contest. If such contest is finally determined adversely to Tenant, Tenant shall promptly comply with the requirement(s) determined to be applicable to the Premises and shall indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from all liabilities, damages, costs (including costs and attorneys' fees incurred or awarded in such contest) and expenses occasioned by any non-compliance by Tenant and any delay in effecting compliance, including any delay occasioned by a contest determined adversely to Tenant. Section 5.4 Exterior Signs and Sign Monument(s) (a) For so long as Tenant is the sole tenant of the Initial Premises, Tenant shall have the exclusive sign rights for the Initial Premises, including both exterior signage on the Buildings and any monument signage placed upon any sign monument(s) constructed by Tenant. All such signage ("Tenant's Signage") shall be subject to the following: 25 (i) All Tenant's Signage shall be the sole responsibility of Tenant, as to fabrication, construction and erection thereof and payment of the costs thereof. (ii) All Tenant's Signage shall be subject to the prior written approval of Landlord based upon drawings and specifications therefor prepared by Tenant and reasonably approved by Landlord, and all Tenant's Signage shall conform to the drawings and specifications therefor approved by Landlord. (iii) All Tenant's Signage shall comply with all Applicable Laws and shall be professionally done, neat and attractive and of a quality consistent with the quality of the Buildings. (iv) All Tenant's Signage shall be attached or affixed to the Buildings and/or sign monument(s) in a manner reasonably approved in advance in writing by Landlord. (v) Tenant shall maintain, repair, remove and replace Tenant's Signage as a part of Tenant's obligations pursuant to Section 6.2 so that Tenant's Signage is at all times maintained in a neat, clean, good condition. (vi) Within ten (10) days after the expiration or any earlier termination of the Lease term, Tenant shall, at Tenant's sole cost, remove all Tenant's Signage and repair all damage to the Buildings and/or the sign monument(s) caused by such removal. (vii) Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Landlord's reasonable approval rights with respect to Tenant's Signage shall extend to the location of Tenant's Signage on the Buildings and on any sign monument(s). (b) As a part of Landlord's Work pursuant to Article XIV, Landlord shall construct one or more sign monuments with respect to the Initial Premises (i) as permitted by the City and (ii) as reasonably mutually approved by Landlord and Tenant. The cost of such monument(s) shall be included in Landlord's Core and Shell Work pursuant to Article XIV. As described in subsection (a), Tenant may, at Tenant's cost, place Tenant's signage on such monument(s). (c) If Tenant exercises the Expansion Option, the provisions of subsections (a) and (b) above shall apply with respect to the Expansion Building. (d) If Tenant elects to add one or more Available Spaces to the Premises, or if Tenant ceases to be the sole tenant of the Initial Premises (i.e., pursuant to Section 2.3), Tenant shall continue to have signage rights pursuant to subsections (a) and (b) above. However, in such event, Tenant's signage shall not be exclusive as to the Expansion Land or the Initial Premises, as applicable, but shall be in common with other tenants to whom Landlord grants signage rights. In such event, Tenant's Signage rights shall be proportionate to the portions of the Buildings leased by Tenant in, respectively, the Initial Premises and the Expansion Land and, if Tenant is the largest Tenant of the Initial Premises and/or the Expansion Premises, Tenant shall have the most prominent locations on such signs. Section 5.5 Other Tenant Facilities (a) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, Tenant shall also have the right to install and maintain on the Initial Premises: (i) A free-standing trailer/room of approximately 350 square feet in the parking area of the Initial Premises to provide a properly insulated area for various electromagnetic testing procedures as required by the Federal Communications Commission (the "FCC Testing Trailer"). (ii) A large above-ground liquid nitrogen gas tank adjacent to one of the Buildings, including any special power requirements and screening (the "Tank"). 26 (iii) One or more generators and related switches, tanks and facilities adjacent to one of the Buildings, including screening (the "Generators"). The FCC Testing Trailer, the Tank and the Generators are herein referred to as "Tenant's Special Facilities." (b) Tenant's Special Facilities shall comply with all of the following: (i) All Tenant's Special Facilities shall be installed or constructed by Tenant at Tenant's sole cost. (ii) All Tenant's Special Facilities must comply with all Applicable Laws, and Tenant shall be solely responsible to obtain all governmental licenses and permits required to install, maintain and operate Tenant's Special Facilities. (iii) Tenant shall provide the specifications for all Tenant's Special Facilities, and all such specifications, including power sources and screening, are subject to the prior reasonable written approval of Landlord and all governmental authorities with jurisdiction. (iv) The locations of all Tenant's Special Facilities shall be subject to the prior reasonable written approval of Landlord, in its reasonable discretion. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Generators (and any tanks serving the same) shall be located above-ground unless otherwise approved by Landlord in its reasonable discretion. (v) Tenant shall be solely responsible, at Tenant's sole cost, to maintain, repair, replace and operate all Tenant's Special Facilities in good condition consistent with the quality of the Buildings and in compliance with all Applicable Laws. (vi) Tenant shall pay all charges for all utilities used by Tenant in or at Tenant's Special Facilities, directly to the purveyors thereof. (vii) Any changes in the locations of Tenant's Special Facilities, Tenant's usage thereof and/or any chain link fencing or screening erected by Tenant with respect to such Facilities shall be subject to the prior written consent of Landlord, not to be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned. (viii) Within ten (10) days after the expiration or any earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant shall, at Tenant's cost, remove Tenant's Special Facilities, any chain-link fencing erected by Tenant with respect thereto and all other personal property and improvements placed or erected by Tenant in the area occupied thereby. Tenant shall concurrently repair all damage caused by such Facilities, such fencing and such other improvements (such as post holes, broken pavement and dead grass) and restore the area to its condition prior to placement of such Facilities by Tenant. The provisions of this clause (viii) shall also apply to require a relocation by Tenant of any Special Facility from an area no longer leased by Tenant to an area then leased by Tenant, but only to the extent that such relocation is reasonably required and it is commercially practicable to effect such relocation. ARTICLE VI. MAINTENANCE, REPAIRS AND ALTERATIONS Section 6.1 Landlord's Obligations (a) Except as provided in subsection (b) below and in Section 6.3, Landlord shall not be obligated or required at any time to maintain or repair the Buildings, the other Landlord Improvements or the Tenant Improvements constituting the Initial Premises or the Expansion Premises, if applicable, or any part of either or to make or bear any part of the expense of any improvement, alteration or change of any nature in or about the Premises or any part thereof. (b) Notwithstanding the provisions of subsection (a) above or anything else to the contrary contained in this Lease, for a period of one (1) year after Substantial Completion of 27 Landlord's Work, Landlord shall, at Landlord's sole cost and expense, promptly repair or replace, or cause to be repaired or replaced, any portion of Landlord's Work which shall be materially defective or shall fail to comply with the Approved Working Drawings therefor. Such repair or replacement shall be commenced as soon as reasonably possible after Landlord's receipt of written notice from Tenant of the need for such work, but only if such notice is given within such one (1) year period, and shall be diligently pursued to completion. For the purposes of this subsection: (i) This Section shall be applied separately to the Initial Premises and, if applicable, the Expansion Premises. (ii) Landlord may satisfy its obligation pursuant to this subsection by causing Landlord's general contractor or any subcontractor who has provided a warranty or guaranty to perform such repair or replacement. (iii) The provisions of this subsection shall not apply to any damage to Landlord's Work caused by Tenant, any employee, agent or contractor of Tenant, any business visitor or guest of Tenant, any vandal or any casualty (fire, wind, rain, lightning, etc.). Landlord's obligations hereunder shall be limited to defects in the original construction of and failures of Landlord's Work to comply with the Approved Working Drawings therefor. (iv) During any period of repair or replacement by Landlord pursuant to this subsection, Base Rent shall be abated to the extent, if at all, that Tenant's operations in the Premises are interfered with, including totally if applicable. Subject to the next sentence, such abatement shall be Tenant's sole remedy in the event of a repair or replacement by Landlord pursuant to this subsection. Notwithstanding the provisions of the immediately preceding sentence, to the extent that Landlord is able to recover the same from any contractor, insurer or other warranting party, Tenant shall be entitled to any damages incurred by Tenant during any such period of repair or replacement. Upon the expiration of the one (1) year period specified in this subsection, Landlord shall, upon request of Tenant, assign to Tenant all warranties and guaranties received by Landlord with respect to Landlord's Work. Such assignment shall be on a form prepared by Tenant and reasonably approved by Landlord. Section 6.2 Tenant's Obligations (a) Subject to the provisions of Section 6.1, Articles VIII and X and Section 13.7, Tenant shall (i) during the term of this Lease keep in good order, condition and repair all of the Initial Premises (and the Expansion Premises, if applicable) and all Improvements thereon and every part thereof, including the Buildings, furnishings and other personal property of Tenant, and all landscaped and parking areas (which shall be kept free of weeds and debris). Tenant shall promptly at Tenant's own cost and expense make all necessary repairs and replacements, interior and exterior, structural and nonstructural, ordinary and extraordinary, foreseen and unforeseen, as necessary to maintain the Initial Premises (and the Expansion Premises, if applicable) and all Improvements thereon and every part thereof, in good condition. Tenant shall provide whatever treatment may be necessary, as often as may be required, to keep the Premises and all Improvements thereon and every part thereof neat and attractive. Tenant's maintenance and repair obligations pursuant to this subsection shall specifically include the roof membranes of the Buildings. (b) Without limiting the generality of subsection (a), Tenant shall, at all times during the term of this Lease, maintain in effect an inspection and maintenance contract covering the heating, ventilating and air conditioning equipment serving the Buildings with a maintenance firm reasonably approved by Landlord. Such contract shall provide for inspection and maintenance of such equipment (including replacement of components as required) not less frequently than quarterly. Such contract, and any replacement therefor, shall be subject to the reasonable approval of Landlord. Such inspection and maintenance shall include replacement of parts as necessary to keep the system in good working order. At the expiration of the Lease term, such equipment shall be in good working condition. Good working condition shall take into account the age of the system as of the expiration of the Lease term. Tenant shall not, 28 however, be required to make additions to the HVAC system to extend the useful life of the HVAC system beyond the term of this Lease. (c) For the purposes of this Section 6.2: (i) Tenant's obligations hereunder shall extend to furnishing and restocking all expendables in the Buildings (soap, towels, etc.). (ii) Tenant shall also be responsible to insure that all truck loading areas and loading doors which constitute a part of the Premises, if any, are not unreasonably damaged and do not accumulate litter or debris as a result of deliveries to and pickups from Tenant. (iii) As to all Building roofs, parking lots and landscaped areas, Tenant shall provide a schedule of maintenance to be performed by Tenant and the intervals therefor. Such schedule shall be subject to the prior reasonable written approval of Landlord and shall not be subject to change without the prior reasonable written approval of Landlord, which shall not be unreasonably withheld if consistent with industry standards. (iv) All repairs and maintenance by Tenant shall be made only by a licensed, bondable contractor. Landlord may impose reasonable restrictions and requirements with respect to such repairs, and the provisions of 6.4 shall apply to all such repairs. Tenant shall indemnify, defend and hold Landlord harmless from and against all actions, claims, and damages by reason of Tenant's failure to comply with the foregoing provisions. (d) If Tenant fails to perform its obligations under this Section 6.2, Landlord may at its option, after thirty (30) days written notice to Tenant and failure of Tenant to perform such obligations within such thirty (30) day period, enter upon the Premises and put the same in good order, condition and repair and the cost thereof shall become due and payable as additional rent by Tenant to Landlord upon demand. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord shall not be entitled to undertake any work for the account of Tenant which reasonably requires more than thirty (30) days to complete if Tenant commences such work within such thirty (30) day period and diligently pursues the same to completion. Landlord need not, however, wait for the expiration of such thirty (30) day period to remedy any condition which poses a danger to persons or property or which will or may result in the imposition of a fine or penalty upon Landlord if not cured prior to the expiration of such period. (e) Subject to Sections 6.4 and 6.5, within ten (10) days after the expiration of the term hereof, or within ten (10) days after any earlier termination hereof, Tenant shall surrender the Premises and all Improvements thereon to Landlord in good condition, reasonable wear and tear excepted. Section 6.3 Additions to Premises; Modifications to Obligations of the Parties (a) In the event that Tenant exercises the Expansion Option, from and after the Rent Commencement Date as to the Expansion Premises, maintenance and repair as to the Expansion Building and other Improvements to the Expansion Land shall be pursuant to Sections 6.1 and 6.2. If Tenant adds one or more Available Spaces to the Premises, or ceases to be the sole tenant of the Initial Premises, then, in either such case, Landlord shall maintain and repair the Initial Premises or the Expansion Land and Tenant shall pay, as additional rent, Tenant's proportionate cost of such maintenance and repair. Such proportionate share shall be that proportion of the total costs of such maintenance and repair, including a fifteen percent (15%) overhead allowance to Landlord, derived by dividing the total Floor Area occupied by Tenant in the Initial Premises or on the Expansion Land, as applicable, by the total Floor Area in the Initial Premises or on the Expansion Land, as applicable. The amendment to this Lease adding such Available Space or providing for Tenant to cease to be the sole tenant of the Initial Premises shall, among other things, (i) allocate the maintenance and repair obligations of Landlord and Tenant, (ii) establish Tenant's proportionate share of the costs of maintenance and repair provided by Landlord and (iii) set forth the manner and timing of payment by Tenant of such additional rent. 29 (b) In connection with Landlord's construction of Landlord's Improvements to the Initial Premises, Landlord may construct one or more facilities (such as an entry drive, a driveway or a common utility line) which serves both the Initial Premises and the Expansion Land (each such facility, a "Common Facility" herein). Any such Common Facility may be located on either the Initial Premises Land or the Expansion Land. Initially, from and after the Rent Commencement Date as to the Initial Premises, Tenant shall operate, maintain, repair and replace the Common Facility pursuant to Section 6.2. The costs of such operation, maintenance, repair and replacement shall be split between Landlord and Tenant based upon the respective aggregate Floor Areas on the Initial Premises and the Expansion Land. Landlord shall reimburse Tenant for Landlord's share of such costs within ten (10) days after Landlord's receipt of Tenant's invoices therefor accompanied by reasonable documentary evidence of the amounts paid by Tenant and the nature of such payments, which invoices shall be not more frequently than monthly. Tenant recognizes that initially Tenant will bear one hundred percent of the cost of such repairs and maintenance. As provided in Section 17.3, upon the occurrence of a Trigger Event, as defined in such Section 17.3, Landlord shall prepare, and Landlord and Tenant shall execute, acknowledge and record, an REA, as defined in such Section 17.3, providing for, among other things, the allocation of responsibility for operation, maintenance, repair and replacement of each Common Facility and allocation of the costs thereof. From and after recordation of the REA, the REA shall replace this subsection (b). (c) From and after Landlord develops the Expansion Land (other than pursuant to Section 1.4): (i) Landlord shall maintain the Expansion Land and all Improvements thereon to the same standards required by Section 6.2. (ii) Tenant shall, except to the extent that Tenant occupies an Available Space(s), use reasonable efforts to prevent its employees and invitees from parking on the Expansion Land. Similarly, Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to prevent the tenants of the Expansion Land, and their employees and invitees, from parking on the Initial Premises (except to the extent that such tenants also occupy Floor Area on the Initial Premises). (iii) Landlord shall use or permit the use of the Improvements on the Expansion Land only for the purposes permitted by Section 5.1. Section 6.4 Alterations and Additions (a) Tenant shall not, without the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent shall not unreasonably be withheld, make any alterations, improvements, remodeling or additions to the Premises which are structural, which materially affect the exterior appearance of any Building, which are outside of the Buildings, which adversely affect the function or maintenance of the utility systems of any Building or which equal or exceed $1.00 per square foot of Floor Area of any Building per twelve (12) month period in total cost for any alteration, improvement or addition (or series of related alterations, improvements or additions), excluding interior painting, carpeting and other floor covering costs (any such alterations, improvements, remodeling or additions requiring Landlord's approval are herein the "Alterations Requiring Consent"). The foregoing square foot limitation shall be applied separately as to each Building leased by Tenant. Construction, alterations, improvements, remodeling and additions made by Tenant during the term hereof shall be done with reasonable diligence in a good and workmanlike manner, consistent with the construction quality of Landlord's Work and in compliance with all Applicable Laws. As to Alterations Requiring Consent, Landlord shall have the same rights with respect to the nature and quality of the improvements and construction, the approval of Tenant's plans, the obtaining of permits and licenses, payment and liens as are granted Landlord by Section 5.4 with respect to Tenant's Signage. The cost of any construction, alteration, improvement, remodeling or addition shall be paid or discharged by Tenant so that the Premises and all Improvements thereon shall at all times be free of liens resulting therefrom, subject to the provisions of Section 13.14. Whether or not any alteration, improvement or addition is an Alteration Requiring Consent, Tenant shall supply to Landlord, promptly upon 30 completion thereof, a set of as-built drawings therefor on mylar if and to the extent such drawings are required by Applicable Laws or are in fact prepared by Tenant. (b) Subject to the provisions of Section 6.5, the Buildings, and all alterations, improvements, remodeling, additions or fixtures which may be made or installed in the Premises or any improvements thereon and which are attached to the floor, walls or ceiling of any improvements on the Premises and cannot be removed without material damage to the Buildings, and any floor covering which is cemented or otherwise affixed to the floor of any improvements on the Premises and cannot be removed without material damage to the Buildings, are collectively called "leasehold improvements." All installations by Tenant other than leasehold improvements and all personal property of Tenant placed in or on the Premises are herein referred to as "Tenant's Property." Except as expressly provided to the contrary in this Article VI, all leasehold improvements shall be the property of Landlord. Such leasehold improvements shall remain upon and be surrendered with the Premises at the termination of this Lease, unless Landlord shall have notified Tenant to remove such leasehold improvements (other than the Buildings themselves), or some of them, by written notice given to Tenant, in the case of Landlord's Improvements, on or prior to the relevant Lease Commencement Date, and in the case of any other leasehold improvements, upon approval thereof if Landlord's approval is requested and such leasehold improvements are Alterations Requiring Consent. If such leasehold improvements are not Alterations Requiring Consent, Landlord may give Tenant notice to remove the same at any time prior to the expiration or termination of this Lease or within ten (10) days after any early termination of this Lease. Tenant shall remove any leasehold improvements or other property which Tenant is permitted or required to remove, pursuant to Section 6.5 below or this subsection, at Tenant's sole cost, within ten (10) days after the expiration of this Lease, or in the event of an early termination, within ten (10) days after Landlord's notice. In the event Landlord directs Tenant to remove any leasehold improvements constructed by Tenant on the Premises as aforesaid, Tenant shall complete such removal within the time limits specified herein and restore the Premises to substantially the same condition as the Premises existed at the time Landlord tendered delivery of possession thereof to Tenant, less reasonable wear and tear. (c) Tenant shall promptly in writing notify Landlord of the filing of any mechanics' lien against the Premises arising out of work performed by or for Tenant. (d) To the fullest extent permitted by law, Landlord waives any claim it may now or hereafter have, whether at common or statutory law or in equity, to or against any of Tenant's Property, and acknowledges that Tenant may from time to time install personal property or fixtures constituting Tenant's Property in or on the Premises and that, with respect thereto, Tenant may choose or be required to obtain and file a written confirmatory waiver by Landlord of claims to such personal property. Landlord agrees not to unreasonably withhold or delay approval of any waiver requested by Tenant and presented by Tenant to Landlord for execution, provided that any such waiver requires, in substance, that (i) any removal of Tenant's Property be effected within ten (10) days after the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, (ii) any person removing any of Tenant's Property from the Premises repair any damage to the Premises caused by such removal and (iii) Landlord has no obligation thereunder to assist any person in the removal of any of Tenant's property from the Premises. Landlord shall promptly execute and deliver to Tenant any such waiver approved by Landlord. If Landlord shall neither execute a waiver presented by Tenant nor in a writing to Tenant disapprove such waiver for bona fide reasons stated therein within twenty (20) days after Tenant's delivery of such waiver to Landlord for approval and execution, Tenant may, after the expiration of such 20-day period, execute and file such waiver as attorney-in-fact for Landlord. Landlord hereby appoints Tenant as its attorney-in-fact for this purpose. A desire by Landlord to avoid the filing of Landlord's waivers shall not be a valid reason for disapproval of a landlord's waiver requested by Tenant. (e) The approval by Landlord of any specifications, working drawings or other plans for alterations to be made by Tenant of or to the Premises, whether upon commencement of possession by Tenant of the Premises or at any other time during the term of this Lease, shall not be deemed to be a representation or warranty by Landlord as to the adequacy or sufficiency of such specifications, working drawings or other plans or of the improvements or construction contemplated thereby for any use or purpose. By its approval thereof, Landlord 31 assumes no liability or responsibility therefor, or for any defect in any improvements or construction made pursuant thereto. (f) Before commencement of any work of improvement in the Premises, Tenant shall give Landlord fifteen (15) days written notice thereof, specifying precisely the expected date of commencement. For the period from ten (10) days prior to commencement of such work and during the performance thereof, Landlord may maintain in the Premises such notices of non-responsibility or other notices as may be necessary to protect Landlord against liability for liens and claims. Section 6.5 Removal of Tenant's Property Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Article VI or elsewhere in this Lease, Tenant may remove, at any time or times during the term of this Lease (a) any and all interior and exterior signs, (b) the Security System (as defined in Section 13.31) and any other security systems, devices or containers, (c) the Communications System (as defined in Section 13.32) and any other telecommunications or data conveyance fiber, wiring, cabling and equipment, (d) supplemental HVAC, (e) portable generators, (f) raised floors, (g) modular wall panel systems, (h) uninterruptible power systems and (i) any other fixtures or personal property installed or placed in or on the Premises (including Tenant's Special Facilities) during the term of this Lease, in any and all cases, by or on behalf of Tenant and not constituting leasehold improvements; provided, however, that Tenant shall not remove any components of Landlord's Work or any linoleum or other floor covering cemented or otherwise affixed to the floor of any Building. Tenant shall promptly repair any damage to the Premises or any Improvements thereon resulting from the installation or removal of any of Tenant's Property. ARTICLE VII. INSURANCE; INDEMNITY Section 7.1 Liability Insurance Tenant shall at all times from and after the Lease Commencement Date with respect to the Initial Premises, and at its cost and expense, for the protection of Tenant and Landlord, as their interests may appear, maintain in full force and effect a policy or policies of insurance which afford the following coverages: (a) Worker's Compensation in the statutorily required amount, including employer's liability with a liability limit of not less than $1,000,000 per occurrence. (b) Comprehensive General Liability Insurance or Commercial Liability Insurance with an aggregate liability amount not less than $3,000,000 combined single limit for both bodily injury and property damage, including blanket contractual liability (including Tenant's indemnification obligation under Section 7.5), broad form property damage, personal injury, completed operations, products liability, host liquor liability (or liquor liability, if applicable) and owned and non-owned automobile coverage and acts or omissions of any security guards hired by Tenant. Provided, however, coverage for acts or omissions of security guards may be provided by the contractor providing such guards so long as such insurance has a minimum liability limit equal to or greater than that required by this clause (b) and the additional insured requirements of the next succeeding paragraph are met. At least $1,000,000 of such coverage shall be provided by a primary liability policy, and any balance may be provided by a so-called umbrella policy. The liability insurance policy required to be maintained by Tenant pursuant to this subsection shall be on an occurrence (as opposed to claims made) basis. Further, if such policy is an aggregate liability limit policy, not less than $3,000,000 of such limit per annum shall be available for claims originating at the Premises. Landlord, and any other persons designated by Landlord and having an insurable interest in the Premises, shall be added as additional insureds pursuant to the policies required by clause (b) (although they shall not have any obligations of "named" insureds therein). The insurance required by this Section shall be the primary insurance as respects Landlord (and any other additional insureds designated by Landlord) and not contributory with any other available insurance. The policy or policies providing the coverage required by subsection (b) above shall 32 contain an endorsement providing, in substance, that "such insurance as is afforded hereby for the benefit of [Landlord and any additional insureds designated by Landlord] shall be primary and any insurance carried by [Landlord and any additional insureds designated by Landlord] shall not be contributory." In no event shall the limits of any coverage maintained by Tenant pursuant to this Section be considered as limiting the liability of Tenant pursuant to this Lease. Section 7.2 Fire and Earthquake Insurance - Fixtures, Equipment and Tenant Improvements (a) Tenant shall at all times from and after the Lease Commencement Date with respect to the Initial Premises, and at Tenant's cost and expense, maintain in effect policies of insurance covering all Tenant's Property located in or on the Premises, including but not limited to fixtures, furnishings, equipment, furniture, inventory and stock in trade, in an amount not less than their full replacement value, providing protection against any peril included within the classification "All Risk," including but not limited to insurance against fire, sprinkler leakage, vandalism and malicious mischief, but not including earthquake and flood coverage. The insurance required by this subsection shall be the primary insurance with respect to the property covered thereby. (b) Landlord shall at all times during the term maintain in effect policies of insurance (i) covering all Improvements, including without limitation, the Buildings and all leasehold improvements (including tenant improvements other than Tenant Property), providing protection against any risk included within the classification "All Risk," including all coverages listed in subsection (a), such insurance to be in an amount no less than the full replacement value of such improvements, which shall be determined at the time the policy is initially obtained, and not less frequently than at each third anniversary of the Lease Commencement Date as to the Initial Premises and (ii) rental interruption insurance covering the payment of Base Rent and additional rent for a period of at least twelve (12) months following the occurrence of a covered casualty. The deductible or self-insurance reserve for the insurance pursuant to clause (i) shall not exceed $25,000 per occurrence. The insurance required by this subjection shall be the primary insurance with respect to the property covered thereby. To and until the Rent Commencement Date, the coverage by Landlord pursuant to this subsection will be builder's risk insurance, maintained by Landlord or Landlord's Contractor (as defined in Section 14.2), with the cost thereof to be included in Development Costs. Thereafter, such insurance shall be standard casualty insurance. The insurance required by this subsection shall, if possible, be pursuant to a blanket policy maintained by Landlord (and any affiliates) to take advantage of any lower portfolio rate. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this subsection, Landlord shall maintain earthquake and flood coverage only during such period(s) when it is commercially reasonable to do so taking into account premium rates, deductibles and/or self-insurance reserve requirements and maximum coverage limits available. (c) The cost of the insurance maintained pursuant to subsection (b), any deductible or self-insurance reserve payouts and an overhead allowance to Landlord of five percent (5%), shall be additional rent payable by Tenant to Landlord. Such additional rent shall be paid within ten (10) days after Tenant's receipt of Landlord's invoices therefor, which invoices shall be not more frequent than monthly. (d) The proceeds of the insurance maintained pursuant to subsections (a) and (b) shall be payable as provided in Article VIII and, so long as this Lease remains in effect, shall be used to repair or replace the Premises, any improvements thereto and personal property so insured. Upon any termination of this Lease pursuant to Section 8.2(c), the proceeds of the insurance required pursuant to subsection (b) shall be applied first, to retire Tenant's Loan, if applicable, second, to the then unamortized (using the amortization method in Section 3.1(c)) cost of Tenant's investment in Landlord's Work, if any, third, on a pro rata basis to Tenant and Landlord based upon the respective costs of Tenant's Work and Landlord's Work (until all such costs are fully recovered) and fourth any remainder to Landlord. The proceeds of all rental interruption insurance shall be solely the property of Landlord and not subject to the foregoing allocation. Tenant shall keep the proceeds of the insurance required pursuant to subsection (a) above. 33 Section 7.3 Insurance Policies All insurance required to be carried by Tenant or Landlord shall be with companies rated A:VIII, or better, in the then most recent version of Best's Key Rating Guide. Each party shall deliver to the other at least ten (10) days prior to the time such insurance is first required to be carried, and thereafter at least ten (10) days prior to the expiration or renewal date of any policy so maintained, copies of the policies or certificates evidencing such insurance. All policies and certificates delivered pursuant to this Section shall contain liability limits not less than those set forth in Sections 7.1 and 7.2, shall list the additional insureds and shall specify all endorsements and special coverages required by Sections 7.1 and 7.2. Each such policy shall contain a provision (by endorsement or otherwise) requiring not less than ten (10) days written notice to each party prior to any cancellation, non-renewal or material amendment thereof. Any insurance required to be maintained by a party hereunder may be provided by such party by means of a so-called "blanket" policy, so long as the Premises is specifically covered therein (by rider, endorsement or otherwise) and the policy otherwise complies with the provisions of this Lease, without reduction or diminution due to use of such blanket policy. If, on account of the failure of a party to comply with any provision of this Article VII, the other party or any additional insured is adjudged a co-insurer by its insurance carrier, then any loss or damage the other party or such additional insured shall sustain by reason thereof shall be borne by the insuring party and shall be paid by the insuring party upon receipt of a bill therefor and evidence of such loss. Section 7.4 Waiver of Subrogation Landlord and Tenant each hereby waives any and all rights of recovery against the other and against any other occupant of the Land, and against the partners, officers, employees, agents, representatives, customers and business visitors of such other party and of such other occupant, for loss of or damage to such waiving party or its property or the property of others under its control, arising from any cause insured against under any policy of insurance required to be carried by such waiving party pursuant to the provisions of this Lease (or any other policy of insurance carried by such waiving party in lieu thereof) at the time of such loss or damage. The foregoing waiver shall be effective whether or not a waiving party shall actually obtain and maintain the insurance which such waiving party is required to obtain and maintain pursuant to this Lease (or any substitute therefor). Each party shall, upon obtaining the policies of insurance which it is required to maintain hereunder, give notice to its insurance carrier or carriers that the foregoing mutual waiver of subrogation is contained in this Lease. Section 7.5 Indemnity (a) To the fullest extent permitted by law, and subject to the last sentence of this subsection, Tenant shall indemnify, defend and hold Landlord, its agents, employees and partners harmless from and against any liability or expense (including but not limited to loss of life and reasonable attorneys' fees and costs of defense) for any damage or injury to persons or property in or about the Premises or any Improvements thereon which may result from the use or occupation of the Premises or any Improvements thereon by Tenant, its employees, agents, invitees and contractors or the breach of the provisions of this Lease by Tenant, its agents, employees, contractors, or other persons claiming under Tenant. Such indemnification shall extend to liabilities arising from any activity, work, or thing done, permitted or suffered by Tenant or any such person in or about the Premises and shall further extend to any liabilities arising from any default in the performance of any obligation on Tenant's part hereunder. "Liabilities" shall include all suits, actions, claims and demands and all expenses (including attorneys' fees and costs of defense) incurred in or about any such liability and any action or proceeding brought thereon. It is understood and agreed that payment shall not be a condition precedent to enforcement of the foregoing indemnification obligations. Tenant's defense obligations hereunder shall include the obligation, upon demand, to defend Landlord against any claim or action of the types herein specified by legal counsel reasonably satisfactory to Landlord. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Lease, this subsection shall not apply to any damage or injury which Tenant establishes in a court of competent jurisdiction was caused by the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord, its agents, employees or contractors. 34 (b) To the fullest extent permitted by law, and subject to Section 7.4 and the last sentence of this subsection, Landlord shall indemnify, defend and hold Tenant, its agents, employees, officers and partners, harmless from and against any liability or expense (including but not limited to reasonable attorneys' fees and costs of defense) for any damage or injury to persons or property in or about the Premises or any Improvements thereon which may result from the actions of Landlord, its agents, employees or contractors, or from the breach of the provisions of this Lease by Landlord, its agents, employees or contractors. It is understood and agreed that payment shall not be a condition precedent to enforcement of the foregoing indemnification obligations. Landlord's defense obligations hereunder shall include the obligation, upon demand, to defend Tenant against any claim or action of the types herein specified by legal counsel reasonably satisfactory to Tenant. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, this paragraph shall not apply to any damage or injury which Landlord establishes in a court of competent jurisdiction was caused by the negligence or willful misconduct of Tenant, its agents, employees or contractors. Section 7.6 Exemption of Landlord Neither Landlord nor its agents or employees shall be liable for any damage to property entrusted to Landlord's employees or agents at the Premises, nor for any loss of any property by theft. Landlord and its partners and their respective partners, officers, agents and employees shall not be liable for injury or damage which may be sustained by the person, goods, wares, or property of Tenant, its employees, invitees or customers or any other person in or about the Premises, or for loss or interruption of business, caused by or resulting from any peril which may affect the Premises, including, but not limited to fire, steam, electricity, gas, water or rain, which may leak or flow from or into any part of the Premises, or from the breakage, leakage, obstruction or other defects of the pipes, sprinklers, wires, appliances, plumbing, air conditioning or lighting fixtures of the same, whether such damage or injury results from conditions arising upon the Premises, or from other sources. Landlord shall not be liable for any damages arising from any act or neglect of any occupant of any property adjacent to the Premises, or any of their officers, employees, agents, representatives, customers, business visitors or invitees. Tenant, as a material consideration to Landlord, assumes all risk of damages to property and injury to or death of persons in or about the Premises from any cause. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, this Section shall not apply to the extent of any damage or injury which Tenant establishes in a court of competent jurisdiction was proximately caused by the breach of this Lease, negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord, its employees or agents. Section 7.7 Notices Tenant shall give prompt notice to Landlord in case of fire or material casualties in or to the Premises and of material defects therein. ARTICLE VIII. DAMAGE OR DESTRUCTION Section 8.1 Damage (a) Subject to the provisions of this Article, in the event the Premises or the leasehold improvements thereon shall, during the term, be damaged or destroyed in whole or in part by any cause whatsoever, and whether or not such cause shall be covered by any insurance maintained by Tenant, Tenant shall give Landlord prompt written notice thereof if Landlord or its agents are not already aware thereof, and Landlord, without cost to Tenant, shall repair, replace and rebuild the same, at least to the extent of the quality and value of the Premises and such leasehold improvements immediately prior to such occurrence. Landlord shall have no responsibility to repair or replace Tenant's Property, or any of it. (b) Such repair, replacement or rebuilding shall be commenced within a reasonable time after the occurrence of the event causing such damage or destruction and the adjustment of insurance claims, if applicable, and shall thereafter be diligently prosecuted to completion. 35 (c) All insurance monies recovered on account of damage or destruction, less the cost, if any, of such recovery, shall be paid to the insuring party and shall be applied to the payment of the cost of repairing, replacing and rebuilding, and shall be paid out from time to time as such work progresses. If the insurance monies shall be insufficient to pay the entire cost of such work, the party obligated to perform such work shall pay the deficiency. Upon the completion of the work and payment in full therefor, any insurance monies then remaining shall be applied or allocated as provided in the last two sentences of Section 7.2(d). (d) Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Article VIII, this Lease shall not terminate or be affected in any way, and neither party shall, except to the extent provided in Sections 8.2 and 8.3, be released from any of its liabilities or obligations hereunder by reason of damage to or destruction of the Premises, any leasehold improvements thereon or Tenant's Property. Tenant shall have no claim against Landlord for any damage suffered by Tenant by reason of any such damage, destruction, repair or restoration. Tenant hereby waives the provisions of California Civil Code Sections 1932(2) and 1933(4) and of any other statute, law or judicial decision now or hereafter in effect contrary to the obligations of Tenant under this Article VIII or which relieve Tenant therefrom. Section 8.2 Termination Rights (a) Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 8.1, Landlord shall have the option to terminate this Lease and not repair, restore or rebuild in the event that a casualty results in: (i) Major Destruction, as defined in subsection (b), during the last twelve (12) months of the term of this Lease; (ii) Total Destruction, as defined in subsection (b); or (iii) Uninsured Damage, as defined in subsection (b), with a cost to repair, restore or rebuild in excess of the Upset Amount, as defined in subsection (b). Tenant shall also have the option to terminate this Lease in the event of an occurrence described in clauses (i) and (ii) of this subsection. (b) As used in this Section 8.2: (i) "Major Destruction" shall mean damage to or destruction of Landlord's Improvements in any Building leased by Tenant, the estimated cost of repair, restoration or rebuilding of which exceeds thirty-three and one-third percent (33 1/3%) of the then replacement cost of the Building damaged or destroyed. (ii) "Total Destruction" shall mean damage to or destruction of Landlord's Improvements in any Building leased by Tenant, the estimated time for completion of repair, restoration or rebuilding of which exceeds one year from the date of the damage or destruction. (iii) "Uninsured Damage" shall mean damage to or destruction of Landlord's Improvements from any cause which (A) is not covered by the insurance maintained by Landlord pursuant to Section 7.2(b) and (B) would not have been covered if Landlord maintained all coverages required by Section 7.2(b). The provisions of this clause (iii) and clause (iii) of Section 8.2(a) above are subject to the provisions of subsection (c) below. (iv) The "Upset Amount" shall mean $500,000 per Building as of February 1, 2002, adjusted by any changes in the CPI published for each succeeding February from the CPI published for February 2002. If the CPI is not published as of any February, a replacement index shall be selected as provided in Section 3.3. All cost and time determinations and estimates required by the provisions of this subsection shall be made by a licensed architect or general contractor selected and 36 retained by Landlord and approved in advance in writing by Tenant, which such approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned. (c) In the event that a casualty has any of the results described in subsection (a), Landlord shall have the option to terminate this Lease by written notice to Tenant given within thirty (30) days after the date of such damage or destruction. In the event that a casualty has either of the results described in clauses (i) or (ii) of subsection (a), Tenant shall have the option to terminate this Lease by written notice to Landlord given within thirty (30) days after the date of such damage or destruction. Any notice of termination given by either Landlord or Tenant pursuant to this subsection (c) shall pertain only to the Building or Buildings as to which a casualty causes the applicable result pursuant to subsection (a), and this Lease shall remain in effect as to any Building not suffering such result. Provided, however, that if Landlord elects to terminate this Lease as to a Building or Buildings as the result of Uninsured Damage with a cost to repair, restore or rebuild in excess of the Upset Amount, Tenant may, by written notice to Landlord given within twenty (20) days after receipt of Landlord's notice of termination, elect to provide funds equal to that portion of the cost of repair, restoration or rebuilding in excess of the Upset Amount. In such event, this Lease shall not terminate as to the affected Building(s) and Landlord shall repair, restore or rebuild pursuant to Section 8.1. In addition, if neither party is entitled to or either party is entitled to but does not elect to terminate pursuant to this Section, Landlord shall repair, restore or rebuild pursuant to Section 8.1. If Tenant elects to provide funds in excess of the Upset Amount, Tenant shall, within ten (10) days after receipt by Tenant of a written estimate from landlord of the total cost of Landlord's work of repair or restoration, deposit such funds with Landlord. Similarly, if such estimate thereafter increases, Tenant shall within ten (10) days after receipt of an increased written estimate make such additional deposit as shall be required. Upon completion of Landlord's work, Landlord shall provide to Tenant an accounting of the total cost of Landlord's work, the Upset Amount and all amounts previously deposited by Tenant, and the parties shall promptly make any adjustments required to give effect to the financial obligations of the parties pursuant to this subsection. Failure of Tenant to timely make any deposit required hereunder shall be treated as a failure to pay additional rent pursuant to this Lease. (d) If either party is entitled to terminate and timely elects to terminate this Lease pursuant to this Section, then: (i) This Lease shall terminate as to the affected Building(s) only upon receipt of notice of termination from the terminating party, unless Tenant has the option to and elects to furnish funds pursuant to subsection (c). (ii) The proceeds recovered pursuant to the policies maintained by Landlord and Tenant pursuant to Section 7.2 shall be allocated and paid as follows: (A) Tenant shall receive the proceeds of the policies maintained by Tenant. (B) The proceeds of the policies maintained by Landlord pursuant to Section 7.2(b) shall be applied or allocated as provided in the penultimate sentence of Section 7.2(d). (iii) Sections 5.5, 6.4(b), 6.5 and 13.27 of this Lease shall apply with respect to such termination. (iv) Rent shall cease to accrue as of the date of termination of this Lease. Section 8.3 Abatement of Rent If at any time during the term hereof all or any part of the Premises or any improvements thereon are destroyed or damaged by any casualty and this Lease is not terminated pursuant to Section 8.2, Tenant shall have no claim against Landlord for any damage suffered by Tenant by reason of any such damage, destruction, repair or restoration, unless and only to the extent that Tenant establishes in a court of competent jurisdiction that such damage was solely 37 and proximately caused by the negligence of Landlord, its employees or agents and Section 7.4 does not apply thereto. For the period from the date of such casualty until completion of repairs or restoration pursuant to Section 8.1, Base Rent shall be abated in proportion to the degree of interference with Tenant's use of the Premises occasioned by such damage or destruction, including totally if applicable. Provided, however, that in no event shall such period of abatement extend beyond the first to occur of (a) the 150th day following substantial completion by Landlord of its work of repair or restoration and (b) the expiration of such reasonable period of time in which Tenant could have completed its work of repair, restoration or rebuilding had Tenant diligently prosecuted such work to completion. ARTICLE IX. ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING Section 9.1 Landlord's Rights (a) Except as provided in this Article, Tenant shall not, either voluntarily or by operation of law, assign, sell, encumber, pledge or otherwise transfer all or any part of Tenant's leasehold estate hereunder, or permit the Premises to be used or occupied by anyone other than Tenant or Tenant's employees, affiliates or contractors or sublet the Premises or any portion thereof, without Landlord's prior written consent in each instance, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. Consent by Landlord to one or more assignments of this Lease or to one or more sublettings of the Premises shall not operate to exhaust Landlord's rights under this Section. The voluntary or other surrender of this Lease by Tenant or a mutual cancellation hereof shall not work a merger, and shall, at the option of Landlord, terminate all or any existing subleases or subtenancies or shall operate as an assignment to Landlord of such subleases or subtenancies. If Tenant is a corporation which is not required to file periodic reports under Sections 12 or 15 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or is an unincorporated association or partnership, the transfer, assignment or hypothecation of any stock or interest in Tenant in the aggregate in excess of fifty percent (50%) shall be deemed an assignment within the meaning and provisions of this Article, but the transfer, assignment or hypothecation of less than fifty percent (50%) of the stock or interest in Tenant shall not be deemed an assignment. In connection with any request for Landlord's consent required under this Article, Tenant shall reimburse to Landlord all reasonable attorneys' fees and other out-of-pocket costs incurred by Landlord in responding to such request. Attorneys' fees and costs shall be charged at the same rate such attorneys' charge Landlord for other similar work. The reimbursement due under this subsection shall be paid, as additional rent under this Lease, within twenty (20) days after Tenant's receipt of Landlord's invoice therefor. Any such reimbursement may be recovered in any unlawful detainer or other action instituted by Landlord upon any default by Tenant as rent, whether or not included in any notice given to Tenant by Landlord prior to or as a condition to the institution of such action. (b) If Tenant desires at any time to assign this Lease or to sublet the Premises or any portion thereof, other than as permitted in subsection (i), it shall first in writing notify Landlord of its desire to do so and shall submit in writing to Landlord (i) the name of the proposed subtenant or assignee; (ii) the nature of the proposed subtenant's or assignee's business to be carried on in the Premises; (iii) the terms and provisions of the proposed sublease or assignment; and (iv) such reasonable financial information as Landlord may request concerning the proposed subtenant or assignee, including but not limited to a balance sheet of the proposed subtenant or assignee as of a date within ninety (90) days prior to the request for Landlord's consent, statements of income or profit and loss of the proposed subtenant or assignee for the two year period preceding the request for Landlord's consent and a written statement in reasonable detail as to the business experience of the proposed subtenant or assignee during the three (3) years preceding the request for Landlord's consent, if available. (c) At any time within fifteen (15) business days after Landlord's receipt of the information specified in subsection (b) above, Landlord may by written notice to Tenant elect to (i) consent to the subletting or assignment upon the terms and to the subtenant or assignee proposed or (ii) refuse to give its consent, specifying in reasonable detail the reason(s) therefor. 38 (d) Except as provided in subsection (i), Landlord shall have the right to reasonably approve or disapprove any proposed assignee or sublessee. In exercising such right of approval or disapproval, Landlord shall be entitled to take into account any fact or factor which Landlord reasonably deems relevant to such decision, including but not necessarily limited to the following, all of which are agreed to be appropriate factors for Landlord's consideration: (i) The financial strength of any proposed assignee or subtenant, including the adequacy of its working capital to pay all expenses anticipated in connection with any remodeling of the Premises. (ii) The experience of the proposed assignee or subtenant with respect to businesses of the type and size which such assignee or subtenant proposes to conduct in the Premises. (iii) The quality and nature of the use which such proposed assignee or subtenant proposes for the Premises, and the consistency or lack thereof with the quality of the Premises. For this purpose, the standards set forth in Section 5.1 shall apply. (iv) The quality of the Premises' appearance resulting from any remodeling or renovation to be conducted by the proposed assignee or subtenant. (v) Whether there then exists any Default by Tenant pursuant to this Lease or any non-payment or non-performance by Tenant under this Lease which, with the passage of time and/or the giving of notice, would constitute a Default under this Lease. In no event shall the Premises be used except as expressly approved in writing by Landlord in advance or as permitted by Section 5.1. Landlord and Tenant acknowledge that the express standards and provisions set forth in this Lease dealing with assignment and subletting, including those set forth in subsections (d), (e), (g) and (h), have been freely negotiated and are reasonable at the date hereof. Landlord would not offer similar terms to smaller tenants. Approval of any assignment of Tenant's interest shall, whether or not expressly so stated, be conditioned upon such assignee assuming in writing all obligations of the tenant hereunder accruing subsequent to the effective date of the assignment by means of a written assumption in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Landlord. (e) In connection with any assignment, subletting or other transfer other than a subletting or assignment permitted without the consent of Landlord pursuant to subsection (i), Landlord shall be entitled to receive, in the case of a subletting or transfer other than an assignment, one-half ( 1/2) of all net rent (however denominated and paid) payable by the subtenant or transferee to Tenant in excess of that payable by Tenant to Landlord pursuant to the other provisions of this Lease and, in the case of an assignment, one-half ( 1/2) of all net consideration given, directly or indirectly, by the assignee to Tenant in connection with such assignment and allocable to Tenant's leasehold estate. For the purposes of this subsection, the term "rent" shall mean all consideration paid or given, directly or indirectly, for the use of the Premises or any portion thereof. The term "consideration" shall mean and include money, services, property and any other thing of value such as payment of costs, cancellation of indebtedness, discounts, rebates and the like. "Sublet" and "sublease" shall include a sublease as to which Tenant is sublessor and any sub-sublease or other sub-subtenancy, irrespective of the number of tenancies and tenancy levels between the ultimate occupant and Landlord, and as to which Tenant receives any consideration, as defined in this subsection. Any net rent or other net consideration which is to be passed through to Landlord by Tenant pursuant to this subsection shall be paid to Landlord promptly upon receipt by Tenant and shall be paid in cash, irrespective of the form in which received by Tenant. In the event that any net rent or other net consideration received by Tenant is in a form other than cash, Tenant shall pay to Landlord in cash one-half ( 1/2) of the fair market value of such consideration. Landlord and Tenant agree that the payment required by this subsection represents payment for Landlord's property rights in and to the leasehold estate hereby created. The information to be supplied to Landlord under subsection 9.1(b) shall include an itemized statement of all rent and consideration (whether for the use of the Premises, the 39 leasehold estate, leasehold improvements, furniture, fixtures and equipment, inventory, franchises, licenses or otherwise) to be paid to Tenant in connection with the assignment, subletting or other transfer. Such statement shall allocate the total to be paid to Tenant among all such items as reasonably agreed by Tenant and Tenant's assignee, subtenant or transferee, and such allocations shall be subject to the review and approval of Landlord. If Tenant and Landlord cannot agree as to the amount to be allocated for the use of the Premises or the leasehold estate, one-half (1/2) of which amount shall belong to Landlord in accordance with the provisions of this subsection, then such amount shall be determined as follows: The amount to be allocated to each of leasehold improvements, furniture, fixtures and equipment, franchises, licenses and other hard assets shall be the then reasonable market value of each such item as determined by a certified public accountant selected by Landlord, and such determination shall be binding upon the parties. The total of all such book value amounts shall be deducted from the total of all rent and consideration to be paid to Tenant in connection with such assignment, subletting or other transfer, and one-half (1/2) of the remainder, after deducting from the remainder transaction expenses, as defined below, shall belong to Landlord as the amount due hereunder for the use of the Premises or the leasehold estate. As used herein, the terms "net rent" and "net consideration" shall mean the gross rent payable and actually paid by a subtenant in excess of that payable by Tenant hereunder or the gross consideration actually received by Tenant for its leasehold estate, as the case may be, less Tenant's transaction expenses in connection with the subletting or assignment giving rise to such excess rent or consideration. The term "transaction expenses" shall mean the aggregate out-of-pocket costs incurred or to be incurred by Tenant in connection with a subletting or an assignment, including all fees and costs of attorneys, accountants, architects, designers and other professionals retained by Tenant in connection with such transaction, any brokerage or finder's fees or commissions paid by Tenant in connection with such transaction, any advertising costs incurred by Tenant in connection with such transaction, any escrow fees and costs paid in connection with such transaction and any costs and fees paid by Tenant to renovate or remodel the Premises or any portion thereof for the use of such assignee or subtenant, whether paid directly by Tenant, or in the form of an allowance to a proposed subtenant or assignee. Transaction expenses shall also include any payment made to or for the benefit of an assignee or subtenant, such as a moving allowance or a decorating allowance, shall include any rent abatement afforded to a subtenant by Tenant and any lease takeover costs incurred by Tenant in connection with such transaction. Transaction expenses shall also include the amount of any Base Rent paid by Tenant to Landlord with respect to the Premises, or any portion thereof, for any period during which Tenant cannot occupy the same due to renovation of the same for an assignee or subtenant, and for any period after Tenant vacates the Premises and lists the same for assignment or sublease to the date an assignee or subtenant commences the payment of rent hereunder or under such sublease. Tenant's transaction expenses shall be set forth in reasonable detail on a written statement provided by Tenant pursuant to this subsection and shall be recovered by Tenant from the first excess rent or consideration received by Tenant prior to any split with Landlord pursuant to this subsection. Upon request by Landlord, Tenant shall supply to Landlord reasonable documentary evidence as to the actual transaction expenses paid or incurred by Tenant in connection with an assignment or subletting of the Premises or a portion thereof. (f) If Landlord consents to such assignment or subletting or does not exercise one of its other options within the fifteen (15) business day period specified in subsection (c) above, Tenant may thereafter within one hundred twenty (120) days after the expiration of said fifteen (15) business day period enter into a valid assignment or sublease of the Premises or portion thereof, upon the terms and conditions described in the information required to be furnished by Tenant to Landlord pursuant to subsection 9.1(b), or upon other terms not less favorable to Tenant; provided, however, that any material change in such terms shall be subject to Landlord's consent as provided in this Section; and, provided further, that any amounts to be paid to Landlord by Tenant in connection therewith pursuant to subsection (e) shall be paid to Landlord upon the later of consummation of such transaction or receipt by Tenant of such consideration. (g) All options to extend, expand, renew or purchase, if any, including the Extension Options with respect to the Additional Terms, contained in this Lease are personal to 40 Tenant. Consent by Landlord to any assignment or subletting shall not include consent to the assignment or transfer of any such rights with respect to the Premises. All such options shall terminate upon such assignment or subletting unless Landlord specifically grants in writing such options to such assignee or subtenant. The provision of this subsection shall not apply to sublettings or an assignment permitted without the consent of Landlord pursuant to subsection (i). (h) In the event that this Lease is assigned to any person or entity pursuant to the provisions of the United States Bankruptcy Code (11 U.S.C., Sec. 101 et seq.) (the "Code"), all consideration payable or otherwise to be delivered in connection with such assignment shall be paid or delivered to Landlord, shall be and remain the exclusive property of Landlord and shall not constitute property of Tenant or of the estate of Tenant within the meaning of the Code. Any consideration constituting Landlord's property pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence not paid or delivered to Landlord shall be held in trust for the benefit of Landlord and shall be promptly paid or delivered to Landlord. For the purposes of this Section, the term "consideration" shall have the meaning given to such term in subsection (e). In addition, subsection (g) shall apply with respect to such assignment. (i) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 9.1, Landlord's consent shall not be required and subsection 9(c) shall not apply in connection with an assignment of Tenant's interest in this Lease or a subletting of all or a portion of the Premises: (i) To any parent, subsidiary or affiliate of Tenant; (ii) In connection with a reorganization, merger or consolidation to which Tenant is a party; (iii) To any person or entity which acquires all or substantially all of the capital stock or assets of Tenant; (iv) To a joint venture or partnership of which Tenant or a parent, subsidiary or affiliate of Tenant is a joint venturer or partner; (v) To any person or entity which acquires a substantial portion of the assets or business of Tenant (such as an entire division or comparable business unit); and (vi) To an entity which performs a function or group of functions previously performed by Tenant or a division or department of arrangement between Tenant and such entity (a so-called out-sourcing). Provided, however, that in connection with any such transaction ( a "Permitted Transaction"), Tenant shall comply with all of the following as are applicable: (A) The use of the Premises shall be a use permitted by Section 5.1. (B) Any such sublease shall be subject to the terms and provisions of this Lease. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, any such sublease shall be terminable by Landlord upon the expiration or any earlier termination of this Lease, including a termination by mutual agreement of Landlord and Tenant. (C) The assignee shall assume the obligations of the tenant hereunder accruing subsequent to the effective date of the assignment by means of a written assumption in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Landlord. (D) Tenant shall not be released from any of the obligations of the tenant hereunder, whether accruing prior to or subsequent to the effective date of such transfer. (E) There shall be no Default by Tenant with respect to its obligations hereunder beyond any applicable notice and cure period. 41 (F) Within ten (10) days after the effective date of the transaction, Tenant shall notify Landlord in writing of the effective date of the transaction, the name of the other party thereto, the facts which bring such transaction within the scope of this subsection and any change in the address for notices to tenant pursuant to this Lease. Such notice shall be accompanied by any executed assumption required pursuant to clause (C) above. (G) In the event of any change in the trade name of the tenant hereunder, all changes to Tenant's Signage shall be subject to the provisions of Section 5.4. For the purposes of this subsection, a parent of Tenant shall be any person or entity which owns, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of the voting capital stock or profit and loss interests in Tenant; a subsidiary of Tenant shall be an entity as to which Tenant owns, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of the voting capital stock or profit and loss interests in such entity; and an affiliate of Tenant shall be a subsidiary of any parent of Tenant. Subsections (a), (b), (c), (d), (e) and (f) shall not apply in connection with a Permitted Transaction. Section 9.2 No Release of Tenant No sublease, assignment or transfer, even with the consent of Landlord, shall relieve Tenant of its obligation to pay the rent and to perform all of the other obligations to be performed by Tenant hereunder. The acceptance of rent by Landlord from any other person shall not be deemed to be a waiver by Landlord of any provision of this Lease or to be a consent to any assignment, sublease or transfer. The foregoing restrictions shall be binding upon any assignee or subtenant to which Landlord has consented. Any sale, assignment, mortgage, transfer of this Lease or subletting which does not comply with the provisions of this Article shall be void. If any assignee defaults in any performance due hereunder, Landlord may proceed directly against Tenant without exhausting its remedies against such assignee. Section 9.3 Hypothecation Notwithstanding anything which is or appears to be to the contrary in this Lease, Tenant shall not encumber the leasehold estate created by this Lease, except as expressly provided in this Section 9.3. (a) As used herein, the following terms shall have the following meanings: (i) The term "Mortgage" shall mean a mortgage, deed of trust, assignment or other instrument hypothecating the Leasehold Estate pursuant to this Lease. (ii) The term "Mortgagee" shall mean the beneficiary under any deed of trust, any mortgagee under any mortgage, the assignee under any assignment or any lender occupying a similar position under any other instrument hypothecating the leasehold interest pursuant to this Lease. (iii) The term "Leasehold Estate" shall mean Tenant's estate created pursuant to this Lease. (b) Any Mortgage shall be a lien only upon the Leasehold Estate and shall not be a lien upon Landlord's fee interest in the Premises. So long as a Mortgage shall remain unsatisfied of record and until written notice of satisfaction is given by the Mortgagee to Landlord, the following provisions shall apply to such Mortgage. (c) Landlord shall serve a copy of any notice, as defined below, including a notice of default, required to be served on Tenant under this Lease upon such Mortgagee, and no notice by Landlord to Tenant hereunder shall be deemed to have been duly given unless and until a copy thereof has been served on the Mortgagee. As used herein, the term "notice" shall mean any notice of default, any notice of arbitration, and any notice pertaining to any option held by Tenant hereunder. (d) In the event of a default by Tenant hereunder, any Mortgagee shall, within the period allowed Tenant to cure such default and otherwise as herein provided, have the right 42 to cure such default, or cause the same to be cured, and Landlord shall accept such performance by or on behalf of such Mortgagee as if the same had been made by Tenant. (e) For the purposes of this Section, no event of default shall be deemed to exist if (i) in the case of a monetary default, the same shall be cured within the time permitted therefor and (ii) in the case of a non-monetary default, steps shall in good faith have been commenced by the Mortgagee within the time permitted therefor to cure the same and shall be prosecuted to completion with diligence and continuity. (f) Notwithstanding the provisions of subsection (e), upon the occurrence of an event of default, other than an event of default due to a default in the payment of money or other default which may be cured without taking possession of the Premises, Landlord shall take no action to terminate this Lease without first giving to the Mortgagee written notice of Landlord's intention to terminate this Lease (which may be a copy of a notice to pay or quit or a notice to perform or quit given to Tenant) and thirty (30) days thereafter within which either (i) to obtain possession of the Premises (including possession by a receiver) or (ii) to institute, prosecute and thereafter diligently complete foreclosure proceedings or otherwise acquire Tenant's interest under this Lease. Such Mortgagee, upon obtaining possession or acquiring Tenant's interest under this Lease, shall be required, within thirty (30) days after obtaining such possession or interest, to cure all defaults reasonably susceptible of being cured by such Mortgagee. Provided, however, that: (x) such Mortgagee shall not be obligated to continue such possession or to continue such foreclosure proceedings after such default shall have been cured; (y) nothing herein contained shall preclude Landlord, subject to the provisions of this Section, from exercising any rights or remedies under this Lease with respect to any other default by Tenant; and (z) such Mortgagee shall agree with Landlord in writing to comply during the period of such forbearance with such of the terms, conditions and covenants of this Lease as are reasonably susceptible of being complied with by such Mortgagee, including those requiring the payment of money. Any default by Tenant not reasonably susceptible of being cured by such Mortgagee shall be deemed to have been waived by Landlord upon completion of such foreclosure proceedings or upon such acquisition of Tenant's interest under this Lease, except that any such events of default which are reasonably susceptible of being cured after such completion and acquisition shall then be cured by Mortgagee within the time specified in this Section. Such Mortgagee or other purchaser in foreclosure proceedings may become the legal owner and holder of Tenant's interest under this Lease by foreclosure or assignment in lieu of foreclosure. (g) In the event of termination of this Lease prior to the expiration of the term, except by reason of condemnation or casualty as provided herein or a mutual termination with the consent of Mortgagee, Landlord shall serve upon the Mortgagee written notice that this Lease has been terminated together with a statement of any and all sums which would at that time be due under this Lease but for such termination, and of all other defaults, if any, under this Lease then known to Landlord. Such Mortgagee shall thereupon have the option to obtain a new lease in accordance with and upon the following terms and conditions: upon the written request of the Mortgagee within thirty (30) days after service of such notice that this Lease has been terminated, Landlord shall enter into a new lease of the Premises with such Mortgagee, or its nominee. Such new lease shall be effective on the date of termination of this Lease and shall be for the remainder of the term, at the rent and upon all the agreements, terms, covenants and conditions hereof, including any applicable rights of renewal. As a condition to such new lease, the Mortgagee shall perform all unfulfilled obligations of Tenant under this Lease which are reasonably susceptible of being performed by the Mortgagee. Upon the execution of such new lease, the tenant named therein shall pay all sums which would at the time of the execution thereof be due under this Lease but for such termination and shall pay the reasonable expenses (including attorneys' fees and costs) incurred by Landlord in connection with such defaults and termination, the recovery of possession of the Premises and the preparation, execution and delivery of such new lease, less the net income (after payment of any operating expenses), if any, derived by Landlord from the Premises during the period from the date of termination of this Lease to the date of execution of the new lease. 43 (h) Effective upon the commencement of the term of any new lease executed pursuant to subsection (g), all subleases, if any, shall be assigned and transferred without recourse by Landlord to the tenant under such new lease. (i) This Lease may not be modified, cancelled or surrendered by agreement of the parties without the express written consent of the Mortgagee. For the purposes of this subsection (i): (i) The prohibition against modifications shall not extend to immaterial modifications of this Lease (i.e., modifications which do not materially increase the obligations or materially decrease the rights of Tenant). (ii) No Mortgagee shall unreasonably withhold or delay its consent to a proposed modification of this Lease, and such consent shall be deemed given if a Mortgagee shall fail to disapprove a proposed amendment to this Lease by written notice to Landlord and Tenant given within thirty (30) days after receipt of the proposed amendment. (iii) The provisions of this subsection shall not apply to any termination of this Lease due to a default by Tenant, a casualty, a condemnation or in a proceeding under the federal Bankruptcy Code. (j) There shall be no merger of this Lease, or of the Leasehold Estate, with the fee estate in and to the Premises by reason of the fact that this Lease, or the Leasehold Estate, or any interest in either thereof, may be held directly or indirectly by or for the account of any person who shall own the fee estate in and to the Premises, or any portion thereof, and no such merger shall occur unless and until all persons at the time having any interest in this Lease or the Leasehold Estate, including Mortgagee, shall join in a written instrument effecting such merger. (k) No Mortgagee shall become personally liable under this Lease unless and until the Mortgagee shall acquire title to Tenant's interest under this Lease by foreclosure, assignment in lieu of foreclosure or otherwise, or under a new lease pursuant to subsection (g). In such event the Mortgagee may assign such interest under this Lease or in such new lease, but only in accordance with this Article IX, and shall thereupon be released from all liability for the performance or observance of the covenants, and conditions in this Lease or in such new lease contained on Tenant's or the tenant's part to be performed and observed from and after the date of such assignment. Provided, however, that the assignee from such Mortgagee shall have expressly assumed in writing this Lease or such new lease on an assignment form reasonably satisfactory to Landlord and an executed copy of such assumption shall have been submitted to Landlord and such assignment shall expressly be made subject to the provisions of this Lease. No such assignment shall modify or limit any right or power of Landlord hereunder. (l) All notices by Landlord to such Mortgagee pursuant to this Section shall be in writing and sent by United States registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, addressed to such Mortgagee at the address last specified to Landlord by Tenant or such Mortgagee, and any such notice shall be deemed to have been served as of the date of receipt or refusal indicated on the return receipt. (m) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section: (i) The loan secured by any Mortgage (a "Loan") must be with an institutional or equivalent lender (e.g., bank, savings and loan association, insurance company, pension fund, investment banker or other entity engaged in the making of loans secured by interests in real property). (ii) The term of any Loan, including any permitted extensions or renewals thereof, shall not extend past the expiration date of this Lease (including the additional terms pursuant to Section 2.3). (iii) Such Loan shall constitute permanent financing with respect to the Premises. 44 (iv) The Mortgage shall contain provisions requiring that copies of all notices of default thereunder must be sent to Landlord. (v) The Mortgage shall not permit or authorize, or be construed to permit or authorize, any Lender to devote the Premises to any uses other than those uses authorized by Section 5.01 or to construct any Improvements thereon other than the specific Improvements provided for in this Lease. (vi) Promptly following the closing of the Loan, Landlord shall be furnished with two complete executed sets of the documents executed in connection with the Loan, delivery of which may be conditioned upon delivery of a reasonably satisfactory confidentiality agreement by Landlord. Such sets may be photocopies rather than originals, but shall bear the filing or recording stamps of all government officers with which filed or recorded. (vii) Landlord shall execute and deliver, and Tenant shall record concurrently with the Mortgage, a request for special notice to Landlord under Civil Code Section 2924b. (viii) Unless the Mortgage is secured by all or substantially all of the assets of the Tenant, the Mortgage shall specifically provide that: (1) in the event of a default by Tenant thereunder, Landlord shall have the right at its option (but shall not be required) to cure such default; and (2) no action shall be taken by the Lender to foreclose upon any such mortgage or deed of trust until at least thirty (30) days after such Lender shall have notified Landlord in writing of any default by Tenant. (ix) The rights of any Mortgagee shall be subject to all of the terms and provisions of this Lease (as the same may from time to time be amended with the consent of the Mortgagee). Any purchaser of the Leasehold Estate upon foreclosure or under power of sale shall, except as set forth below, succeed to the rights of Tenant hereunder, including possession of the Premises, and shall be liable for the performance of the terms and provisions hereof to be performed by the tenant from and after such purchaser acquires the Leasehold Estate. Provided, however, that a Mortgagee which acquires the Leasehold Estate shall be liable only for obligations accruing during the period that it holds the Leasehold Estate. Moreover, the rights granted to Tenant pursuant to Sections 1.4, 1.5, 15.1 and 15.2 shall not survive the judicial foreclosure, sale under power of sale or transfer of Tenant's interest hereunder pursuant to or with respect to any Mortgage executed by Tenant pursuant to this Section. (x) To the extent that any Mortgagee declines or refuses to comply with any condition contained in this Section to forbearance by Landlord in exercising its right to terminate this Lease for a default by Tenant, Landlord shall be relieved of such forbearance obligation. (xi) Landlord shall have no obligation to deliver possession of the Premises or any portion thereof to any Mortgagee, to any person or entity succeeding to the rights of Tenant hereunder by foreclosure, sale under power of sale or deed in lieu of foreclosure or to the lessee under any new lease executed pursuant to the terms of this Section unless Landlord shall previously have obtained possession of the Premises or such portion thereof. (xii) There shall be no more than one (1) Mortgage with respect to the Leasehold Estate at any time. ARTICLE X. CONDEMNATION Section 10.1 Condemnation (a) In the event of a taking of or damage to all or any part of the Premises by reason of any exercise of the power of eminent domain, whether by condemnation proceedings or otherwise, or any transfer of all or any part of the Premises made in avoidance of an exercise of the power of eminent domain (all of the foregoing being hereinafter referred to as an "appropriation") during the term of this Lease, the rights and obligations of Landlord and Tenant 45 with regard to such appropriation, including rights to the award therefrom and including compensation, severance or other damage, and interest shall be as provided in this Article X. (b) If by reason of any such appropriation, economic operation of the Premises is materially and adversely affected (an appropriation of twenty-five percent (25%) or more of the Floor Area of the Premises shall be deemed to have such effect) this Lease shall, at the option of either party, be cancelled and terminated and the rents and other charges payable by Tenant hereunder shall be apportioned to the termination date. Such option to terminate the Lease shall be exercised at any time subsequent to delivery of written notice of such appropriation to Tenant. The termination date of this Lease if this Lease is terminated by either party pursuant to this Section shall be the date upon which the condemning authority shall require possession of the Premises or the portion thereof so appropriated. In the event, however, that the condemning agency shall abandon such eminent domain proceeding after such notice of exercise of option to terminate this Lease has become effective under the provisions hereof, then either Landlord or Tenant may, at its option, revoke and cancel its notice of exercise of option to terminate this Lease by notifying the other in writing, not more than thirty (30) days after written notice of such abandonment shall have been served on Tenant and filed in court. (c) If only a portion of the Premises shall be so taken and if this Lease shall not be terminated pursuant to the provisions of subsection (b), Landlord shall promptly restore, repair or reconstruct any Landlord Improvements on the Premises only a portion of which were so taken so that when so restored, repaired or reconstructed such Landlord Improvements shall be of substantially the same quality and character as existed immediately prior to such taking, and the rental payable by Tenant hereunder shall be reduced, effective as of the taking of possession by the condemning authority, in proportion to the reduction in the fair market rental value of the Premises by reason of such taking. Such repair, restoration or reconstruction shall be the sole responsibility of Landlord, both as to performance and payment of the costs thereof, shall be designed by an architect selected and retained by Landlord, shall be performed by a general contractor selected and retained by Landlord, shall comply with Applicable Laws, shall be commenced as promptly as practicable after the taking and shall be diligently pursued to completion. Article XIV shall not apply to such Landlord, repair, restoration or renovation, and Landlord shall be entitled to utilize so much of the award for such taking (including amounts otherwise allocated to Tenant pursuant to subsection (d)), up to the full amount of the award, as necessary to effect such repair, restoration or reconstruction. In no event shall Landlord be required to spend on such repair, restoration and reconstruction any amount in excess of the award for such taking. Promptly upon completion of Landlord's work, Tenant shall, at Tenant's sole cost and expense, repair, restore or reconstruct any Tenant Improvements and Tenant Property taken or damaged. Any such work by Tenant shall be subject to the provisions of Sections 5.4, 5.5, 6.2 and 6.4. (d) Any award for any taking of all or any part of the Premises under the power of eminent domain shall be the property of Landlord, whether such award shall be made as compensation for diminution in value of the leasehold or for taking of the fee. Except as provided in subsection (c), nothing contained herein shall be deemed to preclude Tenant from obtaining, or to give Landlord any interest in, any award to Tenant for (i) loss of or damage to Tenant's Property, (ii) damages for cessation or interruption of Tenant's business or for the cost of relocation or (iii) Tenant Improvements, alterations and Tenant's Signage paid for by Tenant, provided that such damages are set forth in a separate award to Tenant or are separately broken out in a single award. The parties acknowledge Landlord's right to apply the entire award as provided in subsection (c). (e) If less than a fee title to all or any portion of the Premises shall be taken by any competent authority for temporary use or occupancy, rental payable hereunder shall be abated in accordance with subsection (c) above and any award made in connection with such temporary taking shall be allocated and paid in accordance with subsection (d) above. This 46 Lease shall, subject to the foregoing and notwithstanding such temporary taking, remain in full force and effect. (f) A sale by Landlord to any authority having the power of eminent domain, either under threat of condemnation or while condemnation proceedings are pending, shall be deemed a taking by eminent domain for all purposes under this Article. ARTICLE XI. UTILITY SERVICES Section 11.1 Utility Charges (a) Tenant shall contract for and pay, directly to the purveyors of such services, all charges, surcharges, taxes and other fees for gas, water, sanitary and storm sewer, electricity, telephone and other utility services furnished to the Premises subsequent to the Lease Commencement Date and all fees for installation of any facilities to supply such services or for connection by Tenant to any facilities of the purveyors of such services. The immediately preceding sentence shall be applied separately to the Initial Premises and Expansion Premises. Notwithstanding the foregoing, it is understood and agreed that installation and connection fees may be paid by Landlord as a part of Development Costs. Moreover, billing for utility services to the Premises shall initially be to Landlord (with the service bills included in Development Costs) and Tenant shall be required to change such billings to Tenant. Tenant shall attempt to effect such change on the Lease Commencement Date or as soon thereafter as possible. Pending such changeover, service billings shall remain in Development Costs; upon effecting such changeover, Tenant shall pay such service billings directly to the service purveyors. If any such charges are not paid when due Landlord may, but shall not be obligated to, pay the same, and any amount so paid by Landlord shall become due to Landlord from Tenant as additional rent upon presentation by Landlord of an invoice therefor. (b) All such utilities shall, to the extent feasible, initially be separately metered and billed directly to Tenant. For this purpose, each Building shall be separately metered for electrical, gas and water and sewer service. Tenant shall indemnify Landlord, the Initial Premises and the Expansion Premises from and against any such charges and liens arising therefrom. Section 11.2 Interruption of Service (a) Landlord shall not be liable for damages or otherwise for any failure or interruption of any utility service being furnished to the Premises and no such failure or interruption shall entitle Tenant to terminate this Lease or an abatement of rent hereunder. (b) Notwithstanding subsection (a) above, in the event of any interruption to any utility service to the Premises which is caused by the negligence or intentional action of Landlord or any agent, employee or contractor of Landlord, Base Rent shall be abated for the period of the interruption in proportion to the degree of interference with Tenant's operations in the Premises, including totally if applicable. Degree of interference shall be determined by reference to the portion of the Premises (including all, if applicable) which is rendered unusable by Tenant as the result of such interruption. The remedy set forth in this subsection shall be Tenant's sole remedy in the event of such interruption. In addition, Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the restoration of the service so interrupted as promptly as practicable. Section 11.3 Other Tenants In the event that (a) Tenant adds one or more Available Spaces to the Premises and/or (b) Tenant ceases to be the sole Tenant with respect to the entire Initial Premises, Section 11.1 may not apply as to any Building in which Tenant does not lease all Floor Area and/or the portions of the Initial Premises or Expansion Premises, as applicable, exterior to the Buildings. In lieu of direct utility expense billing to and payment by Tenant, the costs of utilities furnished to multi-tenant Buildings and/or such exterior areas may be billed to Landlord and rebilled by Landlord to Tenant and other tenants on the basis of their proportionate shares or 47 actual usage based upon submetering installed by Landlord. Tenant's share of the costs of such common utilities costs, plus an administrative charge not to exceed fifteen percent (15%), shall be additional rent hereunder payable within ten (10) days after Tenant's receipt of Landlord's invoices therefor not more frequently than once per calendar month. Tenant's Special Facilities shall at all times, however, be separately metered (which may be by inclusion on a separate meter for an adjacent Building) and the costs of the utilities used by such Special Facilities shall be either billed directly to Tenant or allocated to Tenant as provided in this Section. Whether the utilities services are directly metered to Tenant or are on a common meter with usage costs allocated to Tenant and others, Tenant shall comply with all rules and regulations which Landlord may reasonably establish for the proper functioning and protection of the air conditioning, electrical, heating and plumbing systems. Tenant shall not overload any of the mechanical, electrical, plumbing, sewer or other utility equipment. Section 11.4 Availability of Utility Services Whether utilities services are directly metered to Tenant or are on a common meter with usage costs allocated to Tenant and others, heating, ventilating and air conditioning and all other Building utility systems (electric, water and sewer) shall be available to Tenant seven (7) days per week, twenty-four (24) hours per day. With respect to any Building as to which Tenant leases less than all of the Floor Area, Landlord may reasonably adjust the cost allocations between Tenant and other tenants of such Building to take account of disproportionate usage of services, due to different hours of use or otherwise. ARTICLE XII. DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES Section 12.1 Defaults The occurrence of any one or more of the following events shall constitute a "Default" by Tenant: (a) The failure by Tenant to make any payment of Base Rent, additional rent, or other payment required to be made by Tenant hereunder, as and when due, where such failure shall continue for a period of five (5) business days after written notice thereof from Landlord to Tenant; provided, however, that any such notice shall be in lieu of, and not in addition to, any notice required under California Code of Civil Procedure Sec. 1161, et seq., as amended. (b) The failure by Tenant to observe or perform any of the express covenants or provisions of this Lease to be observed or performed by Tenant, other than as specified in (a) above, where such failure shall continue for a period of thirty (30) days after written notice thereof from Landlord to Tenant; provided, however, that any such notice shall be in lieu of, and not in addition to, any notice required under California Code of Civil Procedure Section 1161, et seq., as amended; and provided further, that if the nature of Tenant's default is such that more than thirty (30) days are reasonably required for its cure, then Tenant shall not be deemed to be in default if Tenant shall commence such cure within said thirty (30) day period and thereafter diligently prosecute such cure to completion. (c) (i) The making by Tenant of any general assignment for the benefit of creditors; (ii) the filing by or against Tenant of a petition to have Tenant adjudged a "Debtor" or a petition for reorganization or arrangement under any law relating to bankruptcy (unless, in the case of a petition filed against Tenant, the same is dismissed within sixty (60) days); (iii) the appointment of a trustee or receiver to take possession of substantially all of Tenant's assets located at the Premises or of Tenant's interest in this Lease, where possession is not restored to Tenant within sixty (60) days; (iv) the attachment, execution or other judicial seizure of substantially all of Tenant's assets located at the Premises or of Tenant's interest in this Lease, where such seizure is not discharged within sixty (60) days; or (v) Tenant's convening of a meeting of substantially all of its creditors for the purpose of effecting a moratorium upon or composition of its debts. 48 Section 12.2 Remedies (a) In the event of any Default by Tenant, in addition to any other remedies available to Landlord, including that provided in California Civil Code Section 1951.4, Landlord may terminate Tenant's right to possession of the Premises by any lawful means, in which case this Lease shall terminate and Tenant shall immediately surrender possession of the Premises to Landlord. In such event Landlord shall be entitled to recover from Tenant all amounts which Landlord is entitled to recover pursuant to Section 1951.2 of the California Civil Code (or any successor thereto), including, but not limited to: (i) The worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid rent and additional rent for the balance of the term after the time of award exceeds the amount of such loss that Tenant proves could be reasonably avoided; and (ii) Any other amount reasonably necessary to compensate Landlord for all the detriment proximately caused by Tenant's failure to perform its obligations under this Lease or which in the ordinary course of things would be likely to result therefrom, specifically including, but not limited to, the cost of recovering possession of the Premises, expenses of reletting, including reasonable brokerage commissions and any necessary repair, renovation and alteration of the Premises, reasonable attorneys' fees, and any other reasonable costs. The "worth at the time of award" of all rent other than that referred to in clause (i) above shall be computed by allowing interest at the rate per annum determined pursuant to Section 13.5 from the date such amounts accrue to Landlord. The worth at the time of award of the amount referred to in clause (i) above shall be computed by discounting such amount at one (1) percentage point above the discount rate of the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco at the time of award. (b) In any action for unlawful detainer commenced by Landlord against Tenant by reason of any default hereunder, the reasonable rental value of the Premises for the period of the unlawful detainer shall be deemed to be the amount of rent and additional rent reserved in this Lease for such period, unless Landlord or Tenant shall prove to the contrary by competent evidence. (c) The rights and remedies reserved to Landlord herein, including those not specifically described, shall be cumulative, and except as provided by California statutory law in effect at the time, Landlord may pursue any or all of such rights and remedies, at the same time or otherwise. (d) No delay or omission of Landlord to exercise any right or remedy shall be construed as a waiver of any such right or remedy or of any Default by Tenant hereunder. The acceptance by Landlord of any rent hereunder shall not be a waiver of any preceding breach or Default by Tenant of any provision hereof, other than the failure of Tenant to pay the particular rent accepted, regardless of Landlord's knowledge of such preceding breach or Default at the time of acceptance of such rent, or a waiver of Landlord's right to exercise any remedy available to Landlord by virtue of such breach or Default. The acceptance of any payment from a debtor in possession, a trustee, a receiver or any other person acting on behalf of Tenant or Tenant's estate shall not waive or cure a Default under Section 12.1(c). The term "rent" as used in Sections 12.1 and 12.2 shall include the Base Rent and all other sums required to be paid by Tenant pursuant to this Lease. Section 12.3 Determination of Rent For the purposes of this Article XII, the rent due for any calendar month after re-entry by Landlord shall be determined in the manner provided in Section 12.2(b). Section 12.4 Default by Landlord Landlord shall not be deemed to be in default in the performance of any obligation required to be performed by it hereunder unless and until it has failed to perform such obligation within thirty (30) days after written notice by Tenant to Landlord specifying wherein 49 Landlord has failed to perform such obligation. Provided, however, that if the nature of Landlord's obligation is such that more than thirty (30) days are required for its performance then Landlord shall not be deemed to be in default if it shall commence such performance within such thirty (30) day period and thereafter diligently prosecute the same to completion. Tenant's remedies for Landlord's default shall be limited to suit or action and shall not extend to withholding or offsetting rent. Section 12.5 Expense of Litigation If either party incurs any expense, including reasonable attorneys' fees, in connection with any action or proceeding instituted by either party by reason of any default or alleged default of the other party hereunder or for a declaration of the rights and obligations of the parties hereunder, the party prevailing in such action or proceeding shall be entitled to recover its said reasonable expenses from the other party. For the purposes of determining what expenses and fees are reasonable, the court or arbitrator shall look to the nature of the proceeding and the issues and scope of the proceeding, and shall not be bound by any court schedule or guideline which purports to establish the amount of expenses or fees to be awarded based upon the nature of the proceeding, the size of the award or similar standards. Section 12.6 Holding Over This Lease shall terminate without further notice upon expiration of the term. If Tenant or anyone claiming under Tenant shall remain in possession of the Premises or any part thereof after expiration of the term hereof or earlier termination hereof without an agreement in writing between Landlord and Tenant with respect thereto, Tenant shall (a) occupy upon all of the terms and conditions of this Lease except that the monthly Base Rent due from Tenant for the first ninety (90) days of such holdover shall be equal to the monthly Base Rent in effect at the end of the term of this Lease, for the next ninety (90) days shall be equal to one hundred fifty percent (150%) of the monthly Base Rent in effect at the end of the term of this Lease and thereafter shall be equal to two hundred percent (200%) of the monthly Base Rent in effect at the end of the term of this Lease, (b) pay all damages sustained by Landlord by reason of such retention and (c) indemnify, defend, and hold Landlord harmless from and against any loss or liability resulting from holding over for more than thirty (30) days after the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease. Landlord's acceptance of rent shall create only a month-to-month tenancy, upon the terms set forth in this Section. Any such month-to-month tenancy shall be terminable at the end of any calendar month by either party by written notice to the other party given not less than ten (10) days prior to the end of such month. Nothing contained in this Section shall be deemed or construed to waive Landlord's right of re-entry or any other right of Landlord hereunder or at law. All additional rent provided for herein shall also be payable with respect to the period of such month-to-month tenancy. Section 12.7 Landlord's Rights All covenants and agreements to be performed by Tenant under this Lease shall be performed by Tenant at Tenant's sole cost and expense and without any abatement of rent. If Tenant fails to pay any sum of money, other than rent, required to be paid by it or fails to perform any other act on its part to be performed, and such failure continues beyond any applicable grace period set forth in the Article providing for such obligation (or if no grace period is set forth in such Article, then the applicable grace period pursuant to this Article), then in addition to any other remedies provided herein Landlord may, but shall not be obligated so to do, without waiving or releasing Tenant from any obligations of Tenant, make any such payment or perform any such other act on Tenant's part. Landlord's election to make any such payment or perform any such act on Tenant's part shall not give rise to any responsibility of Landlord to continue making the same or similar payments or performing the same or similar acts. Tenant shall, within ten (10) days after written demand therefor by Landlord, reimburse Landlord for all sums so paid by Landlord and all necessary incidental costs, together with interest thereon at the rate determined under Section 13.5, accruing from the date of such payment by Landlord and the late performance charge provided therein; and Landlord shall have the same rights and remedies in the event of failure by Tenant to pay such amounts as Landlord would have in the event of a default by Tenant in payment of rent. 50 Section 12.8 Payments and Notices If at any time a dispute shall arise as to any amount or sum of money to be paid by one party to the other under the provisions of this Lease, the party against whom the obligation to pay the money is asserted shall have the right to make payment "under protest" and such payment shall not be regarded as a voluntary payment, and there shall survive the right on the part of such paying party to institute suit for recovery of such sum. If it shall be adjudicated that there was no legal obligation on the part of the paying party to pay such sum or any part thereof, such party shall be entitled to recover such sum or so much thereof as it was not legally required to pay under the provisions of this Lease plus interest from the date of payment under protest to date of repayment at the rate determined pursuant to Section 13.5. Section 12.9 Third Party Litigation Should either party ("First Party") without fault on the part of First Party, be made a party to any litigation instituted by the other party ("Second Party") or by any third party against Second party or by or against any person holding under or using the Premises under license from Second Party, or for the foreclosure of any lien for labor or material furnished to or for Second Party or any such other person or arising out of any act or transaction of Second Party or of any such other person, Second Party shall save and hold First Party harmless from any judgment rendered against First Party or the Premises, and all costs and expenses, including reasonable attorney's fees, incurred by First Party in or in connection with such litigation. Section 12.10 Submission to Arbitration (a) Any controversy, dispute or claim principally and primarily concerning any subject matter set forth in subsection (c) below shall be determined by final and binding arbitration without appeal or review, pursuant to the laws of the State of California including the limitations period applicable, before a single arbitrator (the "Arbitrator") at a location determined by the Arbitrator in Orange County, California and administered by Judicial Arbitration & Mediation Services, Inc. ("JAMS"). If JAMS shall not then exist, or refuses to accept submission of such dispute, such arbitration shall be conducted before such other organization as to which the parties to the dispute may agree. If the parties to the dispute are unable to so agree within fifteen (15) days after the dispute arises, the organization shall be selected by the presiding judge of the Orange County Superior Court or his or her designee upon application by any party to the dispute. Judgment upon any award rendered by the Arbitrator may be entered by any state or federal court having jurisdiction thereof. Any Arbitrator appointed or selected pursuant to this Section shall be a retired judge of the Superior Court or Court of Appeal of the State of California or a retired Federal District Court judge. The parties hereby waive any and all rights contrary to the provisions of this Section, as to the matters described in subsection (c), and shall at all times conduct themselves in strict, full, complete and timely accord with the terms of this Section. All attempts to circumvent such terms shall be null and void. (b) Without limiting the provisions of subsection (c) below, the provisions of this Section shall not apply to: (i) Any unlawful detainer action instituted by Landlord as the result of a default or alleged default by Tenant pursuant to this Lease. (ii) Any specific controversy, dispute, question or issue as to which this Lease specifically provides another method of determining such controversy, dispute, question or issue and provides that a determination pursuant to such method is final and binding, unless both Landlord and Tenant agree in writing to waive such procedure and proceed instead pursuant to this Section. (iii) Any request or application for an order or decree granting any provisional or ancillary remedy (such as a temporary restraining order or injunction) with respect to any right or obligation of either party to this Lease, and any preliminary determination of the underlying controversy, dispute, question or issue as is required to determine whether or not to grant the relief requested or applied for. A final and binding determination of such underlying controversy, dispute, question or issue, to the extent described in subsection (c), shall be made by 51 an arbitration conducted pursuant to this Section after an appropriate transfer or reference to JAMS upon motion or application of either party hereto. Any ancillary or provisional relief which is granted pursuant to this clause (iii) shall continue in effect pending an arbitration determination and entry of judgment thereon pursuant to this Section. (iv) Exercise of any remedies to enforce any judgment entered based upon a determination made by arbitration pursuant to this Section. (c) The provisions of this Section shall apply only to the determination of the following issues: (i) Whether Tenant has timely and properly exercised the Expansion Option under Section 1.4; (ii) Whether Tenant is entitled to exercise and has timely exercised a first Lease Right under Section 1.5, including a First Lease Right following a Second Lease Notice; (iii) The Lease Commencement Date and/or Rent Commencement Date for the Initial Premises and/or the Expansion Premises pursuant to Sections 1.4 and 2.2; (iv) Whether Tenant has timely and properly exercised an Extension Option pursuant to Section 2.3; (v) The determination of Base Rent for the Initial Premises and/or the Expansion Premises pursuant to Sections 3.1 and 3.2; (vi) Any increase in Base Rent for the Initial Premises and/or the Expansion Premises pursuant to Section 3.3; (vii) The determination of Expansion Land Rent pursuant to Section 3.4; (viii) Any determination by Landlord pursuant to Section 4.3; (ix) Any determination of the Upset Amount pursuant to Section 8.2; (x) Whether Landlord has timely and properly exercised an option to terminate pursuant to Section 8.2; (xi) The Development Costs for the Initial Premises and/or Expansion Premises pursuant to Section 1.4 and Article XIV; (xii) The Project Purchase Price pursuant to Section 15.1; (xiii) Whether Tenant has timely and properly exercised any right to purchase the Project or Sale Portion pursuant to Section 15.2; (xiv) The amount of any credit to which Tenant is entitled pursuant to Section 1.3(d); (xv) Any dispute pursuant to the second paragraph of Section 1.4(a). (d) Any arbitration pursuant to this Section shall be initiated by the parties, or either of them, within ten (10) days after either party sends written notice (the "Arbitration Notice") of a demand to arbitrate to the other party and to JAMS. The Arbitration Notice shall contain a description of the subject matter of the arbitration, the dispute with respect thereto, the amount involved, if any, and the remedy or determination sought. Any arbitration pursuant to this Section shall be conducted in accordance with the Comprehensive Arbitration Rules and Procedures of JAMS copyright 1995 Version 1.1 currently in effect (the "Rules"), regardless of the amount in dispute, except that, whether or not such Rules so provide: 52 (i) The Arbitrator shall schedule a pre-hearing conference to resolve procedural matters, arrange for the exchange of information, obtain stipulations and attempt to narrow the issues to be arbitrated. The arbitrator shall have the discretion to order a pre-hearing exchange of information by the parties, including, without limitation, production of requested documents, exchanges of summaries of testimony of proposed witnesses and examination by deposition of parties and third-party witnesses. (ii) There shall be no mediation or settlement conferences unless all parties agree thereto in writing. (iii) Discovery shall be limited to that permitted by the Rules, and the Arbitrator shall have discretion to determine the scope thereof. (iv) All motions shall be in letter form and hearings thereon shall be by conference telephone calls unless the Arbitrator orders otherwise. (v) Hearings of motions shall require only twenty (20) days prior written notice. (vi) All notices in connection with any arbitration may be served in any manner permitted by Section 13.10 of this Lease. (vii) Fees and costs paid or payable to JAMS shall be included in "reasonable expenses" for purposes of Section 12.5. The arbitrator shall specifically have the power to award to the "prevailing party" such party's reasonable expenses incurred in such proceeding, except as otherwise provided in subsection (e) below. Reasonable expenses shall include any reasonable attorneys' fees. The prevailing party shall be the party whose proposal for the resolution of the dispute is the closer to that adopted by the Arbitrator. (viii) The selection of the Arbitrator (who must be a retired judge) shall be in accordance with the then existing Rules. In the event that the parties are unable to agree upon an arbitrator within the period of time allowed for them to select an arbitrator, JAMS will provide a list of three available retired judges and each party may strike one. The remaining judge (or if there are two, the one selected by the administrator of the Orange County office of JAMS) will serve as the arbitrator. (ix) In rendering a decision, the Arbitrator shall determine the rights and obligations of the parties according to the terms of this Lease and the substantive and procedural laws of the State of California. The Arbitrator's decision shall be based on the evidence introduced at the hearing, including any logical and reasonable inferences therefrom. The decision must be based upon, and accompanied by, a written statement of decision explaining the factual and legal basis for the decision as to each of the principal controverted issues. (x) The Arbitrator may make any determination, and/or grant any relief that is just and equitable, other than an award of exemplary or punitive damages. The Arbitrator's decision shall be conclusive and binding, and it may thereafter be confirmed as a judgment by the Superior Court of the State of California, subject only to challenge on the grounds set forth in California Code of Civil Procedure Section 1286.2, subsections (a), (b), (c), (e) and (f). The validity and enforceability of the Arbitrator's decision is to be determined exclusively by the Courts of the State of California pursuant to the provisions of this Lease. (e) As soon as practicable after selection of the Arbitrator, JAMS, working with the Arbitrator, shall determine a reasonable estimate of anticipated fees and costs of the arbitration and shall deliver a statement to each party setting forth that party's pro rata share of such fees and costs. Each party shall deposit its pro rata share of such fees and costs with JAMS within ten (10) days after receipt of such statement. If any party fails to make a required deposit hereunder, the other party may make such deposit on behalf of the defaulting party and the amount of such deposit, plus interest thereon at the rate determined pursuant to Section 13.5 from date of deposit to date of repayment, shall be awarded against the defaulting party by the 53 Arbitrator in making any final arbitration award without regard to whether the defaulting party is the prevailing party in the arbitration pursuant to this Section. ARTICLE XIII. MISCELLANEOUS Section 13.1 Offset Statement (a) Within twenty (20) days following a request in writing by either party (the "requesting party"), but no more frequently than twice in any twelve (12) month period, the other party shall execute and deliver to the requesting party a statement in writing (i) certifying that this Lease is unmodified and in full force and effect (or, if modified, stating the nature of such modification and certifying that this Lease, as so modified, is in full force and effect) and the date to which the monthly Base Rent and other charges are paid in advance, if any, (ii) acknowledging that there are not, to such party's knowledge, any uncured Defaults on the part of the requesting party hereunder, or specifying such Defaults if any are claimed and (iii) acknowledging (if true) the accuracy of such other facts as are reasonably included in such statement and relate to this Lease. Any such statement may be relied upon by any prospective purchaser, transferee or encumbrancer of the Premises, this Lease or an interest herein. (b) Failure of a party to deliver such statement within such time shall be conclusive upon such party (i) that this Lease is in full force and effect, without modification, except as may be represented by the requesting party, (ii) that there are no uncured Defaults in the requesting party's performance, (iii) that no more than one month's Base Rent has been paid in advance and (iv) that any other statements of fact included by the requesting party in the statement and relating to this Lease are correct. (c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Article XII, any failure of a party to execute and deliver an estoppel certificate within the time period herein specified shall be a Default hereunder if not cured within ten (10) days after the requesting party's written notice to the other party thereof. Section 13.2 Landlord's Right of Access (a) Landlord and its agents shall have free access to the Premises and all Improvements thereon (other than Tenant's vaults, safes and other special or high security or hygiene areas) during all reasonable business hours, and at any time during an emergency, for the purpose of examining the same to ascertain if they are in good repair, making reasonable repairs or installations which Landlord may be required or permitted to make hereunder, posting notices which Landlord may deem necessary for its protection and exhibiting the same to prospective purchasers or tenants (during the last nine (9) months of the term); provided, Landlord's access shall not, under the circumstances, unreasonably interfere with Tenant's use and enjoyment of the Premises. Any entry by Landlord pursuant to this Section shall be without rebate of rent to Tenant. (b) Nothing contained herein shall constitute an actual or constructive eviction or relieve Tenant of any obligation with respect to making any repair, replacement or improvement or complying with any law, order or requirement of any government or other authority. Nothing contained herein shall impose upon Landlord any obligation to Tenant except as specifically provided in this Lease. (c) Except in an emergency, any entry by Landlord shall be upon 24 hours prior oral or written notice to Tenant. In an emergency, Landlord shall be required to give only such notice, if any, as shall be reasonable under the circumstances. For this purpose, an emergency shall be a condition or set of facts posing imminent danger of harm to persons or property. (d) Without limiting the restrictions set forth in subsection (a) above, if and to the extent that Landlord or its representatives, agents or employees obtain any information which is, or reasonably appears to be, confidential or proprietary to Tenant as a result of any entry into any Building, such information shall not be copied, transferred or otherwise disclosed or 54 communicated to any other party (other than Tenant, as provided below)unless pursuant to court order. If Landlord acquires any such information or becomes aware that any of its representatives, employees or agents have obtained such information, Landlord shall promptly notify Tenant thereof and reasonably describe the circumstances of such discovery and the nature of the information discovered. Section 13.3 Transfer of Landlord's Interest In the event of any transfer or transfers of Landlord's interest in the Premises other than a transfer for security purposes only, the transferor shall be automatically relieved of any and all obligations and liabilities on the part of Landlord accruing from and after the date of such transfer, provided the transferee in writing agrees to assume such obligations accruing from and after the effective date of the transfer. No holder of a mortgage or deed of trust to which this Lease is or may be subordinate, and no landlord under a so-called sale leaseback, shall be responsible in connection with any security deposited, or in connection with any other funds paid by Tenant hereunder, unless such mortgagee, holder of a deed of trust or landlord shall actually receive such funds. The covenants contained in this Lease on the part of Landlord shall, subject to the foregoing, be binding on Landlord, its successors and assigns, only in respect of their respective periods of ownership of the landlord's interest in this Lease. Section 13.4 Separability Any provision of this Lease which shall prove to be invalid, void or illegal shall in no way affect, impair or invalidate any other provision hereof, and such remaining provisions shall remain in full force and effect. Section 13.5 Interest on Past Due Obligations (a) Any amount due from either party to the other hereunder which is not paid within ten (10) days after the date due shall bear interest at the maximum rate of interest then permitted to be charged pursuant to the applicable usury law, accruing from the date due until the same is fully paid, but not to exceed ten percent (10%) per annum simple interest (the "Default Rate"). Payment of such interest shall not excuse or cure any default by a party pursuant to this Lease. Such rate shall remain in effect after the occurrence of any breach or default hereunder by a party to and until payment of the entire amount due. (b) TENANT ACKNOWLEDGES THAT THE LATE PAYMENT BY TENANT TO LANDLORD OF RENT AND OTHER SUMS DUE HEREUNDER AND THE FAILURE TO DELIVER CERTAIN ITEMS REQUIRED TO BE DELIVERED HEREUNDER WILL CAUSE LANDLORD TO INCUR COSTS NOT CONTEMPLATED BY THIS LEASE, THE EXACT AMOUNT OF WHICH WILL BE EXTREMELY DIFFICULT TO ASCERTAIN. SUCH COSTS MAY INCLUDE, BUT ARE NOT LIMITED TO, ADMINISTRATIVE, PROCESSING AND ACCOUNTING CHARGES, AND LATE CHARGES WHICH MAY BE IMPOSED ON LANDLORD BY THE TERMS OF ANY ENCUMBRANCE COVERING THE PREMISES. ACCORDINGLY, IF, ON MORE THAN TWO OCCASIONS IN ANY CALENDAR YEAR, ANY SUM DUE FROM TENANT OR ANY ITEM DUE FROM TENANT HEREUNDER SHALL NOT BE RECEIVED BY LANDLORD OR LANDLORD'S DESIGNEE WITHIN TEN (10) DAYS AFTER THE DATE DUE, TENANT SHALL PAY TO LANDLORD, IN ADDITION TO ANY INTEREST ON DELINQUENT AMOUNTS PROVIDED ABOVE, A LATE CHARGE EQUAL TO THE GREATER OF TWO PERCENT (2%) OF THE DELINQUENT AMOUNT (IF APPLICABLE) OR $100.00, AS LIQUIDATED DAMAGES PER OCCURRENCE. THE PARTIES AGREE THAT SUCH LATE CHARGE REPRESENTS A FAIR AND REASONABLE ESTIMATE OF THE COST LANDLORD WILL INCUR BY REASON OF LATE PAYMENT OR LATE DELIVERY BY TENANT. ACCEPTANCE OF SUCH LATE CHARGE SHALL NOT CONSTITUTE A WAIVER OF TENANT'S DEFAULT WITH RESPECT TO SUCH OVERDUE AMOUNT OR OTHER ITEM, NOR PREVENT LANDLORD FROM EXERCISING ANY OTHER RIGHTS AND REMEDIES GRANTED HEREUNDER OR BY LAW TO LANDLORD. --------------------------- -------------------------- Landlord's Initials Tenant's Initials 55 Section 13.6 Time of Essence Time is of the essence with respect to the performance of every provision of this Lease in which time of performance is a factor. Section 13.7 Hazardous Substances (a) Without limiting the generality of Sections 5.1 and 5.2 of this Lease, Tenant covenants and agrees that Tenant, its employees, agents, contractors and other third parties entering upon the Premises at the request or invitation of Tenant shall not bring into, maintain upon, generate, use, store, dispose of or release or discharge in or about the Premises any hazardous or toxic substances or hazardous waste (collectively, "hazardous materials"). The foregoing covenant shall not extend to substances typically found or used in general office and administrative applications so long as (i) such substances and any equipment which generates such substances are maintained only in such quantities as are reasonably necessary for Tenant's operations in the Premises, (ii) such substances are used and stored strictly in accordance with the manufacturers' instructions therefor and the highest standards prevailing in the industry for such substances, (iii) such substances are not disposed of in or about the Premises in a manner which would constitute a release or discharge thereof and (iv) all such substances and any equipment which generates such substances are removed from the Premises by Tenant upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease. Any use, storage, generation, disposal, release or discharge by Tenant of hazardous materials in or about the Premises as is permitted pursuant to this paragraph shall be carried out in compliance with all Applicable Laws. Tenant shall, annually within thirty (30) days after Tenant's receipt of Landlord's written request therefor, provide to Landlord a written list identifying any hazardous materials then maintained by Tenant in the Premises, the use of each such hazardous material and the approximate quantity of each such hazardous material so maintained by Tenant, together with written certification by Tenant stating, in substance, that neither Tenant nor any person for whom Tenant is responsible has released or discharged any hazardous materials in or about the Premises. In the event that Tenant proposes to conduct any use or to operate any equipment which will or may utilize or generate a hazardous material other than as specified in the first paragraph of this subsection, Tenant shall first in writing submit such use or equipment to Landlord for approval. No approval by Landlord shall relieve Tenant of any obligation of Tenant pursuant to this subsection, including the removal, clean-up and indemnification obligations imposed upon Tenant by this subsection. Tenant shall, within fifteen (15) business days after receipt thereof, furnish to Landlord copies of all notices or other communications received by Tenant with respect to any actual or alleged release or discharge of any hazardous material in or about the Premises and shall, whether or not Tenant receives any such notice or communication, notify Landlord in writing of any discharge or release of hazardous material by Tenant or anyone for whom Tenant is responsible in or about the Premises. In the event that Tenant is required to maintain any hazardous materials license or permit in connection with any use conducted by Tenant or any equipment operated by Tenant in the Premises, copies of each such license or permit, each renewal or revocation thereof and any communication relating to suspension, renewal or revocation thereof, shall be furnished to Landlord within fifteen (15) business days after receipt thereof by Tenant. Compliance by Tenant with the two immediately preceding sentences shall not relieve Tenant of any other obligation of Tenant pursuant to this subsection. Upon any violation of the foregoing covenants, Tenant shall be obligated, at Tenant's sole cost, to clean-up and remove from the Premises all hazardous materials introduced into the Premises by Tenant or any third party for whom Tenant is responsible. Such clean-up and removal shall include all testing and investigation required by any governmental authorities having jurisdiction and preparation and implementation of any remedial action plan required by any governmental authorities having jurisdiction. All such clean-up and removal activities of Tenant shall, in each instance, be conducted to the reasonable satisfaction of Landlord and to the satisfaction of all governmental authorities having jurisdiction. Landlord's right of entry pursuant to Section 13.2 shall include the right to enter, inspect and test the Premises for violations of Tenant's covenants in this subsection, provided that such right is reasonably exercised and the exercise of such right does not unreasonably interfere with Tenant's use and 56 occupancy of the Premises. If any governmental authority or lender to Landlord shall require testing for hazardous materials in the Premises, and it is determined as the result of such testing that Tenant has disposed of, released or discharged any hazardous materials in or about the Premises, then Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for all reasonable costs of such testing as additional rent hereunder in addition to Tenant's remediation obligations hereunder. Tenant shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless Landlord, its partners, officers, employees, agents and lenders from and against any and all claims, liabilities, losses, actions, costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys' fees and costs of defense) incurred by such indemnified persons, or any of them, as the result of (A) the introduction into or about the Premises by Tenant, its employees, subtenants, licensees, contractors, agents or invitees (each, a "Tenant Party" and, collectively, the "Tenant Parties") of any hazardous materials, (B) the usage, storage, maintenance, generation, production or disposal by Tenant or any Tenant Party of hazardous materials in or about the Premises, (C) the discharge or release in or about the Premises by Tenant or any Tenant Party of any hazardous materials, (D) any injury to or death of persons or damage to or destruction of property resulting from the use, introduction, maintenance, storage, generation, disposal, disposition, release or discharge by Tenant or any Tenant Party of hazardous materials in or about the Premises, and (E) any failure of Tenant or any Tenant Party to observe the foregoing covenants of this subsection. Payment shall not be a condition precedent to enforcement of the foregoing indemnification provision. Within 180 days prior to the expiration of this Lease (or within thirty (30) days after any earlier termination), Landlord may at its election retain a hazardous materials consultant (to be reasonably approved by Tenant) to conduct a survey or audit of the Premises to determine whether or not hazardous materials introduced by Tenant or any Tenant Party are present in or about the Premises. Tenant shall cooperate fully with Landlord and such consultant in the conduct of any such survey or audit. If such survey or audit reveals the presence of hazardous materials brought into or upon the Premises by Tenant in violation of the provisions of this subsection, Tenant shall pay for the cost of such audit. Such payment shall be made by Tenant to Landlord, as additional rent, within twenty (20) days after Tenant's receipt of Landlord's invoice therefor. Otherwise, the cost of such survey or audit shall be borne by Landlord. If the audit or survey discloses the presence of hazardous materials introduced by Tenant or any Tenant Party, the third, fourth and sixth paragraphs of this subsection shall apply to such hazardous materials and Tenant's obligations with respect thereto. Upon any violation of the foregoing covenants, Landlord shall be entitled to exercise all remedies available to a landlord against a defaulting tenant, including but not limited to these set forth in Article XII. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Tenant expressly agrees that upon any such violation Landlord may, at its option, (A) after notice and failure to cure pursuant to Section 12.1, terminate this Lease or (B) continue this Lease in effect until compliance by Tenant with its clean-up and removal covenant notwithstanding any earlier expiration date of the term of this Lease. No action by Landlord hereunder shall impair the obligations of Tenant pursuant to this subsection. As used in this Section, "hazardous materials" shall mean asbestos, all petroleum substances, and all hazardous materials, hazardous wastes and hazardous or toxic substances as defined in the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, as amended (42 U.S.C., Sec. 9601 et seq.) ("CERCLA"), the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, as amended (42 U.S.C., Sec. 6901 et seq.), the Toxic Substances Control Act, as amended (15 U.S.C. Sec. 2601 et seq.) and California Health and Safety Code Section 25316, including such hazardous or toxic substances or wastes as are identified, defined or listed elsewhere where such identifications, definitions or lists are incorporated into such acts or section by reference, as well as all products containing such hazardous substances. In addition, "hazardous materials" shall include any substance designated pursuant to the Clean Water Act (33 U.S.C. Sections 1321 et seq.), any hazardous waste having the characteristics identified under or listed pursuant to the Solid Waste Disposal Act (42 U.S.C. Sections 1317(a), et seq.), any hazardous air pollutant listed under Section 112 of the Clean Air Act (42 U.S.C. Sections 7412, et seq.) and any imminently hazardous chemical substance or mixture with respect to which the Administrator of the Environmental Protection Agency has taken action pursuant to Section 7 of the Toxic 57 Substances Control Act (15 U.S.C. Sections 2606, et seq.). The term also includes, but is not limited to, polychlorinated biphenyls, urea formaldehyde and related substances. Tenant acknowledges that incorporation of any material containing asbestos in any Building is absolutely prohibited. Tenant agrees that it shall not knowingly incorporate or permit or suffer to be incorporated any material containing asbestos into any Building. Tenant shall not be in breach of the foregoing covenant by virtue of any asbestos placed or caused to be placed in any Building by Landlord, whether pursuant to the performance of Landlord's obligations hereunder or otherwise. The covenants contained in this subsection shall survive the expiration or any earlier termination of this Lease. (b) Landlord is aware of, and has advised Tenant that, the property located to the west of the Land (the "Western Parcel") and owned by the Los Angeles Times (the "Times") has underground hazardous materials contamination believed to result from leakage from an underground fuel tank maintained by the Times. To Landlord's knowledge, such hazardous materials have not migrated from the Western Parcel onto or under the Land. Landlord has also disclosed to Tenant the facts that (1) the Land was used in the farming operations of Landlord and (2) in connection with such farming operations, chemical pesticides and weed control agents may have been applied, which applications may have resulted in residual levels of such chemicals in the soil on the Land. Except as described in the immediately preceding paragraph, to the best of Landlord's actual knowledge, but with no duty to investigate, there are no hazardous materials located in, on or under the Land or located near the Land which could migrate onto the Land. For the purposes of this paragraph, "Landlord's actual knowledge" shall mean to the knowledge of Landlord's agents, Jeffrey M. Reese, J. Barney Page and Theodore W. Segerstrom. Without limiting any other provision of this Lease or any obligation of Landlord hereunder, Landlord shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless Tenant, its officers, directors, employees, agents, lenders and attorneys from and against any and all claims, liabilities, losses, actions, costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys' fees and costs of defense) incurred by such indemnified parties, or any of them, as the result of (i) the introduction into or about the Premises by Landlord, its employees, agents or contractors (each, a "Landlord Party" and, collectively, the "Landlord Parties") of any hazardous materials, (ii) the usage, storage, maintenance, generation, production or disposal by a Landlord Party of hazardous materials in or about the Premises, (iii) the discharge or release in or about the Premises of any hazardous materials introduced into or about the Premises by a Landlord Party, (iv) any injury to or death of persons or damage to or destruction of property resulting from the use, introduction, maintenance, storage, generation, disposal, disposition, release or discharge of hazardous materials introduced into or about the Premises by a Landlord Party and (v) any breach of Landlord's representations, warranties or covenants contained in this subsection (b). Payment shall not be a condition precedent to enforcement of the foregoing indemnification provision. (c) Except as set forth in subsections (a) and (b) above and Section 14.9 below and except with respect to Landlord's Work and Tenant's Work, neither party shall have any indemnification obligation to the other with respect to claims resulting from the presence of hazardous materials in, on or under the Land where the cause of the presence of such hazardous materials is the action or omission of any third person or entity. Provided, however, that nothing in this subsection (c) is or shall be deemed to constitute (i) an assumption be either party of any risks or liabilities for which the other party is responsible or (ii) a waiver by either party of such party's right of contribution under CERCLA or any other analogous federal or state law. (d) The covenants contained in this Section shall survive the expiration or any earlier termination of this Lease. Section 13.8 Headings The Article and Section captions contained in this Lease are for convenience only and shall not be considered in the construction and interpretation of any provision hereof. 58 Section 13.9 Incorporation of Prior Agreements; Amendments This Lease and the exhibits hereto contain all of the agreements of the parties hereto with respect to any matter covered or mentioned in this Lease, and all preliminary negotiations, agreements or understandings pertaining to any such matter, except those contained herein, shall not be effective for any purpose. Tenant acknowledges that Landlord has made no representations, promises or guarantees, either by verbal statement or by its conduct, upon which Tenant has relied except for those that are expressly contained in this Lease or in any exhibit attached hereto. No person, firm or corporation has at any time had any authority from Landlord to make any representations on behalf of Landlord and Tenant waives any right to rely upon any such representations. No verbal agreement or implied covenant shall be held to vary the provisions hereof, any statute, law or custom to the contrary notwithstanding. No provision of this Lease may be amended or added to except by an agreement in writing signed by the parties hereto or their respective successors in interest. No employee or agent of Landlord shall have authority, by letter, memorandum or other written communication, to amend, vary or delete any provision of this Lease. Section 13.10 Notices Any notice, consent or approval ("Notice") required or permitted to be given hereunder shall be in writing and may be served personally or by mail; if served by mail it shall be addressed to Landlord or Tenant, as the case may be, at the address of such party shown below: To Landlord: C.J. Segerstrom & Sons 3315 Fairview Road Costa Mesa, California 92626 Attn: Chief Financial Officer FAX No.: (714) 546-9835 With a copy to: Latham & Watkins 650 Town Center Drive, Suite 2000 Costa Mesa, California 92626 Attn: James W. Daniels, Esq. FAX No.: (714) 755-8290 To Tenant: Emulex Corporation 3535 Harbor Boulevard Costa Mesa, California 92626 Attn: Ms. Sadie Herrera, EVP HR and Facilities FAX No.: (714) 556-0252 With a copy to: Paul, Hastings, Janofsky & Walker LLP 695 Town Center Drive, 17th Floor Costa Mesa, California 92626 Attn: John F. Simonis, Esq. FAX No.: (714) 979-1921 Any Notice which is personally served shall be effective upon service; any Notice given by mail shall be deemed effectively given, if deposited in the United States mail in the State of California, registered or certified with return receipt requested, postage prepaid and addressed as specified above, on the date of receipt, refusal or non-delivery (in the case of change of address without notice thereof) indicated on the return receipt. In addition, either party may send Notices by facsimile transmission ("FAX") or by any reputable courier service which provides written proof of delivery. Any Notice sent by FAX shall be effective upon confirmation of receipt in legible form (provided a hard copy of such Notice is also sent by another means permitted by this Section), and any Notice sent by courier shall be effective upon the date of delivery as set forth in the courier's delivery receipt. Either party may, by Notice to the other from time to time, specify a different address for Notice purposes. 59 Section 13.11 Brokers Tenant has been represented in connection with the transactions provided for in this Lease by Julien J. Studley, Inc. ("Broker"). Landlord shall be solely responsible for the commission due Broker in connection with the transactions provided for in this Lease. Such commission shall be in the amount of $835,920 (the "Leasing Commission"), shall be payable solely at the time(s) and in the manner set forth in that certain written commission agreement dated July 20, 2001 between Landlord and Broker, as amended by a certain letter agreement dated March 19, 2002 (collectively, the "Commission Agreement"). The Leasing Commission shall be included in Development Costs with respect to the Initial Premises. The Commission Agreement also provides for Landlord to pay to Broker a commission with respect to the sale of the Expansion Option in the event that Tenant exercises the Purchase Option (the "Sale Commission"). The Sale Commission shall not be included in Development Costs. Except for the Broker, Tenant and Landlord each represent and warrant to the other that they have had no dealings with any real estate brokers or agents in connection with the negotiation of this Lease and that no broker or agent retained by them is entitled to a fee or commission in connection with the execution of this Lease. Each party hereby expressly agrees and covenants to defend, indemnify and hold the other harmless from and against any and all claims, threatened or asserted, by any broker, finder or agent claiming under or through such indemnifying party in connection with the negotiation and execution of this Lease. Such defense, indemnification and hold harmless obligation shall extend to but not be limited to any and all claims by any broker or leasing agent employed or retained by an indemnifying party in connection with leasing matters generally. Failure of either party to fulfill its defense and indemnification obligation under this Section shall be deemed a breach of this Lease entitling the other to exercise all remedies available to a landlord against a defaulting tenant or to a tenant against a defaulting landlord, as the case may be, including, but not limited to the remedies provided in Article XII. Landlord and Tenant acknowledge that payment shall not be a condition precedent to recovery upon the foregoing indemnification provision. Section 13.12 Waivers No waiver of any provision hereof shall be deemed a waiver of any subsequent breach of the same provision or of any other provision hereof. Consent to or approval of any act by one of the parties hereto shall not be deemed to render unnecessary the obtaining of such party's consent to or approval of any subsequent act. Failure of Landlord to take any action or send any notice to Tenant shall not be deemed a waiver by Landlord of any failure by Tenant to timely and properly exercise any option granted to Tenant pursuant to this Lease or any amendment hereto. Any such option which is not exercised within the time and in the manner specified for exercise shall automatically lapse without requirement of any action by Landlord. No act or thing done by Landlord or Landlord's agents during the term of this Lease shall be deemed an acceptance of a surrender of the Premises, unless done in a writing signed by Landlord. Tenant's delivery of keys to any employee or agent of Landlord shall not operate as a termination of this Lease or a surrender of the Premises unless done pursuant to a written agreement to such effect executed by Landlord. Section 13.13 Recording Concurrently with their execution of this Lease, Landlord and Tenant shall each execute and acknowledge a short form memorandum of lease (including Tenant's extension and purchase options and rights of first offer to lease and purchase) in the form attached hereto as Exhibit "C." Landlord shall promptly record such short form memorandum and, upon recordation, shall furnish to Tenant a fully executed counterpart thereof bearing the stamp of the Orange County Recorder. Landlord and Tenant shall execute, acknowledge and deliver a mutual cancellation of lease in the form attached hereto as Exhibit "D" upon the first to occur of: (a) The expiration of the term of this Lease. (b) Execution by Landlord and Tenant of an agreement in writing terminating this Lease. 60 (c) Entry of an order or judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction to the effect that the Lease is or has been terminated. (d) Termination of this Lease by either party pursuant to Section 1.3 or Article XVI. (e) Termination of this Lease pursuant to Article VIII, Article X, Article XII or any other provision of this Lease, including a purchase of the Land and all Improvements thereon pursuant to Sections 15.1 or 15.2. Upon execution, acknowledgment and delivery of such mutual cancellation, Landlord may immediately cause the same to be recorded in the office of the Orange County Recorder. Section 13.14 Liens Each party, to the extent it is responsible, shall do all things reasonably necessary to prevent the filing of any mechanics' or other liens against the Premises or any part thereof by reason of work, labor, services or materials supplied or claimed to have been supplied to such party, or anyone holding the Premises, or any part thereof, through or under such party. If any such lien or any Unpermitted Exception shall at any time be filed against the Premises, the responsible party shall either cause the same to be discharged of record within twenty (20) days after the date of filing of the same or, if such party determines in good faith that such lien should be contested, shall furnish such security as may be necessary or required to (a) prevent any foreclosure proceedings against the Premises or any portion thereof or interest therein during the pendency of such contest, and (b) cause Chicago Title Company or other mutually satisfactory title insurance company to remove such lien as a matter affecting title to the Premises on a preliminary title report or title policy with respect to the Premises. If the responsible party shall fail to discharge such lien within such period and fail to furnish such security within such period, then, in addition to any other right or remedy of the other party resulting from the default of the responsible party, such other party may, but shall not be obligated to, discharge the same either by paying the amount claimed to be due or by procuring the discharge of such lien by giving security or in such other manner as is, or may be, prescribed by law. The responsible party shall repay to the other party, on demand, all sums disbursed or deposited by the other party pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section 13.14, including the other party's costs, expenses and reasonable attorneys' fees incurred in connection therewith, with interest thereon from the date of such disbursement or deposit to the date of repayment at the Default Rate. Nothing contained herein shall imply any consent or agreement on the part of Landlord to subject Landlord's estate to liability under any mechanics' or other lien law. Tenant shall give Landlord adequate opportunity and Landlord shall have the right to post such notices of non-responsibility as are provided for in the mechanics' lien laws of California. Section 13.15 Subordination This Lease shall, at Landlord's option, be subordinate to any mortgage or deed of trust that may exist or hereafter be placed upon the Premises or any part thereof and to any and all advances to be made thereunder and to the interest thereon and to all renewals, replacements and extensions thereof and to any ground lease hereafter executed with respect to the Premises. If, however, a prospective lender or ground lessor requires that this Lease be subordinated to any such ground lease or encumbrance, this Lease shall be subordinate to such encumbrance only if Landlord first obtains from such prospective ground lessor or lender and delivers to Tenant a commercially reasonable non-disturbance agreement in favor of Tenant, and such delivery shall be in consideration of and a condition to Tenant's obligation to subordinate this Lease to such encumbrance or ground lease. Any such agreement shall be in recordable form and shall be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Landlord, Tenant and such lender or ground lessor. Tenant and Landlord acknowledge that the form of Subordination, Nondisturbance and Attornment Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit "J" (the "SNDA") is a commercially reasonable subordination, nondisturbance and attornment agreement. Such commercially reasonable nondisturbance agreement(s), except as set forth in the SNDA to the contrary, shall include the obligation of any successor ground lessor, mortgage holder or lien holder to recognize Tenant's rights specifically set forth in this Lease to offset certain amounts against rent 61 due hereunder and Landlord's obligations to comply with the terms of this Lease, or to otherwise receive certain credits against rent as set forth herein. Subject to Tenant's receipt of the nondisturbance and other agreements described above and in the SNDA, Tenant shall upon written demand by Landlord (a) execute such instruments as may be required at any time and from time to time to subordinate the rights and interest of Tenant under this Lease to the lien of any such ground lease, mortgage or deed of trust, or if requested by Landlord, to subordinate any such ground lease, mortgage or deed of trust to this Lease and (b) supply such financial information concerning Tenant as may be reasonably requested by any ground lessor or lender. For the purposes of the foregoing clause (b), if Tenant's securities are publicly traded and Tenant files financial information under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, Tenant will have no delivery requirement pursuant to clause (b). If the immediately preceding sentence does not apply, Tenant's delivery requirement shall be subject to Tenant's receipt of a confidentiality agreement reasonably satisfactory to Tenant. Subject to Tenant's receipt of the agreements described above, Tenant covenants and agrees that, in the event any proceedings are brought for the foreclosure of any such mortgage or deed of trust, upon a deed in lieu thereof or if any ground lease is terminated, to attorn, without any deductions or setoffs whatsoever, to the purchaser, lienholder, ground lessor or any successors thereto upon any such foreclosure sale, deed in lieu thereof or ground lease termination, if requested to do so by such purchaser, lienholder or ground lessor, and to recognize such purchaser, lienholder or ground lessor as the landlord under this lease, provided such lienholder, purchaser or ground lessor shall agree to accept this Lease and not disturb Tenant's tenancy so long as Tenant timely pays the rent and observes and performs the terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease to be observed or performed by Tenant. Landlord's interest herein may be assigned at any time as security to any lienholder. Subject to Tenant's receipt of the agreement(s) described in this Section, Tenant waives the provisions of any current or future statute, rule or law which may give or purport to give Tenant any right or election to terminate or otherwise adversely affect this Lease and the obligations of the Tenant hereunder in the event of any foreclosure sale, foreclosure proceeding, deed in lieu or ground lease termination. Tenant shall, within fifteen (15) business days after request by Landlord from time to time (i) execute, acknowledge and deliver the SNDA in favor of any ground lessor or mortgagee of the Premises or any portion thereof or interest therein and (ii) execute, acknowledge and deliver any commercially reasonable other form of nondisturbance and attornment agreement (or subordination, nondisturbance and attornment agreement, or subordination of the applicable mortgagee's lien or ground lessor's ground lease) reasonably required by any mortgagee or ground lessor of the Premises which provides substantially comparable protection to Tenant in the event of a foreclosure, deed in lieu or ground lease termination. Section 13.16 Force Majeure In the event that either Landlord or Tenant is delayed in performing any obligation of Landlord or Tenant pursuant to this Lease by any cause beyond the reasonable control of the party required to perform such obligation, the time period for performing such obligation shall be extended by a period of time equal to the period of the delay. For the purpose of this Section: (a) A cause shall be beyond the reasonable control of a party to this Lease when such cause would affect any person similarly situated (such as a power outage, labor strike or truckers' strike) but shall not be beyond the reasonable control of such party when peculiar to such party (such as financial inability or failure to order long lead time materials sufficiently in advance). (b) This Section shall not apply to any obligation to pay money or delay the Rent Commencement Date. (c) In the event of any occurrence which a party believes constitutes a cause beyond the reasonable control of such party and which will delay any performance by such party hereunder, such party shall promptly in writing notify the other party of the occurrence and nature of such cause, the anticipated period of delay and the steps being taken by such party to mitigate the effects of such delay. 62 Section 13.17 Yield Up Premises; Quitclaim (a) At the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant shall peaceably yield up the Premises and all Improvements thereto to Landlord (subject to Sections 5.4, 5.5, 6.4 and 6.5 above), broom clean and in good condition, reasonable wear and tear excepted. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, upon delivery of the Premises to Landlord, the roofs of the Buildings shall be watertight, all mechanical, electrical, plumbing and irrigation systems on the Premises shall be in good operating condition, all landscaping shall be in good condition and the parking lots shall be striped, free of potholes and with good surface conditions. (b) At the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant shall execute, acknowledge and deliver to Landlord, within fifteen (15) days after written demand from Landlord to Tenant, any quitclaim deed or other document, which in addition to the mutual cancellation of lease described in Section 13.13 above, may be reasonably requested by any reputable title company to remove this Lease as a matter affecting title to the Premises. (c) Whenever Landlord shall re-enter the Premises as provided in Article XII, or as otherwise provided in this Lease, any property of Tenant not removed by Tenant upon the expiration of the term (or within fifteen (15) days after a termination by reason of Tenant's Default) shall be considered abandoned and Landlord may remove any or all of such items and dispose of the same as provided in California Civil Code Sec. 1980 et seq. or as otherwise provided by law. Tenant waives all claims for damages caused by Landlord's re-entering and taking possession of the Premises or removing and storing the property of Tenant as provided herein, and no such entry shall be considered a forcible entry. Section 13.18 Authority Each individual executing this Lease on behalf of Landlord and Tenant represents and warrants that the execution and delivery of this Lease on behalf of the party for whom such person is executing is duly authorized and that this Lease is binding upon such party in accordance with its terms. Tenant shall, within ten (10) days after Tenant's execution and delivery of this Lease, deliver to Landlord a certified copy of a resolution of the Board of Directors of Tenant or any Executive Committee thereof authorizing or ratifying the execution of this Lease. Failure of Tenant to provide such resolution shall not, however, relieve Tenant of its obligations pursuant to this Lease. Section 13.19 Survival of Indemnities The obligations of the indemnifying party under each and every indemnification and hold harmless provision contained in this Lease shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease to and until the last to occur of (a) the last date permitted by law for the bringing of any claim or action with respect to which indemnification may be claimed by the indemnified party against the indemnifying party under such provision or (b) the date on which any claim or action for which indemnification may be claimed under such provision is fully and finally resolved and, if applicable, any compromise thereof or judgment or award thereon is paid in full by the indemnifying party and the indemnified party is reimbursed by the indemnifying party for any amounts paid by the indemnified party in compromise thereof or upon a judgment or award thereon and in defense of such action or claim, including reasonable attorneys' fees incurred. Payment shall not be a condition precedent to recovery upon any indemnification provision contained herein. Section 13.20 Surrender or Cancellation The voluntary or other surrender of this Lease by Tenant, or a mutual cancellation thereof, shall not work a merger, and shall terminate all or any existing subleases, unless Landlord elects to treat such surrender or cancellation as an assignment to Landlord of any or all of such subleases. 63 Section 13.21 Non-Disclosure of Lease Terms Landlord and Tenant each acknowledge and agree that the terms of this Lease are confidential and constitute proprietary information of Landlord and Tenant. Disclosure of the terms hereof could adversely affect the ability of Landlord to negotiate other leases. Each of Landlord and Tenant agree that they, and their respective partners, officers, directors, employees and attorneys shall not disclose the terms and conditions of this Lease to any other person without the prior written consent of the other party except pursuant to an order of a court of competent jurisdiction or if required or reasonably necessary under applicable federal and state securities laws. Provided, however, that the foregoing shall not extend to disclosure by Landlord of the terms of this Lease to the holder of any mortgage(s) or deed(s) of trust encumbering the Premises, or any portion thereof, or any replacement of any existing mortgage or deed of trust or any prospective lender to Landlord and, provided further, that any party hereto may disclose the terms hereof to its respective attorneys, to its respective accountants who audit its respective financial statements or prepare its respective tax returns, to any prospective transferee of all or any portion of their respective interests hereunder (including a prospective sublessee of Tenant) to any governmental agency or authority to whom disclosure is required pursuant to applicable laws, regulations or ordinances and in connection with any litigation instituted by any party hereto against another party hereto arising out of this Lease. It is understood and agreed that damages would be an inadequate remedy for the breach of this provision by any party hereto, and each of the parties hereto shall have the right to specific performance of this provision and to injunctive relief to prevent its breach or continued breach. If Tenant purchases the Premises pursuant to Sections 15.1 or 15.2 of this Lease, the confidentiality obligations of the parties pursuant to this Section shall terminate upon the close of such sale, except that, for a period of one (1) year following the close of such sale Tenant shall continue to maintain the confidentiality of (a) the economic terms of this Lease and (b) the purchase price paid by Tenant for the Premises or portion thereof purchased by Tenant. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord and Tenant acknowledge and agree that Tenant may or will be required to disclose the terms hereof and/or to file this Lease in or with Tenant's public filings pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 or the rules and regulations under such acts. ----------------------------- --------------------------- Landlord's Initials Tenant's Initials Section 13.22 Security Deposit There shall be no security deposit pursuant to this Lease. Section 13.23 Gender; Tenants The use of the masculine pronoun includes the feminine and neuter genders; the use of the singular form of a pronoun includes the plural and vice-versa. If there be more than one person or entity indicated as Tenant herein, each person or entity subscribing as a Tenant shall be jointly and severally liable for all obligations of Tenant hereunder. Subject to the provisions of Article IX, the terms, conditions and covenants contained herein shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the heirs, successors, executors, administrators, marital communities, if any, and assigns of the parties hereto. Section 13.24 No Option Submission of this Lease to Tenant shall not be deemed to be an offer or option for Tenant to lease the Premises or a reservation of the Premises. Landlord shall not be bound hereby until Landlord's delivery to Tenant of an executed copy hereof signed by Landlord, already having been signed by Tenant, and until such delivery Landlord reserves the right to exhibit and lease the Premises to other prospective tenants. Section 13.25 Landlord Liability The obligations of Landlord herein are intended to be binding only on the property of the entity acting as Landlord and shall not be personally binding, nor shall any resort 64 be had to the private properties of, the general partners thereof or any employees or agents of Landlord. Section 13.26 Termination If this Lease is terminated by either party under any provision hereof, and upon the expiration of the term of this Lease (collectively, the "termination date"), the following shall pertain: (a) Tenant shall, within fifteen (15) days after the termination date, remove from the Premises all furniture, furnishings, equipment, other personal property, Tenant's Signage and movable trade fixtures and any other items which Tenant is permitted or required to remove, and shall surrender the Premises to Landlord in the condition required by Sections 6.2, 6.4 and 6.5. Tenant shall, at Tenant's cost, repair any damage to the Premises caused by such removal. Any items which Tenant is permitted to remove but fails to remove prior to the surrender of the Premises to Landlord shall be deemed abandoned by Tenant, and Landlord may retain or dispose of the same as Landlord sees fit without claim by Tenant thereto or to any proceeds thereof. If Landlord elects to remove and dispose of any such items abandoned by Tenant, the cost of such removal and disposal shall be additional rent payable by Tenant to Landlord upon demand. Tenant shall pay all rent and other amounts payable by it through the termination date and any costs charged pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence, each of the parties shall bear their own costs and fees incurred (including all costs incurred in performing their respective obligations hereunder) through the termination date and from and after the termination date neither party shall have any further obligations to the other, except for those obligations set forth in this subsection, in Sections 13.14 and 13.19 and in subsection (b) below. (b) Notwithstanding the provisions of subsection (a), upon any such termination or expiration, the following shall pertain: (i) Landlord agrees to defend, indemnify and hold harmless Tenant from and against any and all claims, costs, expenses, losses, damages, actions and causes of action for which Landlord is responsible under this Lease and which accrue on or before the termination date. (ii) Tenant agrees to defend, indemnify and hold harmless Landlord from and against any and all claims, costs, losses, expenses, damages, actions and causes of action for which Tenant is responsible under this Lease and which accrue on or before the termination date. (iii) Tenant shall remain liable for the cost of all utilities used in or at the Premises through the termination date accrued and unpaid and billed directly to Tenant, whether or not then billed, as of the termination date until full payment thereof by Tenant. Tenant shall obtain directly from the companies providing such services closing statements for all services rendered through the termination date and shall promptly pay the same. If any utility statement with respect to the Premises includes charges for a period partially prior to and partially subsequent to the termination date, such charges shall be prorated as between Landlord and Tenant, with Tenant responsible for the portion thereof (based upon a fraction the numerator of which is the number of days of service on such statement through the termination date and the denominator of which is the total number of days of service on such statement) through the termination date and Landlord shall be responsible for the balance. The party receiving any such statement which requires proration hereunder shall promptly pay such statement and the other party shall, within ten (10) days after receipt of a copy of such statement, remit to the party paying the statement any amount for which such other party is responsible hereunder. (iv) Tenant shall remain responsible for any taxes of the type described in Section 4.4 and assessed against the Premises and the personal property located therein or thereon with a lien date prior to the termination date, irrespective of the date of the billing therefor, and shall indemnify and hold Landlord harmless with respect to any claims for such taxes or resulting from non-payment thereof. 65 Section 13.27 Accord and Satisfaction (a) The receipt, retention, cashing, depositing or endorsement by Landlord of any check, draft or other instrument of payment delivered by Tenant or any proposed assignee of or successor to Tenant shall not be deemed to be an acceptance by Landlord of any attempted alteration, assignment or notation written on said instrument by the maker thereof. (b) No payment by Tenant or receipt by Landlord of a lesser amount than the rent herein stipulated shall be deemed to be other than on account of the earliest accruing rent, nor shall any endorsement or statement on any check or any letter accompanying any such check or payment be deemed an accord and satisfaction. Landlord may accept such check or payment without prejudice to Landlord's right to recover the balance of such rent or pursue any other remedy provided for in this Lease or available at law or in equity. (c) All amounts payable by either party hereunder to the other shall be paid in lawful money of the United States to the party entitled to receive the same at its address set forth in Section 13.10 or at such other address as a party may designate by notice to the other pursuant to this Article. All amounts to be paid by Tenant shall be paid without deduction or offset. Section 13.28 Quiet Possession Upon Tenant paying the rent for the Premises and observing and performing all of the covenants, conditions and provisions on Tenant's part to be observed or performed hereunder, Tenant shall have quiet possession of the Premises for the entire term hereof. Landlord shall defend such possession against the claims of all persons lawfully claiming through or under Landlord. Section 13.29 Counterparts This Lease may be executed in two (2) or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to constitute an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. It shall not be necessary for Landlord and Tenant to execute the same counterpart(s) of this Lease for this Lease to become effective. Section 13.30 Parking for Premises (a) In connection with the Initial Premises, in connection with the Expansion Building, if applicable, and in connection with each Available Space, if any, added to the Premises pursuant to this Lease, Landlord shall provide parking at a ratio of four (4) parking spaces per 1,000 square feet of Floor Area of the Initial Premises and the Expansion Premises and a pro rata share of the available parking as to any Available Space. For so long as Tenant leases the entire Initial Premises, all parking spaces thereon shall be for the exclusive use of Tenant and its employees and business visitors, without charge by Landlord other than the rent payable by Tenant hereunder. Similarly, if Tenant exercises the Expansion Option and for so long as Tenant leases the entire Expansion Premises, all parking spaces thereon shall be for the exclusive use of Tenant and its employees and business visitors, without charge other than as set forth in the immediately preceding sentence. (b) In the event that Tenant ceases to lease all Floor Area on the Initial Premises and/or leases one or more Available Spaces on the Expansion Land, then: (i) Except as provided in clause (iii) below, Tenant shall be entitled, without additional charge, to vehicular and pedestrian ingress and egress over the Land, and to the use of four (4) parking spaces per 1,000 square feet of Floor Area on the Initial Premises (if leased entirely by Tenant) and Expansion Premises (if leased entirely by Tenant) and a pro rata share of the available parking as to any Available Space or the Initial Premises (if not entirely leased by Tenant); (ii) At Tenant's election, up to twenty-five percent (25%) of Tenant's parking entitlement shall be reserved parking spaces located reasonably adjacent to the Building(s) in which Tenant occupies space. If Tenant elects such reserved parking, reserved 66 spaces shall be established for Tenant and other tenants on a basis such that Tenant has equal priority with other tenants of, as applicable, the Initial Premises and the Expansion Land as to reserved spaces. In other words, if Tenant elects twenty-five percent (25%) reserved spaces, then all tenants on such parcel will have twenty-five (25%) reserved spaces. Reservation shall be through marking or signage as reasonably determined by Landlord. All other spaces which Tenant and other tenants are entitled to use on a portion of the Land as to which Tenant does not lease all Floor Area shall be used by Tenant (and its employees and business visitors) and such other tenants on a non-exclusive basis; and (iii) To the extent that Landlord operates, maintains and repairs the parking areas on any portion of the Land as to which Tenant does not lease all Floor Area, Tenant shall pay its proportionate share (based on Floor Area) of the cost of such operation, maintenance and repair in accordance with Article VI and the Reciprocal Easement Agreement, as defined in Section 17.3. Tenant shall also reimburse Landlord for all costs of designating Tenant's reserved spaces as reserved for Tenant. (c) Whether Tenant is entitled to exclusive parking rights pursuant to subsections (a) or (b) or non-exclusive parking rights pursuant to subsection (b), Tenant and its employees and business visitors shall be entitled to access to the Initial Premises and, to the extent Tenant leases the same or Floor Area thereon, the Expansion Premises, on a seven day per week, 24 hour per day basis. The parking rights of Tenant pursuant to this Section shall extend throughout the initial Lease term and each Additional Term as to which Tenant exercises an Extension Option pursuant to this Lease. Section 13.31 Building Security (a) Tenant acknowledges that the rental payable by Tenant hereunder does not include the cost of guard service or other security measures, and that Landlord shall have no obligation whatsoever to provide the same. Tenant assumes all responsibility for the protection of Tenant, its employees, agents and invitees from acts of third parties. (b) Tenant shall be entitled, at Tenant's sole cost and expense, to install, maintain, replace and use Tenant's own proprietary security system for all Buildings in the Initial Premises. Similarly, if Tenant leases the Expansion Building and/or adds one or more Available Spaces to the Premises, Tenant may, at Tenant's sole cost and expense, install, maintain, replace and use its own proprietary security system for the Expansion Building or Available Space(s), as applicable. In connection with such security system (the "Security System"), the following shall pertain: (i) The Security System shall be subject to the prior written approval of Landlord, not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. (ii) Tenant shall be solely responsible to obtain all governmental approvals and permits required with respect to the Security System. Installation of the Security System shall be in accordance with the plans therefor approved by Landlord and all required governmental approvals and permits. (iii) Tenant shall be solely responsible to maintain, repair and replace the Security System. In no event shall Landlord have any obligations with respect to the Security System. (iv) The Security System shall not interfere with any other systems for the Landlord Improvements on the Initial Premises or Expansion Land, as applicable. (v) There shall be no additional charge to or rent payable by Tenant hereunder on account of Tenant's exercise of its rights pursuant to this Section. (vi) Upon the expiration of this Lease or any earlier termination of this Lease (including a termination as to one or more Buildings or one or more Available Spaces), Tenant shall remove the Security System from the Premises (or portion(s) thereof as to which this Lease is terminated) in accordance with the provisions of Section 6.5. 67 Section 13.32 Communications Equipment (a) Tenant shall be entitled to install, maintain, replace and use, at Tenant's sole cost and expense, on the roof of each Building in which Tenant leases space, satellite and/or microwave antenna(e) and/or other devices for the reception and transmission of telecommunications transmissions/signals. In connection with such equipment (collectively, the "Communications System"), the following shall pertain: (i) The Communications System shall be subject to the prior written approval of Landlord, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. Landlord's approval rights shall extend to but are not limited to the location, size and shielding of the antennae, the method of installation of the Communications System, the routing of all cabling on and within the Buildings and all roof penetrations and related flashings. For the purposes of this clause (i), (A) the cabling route provided or approved by Landlord from the roofs of the Buildings to the interiors thereof shall be the least expensive functional route available taking into account the characteristics of the Buildings and (B) all roof and Building penetrations, patching, flashings, etc. required with respect to the Communications System shall be performed by a roofing or other contractor selected by Tenant and reasonably approved by Landlord but retained and paid by Tenant. (ii) Tenant shall be solely responsible to obtain all governmental approvals and permits required with respect to the Communications System, including any license(s) necessary to operate the same. Installation and operation of the Communications System shall be in accordance with the plans therefor approved by Landlord and all required governmental approvals, permits and licenses. (iii) Tenant shall be solely responsible to maintain, repair and replace the Communications System. In no event shall Landlord have any obligations with respect to the Communications System. In performing the foregoing maintenance, repair and replacement, Tenant and its agents and employees shall exercise reasonable care to avoid damage to other Building systems located on the roofs thereof. (iv) The Communications system shall not interfere with any other Building systems located on the Initial Premises or Expansion Premises, as applicable. (v) As to any Building in which Tenant leases all of the Floor Area in the Building, Tenant shall have the exclusive right to place a communications system on and in such Building. As to any Building in which Tenant leases less than all Floor Area, Tenant's right to place a communications system on and in the Building shall be non-exclusive with any similar rights Landlord has granted or will grant to other tenants of such Building, provided that preference shall be given based on relative Floor Areas leased by the parties. (vi) Upon the expiration of this Lease or any earlier termination of this Lease (including a termination as to one or more Buildings or one or more Available Spaces), Tenant shall remove the Communications System from the Premises (or portion(s) thereof as to which this Lease is terminated) in accordance with the provisions of Section 6.5. All patching and sealing of Building roofs and structures upon such removal shall be subject to the approval of Landlord. (vii) No antennae or other equipment comprising the Communications System shall overload the roof of any Building or any structural portion of any Building. Without limiting the foregoing, Tenant shall be solely responsible to install and maintain any bracing or other structural reinforcement required as the result of the Communications System. All such structural reinforcement shall be subject to the prior written approval of Landlord, and Tenant shall be solely responsible to obtain all required governmental permits and approvals with respect to such structural reinforcement. (viii) There shall be no additional charge to or rent payable by Tenant hereunder on account of Tenant's exercise of its rights under this Section. 68 (b) Tenant shall have access, without charge by Landlord, to any cable television, fiber optic or other communications system available at the Land. Nothing herein, however, shall require Landlord to connect the Landlord Improvements on the Land to any such cable television, fiber optic or other communications system. Tenant shall be responsible, at Tenant's sole cost and expense, to effect such connection(s), to pay any connection fee and to pay all usage fees required by the purveyor of such system. Section 13.33 Publicity Each of Landlord and Tenant shall consult with each other prior to issuing any press release, public statement or other publicity concerning the transactions provided for in this Lease. Neither Landlord nor Tenant shall issue any press release, public statement or other publicity with respect to the transactions provided for in this Lease without the prior written approval of the other party, both as to the issuance of such publicity and the form and content thereof. No such publicity release shall disclose the economic terms of the transactions provided for in this Lease. Subject to the immediately preceding sentence, any such required approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned by either party hereto. The provisions of this Section shall not apply to any disclosure described in the last sentence of Section 13.21. ARTICLE XIV. IMPROVEMENT OF THE PREMISES Section 14.1 Landlord's Work Landlord shall perform the following work ("Landlord's Work") with respect to the Initial Premises and the Expansion Land: (a) Design and construction of the shell and core of each of the Buildings located on the Initial Premises (the "Core and Shell Work"). The Core and Shell Work shall include the following: (i) Men's and women's toilet rooms on both floors of each Building, per local codes, including the Americans With Disabilities Act and life safety issues. Toilet rooms shall be to a finished condition, with finishes to be selected by Tenant to match Tenant's Work, as defined in Section 14.6; (ii) Drinking fountain at core of each Building, both floors; (iii) Electrical/telephone closets; (iv) Building stairways for exiting that are required by code, with base building finishes; (v) Mechanical equipment rooms as required for each Building; (vi) Drywall on (A) core walls (including elevator lobby), (B) first and second floor structures (for plenum), (C) perimeter and interior columns, and (D) interior surface of exterior walls above and below the windows, all taped and sanded, ready for Tenant's finish work; (vii) HVAC: HVAC system to be as selected by Tenant and approved by Landlord. Primary HVAC duct loop from the mechanical equipment room and installed on each floor; (viii) Fire sprinklers: temporary protection consisting of mains, laterals and uprights, installed according to applicable codes; (ix) Fire protection alarm and communications system installed according to applicable code; 69 (x) Smooth and level (1/4" deflection over ten (10) foot span) concrete floor on each floor in accordance with industry standards; (xi) Sufficient electrical power, equipment (including panels, breakers, transformers, and switchgear) to provide for Tenant's lighting, HVAC, office, and equipment usage; (xii) Window coverings; (xiii) Hanging wires for drop ceiling system; (xiv) Connection of the electrical lighting system to the Building's computerized control system (if applicable); and (xv) One (1) elevator per Building meeting applicable building code requirements. (b) Design, construction and installation of all site work, parking lots and landscaping in the Initial Premises (the "Other Work"). The Other Work shall include the following: (i) All landscaping, together with a sprinkler system to serve the same; (ii) All parking areas, including striping, directional signs and markings, parking bumpers, handicapped markings and signage and all bicycle racks; (iii) All sidewalks, walkways, driveways and street connections; (iv) All parking lot lighting, driveway lighting and landscape lighting; (v) Trash enclosures; (vi) Underground utilities connections from the main lines of the purveyors to the Buildings and landscape sprinkler system; and (vii) Any exterior recreational facilities approved by Landlord and Tenant. (c) Grading, hydro seeding and installing an irrigation system for the Expansion Land sufficient to maintain thereon a green lawn (the "Green Area"). Landlord covenants to maintain the Green Area as a lawn or landscaped area, at Landlord's cost, until the first to occur of (i) expiration of Tenant's obligation to pay Expansion Land Rent pursuant to Section 3.4 and (ii) purchase by Tenant of the Project (as defined in Section 15.1) pursuant to Section 15.1. Provided, however, that Landlord will continue such maintenance beyond the date determined pursuant to clause (i), but not beyond the date that Tenant purchases or leases the Expansion Land and all Buildings thereon, if Tenant executes and delivers an amendment to this Lease agreeing to pay Landlord, on a monthly basis as additional rent, all costs of Landlord incurred in such maintenance plus an administrative fee of fifteen percent (15%). The immediately preceding sentence is subject to Landlord's termination right in the last sentence of Section 3.4. For the purpose of Section 14.3 below, the costs of design and construction of the Core and Shell Work and Other Work shall be included in Development Costs; the cost of Landlord's Work with respect to the Green Area shall also be included in Development Costs of the Initial Premises. Landlord's Work shall be performed in strict accordance with this Article XIV. 70 Section 14.2 Standards for Performance of Landlord's Work Landlord's Work shall be performed in accordance with the following: (a) All Landlord's Work shall be the sole responsibility of Landlord as to performance and, subject to Section 14.3, shall be paid for by Landlord. Landlord shall apply Landlord's diligent and good faith efforts, professional skills and judgment to carry out all of its obligations pursuant to this Article XIV and, in doing so, shall use the same degree of care and diligence used by first class developers of projects similar to the projects contemplated hereunder. (b) The Buildings to be constructed as part of the Initial Premises shall be two story concrete tilt-up buildings unless otherwise mutually agreed by the parties. The number, size and configuration of such Buildings will be a function of Tenant's program for the use of the Buildings. Such program shall consist of required interior functional layouts for Tenant's use of the Buildings, including size and proximity of various functions and departments. The program shall be used to develop the required Floor Areas for the Buildings and such required Floor Areas shall be used to determine the precise number and location of the Buildings. For this purpose, there shall be not fewer than two Buildings nor more than four Buildings. Tenant, working with Tenant's development manager and Tenant's Designer, as defined in Section 14.6, has developed a preliminary program. Tenant shall review, refine and complete Tenant's program and deliver the same to Landlord within thirty (30) days after the last execution and delivery of this Lease. Such program (the "Program") shall be subject to the approval of Landlord, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld so long as the Program reasonably meets the criteria set forth in subsection (e) below and shall be deemed given unless Landlord disapproves the Program by written notice to Tenant given by Landlord within ten (10) business days after receipt by Landlord of the complete Program. If Landlord timely disapproves the Program, Tenant shall within ten (10) business days revise the same to meet Landlord's objections and resubmit the Program for Landlord's approval pursuant to this subsection. The foregoing process shall be repeated as often as necessary to obtain Landlord's approval or deemed approval of the Program. The Program approved pursuant to the foregoing process is herein referred to as the "Approved Program." Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Landlord and Tenant cannot agree upon an Approved Program within forty-five (45) days after Tenant's first submission to Landlord, either party may at any time thereafter terminate this Lease by written notice to the other given prior to achieving an Approved Program. If the parties are entitled to terminate this Lease pursuant to this provision, and either party timely and properly does so, then: (i) This Lease shall terminate upon receipt by the recipient party of the notice of termination; (ii) Each party shall bear its own costs and fees incurred in the preparation and negotiation of this Lease and in performing its respective obligations hereunder through the date of termination; (iii) If the Memorandum of Lease shall previously have been recorded, Landlord and Tenant shall promptly execute, acknowledge and deliver the Mutual Cancellation of Lease and Landlord may record the same; and (iv) Neither party shall have any further rights or obligations pursuant to this Lease. (c) Landlord's Work shall be designed by HOK Architects (the "Project Architect"), and a landscape architect selected by Landlord, approved by Landlord and Tenant and retained by Landlord. Promptly following the execution and delivery of this Lease and satisfaction of the condition set forth in Section 1.3, Landlord shall enter into a contract with the Project Architect. Such contract shall be upon terms agreed upon by Landlord and the Project Architect, but must contain provisions to the effect that (i) the Project Architect has all required state and local licenses and reasonable experience with projects of the size, quality and scope of 71 Landlord's Work, (ii) the Project Architect will provide errors and omissions insurance in the amount of $1,000,000 per occurrence on a form reasonably satisfactory to Landlord and Tenant, (iii) the Project Architect agrees in advance to make Tenant a third-party beneficiary of the contract with Landlord and (iv) the Project Architect agrees in writing, without qualification, reservation or fee that, if Tenant purchases the Initial Premises pursuant to Sections 15.1 or 15.2 hereof, Landlord may assign such contract to Tenant in connection with such sale. In addition, the scope of work and pricing provisions (i.e., fees, disbursements and how and when paid) provided for in Landlord's contract with the Project Architect shall be subject to the approval of Tenant. Such approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned and shall be deemed given unless Tenant disapproves the same by written notice to Landlord specifying any required changes to the scope of work and/or pricing provisions and given within five (5) business days after receipt by Tenant of a copy of the proposed contract. The Project Architect is agreed by Landlord and Tenant to be the primary architect who shall design and supervise Landlord's Work. Landlord and Tenant acknowledge and agree that Landlord's Work may require the services of a landscape architect. Such determination (i.e., whether a landscape architect is required) and the selection of the landscape architect to be retained shall be subject to the mutual approval of Landlord and Tenant. Tenant's approval of the Landscape Architect shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned so long as the proposed landscape architect satisfies the criteria set forth in clauses (i) and (ii) above. Such approval shall be deemed given unless Tenant shall disapprove the proposed landscape architect by written notice to Landlord given within ten (10) days after receipt by Tenant of written notice from Landlord indicating Landlord's selection of the landscape architect. Upon approval or deemed approval of the landscape architect, Landlord shall enter into a contract with the landscape architect meeting the requirements of clauses (i) through (iv). Any landscape architect selected pursuant to this subsection is herein referred to as the "Landscape Architect." (d) All engineering work required in connection with Landlord's Work shall be performed by structural, mechanical, electrical, plumbing and civil engineers selected and retained by the Project Architect and reasonably approved by Landlord and Tenant. Tenant's approval as to each such engineer shall be deemed given unless Tenant disapproves the same by written notice to Landlord given within ten (10) days after receipt of written notice from Landlord identifying such proposed engineer. All such engineers and the Landscape Architect shall be coordinated by the Project Architect. (e) Promptly upon the last of (A) selection and retention of the Project Architect and Landscape Architect, if any, and (B) approval of the Approved Program, Landlord shall cause the Project Architect to prepare and submit to Landlord and Tenant for approval proposed preliminary plans with respect to the Buildings for the Initial Premises. As and when appropriate (i.e., once the preliminary plans for the Buildings are sufficiently developed and approved to permit the Landscape Architect to do so), Landlord shall cause the Landscape Architect to prepare and submit to Landlord and Tenant for approval proposed preliminary plans with respect to the exterior landscaping and parking lots for the Initial Premises. Such preliminary plans shall include a site plan (the "Master Plan"), space plans and character architectural elevations for the Buildings. For the purpose of preparation of such preliminary plans, Tenant and its consultants shall supply to the Project Architect and Landscape Architect detailed information as to Tenant's requirements for the Initial Premises. For this purpose, Tenant and Landlord shall work cooperatively to arrive at a mutually acceptable set of plans for Landlord's Work. Such design shall be based upon the Approved Program, but shall also, to the extent feasible, take into account other factors such as overall cost, design excellence, quality of materials, impact on surrounding properties and the ease of releasing the Buildings in a multi-tenant format. Approval of the proposed preliminary plans shall not be unreasonably withheld by Landlord or Tenant provided that (i) the proposed preliminary plans address Tenant's requirements as set forth in the Approved Program, (ii) the proposed preliminary plans comply with the applicable requirements of all governmental authorities having jurisdiction of the Premises, (iii) the Project Architect advises Landlord and Tenant that Landlord's Work as set forth on such proposed preliminary plans can be completed within the Budget Figures (unless Tenant agrees to increase one or both of the Budget Figures) and (iv) the exterior design is generally compatible with surrounding properties. Each portion (i.e., the Buildings and the exterior landscaping and parking lots) of the proposed preliminary plans shall be deemed approved by a party unless such party disapproves the same by written notice to the Project 72 Architect or Landscape Architect, as applicable, and the other party given within ten (10) days after receipt of the proposed preliminary plans and specifying in reasonable detail the items disapproved. In the event of timely and proper disapproval of the proposed preliminary plans, the Project Architect or Landscape Architect, as applicable, shall promptly revise the same to meet such objections and resubmit the same for approval pursuant to this subsection. Such process shall continue until proposed preliminary plans are approved or deemed approved by Landlord and Tenant. The approved preliminary plans resulting from such process are hereby referred to as the "Approved Preliminary Plans." (f) Landlord and Tenant have selected Gordon & Williams, Snyder Langston and Oltman's Construction as potential general contractors with respect to Landlord's Work (each, a "qualifying contractor"). Landlord and Tenant agree that all qualifying contractors have all required state and local licenses, have reasonable experience with work of the size, scope and quality of Landlord's Work, and are capable of performing Tenant's Work pursuant to Section 14.6 as well as Landlord's Work. Promptly following the approval of the Approved Preliminary Plans, the Project Architect shall request from each qualifying contractor a reasonably detailed statement of probable cost to construct Landlord's Work, with the proposed contractor's fee and general conditions costs or rates of each contractor and a lump sum amount for pre-construction services separately stated. Such preliminary estimates shall be based upon a preliminary bid package prepared by the Project Architect. Such preliminary bid package shall contain (i) the Approved Preliminary Plans and (ii) specific requirements and procedures relating to insurance (including builder's risk insurance), change orders and warranties and guaranties (and the assignability thereof) and no bonding requirement. The preliminary bid package shall be subject to the reasonable approval of Tenant prior to delivery to the qualifying contractors, which approval shall be deemed given unless Tenant disapproves the same by written notice to Landlord and the Project Architect given within ten (10) days after Tenant's receipt of the complete package and setting out with specificity the item(s) disapproved. Landlord and Tenant shall mutually select the general contractor for Landlord's Work based upon the statements of probable cost from the qualifying contractors. If Landlord and Tenant are unable to agree within ten (10) days after receipt of the last statement of probable cost, the qualifying contractor with the lowest total cost statement, including contractor's fee, general conditions and pre-construction services, shall be the general contractor with respect to Landlord's Work. The contractor selected pursuant to the foregoing process is herein referred to as "Landlord's Contractor." From and after the selection of Landlord's Contractor, Landlord's Contractor shall coordinate and consult with the Project Architect on the development of the Approved Working Drawings pursuant to subsection (g) below. (g) Promptly upon approval of the Approved Preliminary Plans and selection of Landlord's Contractor, the Project Architect and Landscape Architect shall prepare and submit for approval by Landlord and Tenant proposed working drawings and specifications for Landlord's Work. The proposed working drawings and specifications shall include all exterior and interior Landlord's Work, shall include a landscaping and parking plan and shall be in sufficient detail to permit subcontractor bidding thereon and the obtaining of all governmental permits and approvals required with respect to Landlord's Work. A copy of the proposed working drawings and specifications shall be delivered to Landlord's Contractor with a request for comments as to cost savings possibilities, further detail requirements and any other comments which Landlord's Contractor cares to make. Copies of such comments, if any, shall be furnished to Landlord and Tenant. Approval of the proposed working drawings and specifications shall not be unreasonably withheld by Landlord or Tenant provided that (i) the proposed plans and specifications conform to the Approved Preliminary Plans and (ii) the proposed plans and specifications meet the requirements of clauses (i) through (iv) of subsection (e) above. The proposed working drawings and specifications shall be deemed approved by a party unless such party disapproves the same by written notice to the Project Architect or Landscape Architect, as applicable, and the other party given within ten (10) business days after receipt of a complete set of the proposed working drawings and specifications and specifying in reasonable detail the items disapproved. In the event of timely and proper disapproval of the proposed working drawings and specifications, the Project Architect or Landscape Architect, as applicable, shall 73 revise the same to meet such objections and resubmit the same for approval pursuant to this subsection. Upon any such resubmission, the time for disapproval or deemed approval shall be five (5) business days after receipt of a complete set of the revised working drawings and specifications. The foregoing process shall continue until proposed working drawings and specifications are approved or deemed approved by Landlord and Tenant. The approved working drawings and specifications resulting from the foregoing process are herein referred to as the "Approved Working Drawings." (h) Promptly following approval of the Approved Working Drawings, the Project Architect shall prepare and provide to Landlord's Contractor a final bid package consisting of the Approved Working Drawings and the items described in clause (ii) of subsection (f). Such final bid package shall be subject to the approval of Tenant prior to submission to Landlord's Contractor, in the manner and within the time specified in subsection (f). Landlord's Contractor shall, within thirty (30) days after receipt of the final bid package, obtain all subcontractor bids required with respect to Landlord's Work and furnish to Landlord, Tenant and the Project Architect a final bid price for Landlord's Work utilizing the contractor's fee and general conditions costs or rates set forth in such contractor's preliminary cost estimate and the bids received from the proposed subcontractors. Promptly upon receipt of such final bid price, Landlord shall enter into a construction contract with Landlord's Contractor for Landlord's Work. Such contract shall be in a guaranteed maximum cost format (unless Landlord and Tenant agree to use a stipulated sum format), shall utilize the final bid price supplied by Landlord's Contractor and shall contain the terms and provisions included in the final bid package. The general contractor's contract shall be subject to the approval of Tenant. Such approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned, and shall be deemed given unless Tenant disapproves the same by written notice to Landlord specifying any required changes and given within five (5) business days after receipt by Tenant of a copy of the proposed contract. If Tenant elects to utilize Landlord's Contractor to perform Tenant's Work, and if Tenant's working drawings therefor are complete at the date of approval of the Approved Working Drawings, the final bid package shall include such working drawings with a request for a separate bid for Tenant's Work. If Tenant so obtains and accepts a bid from Landlord's Contractor with respect to Tenant's Work, such work shall be pursuant to a separate contract between Tenant and Landlord's Contractor. (i) Promptly following approval of the Approved Working Drawings, Landlord shall (or shall cause the Project Architect to) apply for all governmental permits and approvals required with respect to Landlord's Work. In connection with such applications: (i) Landlord shall (or shall cause the Project Architect to) diligently pursue such applications in accordance with the Schedule of Landlord Improvements. Tenant shall cooperate as reasonably requested by Landlord. (ii) Landlord shall (or shall cause the Project Architect to) retain all structural engineers, electrical engineers and other consultants required to provide engineering and other drawings or plans as necessary to obtain the required governmental approvals and permits with respect to Landlord's Work and shall cause the preparation and submission to the relevant governmental authorities of all such materials. Tenant shall furnish information and otherwise cooperate as reasonably requested by Landlord. (iii) Any changes to the Approved Working Drawings required by any governmental authorities shall be effected by the Project Architect or Landscape Architect, as applicable, within seven (7) days after the request for such change and shall be subject to the approval of Landlord and Tenant in accordance with subsection (g) above. (j) All Landlord's Work shall comply with all Applicable Laws and all Landlord's Work shall comply with the Approved Working Drawings and all governmental permits and approvals issued with respect thereto. (k) Landlord's Work shall be commenced promptly following the last of (i) the last execution and delivery of this Lease, (ii) satisfaction or waiver of the last of the conditions set forth in Article XVI hereof and (iii) completion of the matters described in 74 subsections (b) through (i) above. Subsequent to commencement of Landlord's Work, Landlord shall, subject to Section 13.16, diligently pursue the same to completion. Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to complete all Landlord's Work in accordance with the schedule of improvements attached hereto as Exhibit "E" and incorporated herein by this reference (the "Schedule of Landlord Improvements"). (l) Approximately ten (10) days prior to the Lease Commencement Date (i.e., Substantial Completion of the Core and Shell Work), but in any event upon not less than two (2) days prior written notice to the parties, the Project Architect and representatives of Landlord and Tenant shall conduct a walk-through of the Initial Premises Buildings and compile a so-called punch-list of items to be completed, corrected or removed and replaced. Landlord shall cause its contractor to complete, correct or remove and replace all such punch-list items of the Core and Shell Work as promptly as practicable following the compilation and initialing of the punch-list. Such walk-through shall be scheduled by Landlord. (m) For the purposes of this Section, it is understood and agreed that: (i) Landlord's representative with respect to the design and construction process provided for in this Section shall be Mr. Grant Wilson. (ii) Without limiting any of the other provisions of this Section, Tenant shall have the specific right to monitor the progress of the Project Architect to assure compliance with the Schedule of Landlord Improvements. This right shall include, among other things, the rights to (A) review progress prints at reasonable intervals in the course of the design of Landlord's Work and (B) attend design review meetings on a regular basis to assess the degree of completion of design versus the Schedule of Landlord Improvements. To facilitate such monitoring by Tenant, Landlord shall provide to Tenant copies of such progress prints as the same are available and notify Tenant of the dates and times of design review meetings. Section 14.3 Payment for Landlord's Work (a) As used herein, the term "Development Costs" shall mean all out-of-pocket costs and fees incurred in the design and construction of all Core and Shell Work and all Other Work with respect to the Initial Premises, plus the development fee provided for in clause (xiii) below, including but not limited to the following: (i) Design fees for the Core and Shell Work and the Other Work, including architectural, engineering, landscaping, etc.; (ii) All City and transportation fees and the fire suppression fee applicable to the Initial Premises, exclusive of any in-lieu fees or other new fees or fee increases negotiated in connection with the general plan amendment, specific plan amendment, rezoning, final master plan, development agreement and/or EIR for Landlord's Home Ranch development (collectively the "Home Ranch Master Entitlements"). For the purposes of this provision, it is understood and acknowledged that Landlord may be required to pay to the City all traffic impact fees for the Home Ranch. In the event of such payment by Landlord, Development Costs shall include reimbursement to Landlord of those traffic impact fees applicable to the Initial Premises at the standard rate used for calculating such fees. All such fees shall be reimbursed at the times typically payable to the collecting authority, except that any such traffic impact fees so prepaid by Landlord and not theretofore reimbursed shall be paid at close of the escrow pursuant to Section 15.1; (iii) Mitigation fees and costs (such as a right hand turn lane into the Land) specific to the Initial Premises required as conditions of approval of the Initial Premises, but excluding mitigation costs, off-site improvements, exactions or other public benefits for the Home Ranch master development ("Home Ranch Master Exactions"), i.e., which are requirements, conditions or mitigation measures of any of the Home Ranch Master Entitlements. For the purposes hereof, the Home Ranch Master Exactions shall include any mitigation fees and costs which are included as Home Ranch Master Exactions under the Home Ranch Master Entitlements, even if such mitigation fees and costs are subsequently shifted to Initial Premises specific conditions because of changes in the proposed Home Ranch development. To the extent 75 that any Initial Premises specific mitigation fees and costs are not Home Ranch Master Exactions but are the result of requirements or development conditions of both the Initial Premises and one or more other parcels within Home Ranch ("Other Benefited Parcel(s)"), such mitigation fees and costs shall be allocated between the Initial Premises and the Other Benefited Parcel(s) based on the standards typically used by the City to determine or allocate the amount of such fees or costs (such as trip-ends, acreage, rentable area, parking requirements, etc.). If another standard is not typically applied by the City for any fees and costs described in the immediately preceding sentence, relative acreages shall be used; (iv) Plan check and permit fees; (v) Utility connection and deposit fees (but excluding any line extension fees or other fees or costs recaptured by Landlord or its affiliates pursuant to any reimbursement agreement or arrangement with the City or a public utility purveyor); (vi) All costs of construction, including grading/site work, Core and Shell Work, parking lots, landscaping, site lighting, monument sign structures and contractors' profit and overhead; (vii) Legal fees for construction documents; (viii) Property taxes and insurance during construction only; (ix) Utility consumption during construction only; (x) The Leasing Commission, but not the Sale Commission; (xi) Costs of design and performance of the work described in Section 14.1(c); (xii) Costs and fees incurred to prepare, process and record the Map, as defined in Section 17.1; (xiii) A development fee equal to four percent (4%) of all Development Costs, excluding brokerage commission, to compensate Landlord for providing comprehensive management of the development of the Initial Premises; (xiv) At Tenant's option, its out of pocket fees and costs for its development manager, up to a maximum of $270,000, shall be included in Development Costs but only to the extent that such costs and fees do not cause total Development Costs, exclusive of Land cost, to exceed $17 million. The parties acknowledge that, pursuant to subsection (b), such fees and costs will be funded by means of monthly draws on Tenant's Loan. If such fees and costs are over-funded (i.e., the fees and costs cause total Development Costs to exceed $17 million) and Tenant does not purchase the Project pursuant to the Purchase Option, Landlord shall not include such fees and costs in the Permanent Financing with respect to the Initial Premises and shall not return the same to Tenant as a part of the payoff of Tenant's Loan, as defined in subsection (b) below; and (xv) Costs and fees for financing of all items listed above. For the purposes of Landlord's Work as to the Initial Premises, such costs and fees shall be limited to those incurred to obtain Permanent Financing with respect to the Initial Premises. For the purposes of the Expansion Premises, if applicable, such costs and fees included in Development Costs shall include (A) the costs and fees incurred with respect to construction financing of Landlord's Work (unless Tenant elects to finance the same on the basis provided in subsection (b) below) through the commencement of payment of Base Rent with respect to the Expansion Premises and (B) the costs and fees incurred to obtain Permanent Financing with respect to Landlord's Work with respect to the Expansion Premises. If Landlord elects to finance more than Development Costs, financing costs and fees allocable to such excess shall not be included in Development Costs. 76 Notwithstanding the foregoing, no expenses or costs incurred by Landlord prior to January 4, 2002, and no costs or exactions for the master entitlement of the Home Ranch project (as opposed to permit fees and costs for the development of the Initial Premises), shall be included in Development Costs. For the purposes of clauses (ii) and (iii) above and this paragraph, Landlord and Tenant acknowledge that Landlord has entered into a development agreement (the "Development Agreement) setting forth certain of the Home Ranch Master Entitlements, the Home Ranch Master Exactions and certain other fees and mitigation costs. Without limiting the generality of clauses (ii) and (iii), Landlord and Tenant have set forth on Exhibit "H" attached hereto a listing of those costs, fees and exactions provided for in the Development Agreement, together with their agreement as to which of such items are included, in whole or in part, in the Development Costs. (b) Tenant shall lend to Landlord the Development Costs with respect to the Initial Premises. Such loan ("Tenant's Loan") shall be upon the following terms and conditions: (i) Tenant's Loan shall be disbursed to Landlord monthly commencing with the first calendar month following the last execution and delivery of this Lease. Each disbursement shall be made within ten (10) days after Tenant's receipt of a written recommendation from Landlord setting forth the amount of the payment due, accompanied by (A) reasonable documentary evidence as to the amounts spent by Landlord for Development Costs, (B) a certificate of Landlord's Construction Coordinator, as defined in Section 14.7, certifying that the amounts spent constitute Development costs pursuant to subsection (a) above and (C) all supporting documents as shall be required by the construction contract with Landlord's Contractor. A copy of each application for payment (and all supporting documents) shall be submitted by Landlord's Contractor to Tenant's development manager at the same time as submission thereof to Landlord. Each request for payment may also include a request for the development fee applicable to the other Development Costs, calculated at the rate set forth in subsection (a) above. The fees and costs of Tenant's development manager shall also be included in monthly disbursements of Tenant's Loan, but only if and to the extent payable pursuant to subsection (a) above. Tenant's obligations to fund Development Costs pursuant to this clause (i) shall survive any purchase of the Project by Tenant pursuant to Section 15.1 to and until completion of punch-list work, if applicable, and the funding of any final payment due as the result of the final accounting provided for in subsection (d) below. For the purposes of this clause (i), Landlord shall obtain (and shall cause to be furnished to Tenant's development manager) each monthly application for payment and the items described in clauses (A), (B) and (C) on or about the 20th of each calendar month. Thereafter, Landlord shall furnish to Tenant Landlord's recommendation as to such application on or before the first of the next calendar month. Tenant shall authorize payment, as provided below, by the 10th of such calendar month (i.e., within ten (10) calendar days after Landlord's recommendation as to such application, subject to the next succeeding paragraph). Notwithstanding the two (2) immediately preceding paragraphs, Tenant may, by written notice to Landlord and Landlord's Contractor given within the ten (10) day payment period herein, in good faith contest (I) the amount of the payment requested and/or (II) the propriety of the payment due to lack of or improper components in the application package. Any such notice shall specify the defect or irregularity noted by Tenant, the portion of the payment contested by Tenant and the portion, if any, of the payment not contested by Tenant. If Tenant timely and properly contests a payment, or a portion thereof, Landlord shall not make the payment (or portion contested) until the contest is resolved. Tenant and Landlord shall diligently move to resolve the contest, and upon such resolution Tenant shall pay any additional amount agreed to be due within five (5) business days after resolution of the contest. To facilitate the disbursements of Tenant's Loan pursuant to this clause (i), Landlord and Tenant shall establish a design and construction funding account (the "Funding Account"), as follows: 1. The Funding Account shall be with a bank, trust company or other financial institution with reasonable experience in the business of construction funding. 77 2. Tenant shall select the funding agent and Landlord shall approve the funding agent, with such approval not to be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned. 3. The Funding Account shall be either an escrow or trust account, as customarily used by the funding agent. In either event, Tenant shall be entitled to interest on the account (i.e., investment of the deposits in the account), subject to availability of funds for the monthly draws provided for in this clause (ii). 4. There shall be at least three deposits into the Funding Account. The first will be within two (2) business days after execution by Landlord of an agreement with the Project Architect and shall be in the contract amount plus all other Development Costs other than those described in the next two sentences. The second shall be within two (2) business days after selection of Landlord's Contractor and shall be in the amount of the fee for pre-construction services estimated by Landlord's Contractor. The third shall be within two (2) business days after execution by Landlord of a construction contract with Landlord's Contractor and shall be in the full amount of the construction contract. In the event of any material increases in the Development Budget, additional deposits as necessary shall be made within two (2) business days after approval or deemed approval of such increases. 5. The costs and fees of the funding agent shall be paid by Landlord and not included in Development Costs. Landlord and Tenant have been advised that the funding agent anticipates a set-up fee for the funding account of $2,500 and an annual maintenance fee of $7,500 for such account. 6. Monthly disbursements from the Funding Account shall require the signatures of both Tenant's development manager and Landlord's representative. Each monthly disbursement shall be to a construction account designated by Landlord. If Tenant fails to timely make any required deposit into the Funding Account, or to authorize any monthly disbursement pursuant to this clause (i) (other than due to a timely instituted contest), Landlord may advance such funds and Tenant shall promptly repay the same to Landlord with interest at the Default Rate . Such repayment shall be included in Tenant's Loan; the interest thereon shall not be included in Tenant's Loan. In addition, if Tenant fails to timely fund the Funding Account or to timely authorize a monthly disbursement, then (1) Tenant shall be responsible for all penalties and additional costs incurred by Landlord with respect to Landlord's Work as the result of such failure to timely fund, and such penalties and costs shall be included in Development Costs and (2) failure to timely fund, after notice and failure to cure pursuant to Section 12.1, shall constitute a Default by Tenant pursuant to this Lease entitling Landlord to exercise all remedies available to Landlord on account of a default by Tenant hereunder, including termination of this Lease and recovery of damages from Tenant. In the event of a Tenant initiated contest, clause (1) above shall apply, and if the contested payout results in any mechanics' liens, Tenant shall be responsible to bond over or discharge any lien claims which have become the subject of a foreclosure action (within ten (10) days after service of a complaint in such action). Clause (2) above shall apply to any failure of Tenant to timely authorize payment of any amount agreed to be due as the result of a contest. (ii) Tenant's Loan may be prepaid (i.e., paid before the principal and interest thereof become due pursuant to the succeeding clauses of this subsection), in whole or in part, without payment of any interest, penalty or premium of any type. (iii) If and only if this Lease has been terminated based upon a Landlord default or Landlord transfers the Property in violation of the terms of the Deed of Trust, (A) interest shall accrue at the Default Rate on disbursements of Tenant's Loan from the date of such termination or transfer until such amounts are repaid in full and (B) Landlord shall pay to Tenant such accrued interest, together with the entire outstanding principal amount of the Tenant Loan thereof, on or prior to the date (the "Loan Repayment Date") which is the one hundred eightieth (180th) day after the date of such termination or transfer, as applicable. Landlord's obligations to repay Tenant's Loan in accordance with the terms hereof shall survive the termination of this Lease. No principal payments shall be required with respect to Tenant's 78 Loan prior to the earlier of the Permanent Financing or the Loan Repayment Date. Failure to repay Tenant's Loan on or prior to such time shall constitute an Event of Default under Tenant's Deed of Trust. Landlord and Tenant agree that any acceleration of Tenant's Loan under the terms of this Lease or Tenant's Deed of Trust or Tenant's enforcement of its rights under Tenant's Deed of Trust, relate(s) solely to the relationship of Landlord and Tenant as borrower and lender, to the protection of Tenant's Loan and its security interest in the Premises and to Tenant's exercise, in its capacity as a lender, of its rights and remedies as a lender, and that the foregoing do not, nor shall they be deemed to, constitute a remedy or an election of any remedy by or for Tenant in connection with Landlord's breach of its obligations hereunder. There shall be no interest payable on Tenant's Loan except as provided in this clause (iii), and principal shall be repaid as provided in this clause (iii). (iv) Tenant's Loan shall be secured by a deed of trust in the form attached hereto as Exhibit "K" ("Tenant's Deed of Trust"). Landlord shall execute, acknowledge and deliver Tenant's Deed of Trust concurrently with Landlord's execution and delivery of this Lease. Landlord shall record Tenant's Deed of Trust concurrently with the short form memorandum of this Lease. Upon such recordation, Landlord shall furnish the original of Tenant's Deed of Trust to Tenant. (v) Subject to clause (ii) of Section 3.1(c), Tenant's Loan shall be repaid from the proceeds of the Permanent Financing obtained by Landlord with respect to the Initial Premises. Tenant shall (A) cooperate with Landlord as reasonably requested in closing such Permanent Financing and (B) furnish to Landlord, or Landlord's lender or escrow agent, an executed and acknowledged full reconveyance of Tenant's Deed of Trust for use upon repayment in full of Tenant's Loan. (vi) In no event shall Tenant's Loan exceed the aggregate amount of Development Costs with respect to the Initial Premises, as determined pursuant to subsections (a) above and (c) below. (vii) To facilitate the payments required pursuant to this subsection, Landlord and Tenant have developed a development budget (the "Development Budget") for the Initial Premises. The Development Budget is attached hereto as Exhibit "L." Payments hereunder shall be made in accordance with the Development Budget, as the same is modified from time to time. Landlord shall periodically update and submit the revised Development Budget to Tenant as actual costs replace estimated costs therein. Any such revisions shall be subject to the approval of Tenant. Such approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned, and such approval shall be deemed given unless Tenant disapproves by written notice to Landlord given within five (5) business days after Tenant's receipt of the revised Development Budget specifying the item(s) disapproved. Payments with respect to various Development Costs shall not exceed the amounts thereof as reflected from to time on the then current Development Budget. (c) Subject to reimbursement by Tenant pursuant to subsection (b) above, all Development Costs shall be paid by Landlord. The parties have agreed that, with respect to Landlord's Work with respect to the Initial Premises, the initial budget shall be $46.00 per square foot of Floor Area in the Buildings for the Core and Shell Work and $4.00 per square foot of the Initial Premises Land outside of the Buildings for Other Work. The foregoing per square foot estimates are herein referred to as the "Budget Figures." The parties acknowledge and agree that the Budget Figures are merely estimates, and that the actual cost of Landlord's Work (and the total Development Costs) will be established based upon the contractor bidding and selection process set forth in Section 14.2(d). Once the actual cost of Landlord's Work (the "Actual Cost") is so established, such Actual Cost shall be increased only by change orders to the construction contract for Landlord's Work ("Change Orders") which: (i) Are required to meet changes required as the result of field inspections (which changes are not the fault of the Project Architect or Landlord's Contractor) and provide for no increase in the guaranteed maximum cost of Landlord's Work, decrease such 79 guaranteed maximum cost or increase such guaranteed maximum cost less than $10,000 per change order and $500,000 in the aggregate; or (ii) Are reasonably approved by Landlord and Tenant. Landlord's Construction Coordinator shall promptly furnish to Landlord and Tenant, for information purposes only, copies of all Change Orders required pursuant to clause (i). With respect to all Change Orders described in clause (ii), Landlord's Construction Coordinator shall furnish the same to Landlord and Tenant for approval together with a brief explanation of the reason therefor and a written request for approval. Each such Change Order submitted for approval by a party shall be deemed approved by such party unless such party reasonably disapproves the same by written notice to Landlord's Construction Coordinator delivered within five (5) business days after such party's receipt of the Change Order and request for approval and specifying with reasonable particularity the reason for such disapproval. Upon execution and delivery to the contractor of each Change Order required pursuant to clause (i), and upon approval or deemed approval of each Change Order described in clause (ii), the Actual Cost of Landlord's Work shall be increased by the amount of the Change Order. Change Orders which do not increase the Actual Cost of Landlord's Work or extend the time for completion of Landlord's Work shall be delivered to Landlord and Tenant for informational purposes only, and shall not require the approval of Landlord and Tenant unless such Change Orders reflect a material change to the Approved Working Drawings, which change has not previously been approved by Landlord and Tenant. (d) Promptly following receipt of Landlord's Contractor's final bid pursuant to Section 14.2(h), Landlord shall update and submit to Tenant the Development Budget for the Initial Premises. Thereafter, in the event of any increase in the total Development Costs for the Initial Premises, Landlord shall supply to Tenant a new update of the Development Budget. Such updates shall be prepared and furnished not more frequently than monthly. Within thirty (30) days after substantial completion of Landlord's Work, Landlord shall supply to Tenant a final accounting of total Development Costs. Landlord shall accompany such final accounting with a final draw request on Tenant's Loan pursuant to Section 14.3(b). Section 14.4 Time for Completion Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to commence and complete Landlord's Work in accordance with the Schedule of Landlord Improvements. In connection therewith, Landlord and Tenant agree as follows: (a) Nothing contained in this Lease or in the Schedule of Landlord Improvements shall require Landlord to commence Landlord's Work until satisfaction or waiver of the last of the conditions set forth in Article XVI. (b) Landlord shall, as to all permits required from the City, utilize the third party plan check system available with the City. All costs and fees of using such system shall be included in Development Costs for the Initial Premises. (c) Any delay by Tenant in meeting any of the dates set forth in the Schedule of Landlord Improvements, other than such delays as are occasioned by Landlord, is herein referred to as a "Tenant Delay." In addition if, after approval of the Approved Working Drawings, Tenant requests changes in Landlord's Work, Landlord shall effect such changes and (i) all additional design costs incurred to effect such changes, and any increase in the guaranteed maximum cost of Landlord's Work, shall be included in Development Costs and (ii) any additional time to complete Landlord's Work as the result of such changes shall be a Tenant Delay. For the purposes of clause (ii), additional time to complete shall constitute a Tenant Delay only if the additional time affects the critical path of Landlord's Work and shall not be a Tenant Delay if it does not affect such critical path. By way of example, a structural change in a Building during construction of the Building structure would be a Tenant Delay, while a change in landscape features before the start of landscape work would not be a Tenant Delay. The Lease Commencement Date shall be advanced (i.e., moved earlier in time) by a period of time equal to the aggregate period of Tenant Delay. 80 (d) Promptly upon Substantial Completion, as defined in subsection (e) below, of the Core and Shell Work, Landlord shall deliver the Buildings to Tenant. Such delivery shall be upon not less than ten (10) days prior written notice to Tenant stating the date upon which the Core and Shell Work shall be Substantially Complete. (e) Substantial Completion shall be separately determined with respect to the Core and Shell Work, the Other Work and Tenant's Work. As used in this Lease, the term "Substantial Completion" and "Substantially Complete" shall mean, with respect to the Core and Shell Work, that (i) such work shall be substantially completed in accordance with the construction contract, subject only to minor punch-list items which do not materially interfere with Tenant's build-out of the Tenant Improvements, (ii) such Substantial Completion shall have been unconditionally certified by the Project Architect and Landlord's Contractor in a written certificate delivered to Landlord and Tenant and (iii) the Building Department of the City shall have given a final sign-off on the permit for the Core and Shell Work and released the same for utilities to be set in place. Such terms shall mean, as to the Other Work, that (i) such work shall be substantially completed in accordance with the construction contract, subject only to minor punch-list items which do not materially interfere with Tenant's use of the Land for access and parking (on the Initial Premises Land only), (ii) the City shall have provided final sign-offs for all such work which requires such sign-offs and (iii) all landscaping shall be installed and shall be in good and living condition and all utilities, lighting and sprinkler systems shall be fully installed and operational. (f) The Other Work need not be Substantially Complete as of Substantial Completion of the Core and Shell Work. The Other Work need only be at such stage as shall permit entry to the Initial Premises by Tenant's Contractor in order to commence Tenant's Work. All Other Work and Landlord's Work with respect to the Grass Area shall be Substantially Complete by the date of Substantial Completion of Tenant's Work. Section 14.5 Warranties and Guaranties Landlord shall, as a part of the construction contract for Landlord's Work, obtain a one-year warranty as to materials (or as otherwise warranted by the manufacturer) and labor from Landlord's general contractor. Landlord shall also obtain such warranties and guaranties as shall be customary from all subcontractors, materialmen and equipment suppliers involved in the performance of Landlord's Work. All such guaranties and warranties shall be written in a manner permitting assignment of Landlord's rights thereunder to Tenant. Upon the expiration of the period set forth in Section 6.1(a), Landlord shall assign to Tenant Landlord's rights under all such warranties and guaranties. Such assignment shall be without recourse to Landlord and shall be effected by execution and delivery of an assignment instrument prepared by Tenant and reasonably approved by Landlord. Section 14.6 Tenant's Work (a) Tenant shall design, conduct and perform (i) all tenant improvement work with respect to the Buildings included in the Initial Premises (the "Tenant Improvements") and (ii) all work required to construct or install all Tenant's Special Facilities, the Security System and the Communications System. All such work (collectively, "Tenant's Work") shall be in accordance with the succeeding provisions of this Section 14.6. (b) All Tenant's Work shall be the sole responsibility of Tenant, as to all of design, performance and payment of all costs thereof. (c) Tenant's Work shall be designed by HOK Architects or another architect/space planner retained by Tenant and mutually approved by Landlord and Tenant ("Tenant's Designer"). If Tenant determines to use an architect/space planner other than HOK Architects, such Tenant's Designer shall be subject to the approval or deemed approval of Landlord in the manner provided in Section 14.2(b). All engineering work required in connection with Tenant's Work shall be performed by engineers selected and retained by Tenant. 81 (d) As used herein, the term Tenant Improvements shall include all work with respect to the Buildings required for Tenant's use thereof and not included in the Core and Shell Work. (e) Tenant's Work shall be conducted by (in either case, "Tenant's Contractor") either (i) the general contractor selected pursuant to Section 14.2(f) (but under a separate contract with Tenant) or (ii) another licensed general contractor meeting the criteria set forth in such Section, selected by Tenant and approved or deemed approved by Landlord in the manner provided in Section 14.2(f). (f) The working drawings for Tenant's Work shall be subject to the approval or deemed approval of Landlord in the manner provided in Section 14.2(g). (g) Tenant's Designer shall obtain all required governmental permits and approvals with respect to Tenant's Work in the manner provided in Section 14.2(i), including the right of Landlord and Tenant to approve any changes to Tenant's Work required by any governmental authority. (h) Tenant's Work shall comply with all Applicable Laws, all applicable requirements of this Lease, the approved working drawings therefor and all governmental permits and approvals issued with respect thereto. (i) Tenant's Work shall be commenced promptly upon delivery of the Buildings to Tenant (with the Core and Shell Work Substantially Complete), shall be diligently pursued and shall be completed as promptly as practicable. No delays in completion of Tenant's Work shall delay the occurrence of the Rent Commencement Date. (j) Tenant shall pay all costs of Tenant's Work, and Section 13.14 hereof shall apply with respect to Tenant's Work. Section 14.7 Coordination, Cooperation and Change Orders Landlord and Tenant acknowledge and agree that prompt attention will be required with respect to Change Orders requiring the approval of Tenant and that Tenant's Work may proceed concurrently with portions of Landlord's Work. In recognition of such facts, Landlord and Tenant agree that: (a) Landlord and Tenant, and their respective architects and contractors, shall coordinate and cooperate as reasonably necessary to avoid interference by either contractor with the other in the performance of their respective work on the Initial Premises. (b) Ms. Sadie Herrera is hereby designated as Tenant's representative with respect to design and construction of the Initial Premises. Such representative ("Tenant's Representative") shall interface with the architects, Tenant's Contractor and Landlord's Construction Coordinator and shall have authority to make all design and construction decisions with respect to the Initial Premises, which decisions shall bind Tenant. Such decisions shall specifically include the authority to approve or disapprove all Change Orders with respect to Landlord's Work which require Tenant's approval and all changes to the Approved Working Drawings for Landlord's Work. Within ten (10) days after the last execution and delivery of this Lease, Tenant shall supply to Landlord in writing the address, telephone number(s) and FAX number(s) for Tenant's Representative and the name, address, telephone number(s) and FAX number(s) of an alternate Tenant representative with the authority to make all decisions and provide all approvals or disapprovals described in this subsection if Tenant's Representative is unavailable for any reason. (c) Mr. Grant Wilson is hereby designated as Landlord's Construction Coordinator with respect to the Initial Premises. Landlord's Construction Coordinator shall interface with the architects, the contractors and Tenant's Representative. Landlord's Construction Coordinator shall have the authority to make all decisions and provide all approvals or disapprovals described in subsection (b) above, which decisions shall bind Landlord. Within ten (10) days after the last execution and delivery of this Lease, Landlord shall supply to Tenant 82 in writing the address, telephone number(s) and FAX number(s) for Landlord's Construction Coordinator and the name, address, telephone number(s) and FAX number(s) of an alternate Landlord construction coordinator with the authority to make all decisions and provide all approvals and disapprovals described in subsection (b) above if Landlord's Construction Coordinator is unavailable for any reason. In the event of any disputes as to scheduling and coordination of Tenant's Work and Landlord's Work, the reasonable determination of Landlord's Construction Coordinator shall be binding on the parties and their respective architects and contractors. (d) Each of Landlord and Tenant can change its respective representatives at any time upon not less than ten (10) days written notice to the other party. Section 14.8 Expansion Building If Tenant exercises the Expansion Option, the Expansion Building and all other improvements to the Expansion Land shall be designed and constructed in the manner provided in this Article XIV, except that: (a) All references herein to the "Buildings" shall mean the "Expansion Building." All references herein to the "Initial Premises" shall mean the "Expansion Premises." (b) A new Schedule of Landlord Improvements for the Expansion Building and related Landlord Improvements to the Expansion Land shall be agreed upon by Landlord and Tenant and attached to the amendment to this Lease or New Lease executed with respect to the Expansion Building. (c) New Budget Figures for the Core and Shell Work and the Other Work with respect to the Expansion Premises shall be agreed upon by Landlord and Tenant and included in the amendment to this Lease executed with respect to the Expansion Building. (d) There shall be no Green Area with respect to the Expansion Building. (e) Unless Tenant elects, at the time Tenant exercises the Expansion Option, to loan to Landlord the Development Costs for the Expansion Premises, Landlord may finance such Development Costs with construction and/or Permanent Financing secured by a lien upon the Expansion Premises. All costs and fees incurred to obtain such construction financing, all interest paid on such construction financing through the Rent Commencement Date with respect to the Expansion Premises and all costs and fees incurred to obtain Permanent Financing with respect to the Expansion Premises shall be included in Development Costs for the Expansion Premises. Section 14.9 Remediation During Construction Landlord and Tenant acknowledge and agree that: (a) Landlord's predecessor farmed the Land and may have used chemical pesticides, weed abatement agents and other agricultural chemicals. In addition, there may be asbestos pipe in the Land due to such farming operation. (b) Tenant's Phase I report suggests further testing of the portion of the Land adjacent to the railroad tracks for the presence of hazardous materials and Tenant shall, as provided in Section 16.1, perform a Phase II assessment of such portion of the Land. (c) If as the result of such Phase II assessment and/or discoveries during grading of the Land, items of types described in subsections (a) and/or (b) are discovered, and this Lease is not terminated pursuant to Sections 1.3, 14.2 or 16.1, then: (i) Landlord shall do all remedial work required as a part of Landlord's Work. 83 (ii) The cost of remediation of materials described in subsection (a) shall be borne by Landlord and not included in Development Costs. (iii) The costs of remediation of any other materials, including those described in subsection (b), shall be included in Development Costs. ARTICLE XV. TENANT'S PURCHASE RIGHTS Section 15.1 Tenant's Option to Purchase (a) Provided that (i) Tenant or an assignee permitted without the consent of Landlord pursuant to Article IX hereof is then the Tenant pursuant to this Lease and (ii) Tenant is not then in Default pursuant to this Lease, Tenant shall have the option to purchase the Land and all Landlord Improvements thereon or under construction thereon (collectively, the "Project"). Such option (the "Purchase Option") shall be exercised, if at all, by written notice from Tenant to Landlord given at any time after the last execution and delivery of this Lease and not later than the expiration of the sixth (6th) full calendar month following the Rent Commencement Date with respect to the Initial Premises (the "Purchase Option Period"). If Tenant is not entitled to exercise the Purchase Option, or is entitled to exercise the Purchase Option but fails to do so in the manner and within the time specified in this subsection, the Purchase Option shall lapse and thereafter not be exercisable by Tenant. The Purchase Option shall be exercisable only as to the entire Project, and shall not be exercisable as to less than the entire Project. (b) If Tenant is entitled to exercise the Purchase Option and timely and properly does so, then Tenant shall purchase the Project upon the following terms and conditions: (i) The purchase price (the "Project Purchase Price") shall be equal to the sum of (A) Tenant's Loan, (B) all Development Costs (as defined in Section 14.3) paid by Landlord and not included in Tenant's Loan, (C) any prepaid traffic impact fees pursuant to clause (iii) of Section 17.6(b) plus (D) an amount equal to Twenty Dollars ($20.00) per square foot of the Land (as such square footage is determined pursuant to Section 3.2 hereof). The Project Purchase Price shall be paid at close of escrow by delivery of immediately available funds equal to the sum of the amounts determined pursuant to clauses (B) and (C) and cancellation of Tenant's Loan in its entirety. In no event shall the Project Purchase Price include the cost of any Tenant's Work paid for by Tenant. (ii) A purchase and sale escrow (the "Escrow") shall be opened with Chicago Title Company or another mutually acceptable title/escrow company in Orange County, California (the "Escrow Agent") within ten (10) business days after Tenant's exercise of the Purchase Option. Tenant shall have an agreed thirty (30) day period to conduct a due diligence review of the Project, which shall be limited solely to a review of title, environmental, entitlement (for the Expansion Land) and structural matters. Provided Tenant does not terminate the Escrow within the due diligence period, Escrow shall, subject to subsection (d) below, close within ten (10) days following the expiration of the due diligence period. (iii) The Project shall be sold to Tenant "AS IS" and with no representations and warranties by Landlord, except as set forth in the Purchase and Sale Agreement, as defined below. Landlord shall, however, at the end of the period described in Section 6.1, assign to Tenant all design and construction warranties and rights obtained by Landlord and all other ongoing rights of Landlord under the design, development and construction documents with respect to the Project. (iv) Landlord will pay the premium for a standard owner's CLTA title policy with respect to the Project in the amount of the Project Purchase Price and the cost of any endorsements required to cure title defects. Tenant shall be responsible for all additional premiums and costs for an ALTA extended coverage policy of title insurance (i.e., the premium difference between a CLTA policy and an ALTA policy), plus the cost of any endorsements required by Tenant (other than those required to cure title defects). Landlord shall convey title to 84 the Project to Tenant subject only to those matters permitted by the Purchase and Sale Agreement, as defined in subsection (c) below. (v) Base Rent and real property taxes shall be prorated at close of Escrow. Landlord shall pay the documentary transfer tax with respect to the grant deed, the recording fee for the deed and one-half of escrow agent's fees and costs. Tenant shall pay the recording fees for the mutual cancellation of this Lease and a complete reconveyance of Tenant's Deed of Trust, all recording fees for any deed of trust placed on the Project by Tenant and one-half of escrow agent's fees and costs. All other costs and fees in connection with the Escrow shall be paid in accordance with customary escrow practice in Orange County, California. (c) Concurrently with Tenant's exercise of the Purchase Option, Landlord and Tenant shall execute and deliver a purchase and sale agreement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit "F" (the "Purchase and Sale Agreement"). Tenant and Landlord shall also execute and deliver such supplemental escrow instructions not inconsistent with the foregoing as the Escrow Agent may reasonably request. To the extent the terms and provisions of the Purchase and Sale Agreement conflict with the terms and provisions of this Section, the terms and provisions of the Purchase and Sale Agreement shall control. (d) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in subsections (b) and (c) above, it is understood and agreed that: (i) Tenant may elect to exercise the Purchase Option prior to Substantial Completion of Landlord's Work. If Tenant elects to exercise prior to Substantial Completion of Landlord's Work, Tenant shall have the option to either: (A) Close the purchase pursuant to the time frame set out in clause (ii) of subsection (b); or (B) Extend the close of the purchase escrow until Substantial Completion of the Core and Shell Work. Such election shall be included in Tenant's notice of exercise of the Purchase Option and, if Tenant fails to make an election in such notice, Tenant shall be deemed to have elected to proceed pursuant to clause (B). (ii) If Tenant elects or is deemed to elect to proceed pursuant to clause (i)(B), then: (A) The close of escrow shall be extended until Substantial Completion of the Core and Shell Work. Such extension shall not extend the due diligence period pursuant to clause (ii) of subsection (b). (B) The Project Purchase Price shall be determined in the manner provided in clause (i) of subsection (b), based upon actual Development Costs incurred by Landlord. (C) Landlord shall not complete the Other Work, but only so much thereof as is scheduled for completion by Substantial Completion of the Core and Shell Work. Landlord shall assign the construction contract to Tenant, and Tenant shall complete the balance of the Other Work. (D) The Project Purchase Price shall include Landlord's Development fee on all Development Costs actually included in the Project Purchase Cost, but without the Breakage Fee, as defined below. (E) Landlord's obligations pursuant to Section 6.1(b) shall apply to the Shell and Core Work but not the Other Work. 85 (F) Tenant shall be responsible for the second installment of the Leasing Commission payment due to the Broker pursuant to Section 13.11 and the Commission Agreement referenced therein. (iii) If Tenant elects to proceed pursuant to clause (i)(A), then: (A) The close of escrow shall be in accordance with clause (ii) of subsection (b). (B) The Project Purchase Price shall be determined in the manner provided in clause (i) of subsection (b), based upon actual Development Costs incurred by Landlord through close of escrow. (C) Landlord shall not complete either the Shell and Core Work or the Other Work. Landlord shall assign the construction contract to Tenant, and Tenant shall complete the balance of the Shell and Core Work and the Other Work. (D) Clause (ii)(D) shall apply except that there shall be a "Breakage Fee" of ten percent (10%) of the Development Fee remaining to be paid. For this purpose, the Development Fee shall be based upon the most current Development Budget. The Breakage Fee shall be paid at close of the Escrow, if not previously paid by Tenant to Landlord. (E) Landlord shall have no obligation pursuant to Section 6.1(b) as to either the Shell and Core Work or the Other Work. (F) Clause (ii)(F) shall apply. Section 15.2 First Offer to Purchase (a) In the event (i) Tenant shall not exercise the Purchase Option, (ii) Tenant or an assignee permitted without the consent of Landlord pursuant to this Lease is then the tenant pursuant to this Lease, (iii) Tenant is not in Default pursuant to this Lease and (iv) Landlord desires to sell the Project, or any portion thereof, during the initial Lease Term (but not any Additional Term), Landlord shall in writing notify Tenant (a "Sale Notice") of Landlord's intent to sell the Project or portion thereof identified in the Sale Notice. The Sale Notice shall be given prior to any offer by Landlord to sell the Project (or any portion thereof) to a third party. (b) Upon receipt of a Sale Notice by Tenant, Tenant shall have fifteen (15) business days to notify Landlord in writing of Tenant's intent to purchase the Project or the portion thereof specified in Landlord's Sale Notice. If Tenant timely notifies Landlord of its intent to purchase the Project or portion thereof specified in Landlord's Sale Notice, the parties shall proceed pursuant to subsection (c). If Tenant does not so timely notify Landlord, or notifies Landlord that it does not intend to purchase the Project or portion thereof specified in Landlord's Sale Notice (the "Sale Portion"), Landlord may proceed pursuant to subsection (d). (c) If Tenant timely and properly notifies Tenant of its intent to purchase the Project or Sale Portion, Tenant and Landlord shall, for thirty (30) days after Tenant's notice, enter into exclusive negotiations to attempt to reach a mutually satisfactory agreement as to price and terms of the sale. Such negotiation process shall include at least one good faith written offer by Tenant (the "Tenant Offer") of the price at which Tenant proposes to purchase the Project or Sale Portion. If agreement as to price is reached during the thirty (30) day exclusive negotiation period, the parties shall have an additional thirty (30) day period to enter into and deliver a purchase and sale agreement and open a purchase and sale escrow. (d) If (i) Tenant fails to timely give the notice provided for in subsection (b) (or notifies Landlord that Tenant does not intend to purchase the Project or Sale Portion), or (ii) Tenant and Landlord fail to reach an agreement as to price within the thirty (30) day exclusive negotiation period pursuant to subsection (c) or (iii) Tenant and Landlord reach an agreement as to price during the exclusive negotiation period but fail to execute and deliver a purchase agreement within the second thirty (30) day period pursuant to subsection (c), then, in any such event, Landlord shall be free to sell the Project or Sale Portion to any third party buyer, 86 but only at a price greater than the purchase price contained in the last Tenant Offer by Tenant pursuant to subsection (c) (the "Tenant Price"). (e) Notwithstanding the provisions of subsection (d), if Tenant shall have provided to Landlord at least one Tenant Offer during the exclusive negotiation period and either (i) Landlord has not executed a definitive purchase agreement with a third party buyer to sell the Project or Sale Portion within twelve (12) months after the expiration of the first thirty (30) day period in subsection (c) above (with no agreement as to price) or twelve (12) months after the expiration of the second thirty (30) day period in subsection (c) above (with no execution of a purchase and sale agreement), as applicable, or (ii) Landlord proposes to sell the Project or Sale Portion at a price equal to or less than the Tenant Price, then, in either such event, Landlord shall provide to Tenant a Sale Notice pursuant to subsection (b) and Tenant shall have the same right specified in subsection (b) to notify Landlord of its intent to purchase, except that Tenant shall have five (5) business days from receipt of Landlord's second Sale Notice to give the notice therein described. If Tenant shall not have provided to Landlord at least one Tenant Offer during the exclusive negotiation period, then the provisions of this subsection (e) shall not apply, there shall be no second Sale Notice and Landlord shall be free to sell the Project or Sale Portion to any third party at any price and upon any terms agreed upon by Landlord and such third party. (f) If (i) Tenant timely and properly notifies Landlord of its intent to purchase pursuant to subsection (b), Tenant and Landlord reach agreement upon a sale price and execute and deliver a purchase and sale agreement pursuant to subsection (c) or (ii) subsection (e) applies and Tenant timely notifies Landlord of Tenant's intent to purchase in response to Landlord's second Sale Notice, which purchase shall be at the Tenant Price, Tenant and Landlord shall proceed to close the sale of the Project or Sale Portion. Such sale shall be for cash at close of a purchase and sale escrow at the price agreed upon pursuant to subsection (c) above or the Tenant Price, as applicable. In addition, in connection with such sale: (A) The purchase price to be paid shall be paid by delivery of immediately available funds at close of the Escrow; (B) Clause (ii) of Section 15.1(b) shall apply except that the ten (10) day period to open Escrow shall run from execution and delivery of a purchase and sale agreement (in the case of subsection (c)) or from Tenant's acceptance of Landlord's second Sale Notice (in the case of subsection (e)); (C) Clauses (iii), (iv) and (v) of Section 15.1(b) shall apply with respect to such sale; and (D) Section 15.1(c) shall apply with respect to such sale, except that the Purchase and Sale Agreement shall be modified as described in Exhibit "M". (g) The process provided for in this Section 15.2, and Tenant's rights hereunder, shall apply only during the initial Lease term and shall apply only once. In other words, if the process provided for in this Section does not result in a sale to Tenant of the Project or Sale Portion, and Landlord thereafter again determines to sell the Project or any portion thereof, Landlord need not provide to Tenant a Sale Notice and Tenant shall have no rights pursuant to this Section 15.2 with respect to such sale. ARTICLE XVI. CONDITIONS TO EFFECTIVENESS Section 16.1 Conditions to Continued Effectiveness of Lease (a) As described in Section 14.9, Tenant has conducted a Phase I hazardous materials assessment with respect to the Land. Tenant shall, at Tenant's cost, promptly conduct a Phase II assessment of the Land and furnish a copy of the results thereof to Landlord. Such assessment shall be completed and such results shall be furnished to Landlord within thirty (30) days after the last execution and delivery of this Lease. Each party shall, at its sole discretion, have the right to review the results of the Phase II assessment. If such Phase II assessment reveals material amounts of hazardous materials on the Property other than those covered by 87 Section 14.9(c)(ii), either party may terminate this Lease. Any such termination of this Lease shall be by written notice from one party to the other given within ten (10) days after receipt of the results of the Phase II assessment (the "Drop Dead Date"). If neither party exercises such right of disapproval and termination by the Drop Dead Date, such right shall lapse and thereafter not be exercisable by either party. The provisions of this subsection (a) shall be separately applied to the Expansion Land if Tenant exercises the Expansion Option, with the thirty (30) day Phase II assessment period to run from the date of Tenant's exercise of the Expansion Option. (b) Due to the zoning of the Land (Planned Development Industrial), Tenant will be required to obtain City approval of the Master Plan. Such approval is a discretionary approval by the City, and such approval may result in a legal challenge (i.e., a court action) by a person or persons opposed to such approval within thirty (30) days after the final approval of the Master Plan (the "Second Drop Dead Date"). In the event that a legal challenge is filed with respect to final approval of the Master Plan on or before the Second Drop Dead Date, Tenant shall have the option to terminate this Lease. Such option shall be exercised, if at all, by written notice to Landlord given at any time after ninety (90) days after the filing of a timely legal challenge and prior to a dismissal with prejudice or judgment in favor of Landlord with respect to such challenge. If Tenant is not entitled to exercise such option, or is entitled to exercise such option but fails to timely exercise, such option shall lapse and thereafter not be exercisable by Tenant. For the purposes of this provision, it is understood and agreed that (i) Landlord shall obtain the approval of the Master Plan and (ii) Landlord shall bear the cost of defending any legal challenge to the approval of the Master Plan. If this Lease is terminated pursuant to this subsection, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for one-half of the legal fees and costs incurred pursuant to clause (ii). If this Lease is not so terminated (i.e., the defense is successful), the legal fees and costs incurred in such defense shall be included in Development Costs. If, however, Tenant retains separate counsel with respect to such defense, the costs and fees of such separate counsel shall be borne by Tenant. (c) If Tenant is entitled to exercise and timely exercises its option pursuant to subsection (b), or either party timely exercises its option pursuant to subsection (a), then, in either such event: (i) This Lease shall terminate on the date of receipt of notice of termination; (ii) If the Memorandum of Lease shall previously have been recorded, Landlord and Tenant shall promptly execute, acknowledge and deliver the Mutual Cancellation of Lease and Landlord shall record the same; (iii) If this Lease is terminated pursuant to subsection (a) above, or subsection (b) above, Landlord shall pay all design fees and costs incurred by Landlord with respect to the Initial Premises and Tenant shall pay all design fees and costs incurred by Landlord with respect to the Initial Premises. In addition, in the event of a termination pursuant to subsection (b), legal defense fees and costs shall be borne as provided therein. Whether this Lease is terminated pursuant to subsection (a) or subsection (b), each party shall bear its own costs and fees incurred in the preparation and negotiation of this Lease; and (iv) Neither party shall have any further rights or obligations pursuant to this Lease and Tenant shall have no further rights in or to the Land. (d) Neither Landlord nor Tenant shall be obligated to commence design of, respectively, Landlord's Work or Tenant's Work or to prepare the Map until satisfaction of the condition set forth in Section 1.3. The cost of any such work so undertaken by either party prior to the satisfaction of such condition shall be borne in accordance with clause (c)(iii). If Landlord undertakes any such work and the conditions set forth in such Section, Section 14.2 and this Section are satisfied, such costs (other than costs related to the Map) shall be included in Development Costs for the Initial Premises as provided in Section 14.3. 88 (e) Promptly following satisfaction of the condition set forth in subsection (a) above, Landlord shall diligently proceed with the design of Landlord's Work (i.e., the Core and Shell Work, the Other Work and the work on the Grass Area). Similarly, promptly following satisfaction of the condition set forth in subsection (a) above, Tenant shall diligently proceed with the design of Tenant's Work (including Tenant's Special Facilities, the Security System and the Communications System). ARTICLE XVII. OTHER MATTERS Section 17.1 Subdivision of Land Landlord and Tenant acknowledge that the Land currently consists of a single legal parcel. Tenant acknowledges that, initially, this Lease covers the entire Land and all Landlord Improvements to be constructed by Landlord with respect to the Initial Premises. Prior to the Lease Commencement Date with respect to the Initial Premises, Landlord shall subdivide the Land into two separate legal parcels consisting of, respectively, the Initial Premises Land and the Expansion Land. In connection with such subdivision, the following shall pertain: (a) Subject to the foregoing deadline, Landlord may elect to effect such subdivision at any time after the execution and delivery of this Lease. (b) Landlord shall be solely responsible to prepare and process a parcel map (the "Map") to effect such subdivision. Landlord shall pay all costs incurred to prepare and process the Map, including, but not limited to, engineering costs, all governmental fees and costs and the costs of recording the Map. Such costs and fees shall not be included in Development Costs with respect to the Initial Premises. (c) Tenant shall cooperate as reasonably requested by Landlord in connection with the processing and approval of the Map, including execution of the Map, if legally required, and execution and delivery of such other instruments as may be required by law to process the Map and obtain all approvals required to record the Map. (d) Any subdivision provided for in this Section shall: (i) Result in one legal parcel encompassing the entire Initial Premises (i.e., all Buildings on the Initial Premises Land, associated parking at a ratio of four (4) spaces per 1,000 square feet of Floor Area of such Buildings and all associated hardscaping and landscaping). (ii) Not materially alter the rights and obligations of Tenant pursuant to this Lease. In other words, no such subdivision shall reduce the size of the Initial Premises Land or any rights of Tenant therein or reduce or eliminate any rights of Tenant with respect to the Expansion Land, including the rights of Tenant pursuant to Sections 1.4 and 1.5. Section 17.2 Common Areas (a) Initially, Tenant shall be the sole Tenant of the Initial Premises and shall have the exclusive right to use all areas and improvements comprising a part of the Initial Premises and located outside of the Buildings (the "Initial Premises Exterior Areas"). Similarly, if Tenant exercises the Expansion Right, Tenant shall be the sole Tenant of the Expansion Building and shall have the exclusive right to use all areas and improvements located on the Expansion Land and located outside of the Expansion Building (the "Expansion Land Exterior Areas"). (b) If Tenant ceases to be the sole tenant of the Initial Premises (i.e., Tenant exercises an Extension Option for less than all Buildings in the Initial Premises), or Tenant becomes the tenant of only a portion of the Floor Area on the Expansion Land (i.e., Tenant adds one or more Available Spaces to the Premises), then, from and after the occurrence of either such event (a "Common Area Event"): 89 (i) Those portions of the Initial Premises Exterior Areas or the Expansion Land Exterior Areas not occupied by Tenant's Special Facilities shall become "common areas." For this purpose, common areas shall mean all areas (and all improvements thereon) within the exterior boundaries of the Initial Premises, Expansion Premises or Land which (A) are not now or hereafter held for exclusive use by Tenant, or any other tenant of the Initial Premises, Expansion Premises or Land and (B) are made available for the common use of Landlord, Tenant and other occupants and their respective employees and invitees in or around the Initial Premises, Expansion Premises or Land. Common Areas shall include, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, all parking areas, entrances, exits, landscaped and planted areas, retaining walls, irrigation systems and controllers, drains, sewers, lighting fixtures, wiring, electrical panels and automatic control systems, driveways, delivery passages, loading docks, sidewalks, stairways, ramps, open and enclosed courts and malls, central identification signs and structures designed for the use of all owners, occupants, employees and invitees and shall include any "greenbelt" or set back areas maintained by Landlord on any parcel leased for the exclusive use of a tenant. Common Areas shall include lobbies or other common areas within any building which is leased to more than one tenant and shall include any legal parcel which constitutes a portion of the Initial Premises, Expansion Premises or Land and on which no buildings have been or may be constructed for occupancy. (ii) If but only if either the Initial Premises or the Expansion Premises becomes a multi-tenant project, the rules and regulations attached hereto as Exhibit "I" shall govern and control Tenant's use of such common areas to the extent applicable thereto. Initially, such Exhibit "I" shall not apply to the Initial Premises. Moreover, in the event of any inconsistency between this Lease and Exhibit "I," this Lease shall control. No application of the Rules and Regulations shall materially adversely affect Tenant's then operation in, at or from the Premises. (iii) Landlord shall operate and maintain the common areas, and Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as additional rent, a proportionate share of the costs thereof, and Landlord's overhead allowance, in accordance with Article VI of this Lease and an amendment to this Lease to be executed and delivered in connection with and concurrently with such Common Area Event. Section 17.3 Reciprocal Easement Agreement If there are any Common Facilities, as defined in Section 6.3(b), Tenant shall initially operate, maintain, repair and replace such Common Facilities pursuant to Section 6.3(b) and the costs of such operation, maintenance, repair and replacement shall be borne by Tenant and Landlord as provided in Section 6.3(b). If (a) imposed as a condition to approval or recordation of the Map or (b) Tenant does not exercise either the Purchase Option or the Expansion Option and either (i) Landlord proposes to develop the Expansion Land or (ii) Tenant ceases to be the sole tenant of the Initial Premises (any event in clause (a) and clause (b) a "Trigger Event" herein), then Landlord shall prepare and Tenant and Landlord shall execute and deliver a reciprocal easement agreement (the "REA") covering the use, maintenance, repair and replacement of each such Common Facility and payment and allocation of the costs thereof. The REA shall be intentionally short and simple and shall contain the following principal provisions: (A) A non-exclusive right of use for all tenants, occupants (and employees, invitees and business visitors, if applicable) of the Initial Premises as to any Common Facility located on the Expansion Land, and a non-exclusive right of use for all tenants, occupants (and employees, invitees and business visitors, if applicable) of the Expansion Land as to any Common Facility located on the Initial Premises. (B) Until the first to occur of (1) development of the Expansion Land and (2) Tenant ceasing to be the sole tenant of the Initial Premises, Tenant shall operate, maintain, repair and replace all Common Facilities, whether located on the Initial Premises or the Expansion Land, pursuant to Section 6.2 and pay all costs thereof. (C) Subsequent to the first to occur of the events described in clause (B), Landlord shall operate, maintain, repair and replace all Common Facilities located on 90 the Expansion Land. The costs thereof shall be allocated between the tenants on the Expansion Land and the tenant(s) on the Initial Premises based on their respective Floor Areas. (D) Until Tenant ceases to be the sole tenant of the Initial Premises, Tenant shall operate, maintain, repair and replace all Common Facilities located on the Initial Premises, with the costs thereof allocated as provided in clause (C). Thereafter, Landlord shall operate, maintain, repair and replace such common facilities, with the costs thereof allocated as provided in clause (C). (E) For the termination of the REA upon the first to occur of (1) expiration or any earlier termination of this Lease and (2) a purchase by Tenant of the entire Project. (F) Such other provisions as are customary for instruments such as the REA. Notwithstanding the provisions of clauses (A) through (E), if any Common Facility is a driveway which supplies access to both the Initial Premises and the Expansion Land, Tenant does not exercise the Expansion Option and Landlord elects to develop the Expansion Land, then during the period of construction by Landlord, Landlord shall maintain and repair such common driveway, bear all costs thereof and keep open the driveway for ingress to and egress from the Initial Premises. Section 17.4 Relocation Costs Tenant shall be solely responsible, both as to performance and payment of the costs thereof, to relocate from its present facilities to the Initial Premises. No portion of the allowance shall be applied to payment of such relocation costs. Section 17.5 Trip Ends Landlord and Tenant acknowledge that, as provided in Section 1.6(a), there is both a Floor Area Entitlement and a Trip Budget for the Land. In connection therewith, Landlord and Tenant agree as follows: (a) Subject to subsection (c) below, the Entitlement and the Trip Budget for the Land are as set forth in Section 1.6(a) and shall not change. (b) In the event that Tenant exercises the Purchase Option, upon the close of the sale the entire Trip Budget will be assigned and allocated to Tenant as a part of the sale as provided in the Purchase and Sale Agreement. (c) After the Purchase Option has expired and until the Expansion Option expires without exercise by Tenant, Landlord shall reserve sufficient a.m. and p.m. trips (up to the entire remaining Trip Budget) to satisfy the trip requirements for development of the maximum remaining Entitlement for the Expansion Land as Office. Any excess trips above the allocation to the Initial Premises and those reserved pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence may be allocated by Landlord to any other portion of the Home Ranch. If the Expansion Option is not exercised, Landlord may allocate any portion of the Trip Budget not allocated to the Initial Premises to any other portion of the Home Ranch. (d) Any portion of the Trip Budget not allocated to the Initial Premises or the Expansion Premises may be allocated by Landlord to any other portion of the Home Ranch. Section 17.6 Traffic Impact Fees As described on Exhibit "H" and in Section 14.3, Tenant shall be required to pay Traffic Impact Fees with respect to the development of Improvements to the Land. In connection with such fees (the "Fees"), Landlord and Tenant agree as follows: 91 (a) In the event that any or all of such Fees are not required to be prepaid (i.e., in a single lump payment by Landlord), then (i) Landlord shall pay the Fees (using Tenant's Loan funds) as to the Initial Premises as a part of the Development Costs when required to be paid by the City with respect to the Initial Premises, (ii) if Tenant exercises the Expansion Option, Landlord shall pay such Fees as to the Expansion Premises as a part of the Development Costs thereof when required to be paid by the City and (iii) if Tenant exercises the Purchase Option, Tenant shall pay such Fees as to the Expansion Land at the time Tenant develops the same. (b) If any or all of such Fees are required by the City to be prepaid (i.e., in a single lump payment by Landlord, then (i) Landlord shall reimburse itself for the Fees as to the Initial Premises (using Tenant's Loan funds) as a part of the Development Costs for the Initial Premises when such Fees would otherwise (absent such prepayment commitment) have been paid to the City (i.e., upon issuance of a certificate of occupancy), (ii) if Tenant exercises the Expansion Option, Landlord shall reimburse itself for the Fees as to the Expansion Premises as a part of the Development Costs for the Expansion Premises when such Fees would otherwise (absent such prepayment commitment) have been paid to the City (i.e., upon issuance of a certificate of occupancy) and (iii) if Tenant exercises the Purchase Option, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for the Fees applicable to the Expansion Land at Close of the Escrow based upon the Fees which would be applicable to the Expansion Land assuming the development of the full remaining Entitlement and a corporate headquarters designation (the "Fee Reimbursement"). The Fee Reimbursement shall be the only reimbursement required from Tenant to Landlord related to such prepaid Fees, and the Fee Reimbursement shall not be changed based upon any recharacterization of the Expansion Land by the City (e.g., recharacterization as office or industrial). (c) The provisions of this Section shall survive the close of the Escrow. 92 IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties hereto have executed this Build to Suit Lease as of the ______ day of _______________, 2002. C.J. SEGERSTROM & SONS, a California partnership By Henry T. Segerstrom Management LLC, a California limited liability company, Manager By ------------------------------------- Manager By HTS Management Co., Inc., a California corporation, Manager By ------------------------------------- Title: --------------------------------- By ------------------------------------- Title: --------------------------------- "Landlord" (AFFIX CORPORATE SEAL) EMULEX CORPORATION, a California corporation By ------------------------------------- Title: --------------------------------- By ------------------------------------- Title: --------------------------------- "Tenant" 93 PLOT PLAN OF LAND [Diagram of Land] EXHIBIT "A" LEGAL DESCRIPTION OF LAND That certain real property located in the City of Costa Mesa, County of Orange, State of California and more particularly described as follows: Parcel 3 of Parcel Map 94-120, in the City of Costa Mesa, County of Orange, State of California, as per Map filed in Book 284, Pages 7 and 10, inclusive, of Parcel Maps, in the Office of the County Recorder of said County. EXHIBIT "B" RECORDING REQUESTED BY AND WHEN RECORDED MAIL TO: LATHAM & WATKINS 650 Town Center Drive, Suite 2000 Costa Mesa, CA 92626 Attn: James W. Daniels, Esq. - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- (Space Above for Recorder's Use) MEMORANDUM OF LEASE, PURCHASE AND EXPANSION OPTIONS AND RIGHTS OF FIRST OFFER TO PURCHASE AND LEASE THIS LEASE HEREIN IS FOR A PERIOD OF TIME LESS THAN 99 YEARS. A.P.N. 140-041-61 140-041-58 C.J. SEGERSTROM & SONS, a California general partnership ("Landlord"), hereby leases to EMULEX CORPORATION, a California corporation ("Tenant"), that certain real property located in the City of Costa Mesa, California and more particularly described on Exhibit "A" attached hereto (the "Premises"). 1. The rent payable by Tenant and the other terms of the tenancy are set forth in a certain unrecorded lease instrument between Landlord and Tenant dated April 15, 2002 (the "Lease"), the provisions of which Lease are incorporated herein by this reference, and covering the Premises. The term of the Lease shall be for a period of ten (10) full lease years, commencing as provided in the Lease. 2. The Lease also provides to Tenant (a) the options to extend the term of the Lease for two (2) additional periods of five (5) years each, (b) an option to purchase the Premises, (c) certain first rights of offer to purchase the Premises, (d) an option to add additional leased space to the Premises and (e) certain rights of first offer to lease other space in the Premises. The terms of all such options and first offer rights are as set forth in the Lease. 3. This instrument is executed solely for recording purposes and nothing herein shall be deemed or construed to modify or vary the terms of the Lease. EXHIBIT "C" IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Memorandum of Lease as of the _____ day of ____________________, 2002. EMULEX CORPORATION, a C.J. SEGERSTROM & SONS, a California California corporation partnership By By Henry T. Segerstrom Management LLC, ----------------------------- a California limited liability company, Title: Manager ------------------------- By By ----------------------------- -------------------------------- Manager Title: ------------------------- By HTS Management Co., Inc., a California "Tenant" corporation, Manager By ------------------------------------- Title: --------------------------------- By ------------------------------------- Title: --------------------------------- "Landlord" 2 STATE OF CALIFORNIA COUNTY OF __________________ On ________________________, before me, ____________________________, Notary Public, personally appeared _____________________________________________ and __________________________________________, personally known to me OR proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the persons whose names are subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that they executed the same in their authorized capacities, and that by their signatures on the instrument the persons, or the entity upon behalf of which the persons acted, executed the instrument. WITNESS my hand and official seal. ------------------------------------ Signature of Notary STATE OF CALIFORNIA COUNTY OF __________________ On ________________________, before me, ____________________________, Notary Public, personally appeared _____________________________________________ and __________________________________________, personally known to me OR proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the persons whose names are subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that they executed the same in their authorized capacities, and that by their signatures on the instrument the persons, or the entity upon behalf of which the persons acted, executed the instrument. WITNESS my hand and official seal. ------------------------------------ Signature of Notary RECORDING REQUESTED BY AND WHEN RECORDED MAIL TO: LATHAM & WATKINS 650 Town Center Drive, Suite 2000 Costa Mesa, CA 92626 Attn: James W. Daniels, Esq. - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- (Space Above for Recorder's Use) MUTUAL CANCELLATION OF LEASE THIS MUTUAL CANCELLATION OF LEASE is made and entered into as of the ______ day of _______________________, ______, by and between C.J. SEGERSTROM & SONS, a California general partnership ("Landlord"), and EMULEX CORPORATION, a California corporation ("Tenant"), with respect to the following: RECITALS A. Landlord is the landlord and Tenant is the tenant under that certain unrecorded lease dated April 15, 2002. Such instrument and any and all prior amendments or supplements thereto are herein collectively referred to as the "Lease." B. The Lease is evidenced by a certain short form memorandum of lease recorded on ______________________, 2002 as Instrument No. 2002-__________ in the Office of the County Recorder of Orange County, California. C. The Lease describes certain real property located in the City of Costa Mesa, County of Orange, State of California and more particularly described on Exhibit "A" attached hereto and incorporated herein by this reference (the "Premises"). D. Landlord and Tenant mutually desire to cancel and terminate the Lease and all modifications, amendments and supplements thereof effective ___________________, which date shall be the date of cancellation and termination of the Lease irrespective of the date of the execution and recordation of this instrument. NOW THEREFORE, for and in consideration of the Premises, and for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, Landlord and Tenant do hereby mutually cancel the Lease and all modifications, amendments and supplements thereof, and the leasehold created thereby, effective on _________________. The undersigned declare: Documentary transfer tax is $0. ( ) Computed on full value of property conveyed, or ( ) Computed on full value less value of liens and encumbrances, or (x) Consideration less than $100 ( ) Unincorporated area; (x) City of Costa Mesa EXHIBIT "D" IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Mutual Cancellation of Lease as of the day and year first above written. EMULEX CORPORATION, a C.J. SEGERSTROM & SONS, a California California corporation partnership By By Henry T. Segerstrom Management LLC, ----------------------------- a California limited liability company, Title: Manager ------------------------- By By ----------------------------- -------------------------------- Manager Title: ------------------------- By HTS Management Co., Inc., a California "Tenant" corporation, Manager By ------------------------------------- Title: --------------------------------- By ------------------------------------- Title: --------------------------------- "Landlord" 2 STATE OF CALIFORNIA COUNTY OF __________________ On ________________________, before me, ____________________________, Notary Public, personally appeared _____________________________________________ and __________________________________________, personally known to me OR proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the persons whose names are subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that they executed the same in their authorized capacities, and that by their signatures on the instrument the persons, or the entity upon behalf of which the persons acted, executed the instrument. WITNESS my hand and official seal. ------------------------------------ Signature of Notary STATE OF CALIFORNIA COUNTY OF __________________ On ________________________, before me, ____________________________, Notary Public, personally appeared _____________________________________________ and __________________________________________, personally known to me OR proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the persons whose names are subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that they executed the same in their authorized capacities, and that by their signatures on the instrument the persons, or the entity upon behalf of which the persons acted, executed the instrument. WITNESS my hand and official seal. ------------------------------------ Signature of Notary SCHEDULE OF LANDLORD IMPROVEMENTS Emulex Corporation - Home Ranch Updated March 19, 2002 (Preliminary) DATE MILESTONE March 1 (done) Architect (HOK) selected March 20 Final lease document executed April 19 Initial design program submitted by Emulex to Segerstrom for review and approval (2 weeks) May 6 Design program approved by Emulex and Sengstrom August 19 Emulex Master Plan submitted to City for processing (10 weeks) October 28 Emulex Masterplan approved by City November 4 Shell contractor commences construction of shell (7 months) May 5, 2003 Interiors contractor commences construction of interior improvements (3 months) June 2 Completion of shell construction August 4, 2003 Completion of interior improvement construction; Emulex move-in EXHIBIT "E" FORM OF PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT AND JOINT ESCROW INSTRUCTIONS C.J. SEGERSTROM & SONS, A CALIFORNIA GENERAL PARTNERSHIP AS "SELLER," AND EMULEX CORPORATION, A CALIFORNIA CORPORATION, AS "BUYER" EXHIBIT "F" TABLE OF CONTENTS
PAGE ---- 1. DEFINITIONS................................................................1 1.1 "Sale Land".................................................1 1.2 "Due Diligence Period"......................................2 1.3 "Funds".....................................................2 1.4 "Improvements"..............................................2 1.5 "Laws"......................................................2 1.6 "Liabilities"...............................................2 1.7 "Property"..................................................2 1.8 "Personal Property".........................................2 1.9 "Closing Date," "Closing," "Close of Escrow"................2 1.10 "City"......................................................2 1.11 "Days"......................................................3 1.12 "Opening of Escrow".........................................3 1.13 "Escrow Holder".............................................3 1.14 "Business Day"..............................................3 1.15 "Lease".....................................................3 1.16 "Construction Contracts"....................................3 1.17 "Construction Deliveries"...................................3 1.18 "Warranties"................................................3 1.19 "Deposit"...................................................4 1.20 "Escrow"....................................................4 1.21 "Development Agreement".....................................4 1.22 "Breakage Fee"..............................................4 1.23 "Traffic Impact Fees".......................................4 1.24 "Trip Ends".................................................4 1.25 "Tenant's Deed of Trust"....................................4 2. SALE OF THE PROPERTY.......................................................5 3. ESCROW.....................................................................5 3.1 General Instructions........................................5 3.2 Tax Reporting Person........................................5 3.3 Opening of Escrow...........................................5 4. PURCHASE PRICE.............................................................5 4.1 Purchase Price..............................................5 4.2 Deposit.....................................................6 4.3 Closing Funds...............................................6 5. CONDITIONS TO CLOSING......................................................6 5.1 Buyer's Contingencies.......................................6 5.1.1 Title Approval......................................................6 5.1.2 Due Diligence Review................................................8
i TABLE OF CONTENTS (continued)
PAGE ---- 5.1.3 Performance by Seller...............................................9 5.1.4 Truth of Seller's Representations and Warranties...................10 5.1.5 Title Policy.......................................................10 5.1.6 [Certificate(s) of Occupancy.......................................10 5.1.7 No Condemnation....................................................10 5.1.8 Casualty...........................................................10 5.2 Seller's Opportunity to Cure; Termination of Escrow and This Agreement......................................10 5.2.1 Buyer's Approval, Disapproval or Waiver of Conditions..............10 5.2.2 Seller's Cure with Respect to Title................................11 5.2.3 Termination of Escrow and This Agreement by Buyer..................12 5.3 Seller's Contingency.......................................12 5.4 Limited Representations and Warranties.....................12 5.5 Rights Upon Termination....................................13 5.6 Seller's Inability To Cure.................................14 5.7 Force Majeure..............................................14 5.8 Satisfaction of Conditions.................................14 6. CLOSING OF ESCROW.........................................................14 6.1 Closing Date...............................................14 6.2 Deposits by Seller.........................................16 6.2.1 Grant Deed.........................................................16 6.2.2 FIRPTA Affidavit...................................................16 6.2.3 Mutual Cancellation................................................16 6.2.4 Assignment.........................................................16 6.2.5 Copies of Documents................................................16 6.2.6 Evidence of Authority..............................................16 6.2.7 Additional Items...................................................16 6.2.8 Assignment of Development Agreement................................17 6.3 Deposits by Buyer..........................................17 6.3.1 Mutual Cancellation................................................17 6.3.2 Evidence of Authority..............................................17 6.3.3 Additional Items...................................................17 6.3.4 Assignment.........................................................18 6.3.5 Development Agreement Assignment...................................18 6.4 Issuance of Title Policy...................................18 6.5 Prorations.................................................19 6.6 Closing Costs..............................................20 6.7 Disbursements by Escrow Holder.............................20 6.8 Completion and Distribution of Documents...................20 6.9 Seller's Election of 1031 Exchange.........................21 6.9.1 Simultaneous Exchange..............................................21 6.9.2 Non-Simultaneous Exchange..........................................21 6.9.3 Expenses and Documents.............................................21 6.9.4 Indemnity..........................................................22 6.10 Disputed Portion...........................................22
ii TABLE OF CONTENTS (continued)
PAGE ---- 7. DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES.....................................................23 7.1 Default by Either Party....................................23 7.2 Cancellation Charges.......................................23 7.3 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES.........................................23 7.4 Specific Performance by Seller.............................24 8. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES............................................25 8.1 In General.................................................25 8.2 By Each Party..............................................25 8.2.1 Authority..........................................................25 8.2.2 Binding Effect.....................................................25 8.2.3 Compliance.........................................................25 8.3 By Seller Only.............................................25 8.3.1 Not a Foreign Person...............................................25 8.3.2 Agreements.........................................................25 8.3.3 Documents..........................................................26 8.3.4 Hazardous Materials................................................26 8.3.5 Organization.......................................................26 8.3.6 Fee Ownership......................................................26 8.3.7 No Litigation......................................................26 8.3.8 Condemnation.......................................................26 8.3.9 Zoning.............................................................26 8.3.10 No Violation.......................................................27 8.3.11 Utility Service....................................................27 8.3.12 Development Agreement..............................................27 8.3.13 Entitlement and Trip Budget........................................27 9. CERTAIN EVENTS PRIOR TO CLOSING...........................................27 10. POST-CLOSING MATTERS......................................................28 10.1 Confidentiality............................................28 10.2 Seller's Construction Warranty.............................29 10.3 Assignment of Warranties...................................29 10.4 General Release and Indemnification........................29 11. BROKERS...................................................................30 12. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS..................................................31 12.1 Assignment; Binding on Successors..........................31 12.2 Fees and Other Expenses....................................31 12.3 Approval and Notices.......................................31 12.4 Jurisdiction...............................................32 12.5 Interpretation.............................................32 12.6 Gender; Joint Obligations..................................33 12.7 No Waiver..................................................33 12.8 Modifications..............................................33
iii TABLE OF CONTENTS (continued)
PAGE ---- 12.9 Severability...............................................33 12.10 Survival...................................................33 12.11 Merger of Prior Agreements.................................33 12.12 Time of Essence............................................34 12.13 Counterparts...............................................34 12.14 Exhibits...................................................34 12.15 Cooperation of Parties.....................................34 12.16 Preliminary Change of Ownership Report.....................34 12.17 No Third Party Beneficiaries...............................34 12.18 Alternative Dispute Resolution Procedure...................34 12.19 Property Disclosures.......................................36 12.20 Escrow Holder Not to Be Concerned..........................36 12.21 Possession.................................................37 12.22 Calculation of Days........................................37 12.23 Covenant as to Trip Ends...................................37
iv TABLE OF CONTENTS Exhibit Description - ------- ----------- A Legal Description of Land A-1 Depiction of Land B Escrow General Provisions C Form of Grant Deed D Form of FIRPTA Certificate E Form of Assignment of Personal Property F Form of Assignment and Assumption of Development Agreement v PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT AND JOINT ESCROW INSTRUCTIONS To: Chicago Title Company Sub-Escrow Identification: 16969 Von Karman Avenue 203008184 ("Escrow") Irvine, California 92714 Attn: Ms. Margie Wheeler, Escrow Officer Tel. No. (949) 263-2500 Fax No. (949) 263-1022 This Purchase and Sale Agreement and Joint Escrow Instructions (the "Agreement") is entered into as of ________________ ____, 200__, by and between C.J. SEGERSTROM & SONS, a California general partnership ("Seller"), and EMULEX CORPORATION, a California corporation ("Buyer"), as follows: RECITALS A. Seller is the landlord and Buyer is the tenant pursuant to a certain Build To Suite Lease dated April 15, 2002 (the "Lease") covering certain Land and Landlord Improvements, both as defined in the Lease. B. Pursuant to Section 15.1 of the Lease, Buyer has exercised the Purchase Option, as defined in such Section, to purchase all of the Land and all Landlord Improvements constructed or to be constructed on the Land. C. Seller and Buyer enter into this Agreement to set forth more fully the terms of the purchase in accordance with Recital B above. AGREEMENT ARTICLE XVIII. DEFINITIONS The following terms, when used in this Agreement, shall have the following meanings, unless the context clearly indicates otherwise: Section 18.1 "Sale Land" shall mean that certain real property located between Sunflower Avenue and South Coast Drive to the west of Susan Street in the City of Costa Mesa, California, together with all appurtenant rights thereto, including, without limitation, all appurtenant easements and development rights relating to the Sale Land and Improvements, but excluding those rights reserved to Seller pursuant to Section 1.7. The Sale Land is described on Exhibit A attached hereto and incorporated herein by this reference. The Sale Land is as depicted on Exhibit A-1 attached hereto and incorporated herein by this reference. Section 18.2 "Due Diligence Period" shall mean the period described in Section 5.1.2 below, unless the date of expiration of such period would be a day other than a Business Day, in which case the Due Diligence Period shall expire on the next following Business Day. Section 18.3 "Funds" shall mean immediately available funds in the form of cash, wire transfer of funds, or a certified or bank cashier's check drawn on a reputable financial institution. Section 18.4 "Improvements" shall mean, collectively, all Landlord Improvements, as defined in the Lease, located on the Sale Land, or any portion thereof. Section 18.5 "Laws" shall mean all applicable governmental laws, codes, ordinances, regulations, judgments, permits, approvals and other requirements. Section 18.6 "Liabilities" shall mean any claim, liability, loss, cost, action, damage, expense or fee, including but not limited to reasonable attorneys' fees and costs of defense. Section 18.7 "Property" shall mean, collectively, the Sale Land, the Improvements and the Personal Property. The Property shall not include, and there are hereby excluded from the Property and reserved to Seller, all water, oil, minerals and gas located beneath the surface of the Sale Land but without right of surface entry or entry within 200 vertical feet of the surface of the Sale Land and without the right to deprive the Sale Land of structural support or to interfere with Buyer's use of the Sale Land and Improvements. Section 18.8 "Personal Property" shall mean, collectively, all Warranties, as defined below, agreements, utility contracts, approvals (governmental or otherwise), plans and specifications, entitlements and other rights relating to the construction, ownership, use and operation of all or any part of the Sale Land or the Improvements. Section 18.9 "Closing Date," "Closing," "Close of Escrow" shall have the meanings set forth in Section 6.1. Section 18.10 "City" shall mean the City of Costa Mesa, California. Section 18.11 "Days" shall mean, whenever a number of days is referred to herein, calendar days unless expressly stated to be Business Days. Section 18.12 "Opening of Escrow" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.3. Section 18.13 "Escrow Holder" shall be the entity designated as such pursuant to Section 3.1. 2 Section 18.14 "Business Day" shall mean any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which banks located in Orange County, California may or must be closed. Section 18.15 "Lease" shall have the meaning set forth in Recital A. Section 18.16 "Construction Contracts" shall mean any construction management, construction or professional services contracts entered into by Seller, any affiliate of Seller or any other person or entity on behalf of or for Seller, on the one hand, and the respective contractors and consultants named therein (the "Contractors"), on the other hand, in connection with the performance of Seller's obligations to construct or perform Landlord's Improvements (also defined as "Landlord's Work"), as defined in the Lease. Section 18.17 "Construction Deliveries" shall mean those respective documents, "as built" plans, ratifications, reports, surveys and studies which the Contractors are required to deliver under the respective Construction Contracts, but excluding the Warranties. Section 18.18 "Warranties" shall mean all Contractor warranties and guaranties, and all rights and claims of Seller, any affiliate of Seller or any other person or entity acting on behalf of or for Seller with respect to the Improvements, including without limitation, all rights of Seller under the Construction Contracts for the Improvements and any bonds issued by any Contractor in connection therewith, and all construction or manufacturer's warranties, guaranties or certifications which are required to be delivered to Seller (or to Buyer, if so provided in the Lease) under the Construction Contracts. Each Warranty shall, at the time such Warranty is transferred to Buyer pursuant to this Agreement, be either (a) fully assignable to Buyer, with no consent of any third party required or with such third party's unconditional written consent, if required or (b) issued in the name of Buyer. Section 18.19 "Deposit" shall mean the entire deposit held by Escrow Agent pursuant to Section 4.2, including all accrued interest thereon. Section 18.20 "Escrow" shall mean the purchase and sale escrow with respect to the Property established by Seller and Buyer pursuant to Section 3.1 below. Section 18.21 "Development Agreement" shall mean that certain Development Agreement for Home Ranch dated December 3, 2001 and effective January 3, 2002 between the City, on the one hand, and Seller, Segerstrom Properties LLC and Henry T. Segerstrom Properties LLC, on the other hand, and recorded on March 20, 2002, as Instrument No. 2002-__________, in the Official Records of the County Recorder of Orange County, California (the "Official Records"). Section 18.22 "Breakage Fee" shall mean an amount determined pursuant to Section 15.1 of the Lease and payable by Buyer to Seller at Close of Escrow. The Breakage Fee is in addition to and not included in the Purchase Price. 3 Section 18.23 "Traffic Impact Fees" shall mean $___________, the amount determined pursuant to Section 17.6 of the Lease and payable by Buyer to Seller at Close of Escrow. The Traffic Impact Fees are in addition to and not included in the Purchase Price. For this purpose, Traffic Impact Fees for the Expansion Land, as defined in the Lease, shall be determined as if the Expansion Land is classified as "Corporate Headquarters." The foregoing Traffic Impact Fees shall be the only reimbursement required from Buyer to Seller related to such fees, and shall not be changed based upon any recharacterization of the Expansion Land. Section 18.24 "Trip Ends" shall mean that number of aggregate daily number of vehicle trips into or out of the Property, consisting of both A.M. and P.M. trips, set forth in Exhibit F to this Agreement and applicable to the Property. Section 18.25 "Tenant's Deed of Trust" shall mean that certain Deed of Trust, Assignment of Rents and Leases, Security Agreement and Fixture Filing dated March ___, 2002, executed by Seller in favor of Buyer, as Beneficiary, and Escrow Holder, as Trustee, and recorded on ___________ ___, 2002, as Instrument No. 2002-__________, in the Official Records. ARTICLE XIX. SALE OF THE PROPERTY Buyer agrees to purchase from Seller, and Seller agrees to sell to Buyer, the Property upon the terms, covenants and conditions set forth in this Agreement. 4 ARTICLE XX. ESCROW Section 20.1 General Instructions. Chicago Title Company is hereby designated as escrow holder (the "Escrow Holder"). Escrow Holder's general conditions or provisions, which are attached hereto as Exhibit B, are incorporated by reference herein; provided, however, that in the event of any inconsistency between Exhibit B and any of the provisions of this Agreement, the provisions of this Agreement shall control. Buyer and Seller each shall also execute, deliver and be bound by such further escrow instructions or other instruments as may be reasonably requested by the other party or by Escrow Holder from time to time, so long as the same are consistent with this Agreement. Escrow Holder shall comply, but shall have no liability whatsoever for complying, with the unilateral instructions of only one party without the consent of the other party hereto if expressly required to do so in this Agreement. Section 20.2 Tax Reporting Person. For purposes of complying with Internal Revenue Code Section 6045(e), as amended effective January 1, 1991, Escrow Holder is hereby designated as the "person responsible for closing the transaction," and also as the "reporting person" for purposes of filing any information returns (and Escrow Holder shall file any such required returns) with the Internal Revenue Service concerning this transaction, as required by law. Section 20.3 Opening of Escrow. Escrow shall be deemed open when (a) this Agreement, fully signed by both parties either together or in counterparts, is delivered to Escrow Holder and (b) Buyer has delivered to Escrow Holder the Deposit provided for, in Funds. The last of such events shall be the "Opening of Escrow." The Opening of Escrow shall occur within five (5) Business Days after the last execution of this Agreement. Escrow Holder shall immediately notify Buyer, Seller and their respective attorneys orally and in writing of the official date of the Opening of Escrow. ARTICLE XXI. PURCHASE PRICE Section 21.1 Purchase Price. The purchase price for the Property (the "Purchase Price") shall be as determined pursuant to Section 15.1 of the Lease and Sections 6.1 and 6.10 of this Agreement. The Purchase Price shall be paid as provided in Sections 4.2, 4.3 and Article 6. Section 21.2 Deposit. At the Opening of Escrow, Buyer shall deposit with Escrow Holder the sum of $100,000 in Funds (the "Deposit"). Escrow Holder shall hold the Deposit in such number of interest-bearing accounts as shall be fully insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, such account(s) to be selected by Buyer on a funds investment form provided by Escrow Holder, subject to collection and subject to availability of the Deposit for use in accordance with the provisions of this Section. All interest earned on the Deposit shall accrue to Buyer's benefit. Except as provided in Section 5.5, the Deposit and all accrued interest thereon shall become non-refundable upon the expiration of the Due Diligence Period, provided that Buyer has not earlier terminated this Agreement and the Escrow pursuant to Article 5. If Escrow closes, the entire Deposit and all accrued interest thereon shall be credited against the Purchase Price. 5 If Escrow fails to close pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement for any reason other than Buyer's default, the Deposit and all accrued interest thereon, less any Escrow fees and costs for which Buyer is responsible, shall be returned to Buyer in full. If Escrow fails to close under the provisions of this Agreement as a result of Buyer's default, the entire Deposit plus all accrued interest thereon shall be delivered to and retained by Seller as non-refundable liquidated damages under Section 7.3 below. Section 21.3 Closing Funds. On the last Business Day before the Close of Escrow, Escrow Holder shall calculate and Buyer shall wire Funds into Escrow (using wiring instructions reasonably satisfactory to Escrow Holder) in an amount which, together with the credit for Tenant's Loan, as defined in the Lease, shall equal the sum of the Purchase Price, the Breakage Fee, if applicable, the Traffic Impact Fees, if applicable, plus any other sums payable by Buyer hereunder (the "Closing Funds"). ARTICLE XXII. CONDITIONS TO CLOSING Section 22.1 Buyer's Contingencies. The obligation of Buyer to purchase the Property shall be subject to satisfaction of each of the conditions set forth in this Section 5.1 and elsewhere in this Agreement, which conditions must be satisfied within the respective time periods specified therefor. Seller and Buyer expressly acknowledge and agree that each of the conditions in this Section 5.1 is for the benefit of and may be waived by Buyer as hereinafter provided in its sole discretion. (a) Title Approval. (i) Buyer shall have approved the condition of title to the Sale Land as provided in this Section 5.1.1. Seller has obtained from Chicago Title Company (the "Title Company"), under order number 203008184, a title binder or leasehold policy pursuant to the Lease and covering the Sale Land (herein, the "Preliminary Report"), together with legible copies of all documents (the "Title Documents") shown on the Preliminary Report as exceptions affecting title to the Property and a plot plan depicting the locations of the easements described in the Preliminary Report. Buyer has approved all exceptions shown on Schedule B to the Preliminary Report, which exceptions are listed on Exhibit "G" to the Lease (such approved exceptions are herein referred to as the "Permitted Exceptions"). Seller shall deliver to Buyer an update (which may be an updated preliminary title report or a supplement or amendment to the Preliminary Report) to the Preliminary Report (the "Update"), together with legible copies of all new exceptions, if any, appearing on the Update (the "Updated Title Documents") and a plot plan depicting the location of any easements appearing on the Update and not appearing on the Preliminary Report. Buyer shall take title to, and Seller shall deliver, title to the Property subject only to the following exceptions (the "Title Exceptions"): (i) all Permitted Exceptions, (ii) the Permitted Development Easements, as defined in the Lease, (iii) the other items described in Section 6.4, (iv) any exceptions created or caused by Buyer and (v) any new items shown on the Update which are expressly approved in writing by Buyer. Any item(s) not so expressly approved within ten (10) days after delivery of the last of the items to be delivered pursuant to this Section shall be deemed disapproved and must be addressed by Buyer pursuant to the two succeeding paragraphs of this Section. 6 Seller covenants that (x) Seller shall not create or cause any liens or encumbrances against the Property other than Tenant's Deed of Trust and the Permitted Development Easements and (y) Seller shall cause to be removed from record title to the Property at or prior to the Close of Escrow all delinquent taxes, bonds and assessments which are not the responsibility of Buyer pursuant to the Lease, all involuntary liens or encumbrances against the Property other than those which are created or caused by Buyer and any judgment liens against Seller which affect title to the Property. The aggregate obligation of Seller pursuant to clause (y) shall not exceed the cash portion of the Purchase Price. As to any liens or encumbrances created by Seller against the Property in violation of clause (x), Seller must remove the same at or prior to Closing without regard to the amount thereof. If Buyer desires to have the Title Company issue any endorsements to the Title Policy, then Buyer shall notify Seller and Escrow Holder of the desired endorsements within thirty (30) days after delivery of the Updated Title Documents. Any such endorsements shall be at the cost and expense of Buyer, and issuance of such endorsements shall not be a condition to Closing. For the purposes of the immediately preceding paragraph: (1) Seller shall make arrangements to remove from record title to the Property at or prior to Close of Escrow all items described in clause (x) other than Tenant's Deed of Trust and the Permitted Development Easements. Such removal may be effected by payment, bonding or other method sufficient to permit the Title Company to issue the Title Policy, as defined in Section 6.4. (2) Buyer has recorded a memorandum of the Purchase Option to establish Buyer's priority as to the Property. As to delinquent taxes, bonds and assessments for which Seller is responsible, Seller must remove the same from record title to the Property at or prior to Close of Escrow in any manner provided in clause (1). As to all other involuntary liens, encumbrances and judgment liens against the Property, Buyer does not agree to subordinate its priority as to the Property. Rather, Seller shall cause the same to be removed from the Title Policy at or before Close of Escrow in any manner described in clause (1), including escrow of the entire cash portion of the Purchase Price for the benefit of the holders of such involuntary liens, encumbrances and judgment liens, if necessary. (3) To the extent necessary to accomplish the matters described in clause (2) or to address Intervening Liens pursuant to Section 5.1.1(b), Buyer and Seller shall extend the Close of Escrow for such time as may be reasonably necessary, not to exceed 120 days, without reduction in the Purchase Price, but Buyer's Base Rent pursuant to the Lease shall be reduced in the manner set forth in the last paragraph of Section 6.1 for any portion of such extension in excess of thirty (30) days or, if Seller is not diligently attempting to eliminate such Intervening Lien, for the entire period of such extension. (ii) Any liens, encumbrances, easements, restrictions, conditions, covenants, rights, rights-of-way, and other matters affecting title to the Property which are created or which may appear of record after the date of the Update but before the Closing Date and which are not Title Exceptions and are not created or caused by Buyer (collectively, the "Intervening Liens") shall also be subject to Buyer's approval (pursuant to the last sentence of the first paragraph of Section 5.1.1(a)) (after written notice to Buyer thereof from any source) 7 and, unless so approved, must be addressed by Seller pursuant to the last two paragraphs of such Section. (b) Due Diligence Review. Buyer shall have satisfactorily completed its due diligence review of the Property and, subject to the limitations in this Section 5.1.2, shall have approved or be deemed to have approved the condition of the Property. The Due Diligence Period review shall be limited to (a) environmental review of the Property, (b) structural review of the Improvements on the Sale Land, (c) review of existing entitlements for the Expansion Land, (d) review of the as-built plans for the Improvements constructed by Seller (only if Landlord's Improvements have been Substantially Completed, as defined in the Lease), the forms of the Warranties, reports and other deliveries in connection with the Improvements constructed by Seller, including those required to be delivered by Seller pursuant to Section 14.5 of the Lease. The Due Diligence Period shall specifically extend to Buyer's review of contamination with hazardous materials and similar physical features. Buyer may obtain a Phase I Environmental Assessment with respect to the Property. Buyer shall not perform a Phase II Environmental Assessment or any other invasive physical testing with respect to the Property except with the prior approval of Seller or Seller's representative, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned if the Phase I Environmental Assessment indicates the need for such invasive physical testing. For the purposes of this provision (i) invasive physical testing shall include all borings and drillings, (ii) Seller's representative shall initially be Jeffrey M. Reese and (iii) Seller may change its representative at any time by written notice to Buyer. Such review and investigation, any testing or sampling conducted by Buyer and all reports and analyses prepared in connection therewith shall be the sole responsibility of Buyer, both as to performance and payment therefor and shall be conducted within the limitations set forth above. To the extent not previously delivered to Buyer, Seller shall, within ten (10) days after the Opening of Escrow, deliver to Buyer correct and complete copies of all pertinent reports, maps, surveys, contracts, studies, warranties, guaranties and other written information in Seller's possession or control with respect to the ownership or construction of the Property, including, without limitation, all reports, maps, studies, notifications and other written information in Seller's possession or control, if any, which relate to the environmental condition of the Property (collectively, the "Diligence Documents"). As used herein, the term "pertinent" shall mean related to or concerning the Property as currently configured, approved and occupied, and shall not include superseded parcel maps, outdated surveys, title reports and policies, and similar material which is outdated (for whatever reason), superseded or replaced by more current materials. Buyer shall be deemed to have approved all the matters referenced in this Section 5.1.2 unless Buyer has delivered to Seller and Escrow Holder written notice of its reasonable disapproval thereof, specifying with reasonable particularity the grounds for such disapproval, within thirty (30) days after the later of (A) the Opening of Escrow and (B) Seller's delivery of all Diligence Documents (the "Due Diligence Period"). The exercise of Buyer's discretion with respect to the Property shall be limited to the matters described above in this Section 5.1.2. 8 Buyer and Seller specifically agree that there is NO financing condition to the close of the purchase of the Property. Accordingly, Buyer's due diligence review pursuant to this Section shall not include such item (i.e., financing) and such issue shall not be a ground for termination of this Agreement and the Escrow by Buyer pursuant to this Section or any other provision of this Agreement. (c) Performance by Seller. On or before the Closing Date, Seller shall have performed, and hereby covenants to perform, all obligations of Seller hereunder to be performed by the Closing Date, including this Article 5 and: (i) Seller shall have executed and delivered to Escrow Holder each and all of the documents to be delivered to Escrow Holder by Seller and described in Section 6.2. (ii) Seller shall have delivered to Buyer the Construction Deliveries. (iii) Seller shall have delivered correct and complete copies of the Warranties. (iv) If the Closing Date will be on or after Substantial Completion of the Landlord Improvements, Seller shall, notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, remain responsible to complete all punch-list items with respect to the Landlord Improvements, whether prior to or subsequent to the Closing Date. Seller shall retain from Seller's contractor sufficient funds to insure completion of all punch-list work. For purposes of this provision: (A) Seller specifically covenants and agrees to complete all punch-list items with respect to the Landlord Improvements, whether before or after the Closing Date, and promptly following such completion, to deliver to Buyer all Construction Deliveries not delivered at Close of Escrow. (B) Buyer shall be entitled to retain the unpaid (as of the Closing Date) portion of the Development Fee, as defined in the Lease, but not to exceed ten percent (10%) of the total Development Fee, until completion of all punch-list work. Buyer shall continue to make payments of the Development Fee pursuant to the Lease after Close of Escrow (but not more than ninety percent (90%) in the aggregate) and shall pay the retention to Seller, outside of Escrow, within ten (10) business days after completion of the last of the punch-list work. (C) Buyer shall continue to Fund Development Costs, as defined in the Lease, incurred after Close of Escrow (such as the retention for Seller's contractor and the Development Fee) until all such Development Costs are paid in full. (d) Truth of Seller's Representations and Warranties. Seller's representations and warranties set forth in Sections 8.2 and 8.3 shall be true and correct as of the Close of Escrow. (e) Title Policy. The Title Company shall be irrevocably and unconditionally committed to issue to Buyer the Title Policy, subject only to the matters set forth in Section 6.4. 9 [Only if Close of Escrow at or after Substantial Completion.] (f) [Certificate(s) of Occupancy. Unless revoked or rendered invalid due to the actions of Buyer, the certificate(s) or temporary certificate(s) of occupancy issued for the Improvements (to the extent such certificate(s) is (are) required for Buyer to occupy the Improvements) shall have been issued and shall be in full force and effect.] (g) No Condemnation. There shall be neither pending nor threatened a condemnation proceeding of the type described in the second paragraph of Article 9. (h) Casualty. The Lease shall not have been terminated pursuant to Article VIII thereof. Section 22.2 Seller's Opportunity to Cure; Termination of Escrow and This Agreement. (a) Buyer's Approval, Disapproval or Waiver of Conditions. In the event that Buyer disapproves of the condition set forth in Section 5.1.2, such writing shall also state the specific grounds for disapproval and/or non-satisfaction thereof. In the event that Buyer fails to approve, disapprove or waive the condition in Section 5.1.2 within the time and in the manner therein specified, then such condition shall be deemed conclusively approved or satisfied by Buyer and thereafter shall not be a condition precedent to the performance by Buyer and Seller of their respective obligations hereunder. (b) Seller's Cure with Respect to Title. To the extent that any title exception, condition or Intervening Lien is not a Title Exception and is not approved by Buyer in writing pursuant to Section 5.1.1(a) or Section 5.1.1(b), then Seller shall have until 5:00 p.m. Pacific Time on the fifth (5th) Business Day following the expiration of Buyer's approval period without approval by Buyer in which to investigate the disapproved item(s) and to notify Buyer and Escrow Holder in writing how Seller has cured or will cure the items not approved prior to the Close of Escrow. Any cure or proposed cure by Seller pursuant to this Section 5.2.2 shall be subject to the approval of Buyer in Buyer's reasonable discretion. Such reasonable discretion shall include the right to review and approve or disapprove any Seller Endorsement, as defined in Section 6.4, offered as a cure of a title exception not approved by Buyer. Such approval shall be deemed given unless Buyer disapproves of such cure or proposed cure by written notice to Seller and Escrow Holder given within five (5) Business Days after Buyer's receipt of Seller's written notice pursuant to this Section 5.2.2 describing in reasonable detail the cure effected or to be effected. Such approval shall not be unreasonably withheld so long as the cure effected or proposed by Seller does not materially adversely affect the value, financeability or use of the Property and is sufficient to (i) permit issuance of the Title Policy pursuant to Section 6.4 and (ii) permit Buyer to obtain a policy of ALTA Lender's Title Insurance without the disapproved items for a loan to Buyer with respect to the Property. It shall be reasonable for Buyer to disapprove a Seller Endorsement offered as a cure if the Title Company is unwilling to commit to issue the same endorsement on a subsequent sale of the Property by Buyer and, absent such Seller Endorsement, the title exception endorsed over would materially adversely affect the use or value of the Property. If Seller proposes a cure pursuant to this Section 5.2.2, and Buyer 10 approves or is deemed to approve such cure, Seller shall use commercially reasonable efforts, at Seller's sole cost and expense, to effect the cure proposed by Seller on or prior to the Closing Date. If (A) Seller proposes a cure, Buyer approves or is deemed to approve such cure but Seller is unable to effect such cure or (B) if Buyer timely disapproves Seller's proposed cure with respect to any item(s) described in this Section, then, in any such case, Buyer may within five (5) business days after the event described in clause (A) or (B), as applicable, in its sole and absolute discretion, elect by written notice to Seller and Escrow Holder to cure such item(s). In the event of an election by Buyer to cure pursuant to this Section, Close of Escrow shall be extended as necessary as provided in Section 5.1.1(a), such cure shall be at Seller's cost and expense (but only to the extent provided in Section 5.1.1(a)) and Seller shall cooperate with Buyer and execute and deliver such documents, affidavits and other instruments as reasonably necessary to enable Buyer to effect such cure. Such covenant of cooperation shall not require Seller to incur any costs or assume any obligations other than or in addition to those costs and obligations to be paid or assumed by Seller pursuant to this Agreement, including those set forth in Section 5.1.1(a). (c) Termination of Escrow and This Agreement by Buyer. (i) If (i)(A) there is a title exception, condition or Intervening Lien which is not a Title Exception and is not approved by Buyer in writing pursuant to Sections 5.1.1(a) or 5.1.1(b), AND (B) Buyer reasonably disapproves a proposed cure by Seller pursuant to Section 5.2.2, then Buyer shall have until 5:00 p.m. Pacific Time on the tenth (10th) Business Day following the later of (1) its receipt of Seller's notice (2) the date that Buyer is notified of and/or reasonably determines that Seller has not cured or will not be able to cure such disapproved condition(s), to notify Seller and Escrow Holder in writing that Buyer in its sole and absolute discretion either: 1. Waives its prior objections to such condition and will proceed to purchase the Property, subject to any then remaining conditions, without any reduction in or offset to the Purchase Price; or 2. Elects to cure such disapproved item(s) itself pursuant to the terms of Section 5.2.2; and 3. Elect to extend the Escrow within the time frame set forth in Section 5.1.1(a) as reasonably necessary to cure such disapproved condition; or 4. Terminates Escrow and this Agreement. (ii) If the conditions set forth in Section 5.1 (other than Section 5.1.1) fail to occur, then Escrow and this Agreement shall automatically terminate upon receipt by Seller and Escrow Holder of Buyer's written notice indicating such disapproval or the failure of such condition(s). Such notice, in the case of the condition set forth in Section 5.1.2, shall be given within the Due Diligence Period. Such notice, in the case of all other conditions set forth in Section 5.1 (other than 5.1.1), may be given at any time prior to the Closing Date. 11 Section 22.3 Seller's Contingency. The obligation of Seller to sell the Property shall be subject to Buyer performing all obligations of Buyer hereunder to be performed by the Closing Date. Section 22.4 Limited Representations and Warranties. Except as expressly provided to the contrary in this Agreement, including, without limitation, Sections 8.2, 8.3 and 10.1, it is expressly understood and agreed that Buyer is acquiring the Property "AS IS," in its present state and condition, without any representations or warranties from Seller of any kind whatsoever, either express or implied. In particular, subject to the foregoing, Seller makes no representation or warranty respecting the use, condition, title, operation or management of the Property, or compliance with any applicable Laws relating to zoning, subdivision, planning, buildings, fire, safety, earthquake, health or environmental matters, the presence or absence of toxic or hazardous waste or materials, or compliance with any other covenants, conditions and restrictions (whether or not of record). Seller has disclosed to Buyer the facts that (a) the Sale Land was used in the farming operations of Seller, (b) in connection with such farming operations, chemical pesticides and weed control agents may have been applied, which applications may have resulted in residual levels of such chemicals in the soil on the Sale Land and (c) Seller is aware of, and has advised Buyer that, the property located to the west of the Land (the "Western Parcel") and owned by the Los Angeles Times (the "Times") has underground hazardous materials contamination believed to result from leakage from an underground fuel tank maintained by the Times. To Seller's knowledge, such hazardous materials have not migrated from the Western Parcel onto or under the Land. Apart from the foregoing usages, Seller is not aware of any prior use of the Property which would indicate that there are or may be hazardous materials present in or on the Property. Buyer represents that it is knowledgeable in real estate matters and is relying upon Buyer's own investigation and analysis in purchasing the Property, together with the express representations and warranties of Seller set forth herein. Buyer further represents that it has had, and will have during the Due Diligence Period, ample opportunity to inspect and will, in fact, make all of the investigations Buyer deems necessary in purchasing the Property. The foregoing representation is expressly subject to Seller's cooperation and compliance with the terms of this Agreement, including but not limited to Section 5.1.2. If this Agreement is not terminated but Buyer acquires the Property as provided herein, Buyer shall have thereby approved all aspects of the Property and this transaction and thereby waives any claim or liability against Seller, except as specifically provided herein to the contrary. Section 22.5 Rights Upon Termination. (i) If the Escrow and this Agreement are terminated by Buyer in the manner and within the applicable time period(s) provided pursuant to Section 5.2.3, or otherwise for failure of Seller to perform its obligations pursuant to this Agreement, then (i) all instruments in Escrow shall be returned to the party depositing the same, (ii) Buyer shall return all items previously delivered by Seller to Buyer, (iii) Buyer and Seller shall each pay one-half (1/2) of all Escrow and title cancellation charges (unless Section 7.2 applies), (iv) the Deposit and all accrued interest thereon shall be returned to Buyer and (v) neither party shall have any further rights, obligations or liabilities whatsoever to the other party concerning the Property by reason of this Agreement, except as expressly stated in this Agreement to survive termination. 12 (ii) If the Escrow and this Agreement are terminated by Seller for failure of Buyer to perform its obligations pursuant to this Agreement, then (i) all instruments in Escrow shall be returned to the party depositing the same, (ii) Buyer shall return all items previously delivered by Seller to Buyer, (iii) Buyer and Seller shall each pay one-half ( 1/2) of all Escrow and title cancellation charges (unless Section 7.2 applies) and (iv) neither party shall have any further rights, obligations or liabilities whatsoever to the other party concerning the Property by reason of this Agreement, except as expressly stated in this Agreement to survive termination. Moreover, Seller shall be entitled to retain the entire Deposit and all interest accrued thereon. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Agreement, the Lease shall survive any termination of this Agreement and shall remain in full force and effect. Section 22.6 Seller's Inability To Cure. If a cure by Seller has been approved by Buyer pursuant to Section 5.2, Seller shall use all commercially reasonable efforts to effect, on or prior to the Closing Date, the approved cure proposed by Seller. If Seller proposes a cure, Buyer approves such cure, and Seller fails to effect such cure on or before the last Business Day before Close of Escrow, then Buyer, in its sole discretion, may elect in writing any of the alternatives available to Buyer pursuant to Sections 5.2.2 and 5.2.3; provided, however, that by mutual agreement the parties may elect to extend the Close of Escrow as provided in Section 5.1.1(a) in order to provide Seller with additional time to cure any title item. The provisions of this Section shall not apply to Seller's cure obligations pursuant to the second paragraph of Section 5.1.1(a), which obligations shall be absolute. Section 22.7 Force Majeure. In the event that, as of the Closing Date, (a) each of the parties has performed its respective obligations hereunder, (b) the Escrow is in a position to close pursuant to Article 6 and (c) the parties are prevented from closing due to a cause beyond the reasonable control of the parties, then: (i) The Escrow shall be extended for up to an additional thirty (30) days beyond the date specified for closing in Section 6.1; (ii) The parties shall take all actions reasonably available to them to attempt to eliminate such delaying cause and close the Escrow; and (iii) If the parties are unable to close the Escrow within such additional thirty (30) day period, either party may terminate this Agreement and the Escrow by written notice to the other party and Escrow Holder given at any time after the end of such thirty (30) day period and prior to the close of the Escrow. Any termination pursuant to this clause (c) shall have the effects described in clauses (i) through (v) of Section 5.5(a). 13 Section 22.8 Satisfaction of Conditions. Each party shall cooperate as reasonably requested by the other party to permit satisfaction of all conditions to closing of the within transaction. The foregoing covenant of cooperation shall not, however, require either party to pay any money or assume any obligations in addition to those amounts and obligations agreed to be paid or assumed by such party pursuant to this Agreement. ARTICLE XXIII. CLOSING OF ESCROW Section 23.1 Closing Date. Escrow shall close on or before 5:00 p.m. Pacific Time on the tenth (10th) day following expiration of the Due Diligence Period (the "Scheduled Closing Date"), unless (i) earlier terminated by Buyer or Seller, (ii) extended pursuant to any express provision of this Agreement, including but not limited to Sections 5.6 and 5.7 hereof or (iii) extended by mutual agreement of Seller and Buyer, in each case pursuant to the applicable provision(s) of this Agreement. The terms "Close of Escrow," "Closing Date" and/or "Closing" are used in this Agreement to mean the time and date the Grant Deed is recorded in the Office of the Recorder of Orange County, California (the "Official Records"). Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Purchase Price has not been determined at least three (3) Business Days prior to the Scheduled Closing Date, then at Buyer's election: (i) The Escrow shall be extended as necessary to determine the Purchase Price pursuant to Section 15.1 of the Lease, but not longer than an additional thirty (30) days; or (ii) The Escrow shall close on the Scheduled Closing Date, subject to the other provisions of this Agreement, and pursuant to Section 6.3 Buyer shall deposit with Escrow Holder the entire Purchase Price requested by Seller in Seller's good faith determination thereof set forth in a notice to Buyer and Escrow Holder delivered at least three (3) Business Days prior to the Scheduled Closing Date (the "Seller Purchase Price"). However, Escrow Holder shall disburse to Seller at Closing the Seller Purchase Price less the portion thereof identified by Buyer in a good faith written notice to Seller and Escrow Holder at the time of such deposit as in dispute (the "Disputed Portion"). The Disputed Portion shall be retained by Escrow Holder and disbursed subsequent to the Closing Date pursuant to Section 6.10. The election by Buyer provided for in this Section shall be made by written notice to Seller and Escrow Holder delivered at least one (1) business day prior to the Scheduled Closing Date. If Buyer fails to make a timely election pursuant to this Section, Buyer shall have elected to proceed pursuant to clause (b) above. If (A) Buyer timely elects to proceed pursuant to clause (a) and (B) the final Purchase Price has not been determined by the expiration of the thirty (30) day period provided for in clause (a), Buyer and Seller shall proceed to close the Escrow pursuant to clause (b) above on the fifth (5th) Business Day following the expiration of such thirty (30) day period. Nothing contained in this paragraph shall be deemed or construed to relieve either party of any obligation, or to deprive either party of any right, with respect to the determination of the Purchase Price pursuant to the applicable provisions of the Lease. Moreover, nothing contained in this paragraph shall be deemed or construed to affect the determination of the Rent Commencement Date or the accrual of rent pursuant to the Lease. 14 Notwithstanding anything in this Section to the contrary, if the Closing Date would otherwise occur on or after November 25 of any calendar year, Seller may elect to defer the Closing Date to the first Business Day of the next succeeding January. Such election shall be made by written notice to Buyer and Escrow Holder not less than five (5) days prior to the date on which the Closing Date would otherwise occur. If Seller is entitled to defer the Closing Date pursuant to this paragraph and elects to do so then, for the period from the date on which Close of Escrow would have occurred but for such deferral through the actual Close of Escrow, Base Rent pursuant to the Lease with respect to the Initial Premises shall be reduced. Such reduction shall be based upon a calculation of the Land component of Base Rent for such period using the prime rate of Bank of America (Los Angeles) as in effect on the originally scheduled Closing Date rather than eleven and one-half percent (11 1/2%). Seller shall make the adjustment required pursuant to this paragraph, and any closing adjustment required to reflect such Base Rent decrease shall be accomplished in the manner provided in Section 6.5. Section 23.2 Deposits by Seller. At or before 2:00 p.m. on the Business Day before the Close of Escrow, Seller shall deliver to Escrow Holder the following items for handling as described below; provided that Escrow Holder need not be concerned with the form or content but only with manual delivery of all of the following other than the items described in Sections 6.2.1, 6.2.2 and 6.2.3: (a) Grant Deed. A duly executed and acknowledged grant deed conveying the Land and Improvements to Buyer in the form of attached Exhibit C (the "Grant Deed"); (b) FIRPTA Affidavit. At least two (2) counterparts of a duly executed certificate, executed by Seller and in the form of Exhibit D attached hereto (the "FIRPTA Affidavit"); (c) Mutual Cancellation. At least two (2) counterparts, duly executed and acknowledged by Seller, of a mutual cancellation of the Lease in the form attached as Exhibit D to the Lease (the "Mutual Cancellation"); (d) Assignment. At least two (2) counterparts, duly executed by Seller, of an assignment (the "Personal Property Assignment") to Buyer of all rights of Seller (or any affiliate of or person or entity acting for or on behalf of Seller) in and to the Personal Property (other than the Warranties), the Construction Contracts and the Construction Deliveries in the form of Exhibit E attached hereto; (e) Copies of Documents. True and correct copies of all Personal Property, Construction Contracts, Construction Deliveries and Warranties; (f) Evidence of Authority. Such certificates or documents as may be reasonably required by Escrow Holder in order to cause the Title Policy to be issued and the Close of Escrow to occur; (g) Additional Items. Any additional funds and/or instruments, signed and properly acknowledged by Seller, if appropriate, as may be reasonably necessary to comply with Seller's obligations under this Agreement; and 15 (h) Assignment of Development Agreement. At least two (2) counterparts, duly executed and acknowledged by Seller, the other entities identified as "Assignor" therein and the City, of a partial assignment and assumption of the Development Agreement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit F (the "Development Agreement Assignment"). For this purpose, Seller shall use good faith, commercially reasonable efforts to cause the City to execute, acknowledge and deliver the Development Agreement Assignment at or prior to Close of Escrow (and Buyer shall have the right to extend the Closing Date as reasonably necessary in order to obtain City's execution of the Development Agreement Assignment). Section 23.3 Deposits by Buyer. At or before 2:00 p.m. on the Business Day prior to the Close of Escrow (early enough on the Closing Date as to the wire transfer provided for in Section 6.3.2 to permit closing on the Closing Date), Buyer shall deliver or cause to be delivered to Escrow Holder: (a) Mutual Cancellation. At least two (2) counterparts, duly executed and acknowledged by Buyer, of the Mutual Cancellation; 6.3.2 FUNDS. Immediately available Closing Funds by wire transfer into Escrow Holder's depository bank account in an amount equal to the Purchase Price plus the Breakage Fee and the Traffic Impact Fees, in each case if applicable, and all closing costs, charges and prorations payable by Buyer hereunder less (a) the principal amount of Tenant's Loan pursuant to Section 14.3 of the Lease, (b) the Deposit and all accrued interest thereon and (c) any credit to which Seller is entitled with respect to the Leasehold Policy, as defined in the Lease. Concurrently with the delivery of the Closing Funds, Buyer shall deliver to Escrow Holder a full release and reconveyance of Tenant's Deed of Trust, duly executed and acknowledged by the Trustee thereunder (the "Full Reconveyance"). For the purposes of this subsection, the Breakage Fee shall be payable only if and to the extent (i) a Breakage Fee is payable pursuant to Section 15.1 of the Lease (i.e., Landlord, at Tenant's election, does not complete Landlord's Improvements) and (ii) the Breakage Fee has not previously been paid by Buyer to Seller outside of and prior to Close of Escrow. Traffic Impact Fees applicable to the Sale Land shall be payable only if the same shall have been prepaid by Seller and Seller shall not, through the funding of Development Costs by Buyer, have been reimbursed for the total such fees paid by Seller with respect to the Sale Land. (b) Evidence of Authority. Any documents authorizing purchase of the Property by Buyer which may be reasonably required by the Title Company in order to issue the Title Policy described in Section 6.4 and close Escrow; and (c) Additional Items . Any additional Funds and/or instruments, signed and properly acknowledged by Buyer, if appropriate, as may be reasonably necessary to comply with Buyer's obligations under this Agreement. (d) Assignment. At least two (2) counterparts, duly executed by Buyer, of the Personal Property Assignment. (e) Development Agreement Assignment. At least two (2) counterparts, duly executed and acknowledged by Buyer, of the Development Agreement Assignment. 16 Section 23.4 Issuance of Title Policy. At the Close of Escrow, the Title Company shall be irrevocably committed to issue to Buyer a 1970 Form ALTA owner's extended coverage policy of title insurance (the "Title Policy"), together with such endorsements required by Buyer pursuant to Section 5.1 and/or such endorsements, if any, which have been approved by Buyer and are required to cure Buyer's objections to title ("Seller's Endorsements"), as applicable. Such Title Policy shall have a liability amount in the amount of the gross Purchase Price set forth in or determined pursuant to Sections 4.1 and 6.1, shall cover the Property and shall insure fee title vested in Buyer, free of all encumbrances, except: (i) All general and special real property taxes and assessments a lien not yet delinquent or for which Buyer is responsible under the Lease; (ii) The Title Exceptions; (iii) The reservations contained in the Grant Deed; (iv) Any exceptions created or caused by the actions of Buyer or its agents or employees; (v) The Permitted Development Easements; and (vi) Any other title exceptions expressly approved in writing by Buyer pursuant to Sections 5.1.1(a) and/or 5.1.1(b). Buyer shall be responsible, at Buyer's cost, to provide any survey required in connection with the Title Policy and neither such survey nor such Title Policy shall delay the Closing Date. If Buyer fails to provide any survey or other requirement for the Title Policy by the Closing Date, Escrow Holder shall nevertheless close the Escrow and provide to Buyer a CLTA Standard Owner's Policy which complies with the provisions of this Section 6.4. The cost of the Title Policy and the endorsements thereon shall be borne by Buyer and Seller as provided in Section 6.6 below. In addition, Seller shall execute and deliver such certificates, mechanics lien indemnifications and other instruments as shall be reasonably required for the issuance of the Title Policy and/or the endorsements described in this Section and in Section 5.1. Nothing herein, however, shall be deemed or construed to require Seller to bear any costs or to assume any obligations over and above those costs to be borne and those obligations to be undertaken by Seller pursuant to this Agreement and/or the Lease. Section 23.5 Prorations. (i) All property taxes and assessments on the Property and any service and maintenance charges for the Property, whether paid in installments or not, shall be prorated between Buyer and Seller as of the Closing Date based upon the most current statements and information available to Escrow Holder or otherwise provided by Seller and agreed upon by Buyer, including any known supplemental reassessments. Subject to the preceding proration provision, Buyer shall be responsible for all installments of bonds and assessments secured by the Property which are due and payable after the Closing. For the purposes of this subsection, property taxes and assessments shall, to the extent that the information is available to do so, be prorated through Escrow to reflect the obligations of Buyer and Seller with respect thereto 17 pursuant to the Lease. Buyer and Seller recognize that, due to possible parcel map prepayments and construction supplemental bills, it is likely or probable that all real property taxes and assessments cannot be prorated through Escrow. In light of such fact, Buyer and Seller agree that: (A) Buyer and Seller shall make such prorations through Escrow as can be reasonably made by them based upon the best information then available to them. (B) All prorations required and not possible through Escrow shall be made by Buyer and Seller outside of and after close of the Escrow. (C) Section 12.10 of the Lease shall be applicable to all disputes arising out of the process provided for in clauses (i) and (ii) above. (D) The covenants set forth in this Section 6.5(a), Section 12.10 of the Lease and Article IV of the Lease shall survive the Close of Escrow until all prorations required by this Section are completed. (E) Nothing contained in this subsection shall modify or defeat the allocation of property taxes and assessments set forth in the Lease. Subject to the foregoing, Seller and Buyer shall reasonably cooperate to develop a proration closing statement for delivery to and use by Escrow Holder pursuant to this subsection. (ii) Buyer shall obtain its own insurance with respect to the Property and shall not succeed to Seller's insurance. There shall be no proration with respect to liability insurance with respect to the Property. To the extent that Seller carries casualty insurance with respect to the Property and Landlord's Improvements thereon, Buyer shall be responsible for the premiums therefor (and Seller's overhead allowance with respect thereto) through the Closing Date to the extent specified in the Lease. Seller may cancel such insurance as of the Closing Date and Buyer shall place its own casualty insurance with respect to the Property and the improvements thereon. Except as provided in subsection (a) above and this subsection (b), there shall be no prorations or adjustments with respect to the Property. 18 Section 23.6 Closing Costs. Subject to Section 7.2, Seller shall pay the premium for a CLTA owner's standard title policy, any premiums for the Seller Endorsements, if any, all documentary transfer taxes, all costs for recording the Grant Deed and the Development Agreement Assignment, and one-half (1/2) of all Escrow costs and fees. Buyer shall pay any additional premium for the Title Policy (i.e., the difference between the premium for the aforementioned CLTA policy and the premium for the Title Policy), the premiums for any endorsements to the Title Policy (other than the Seller's Endorsements), all costs for recording the Mutual Cancellation and the Full Reconveyance, one-half (1/2) of all Escrow costs and fees, and any costs and expenses relating to Buyer's obtaining the Full Reconveyance and any financing to acquire the Property. Any other costs and fees shall be paid by the party causing the same to be incurred or, if not directly attributable to a party, in accordance with southern California escrow practice. Buyer and Seller shall each bear their own legal and accounting costs and fees. Section 23.7 Disbursements by Escrow Holder. Upon the Close of Escrow, Escrow Holder shall disburse or retain, as applicable, all Funds deposited with Escrow Holder by Buyer in payment of the Purchase Price, the Breakage Fee and the Traffic Impact Fees, in each case as applicable, as follows: 1. Deduct therefrom all costs chargeable to the account of Seller pursuant hereto; 2. Retain any Disputed Portion pursuant to Sections 6.1 and 6.10 and distribute the remaining balance of the Funds to or at the direction of Seller promptly upon the Close of Escrow. If such Funds to be disbursed to Seller cannot be transferred to Seller in sufficient time after the Closing for Seller to invest the Funds itself on the Closing Date, then Escrow Holder shall hold and invest the Funds overnight as instructed by Seller; and 3. To the extent that Buyer has deposited total Funds in excess of the Purchase Price, costs and fees payable by Buyer and any other amounts payable by Buyer, distribute such excess funds to or at the direction of Buyer promptly upon the Close of Escrow. Section 23.8 Completion and Distribution of Documents. Escrow Holder shall also undertake the following at or promptly after the Close of Escrow: 4. Determine the documentary transfer tax based upon the Purchase Price and complete the documentary transfer tax statement. 5. If necessary, Escrow Holder is authorized and instructed to insert the date Escrow closes as the date of any documents conveying or terminating interests herein or to become operative as of the Closing Date (including the Mutual Cancellation, Personal Property Assignment and Development Agreement Assignment). Compile completely executed (and acknowledged, if required) copies of the Mutual Cancellation, Personal Property Assignment and Development Agreement Assignment, if delivered in partially executed and acknowledged counterparts. 19 6. Cause the Grant Deed, the Full Reconveyance, the Mutual Cancellation and the Development Agreement Assignment, in that order, and any other recordable instruments which the parties so direct to be recorded in the Official Records. Escrow Holder is hereby instructed not to affix the amount of the documentary transfer tax on the face of the Deed but to pay on the basis of a separate affidavit of Seller not made a part of the public record, in accordance with Section 11932 of the California Revenue and Taxation Code. 7. Cause each non-recorded document to be delivered to the party acquiring rights thereunder, or for whose benefit such document was obtained. Section 23.9 Seller's Election of 1031 Exchange. Seller may elect to sell the Property to Buyer in the form of a tax-deferred exchange pursuant to Section 1031 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (a "1031 Exchange"). In the event that Seller shall so elect, Seller shall give written notice to Buyer and Escrow Holder of such election not less than five (5) days before the Close of Escrow and the following shall apply: (a) Simultaneous Exchange. Seller shall attempt to identify before the Closing other property which qualifies as "like-kind" property for a 1031 Exchange (the "Target Property") by Seller giving written notice to Buyer and Escrow Holder identifying the Target Property prior to the Closing. (b) Non-Simultaneous Exchange. If Seller has not so identified the Target Property before the Closing Date, then Seller shall proceed to Close of Escrow as provided in this Agreement unless Seller at its option enters into an exchange agreement with an accommodation party ("Accommodator") in order to facilitate a non-simultaneous or so-called "Starker deferred" exchange. If an Accommodator is so designated, Seller shall cause the Accommodator (i) to acquire title to the Property from Seller at or before the Closing, (ii) to transfer title to the Property to Buyer at the Closing for the Purchase Price, and (iii) to acquire and convey the Target Property to Seller after the Closing. (c) Expenses and Documents. Buyer shall cooperate with any such 1031 Exchange, including but not limited to executing and delivering additional documents reasonably requested or approved by Seller; provided, that Buyer shall not be required to incur any additional Liabilities or financial obligations as a consequence of any of the foregoing exchange transactions and Buyer's cooperation shall be subject to the specific limitations set forth in this Section. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Buyer shall not be required to execute any agreement with an Accommodator unless such agreement is required by Laws to effect such exchange. All expenses beyond those amounts agreed to be paid by Buyer in this Agreement resulting from any aspect of the 1031 Exchange, and any difference in equity between the Target Property and the Property, shall be borne solely by Seller. Any risk that such an exchange or conveyance might not qualify as a tax-deferred transaction shall also be borne by Seller. In no event shall the 1031 Exchange delay or extend the Closing Date. Moreover, any out-of-pocket expenses incurred by Buyer in cooperating with such exchange shall be credited against the Purchase Price. 20 In no event shall Buyer be required to take title to any property, including the Target Property, other than the Property in connection with the 1031 Exchange, and the Close of the Escrow shall not be contingent in any way upon the acquisition of the Target Property. The 1031 Exchange shall not relieve Seller from liability for any representation, warranty or covenant of Seller or diminish any right or remedy of Buyer with respect to Seller. Buyer shall not be liable to Seller for any adverse tax consequences suffered or incurred by Seller in the event this Agreement is terminated or fails to close on the Closing Date, whether or not such termination or failure is due to an actual or alleged default by Buyer hereunder. This Section 6.9.3 shall survive the Close of Escrow or termination of this Agreement. (d) Indemnity. Seller shall defend, indemnify and hold Buyer harmless against and reimburse Buyer for any claims, demands, actions, liabilities, damages, losses, obligations, fines, penalties, costs and expenses, including, without limitation, attorneys' fees and all court costs which may arise or be asserted against Buyer in connection with the 1031 Exchange, which are greater, by reason of Seller's participation in any 1031 Exchange, than those which Buyer would have incurred were it not for such 1031 Exchange. Section 23.10 Disputed Portion. In the event that the Escrow closes on the basis of clause (b) of Section 6.1, then the following shall pertain: (i) Escrow Holder shall retain rather than disburse to Seller the Disputed Portion. (ii) The Disputed Portion shall be invested in the manner provided in Section 4.2. (iii) The Disputed Portion shall be disbursed to Seller and/or Buyer, as applicable, in accordance with: (A) Mutual instructions of Buyer and Seller, which may be delivered in counterparts; or (B) The decision of an arbitrator in an arbitration held pursuant to Section 12.10 of the Lease which determines the amount of the Purchase Price. Delivery of such decision to Escrow Holder may be made by either Seller or Buyer. (iv) Interest accrued shall be disbursed in the same proportion(s) as disbursement of the Disputed Portion pursuant to subsection (c). (v) Buyer and Seller shall each pay one-half ( 1/2) of the fees of Escrow Holder for acting as the escrow holder of the Disputed Portion pursuant to this Section 6.10. 21 ARTICLE XXIV. DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES Section 24.1 Default by Either Party. If Escrow fails to close when and as provided in Section 6.1 above (including any applicable extensions pursuant to this Agreement) due to the failure of either party to perform any obligation under this Agreement, then the nondefaulting party may elect, by written notice to the defaulting party and to Escrow Holder, to terminate Escrow and this Agreement. That termination shall be effective three (3) days after delivery of such notice; provided, that (i) the nondefaulting party has performed or is in a position to perform all conditions on its part to be performed as of the termination date; and (ii) the defaulting party has not cured the default and the nondefaulting party has not waived such default by the effective termination date. Without in any way affecting the validity of such termination, both Buyer and Seller agree to execute and deliver mutual termination instructions in a form specified by Escrow Holder in order to satisfy Escrow Holder's reasonable cancellation requirements. Except as otherwise provided in this Article 7, Escrow Holder and the parties shall, upon such termination, return all of the other party's funds and documents then held by them to the party depositing or delivering the same. Thereafter, each of the parties shall be discharged and released from all obligations and liabilities except as otherwise provided in Sections 7.2, 7.3 and 7.4 and except for those obligations and liabilities which are expressly intended to survive the termination of this Agreement. Section 24.2 Cancellation Charges. A defaulting party shall be liable for all escrow, title cancellation and similar charges, in addition to any other damages or remedies due the nondefaulting party (except as limited by Sections 7.1, 7.3 or 7.4). If Close of Escrow fails to occur for any reason other than a party's default, Buyer and Seller shall each pay one-half (1/2) of any escrow, title cancellation or similar charges. 22 Section 24.3 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES. IF BUYER FAILS TO COMPLETE THE PURCHASE OF THE PROPERTY AND SUCH FAILURE CONSTITUTES A BREACH OF THIS AGREEMENT, BUYER, BY ITS INITIALS FOLLOWING THIS SECTION, AGREES THAT THE DEPOSIT AND ALL INTEREST ACCRUED THEREON SHALL CONSTITUTE LIQUIDATED DAMAGES TO SELLER FOR SUCH BREACH AND FAILURE TO CLOSE BY BUYER. THE PAYMENT OF SUCH AMOUNT IS NOT INTENDED AS A FORFEITURE OR A PENALTY WITHIN THE MEANING OF CALIFORNIA CIVIL CODE SECTIONS 3275 OR 3369 OR SIMILAR AUTHORITIES, BUT IS INTENDED TO CONSTITUTE LIQUIDATED DAMAGES TO SELLER PURSUANT TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF CALIFORNIA CIVIL CODE SECTIONS 1671, 1676 AND 1677. BUYER AND SELLER AGREE THAT THE AFORESAID SUM IS A FAIR AND REASONABLE AMOUNT FOR LIQUIDATED DAMAGES FOR SUCH A BREACH AND FAILURE TO CLOSE UNDER THE CIRCUMSTANCES EXISTING AT THE TIME THIS AGREEMENT IS ENTERED INTO. ESCROW HOLDER IS HEREBY AUTHORIZED AND INSTRUCTED TO RELEASE SUCH SUMS TO SELLER UPON THE DELIVERY OF UNILATERAL WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS TO ESCROW HOLDER BY SELLER, AND ESCROW HOLDER IS HEREBY RELIEVED OF ALL LIABILITY THEREFOR. SELLER ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT SELLER'S RETENTION OF THE DEPOSIT AND THE ACCRUED INTEREST THEREON PURSUANT TO THIS SECTION SHALL BE SELLER'S SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE REMEDY AS TO SUCH DEFAULT(S) AND FAILURE TO CLOSE IN THE EVENT OF ANY DEFAULT(S) AND FAILURE TO CLOSE BY BUYER. IT IS UNDERSTOOD AND AGREED THAT THIS SECTION APPLIES ONLY TO A FAILURE OF BUYER TO CLOSE THE ESCROW, WHICH FAILURE IS A DEFAULT OR BREACH OF THIS AGREEMENT. AS USED HEREIN, ALL REFERENCES TO THE "DEPOSIT" SHALL MEAN THE AGGREGATE AMOUNT THEN HELD BY ESCROW HOLDER PURSUANT TO ARTICLE 4. NOTWITHSTANDING THE FOREGOING, (a) IN NO EVENT SHALL THIS SECTION 7.3 LIMIT THE DAMAGES RECOVERABLE BY EITHER PARTY AGAINST THE OTHER PARTY (i) UPON SUCH OTHER PARTY'S INDEMNIFICATION OBLIGATIONS PURSUANT TO THIS AGREEMENT OR (ii) UPON OR WITH RESPECT TO THIRD PARTY CLAIMS AND (b) THIS SECTION 7.3 SHALL NOT LIMIT SELLER'S RIGHT TO RECOVER COSTS, EXPENSES AND ATTORNEYS' FEES TO ENFORCE THE PROVISIONS OF THIS SECTION 7.3. NOTWITHSTANDING ANYTHING TO THE CONTRARY HEREIN, NEITHER BUYER'S DEFAULT HEREUNDER NOR SELLER'S TERMINATION OF THIS AGREEMENT AS A RESULT THEREOF SHALL TERMINATE THE LEASE. --------------------- ---------------------- Seller's Initials Buyer's Initials 23 Section 24.4 Specific Performance by Seller. If Seller defaults under any obligation in this Agreement, then in lieu of termination as provided in Section 7.1, Buyer may compel specific performance by Seller of Seller's obligation to convey the Property as provided herein. In addition, Buyer may recover any provable actual damages which Buyer may incur as the result of such default by Seller, in addition to such specific performance. In no event, however, shall Seller ever be liable for any punitive or consequential damages and Buyer hereby specifically waives the right to recover the same. Actual damages recoverable by Buyer may include those provided in Sections 11 and 12.2 below. By its signature hereto, Seller acknowledges that damages would be an inadequate remedy to Buyer in the event of a default by Seller pursuant to this Agreement and consents to the entry of an order or judgment for specific performance in the event of a default by Seller. Nothing contained in this Section shall preclude Buyer from recovering the Deposit and Buyer's attorneys' fees and expenses of so doing pursuant to Section 12.2 if Seller defaults and Buyer elects not to seek specific performance. ARTICLE XXV. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES Section 25.1 In General. In addition to any express agreements of either party contained herein, the following constitute representations and warranties by each party to the other, which shall be true and correct as of the expiration of the Contingency Period and the Close of Escrow, in each case, and the truth and accuracy of such representations shall constitute a condition to the Close of Escrow for the benefit of the party to whom such representations and warranties were made. Section 25.2 By Each Party. Each party hereto covenants, represents and warrants to the other as follows: (a) Authority. Such party has full power and authority to enter into and comply with the terms of this Agreement, and the individuals executing this Agreement on behalf of such party have actual right and authority to bind that party to the terms of this Agreement. (b) Binding Effect. No action or consent which has not been obtained is necessary to make this Agreement, and this Agreement and all documents to be executed hereunder are, the valid and legally binding obligations of such party, enforceable in accordance with their respective terms. (c) Compliance. To the best knowledge of such party, this Agreement and that party's performance of the obligations herein contained do not and will not contravene any provision of any present judgment, order, decree, writ or injunction, or any provision of any Laws currently applicable to such party, or any evidence of indebtedness or security therefor or other agreement to which such party is a participant or by which any of such party's properties may be bound. Section 25.3 By Seller Only. (a) Not a Foreign Person. Seller represents and warrants to Buyer, in accordance with Section 1445 of the Internal Revenue Code and Sections 18805, 18815 and 26131 of the California Revenue and Taxation Code, that (a) Seller is not now, and at Closing 24 will not be, a "foreign person," and (b) Buyer need not withhold tax at the Closing as a result of this transfer. (b) Agreements. There are no agreements entered into by Seller concerning the operation and maintenance of the Property which would bind Buyer or the Property for more than thirty (30) days after the Close of the Escrow, other than the Title Exceptions and the Permitted Development Easements. (c) Documents. Seller has delivered (or will deliver) to Buyer copies of all Diligence Documents in Seller's possession or under Seller's control. The copies shall be true and correct copies of such Diligence Documents as are in Seller's possession. (d) Hazardous Materials. Except as described in Section 5.4 of this Agreement, to the best of Seller's actual knowledge, but with no duty to investigate, there are no hazardous materials located in, on or under the Land or located near the Land which could migrate onto the Land. (e) Organization. Seller and each partner of Seller which is not a natural person has been duly organized and is validly existing under the laws of the State of California. Seller has the full right, power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and to perform the obligations of Seller hereunder. The persons executing this Agreement on behalf of Seller are authorized to do so and to bind Seller to the obligations of Seller hereunder. (f) Fee Ownership. Seller is the fee owner of the Property and no person or entity other than Buyer has any present or future right (whether or not contingent) to occupy, use or acquire any interest in the Property, or any portion thereof, except as listed in the Title Report. (g) No Litigation. There is no action, suit, arbitration, unsatisfied order or judgment, governmental investigation or proceeding pending, or to Seller's knowledge, threatened against Seller which, if determined adversely to Seller, could individually or in the aggregate materially interfere with the rights of Buyer hereunder. There is no litigation which has been filed against Seller that arises out of ownership of the Property and which, if determined adversely to Seller, would materially adversely affect the Property, the Intended Use, as defined in the Lease, or Seller's ability to perform hereunder. (h) Condemnation. Seller has not received any written notice of any condemnation proceeding related to the Property. (i) Zoning. The Sale Land is currently in the Planned Development Industrial zoning classification of the City of Costa Mesa (the "City"). (j) No Violation. Seller has not received any written notice from any governmental entity or agency alleging that the Property violates any provision of any federal or state statute or any ordinance of the City. (k) Utility Service. Main water, sewer, gas, electrical and telephone lines are available in the streets adjacent to the Sale Land for connections from such main lines to the Improvements constructed or to be constructed on the Sale Land. 25 (l) Development Agreement. The Development Agreement has not been terminated, cancelled, modified or amended and there are no proceedings pending or threatened to cancel, terminate, modify or amend the Development Agreement. (m) Entitlement and Trip Budget. The Floor Area, as defined in the Lease, entitlement of the Sale Land is a 0.4 FAR (the "Entitlement"). The trip budget for the Sale Land is 376 trips (AM) and 362 (PM) (the "Trip Budget"). There are no proceedings pending or threatened to modify the zoning of, the Entitlement of or the Trip Budget for the Sale Land. For purposes of Sections 8.2.3, 8.3.4 and 8.3.7, Seller's knowledge shall mean to the knowledge of Seller's agents, Jeffrey M. Reese and J. Barney Page, and as to 8.3.4 only, Theodore W. Segerstrom. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, all representations and warranties set forth in this Section 8 shall survive the Closing for a period of one (1) year thereafter, but only as to claims made by a demand for arbitration filed and served within one (1) year after the Closing Date, or shall be forever barred. ARTICLE XXVI. CERTAIN EVENTS PRIOR TO CLOSING If any portion of the Property, or any interest therein, is taken before the Closing Date as a result of any street widening or other condemnation (including the filing of any notice of intended condemnation or proceedings in the nature of eminent domain), Seller shall immediately give Buyer notice of the taking. Buyer shall nonetheless proceed with the purchase of the Property and consummate this Agreement in accordance with its terms, and all awards payable by reason of such taking shall belong to Buyer. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of any taking by condemnation (including the filing of any notice of intended condemnation or proceedings in the nature of eminent domain or the threat of such proceedings) prior to the Closing Date of such portion of the Property as shall adversely affect the ability of Buyer to utilize the remainder of the Property for the Intended Use, Buyer shall have the option to terminate this Agreement. Such option shall be exercised, if at all, by written notice to Seller and Escrow Holder given within fifteen (15) days after Buyer's receipt from Seller of written notice of such taking or intended taking and the portion of the Property taken or proposed to be taken. If Buyer is entitled to terminate and timely and properly terminates this Agreement pursuant to this Article 9, then: (i) This Agreement shall terminate upon Seller's receipt of Buyer's notice of termination; (ii) All instruments in Escrow shall be returned to the party depositing the same; (iii) Buyer and Seller shall each pay one-half (1/2) of all Escrow and title cancellation charges; 26 (iv) Neither party shall have any further rights, obligations or liabilities whatsoever to the other party concerning the Property by reason of this Agreement except as expressly stated in this Agreement to survive termination; and (v) The Lease shall continue in effect unless terminated pursuant to Section 10.1 thereof. If Buyer does not timely and properly terminate this Agreement pursuant to this Article 9, then the first paragraph hereof shall apply with respect to such taking or proposed taking. 27 ARTICLE XXVII. POST-CLOSING MATTERS Section 27.1 Confidentiality. Each party shall hold in strict confidence the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, and the other information related to the Property obtained from the other (collectively, "Confidential Information"). Notwithstanding the foregoing, neither party shall incur liability for disclosure of Confidential Information: (a) to its employees and employees of its affiliates, accountants, attorneys, insurance brokers, consultants, and others to the extent such disclosure is necessary or desirable in connection with Buyer's evaluation of the Property (in which event, to the fullest extent possible, the person receiving the information shall be informed of its confidential nature and instructed to maintain the confidentiality of the same), (b) that is, or hereafter becomes, part of the public domain other than through a breach by Buyer or Seller of its obligations in this paragraph, (c) that Buyer receives from a third party who is not under the confidentiality obligations contained in this paragraph, (d) in response to a subpoena in litigation, or (e) as otherwise necessary in connection with litigation or as required by law. Each party will use reasonable efforts to consult with the other prior to responding to any inquiries made by any third party respecting the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. Whether or not the Escrow closes, each party shall treat as Confidential Information the Purchase Price for a period of twelve (12) months after Close of Escrow or termination of this Agreement, as applicable. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Seller and Buyer acknowledge and agree that Buyer may or will be required to disclose the terms hereof and/or to file this Lease in or with Buyer's public filings pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 or the rules and regulations under such acts. Section 27.2 Seller's Construction Warranty. Neither anything contained in this Agreement nor the Close of the Escrow shall terminate or otherwise affect Seller's obligations contained in Section 6.1(b) of the Lease, all of which obligations shall survive for the entire period set forth in such Section (the "Warranty Period"). The obligations of Seller pursuant to such Section 6.1(b) are herein referred to as "Seller's Warranty Obligations." Section 27.3 Assignment of Warranties. Upon the expiration of the Warranty Period, Seller shall deliver to Buyer the originals of all Warranties and shall execute and deliver to Buyer an assignment of all Warranties. Such assignment shall be in the form attached hereto as Exhibit E, including the representations and warranties therein contained. To the extent that any Warranty runs in favor of a parent, subsidiary or affiliate of Seller or any other person or entity acting on behalf of or for Seller, Seller shall cause such parent, subsidiary, affiliate or other person to join in such assignment. Section 27.4 General Release and Indemnification. (i) Except as expressly provided to the contrary in this Agreement, Buyer hereby releases the "Releasees" hereunder, consisting of Seller and each of its past, present and future partners, officers, trustees, beneficiaries, members, managers, employees, agents, representatives, attorneys, successors and assigns, or any of them, of and from any and all manner of action or actions, cause or causes of action, in law or in equity, suits, debts, liens, contracts, agreements, promises or Liabilities of any nature whatsoever, known or unknown, fixed or contingent, arising out of, based upon or relating to the Property, including the existence of toxic or hazardous wastes or materials of any kind, on, under or about the Property, or arising 28 from any use of the Property, including, any claims for contribution or reimbursement pursuant to the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, as amended (42 U.S.C. Section 6601, et seq.), or any other or similar state or federal environmental statute, rule or decision. The foregoing release shall not apply to (i) any claims with respect to the rights reserved (i.e., minerals, water, etc.) by Seller as described in Section 1.7, (ii) any claim in connection with a breach of a representation, warranty or indemnification obligation hereunder, (iii) claims for indemnification by Buyer pursuant to Section 13.7(b) of the Lease, (iv) the other obligations of Seller which survive the Close of Escrow as provided in this Agreement, (v) the obligations of Seller pursuant to Article 11 of this Agreement and Section 6.1(b) of the Lease and (vi) any claim for fraud on the part of Seller in connection with this Agreement or the Lease. Section 12.2 shall apply with respect to any claims of the types described in clauses (i) through (vi). Any claim described in this paragraph must be made by a demand for arbitration filed and served within one (1) year after the Closing Date or shall be forever barred. Provided, however, that, as to the representations and warranties to be set forth in the assignment provided for in Section 10.3, such one (1) year period shall run from the date of delivery of such assignment to Buyer In addition, Buyer agrees that it will not initiate any action (but excluding a cross-complaint for purposes of bringing Seller into any action initiated by a third party) against Seller pursuant to the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, as amended, or any other or similar state or federal environmental statute, rule, or decision, but shall not be required to indemnify Seller against any liability which Seller may have under any such statute, rule or decision as the result of Seller's ownership of the Property. BUYER ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT HAS BEEN ADVISED BY LEGAL COUNSEL AND IS FAMILIAR WITH THE PROVISIONS OF CALIFORNIA CIVIL CODE SECTION 1542, WHICH PROVIDES AS FOLLOWS: "A GENERAL RELEASE DOES NOT EXTEND TO CLAIMS WHICH THE CREDITOR DOES NOT KNOW OR SUSPECT TO EXIST IN HIS FAVOR AT THE TIME OF EXECUTING THE RELEASE, WHICH IF KNOWN BY HIM, MUST HAVE MATERIALLY AFFECTED HIS SETTLEMENT WITH THE DEBTOR." BUYER, BEING AWARE OF THIS CODE SECTION, HEREBY EXPRESSLY WAIVES ANY RIGHTS IT MAY HAVE THEREUNDER, AS WELL AS UNDER ANY OTHER STATUTES OR COMMON LAW PRINCIPLES OF SIMILAR EFFECT. -------------------- Buyer's Initials (ii) In addition to the other indemnities of Buyer contained herein, those provisions of the Lease by which Buyer indemnifies Seller from and against Liabilities based upon or relating to the Property, whether accruing prior to or after the Closing Date, shall survive the Closing. Payment shall not be condition precedent to enforcement of any such indemnification provision. 29 (iii) The provisions of this Section 10.4 shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the Grant Deed and the occurrence of the Closing. ARTICLE XXVIII. BROKERS Seller shall pay to Julien J. Studley, Inc. ("Broker") a commission with respect to that portion of the Property denominated as the Expansion Land in the Lease. Such commission shall be payable in the amount and at the time determined in that certain letter agreement dated July 20, 2001 (with any amendments thereto, the "Letter") between Seller and Broker and shall not be included in Development Costs pursuant to the Lease. Seller shall indemnify, defend and hold Buyer and the Property harmless against any liability for the commission due Broker pursuant to the Letter with respect to the within sale. The last two sentences of the next succeeding paragraph shall also apply with respect to such indemnification obligation. Except as provided in the immediately preceding paragraph, Seller and Buyer each represents and warrants to the other that no broker or finder or other real estate agent is entitled to any commission, finder's fee or other compensation with respect to this Agreement resulting from any action on its part. Each party agrees to indemnify, defend, protect and hold the other party and the Property harmless against any liability for any broker's commission or finder's fee for which it is responsible or which is asserted as a result of its own act or omission in connection with this transaction. Payment shall not be a condition precedent to enforcement of the foregoing indemnification provision. The foregoing indemnification provision shall include a covenant by each indemnifying party to defend the indemnified party against all claims for which indemnification is available with legal counsel selected by its liability insurance carrier or otherwise reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party. 30 ARTICLE XXIX. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS Section 29.1 Assignment; Binding on Successors. This Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of Buyer and Seller and their respective representatives, successors and assigns; provided, however, that Buyer shall not have the right to assign this Agreement or any interest or right under this Agreement or under the Escrow or to appoint a nominee to act as Buyer under this Agreement without obtaining the prior written consent of Seller, which consent shall be in the sole and absolute discretion of Seller. No such assignment shall relieve Buyer of its obligations hereunder. Any attempted assignment in violation of this provision shall be null and void. Section 29.2 Fees and Other Expenses. Except as otherwise provided herein, each of the parties hereto shall pay its own fees and expenses in connection with this Agreement. In any dispute or action between the parties arising out of this Agreement or the Escrow, or in connection with the Property, the prevailing party shall be entitled to have and recover from the other party all losses, damages, costs and expenses (including without limitation court costs and reasonable attorneys' fees) related thereto, whether by final judgment or by out of court settlement. Section 29.3 Approval and Notices. Any approval, disapproval, demand, document or other notice or communication (collectively, a "Notice") required or permitted to be given hereunder shall be in writing and may be served personally, by commercial delivery or private courier service, by registered or certified mail (return receipt requested, postage prepaid) or by facsimile transmission. Any Notice shall be effective (i) upon personal delivery, (ii) when received or refused as indicated by the date on the return invoice or receipt showing delivery or refusal or (iii) upon receipt of a legible transmission on a Business Day. The parties' addresses for Notices are as follows: TO BUYER: Emulex Corporation 3535 Harbor Boulevard Costa Mesa, California 92626 Attn: Ms. Sadie Herrera, EVP HR and Facilities Fax: (714) 556-0252 COPIES TO: John F. Simonis, Esq. Paul, Hastings, Janofsky & Walker, LLP 695 Town Center Drive, 17th Floor Costa Mesa, California 92626 Fax: (714) 979-1921 TO SELLER: C.J. Segerstrom & Sons 3315 Fairview Road Costa Mesa, California 92626 Attn: Chief Financial Officer Fax: (714) 918-4425 31 COPIES TO: LATHAM & WATKINS Twentieth Floor 650 Town Center Drive Costa Mesa, California 92626 Attn: James W. Daniels, Esq. Fax: (714) 755-8290 Notice of change of address shall be given by written Notice in the manner detailed in this paragraph. Rejection or other refusal to accept or the inability to deliver because of changed address of which no Notice was given shall be deemed to constitute receipt of the Notice. 32 Section 29.4 Jurisdiction. This Agreement shall be construed under the laws of the State of California. Venue and jurisdiction of any action arising out of this Agreement shall exclusively be in any state or federal court sitting in the County of Orange, State of California. Section 29.5 Interpretation. Each provision herein shall be construed in all cases as a whole according to its fair meaning, neither strictly for nor against either Buyer or Seller and without regard for the identity of the party initially preparing this Agreement. Titles and captions are inserted for convenience only and shall not define, limit or construe in any way the scope or intent of this Agreement. References to sections are to sections as numbered in this Agreement unless expressly stated otherwise. Section 29.6 Gender; Joint Obligations. As used in this Agreement, the masculine, feminine or neuter gender and the singular or plural number shall each be deemed to include the others where and when the context so dictates. If more than one party is the Buyer or Seller hereunder, the obligations of all such parties shall be joint and several. Section 29.7 No Waiver. A waiver by either party of a breach of any of the covenants, conditions or agreements to be performed by the other party shall not be construed as a waiver of any succeeding breach of the same or other covenants, conditions or agreements. Section 29.8 Modifications. Any alteration, change or modification of or to this Agreement, in order to become effective, must be made in writing and in each instance signed on behalf of each party to be charged. Section 29.9 Severability. If any term, provision, condition or covenant of this Agreement or its application to any party or circumstances shall be held, to any extent, invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of this Agreement, or the application of the term, provision, condition or covenant to persons or circumstances other than those as to whom or which it is held invalid or unenforceable, shall not be affected, and shall be valid and enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law. Section 29.10 Survival. Each representation, warranty, covenant and agreement of the parties to be performed hereunder after the Closing, shall, subject to the time limitations set forth in Article 8 and the provisions of Section 10.4, survive Close of Escrow until full performance of such obligations. 33 Section 29.11 Merger of Prior Agreements. This Agreement and the Exhibits hereto contain the entire understanding between the parties relating to the sale transaction contemplated by this Agreement. All prior or contemporaneous agreements, understandings, representations and statements, whether direct or indirect, oral or written, are merged into and superseded by this Agreement, and shall be of no further force or effect. In connection with the foregoing, those portions of the Lease governing the purchase of the Property by Buyer from Seller are subsumed into and superseded by the provisions of this Agreement. Those portions of the Lease which are not so superseded shall survive the Closing Date as necessary to give effect to the rights and obligations of the parties hereunder and thereunder until fulfillment of such rights and satisfaction of such obligations in full. Moreover, all provisions of the Lease to which reference is made herein for the purpose of any determination required pursuant to this Agreement are incorporated herein by this reference. Either party may deliver to Escrow Holder along with this Agreement a true and complete copy of the Lease. By its signature hereto, Escrow Holder agrees to comply with the provisions of Section 10.1 with respect to the Lease. Section 29.12 Time of Essence. Time is of the essence of this Agreement. Section 29.13 Counterparts. This Agreement may be signed in multiple counterparts which, when duly delivered and taken together, shall constitute a single binding Agreement between the parties. It shall not be necessary for both parties to execute the same counterparts of this Agreement for this Agreement to become effective. Section 29.14 Exhibits. All exhibits attached to this Agreement are incorporated herein by reference. Section 29.15 Cooperation of Parties. Each party agrees to execute and deliver any other and further instruments and documents and take such other actions as may be reasonably necessary or proper in order to accomplish the intent of this Agreement. The foregoing covenant shall not require either party to pay any costs or assume any obligations other than or in addition to those to be paid or assumed by such party pursuant to this Agreement. Section 29.16 Preliminary Change of Ownership Report. Buyer shall be fully responsible for all matters in connection with the filing of a Preliminary Change of Ownership Report in accordance with California Revenue and Taxation Code Section 480.3. Section 29.17 No Third Party Beneficiaries. The provisions of this Agreement are intended to be solely for the benefit of the parties hereto, and the execution and delivery of this Agreement shall not be deemed to confer any rights upon, nor obligate either of the parties hereunder, to any person or entity other than the parties to this Agreement. Section 29.18 Alternative Dispute Resolution Procedure. (i) Except as provided in subsection (b) below, any controversy, dispute or claim of whatsoever nature arising out of, in connection with, or in relation to the interpretation, performance or breach of this Agreement, including any claim based on contract, tort or statute, shall be determined by final and binding arbitration conducted before a single arbitrator at a location determined by the arbitrator in Orange County, California and administered by Judicial Arbitration & Mediation Services, Inc. ("JAMS"), or if JAMS shall not 34 then exist, such other organization as to which Seller and Buyer agree. If Seller and Buyer are unable to so agree within fifteen (15) days after the dispute arises, the organization shall be selected by the presiding judge of the Orange County Superior Court or his or her designee upon application by any party to the dispute. Judgment upon any award rendered by the arbitrator may be entered by any state or federal court having jurisdiction thereof. (ii) The provisions of this Section shall not apply to: (A) Any specific controversy, dispute, question or issue as to which this Agreement specifically provides another method of determining such controversy, dispute, question or issue and provides that a determination pursuant to such method is final and binding, unless both Seller and Buyer agree in writing to waive such procedure and to proceed instead pursuant to this Section. (B) Any request or application to any state or federal court having jurisdiction thereof for an order or decree granting any provisional or ancillary remedy (such as a temporary restraining order or injunction) in aid of or with respect to any right or obligation of either party to this Agreement, and any preliminary determination of the underlying controversy, dispute, question or issue as is required to determine whether or not to grant the relief requested or applied for. A final and binding determination of such underlying controversy, dispute, question or issue shall be made by an arbitration conducted pursuant to this Section after an appropriate transfer or reference to JAMS upon motion or application of either party hereto. Any ancillary or provisional relief which is granted pursuant to this clause (ii) shall continue in effect pending an arbitration determination and entry of judgment thereon pursuant to this Section. (C) Exercise of any remedies to enforce any judgment entered based upon a determination made by arbitration pursuant to this Section. (iii) Any arbitration pursuant to this Section shall be conducted in accordance with the streamlined Arbitration Rules and Procedures of JAMS (the "Rules"), regardless of the amount in dispute, except that, whether or not such Rules so provide: (A) There shall be a pre-hearing conference prior to the arbitration hearing to reach agreement on procedural matters, arrange for the exchange of information, obtain stipulations and attempt to narrow the issues to be arbitrated. (B) There shall be no mediation or settlement conferences unless all parties agree thereto in writing. (C) Discovery shall be limited to that permitted by the Rules, and "good cause" where a condition to discovery shall be strictly construed. (D) All motions shall be in letter form and hearings thereon shall be by conference telephone calls unless the arbitrator orders otherwise. (E) Hearings shall require only twenty (20) days prior written notice. 35 (F) All notices in connection with any arbitration may be served in any manner permitted by Section 12.3 of this Agreement. (G) Fees and costs paid or payable to JAMS shall be included in "expenses" for purposes of Section 12.2. The arbitrator shall specifically have the power to award to the prevailing party such party's reasonable expenses incurred in such proceeding, except as otherwise provided in subsection (d) below. Reasonable expenses shall include attorneys' fees and fees and costs paid or payable to JAMS. (H) The selection of the arbitrator shall be in accordance with the then existing Rules of JAMS, provided that Seller and Buyer may agree to extend the period of time by which an arbitrator must be selected by them. In the event that the parties are unable to agree upon an arbitrator within thirty (30) days after submission of a matter to arbitration, the arbitrator shall be appointed by the administrator of the Orange County office of JAMS or its successor, if any, as provided in the Rules. (I) The arbitration award shall include findings of fact and conclusions of law and shall not be limited as to amount. (iv) As soon as practicable after selection of the arbitrator, the arbitrator or his or her designated representative shall determine a reasonable estimate of anticipated fees and costs of the arbitrator and shall deliver a statement to each party setting forth that party's pro rata share of such fees and costs. Each party shall deposit its pro rata share of such fees and costs with the arbitrator within ten (10) days after receipt of such statement. If either party fails to make a required deposit hereunder, the other party may make such deposit on behalf of the defaulting party and the amount of such deposit, plus interest thereon at ten percent (10%) per annum, shall be awarded against the defaulting party by the arbitrator in making any final arbitration award without regard to whether the defaulting party is the prevailing party in the arbitration pursuant to this Section. (v) The arbitrator shall have no authority or power to award any party any exemplary or punitive damages. 36 Section 29.19 Property Disclosures. As required by California law, Seller has delivered to Buyer a natural hazards disclosure report with respect to the Sale Land. Section 29.20 Escrow Holder Not to Be Concerned. Sections 5.4, 8.1, 8.2, 8.3, 10, 12.19, 12.21 and 12.23 are agreements solely between Seller and Buyer, and Escrow Holder need not be concerned therewith. Section 29.21 Possession. As to any portion of the Property of which Buyer does not currently hold possession, Buyer shall be entitled to possession of the Property from and after the Closing Date. Section 29.22 Calculation of Days. Whenever, as to any action to be taken within a specified number of days, the last day of the specified period is a Saturday, Sunday or recognized legal holiday, such specified period shall be deemed to expire on the first succeeding day which is not a Saturday, Sunday or recognized legal holiday. Section 29.23 Covenant as to Trip Ends. Tenant covenants that, with respect to Tenant's use of the Property, Tenant shall not, at any time, utilize or attempt to utilize any additional trips allocated to the balance of the Home Ranch except by transfer from the owner of those trips. 37 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written. "BUYER": "SELLER": EMULEX CORPORATION, a California C.J. SEGERSTROM & SONS, a California corporation general partnership By By Henry T. Segerstrom Management LLC, ----------------------------- a California limited liability Title: company, Manager -------------------------- By -------------------------------- By Manager ----------------------------- Title: By HTS MANAGEMENT CO., INC., -------------------------- a California corporation, Manager "ESCROW HOLDER": The undersigned acknowledges By receipt of this Agreement and -------------------------------- agrees to act in accordance with Title: all applicable provisions contained ----------------------------- herein. By CHICAGO TITLE COMPANY, a California -------------------------------- corporation Title: ----------------------------- By --------------------------------- Title: ----------------------------- Dated: , 200 --------------------- -- 38 LEGAL DESCRIPTION OF LAND ALL THAT CERTAIN LAND SITUATED IN THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA, COUNTY OF ORANGE, CITY OF COSTA MESA, DESCRIBED AS FOLLOWS: PARCEL 3 OF PARCEL MAP 94-120, IN THE CITY OF COSTA MESA, COUNTY OF ORANGE, STATE OF CALIFORNIA, AS PER MAP FILED IN BOOK 284, PAGES 7 TO 10, INCLUSIVE, OF PARCEL MAPS, IN THE OFFICE OF THE COUNTY RECORDER OF SAID COUNTY. Exhibit A DEPICTION OF LAND [TO BE SUPPLIED] Exhibit A-1 GENERAL ESCROW PROVISIONS (a) All funds received in this Escrow shall be deposited in a separate escrow fund account or accounts of CHICAGO TITLE COMPANY (for the benefit of the parties hereto) with a State or National Bank qualified to do business in the State of California, such that each account shall be fully insured at all times by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, to the maximum extent permitted by law. All disbursements shall be made by check of CHICAGO TITLE COMPANY, or by wire transfer from CHICAGO TITLE COMPANY, as selected by the payee. (b) You are authorized to prepare, obtain, record and deliver the necessary instruments to carry out the terms and conditions of this Escrow and to order to be issued at Close of Escrow the policy of title insurance as called for in these instructions. Close of Escrow shall mean the date instruments are recorded. (c) All adjustments and prorations shall be made on the basis of a 30-day month. (d) You are not to be held accountable or liable for the sufficiency or correctness as to form, manner of execution, or validity of any instrument deposited in this Escrow, nor as to the identity, authority or rights of any person executing the same. Your duties hereunder shall be limited to the proper handling of such money and the proper safekeeping of such instruments, or other documents received by you as Escrow Holder, and for the disposition of same in accordance with the written instructions accepted by you in this Escrow. (e) You shall have no responsibility of notifying any of the parties to this Escrow of any sale, resale, loan, exchange or other transaction involving any property herein described or of any profit realized by any person, firm or corporation in connection therewith, regardless of the fact that such transaction(s) may be handled by you in this Escrow or in another escrow. (f) No notice, demand or change of instruction shall be of any effect in this Escrow unless given in writing by all parties affected thereby and except as otherwise specifically provided in the Agreement to which these General Provisions are attached. In the event a demand for the funds on deposit in this Escrow is made, not concurred in by all parties hereto, the Escrow Holder, regardless of who made demand therefor, may, except as expressly provided to the contrary in the Agreement, elect to do any of the following: (i) After three (3) business days from the date Escrow Holder was first notified that the Escrow is to be canceled and/or demand for funds was made, absent mutually concurring instructions providing for payment of funds and the disposition to be made of this Escrow, the Escrow Holder may return all funds and documents to the parties depositing same, and without liability therefor. Exhibit B to Purchase Agreement (ii) Withhold and stop all further proceedings in, and performance of, this Escrow pending a resolution of any conflict by and between the parties hereto. (iii) File a suit in interpleader and obtain an order from the court allowing Escrow Holder to deposit all funds and documents in court and have no further liability hereunder, except for its own negligent or willful misconduct or any breach by Escrow Holder of any obligations in this Agreement. (g) If the conditions of this Escrow have not been complied with at the time herein provided, you are nevertheless to complete the same as soon as the conditions (except as to time) have been complied with, unless Buyer has made written demand upon you for the return of money and instruments deposited by Buyer. (h) All parties hereto agree, jointly and severally, to pay on demand, as well as to indemnify and hold you harmless from and against all costs, damages, judgments, attorneys' fees, expenses, obligations and liabilities of any kind or nature which, in good faith, you may incur or sustain in connection with this Escrow, whether arising before or subsequent to the close of this Escrow, except to the extent caused by the negligence or willful misconduct of the Escrow Holder. (i) Unless the Agreement otherwise provides or unless otherwise instructed by either Buyer or Seller, you are authorized to furnish copies of these instructions, any supplements or amendments thereto, notices of cancellation and closing statements to the attorneys named in this Escrow. (j) These instructions may be executed in counterparts, each of which when so executed shall, irrespective of the date of its execution and delivery, be deemed an original, and said counterparts together shall constitute one and the same instrument. (k) These instructions shall become effective as an Escrow only upon the delivery thereof to the Escrow Holder signed by all parties thereto. (l) Any funds abandoned or remaining unclaimed, after good faith efforts have been made by the Escrow Holder to return same to the party(ies) entitled thereto, shall be assessed a holding fee of $50.00 annually. After seven (7) years the amount thereafter remaining unclaimed may escheat to the State of California. (m) All documents, closing statements, and balances due the parties to this Escrow are to be mailed by ordinary mail to said parties at the addresses shown opposite their signatures, unless otherwise instructed. (n) Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Escrow Holder is also acting as Title Company under this Agreement, nothing set forth in these General Escrow Provisions shall limit any liability set forth in the Title Policy provided for in the Agreement. Exhibit B to Purchase Agreement Page 2 (o) For purposes of complying with Internal Revenue Code Section 6045(e), as amended effective January 1, 1991, Escrow Holder is hereby designated as the "person responsible for closing the transaction" and also as the "reporting person," for purposes of filing any information returns with the Internal Revenue Service concerning this transaction, as required by law. Exhibit B to Purchase Agreement Page 3 RECORDING REQUESTED BY: Chicago Title Company WHEN RECORDED MAIL TO: - --------------------------------- - --------------------------------- - --------------------------------- - --------------------------------- Attn: --------------------------- MAIL TAX STATEMENTS TO ADDRESS ABOVE. - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- (Space Above for Recorder's Use) GRANT DEED FOR VALUE RECEIVED, C.J. SEGERSTROM & SONS, a California general partnership ("Grantor"), hereby GRANTS to EMULEX CORPORATION, a California corporation ("Grantee"), that certain real property and all improvements located thereon, situated in the City of Costa Mesa, Orange County, California, and described on Schedule "1" attached hereto and by this reference incorporated herein (the "Property"). EXCEPTING AND RESERVING UNTO Grantor, its successors and assigns, together with the right to grant and transfer all or a portion of the same, any and all underground water, water rights, oil, oil rights, minerals, mineral rights, natural gas, natural gas rights and other hydrocarbons by whatsoever name known and all rights therein, geothermal steam, and all products derived from any of the foregoing, that may be within or under the Property, together with the perpetual right of drilling, pumping, mining, extracting, exploring and operating therefor and storing in and removing the same from the Property or any other property, including the right to whipstock or directionally drill, pump and mine from property other than the Property, water, oil or gas wells, tunnels and shafts into, through or across the subsurface of the Property, and to bottom such whipstocked or directionally drilled wells, tunnels and shafts under and beneath or beyond the exterior limits thereof, and to redrill, retunnel, equip, maintain, repair, deepen and operate any such wells, tunnels or shafts; provided, however, that in no event shall Grantor or its successors or assigns have the right to drill, pump, mine or excavate through the surface or the upper 200 feet of the subsurface of the Property. Provided, however, that Grantor shall have no right to enter upon the surface of the Property, to deprive the Property of structural support or otherwise interfere in any way with Grantee's development, construction or operation of the Property for Grantee's intended use thereof. SUBJECT TO: (a) All real property taxes and assessments, whether general or special and a lien not delinquent, against the Property. Exhibit C to Purchase Agreement (b) All other liens, encumbrances, easements, rights of way, covenants, conditions, restrictions, reservations, rights, dedications and offers of dedication of record or apparent. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Grantor has executed this Grant Deed as of - -------------------, -----. C.J. SEGERSTROM & SONS, a California general partnership By Henry T. Segerstrom Management LLC, a California limited liability company, Manager By ------------------------------------ Manager By HTS MANAGEMENT CO., INC., a California corporation, Manager By ------------------------------------ Title: -------------------------------- By ------------------------------------ Title: -------------------------------- Exhibit C to Purchase Agreement Page 2 STATE OF CALIFORNIA ) ) ss. COUNTY OF ORANGE ) On __________________, before me, , Notary Public, personally appeared , personally known to me (or proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence) to be the person(s) whose names(s) is/are subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he/she/they executed the same in his/her/their authorized capacity(ies), and that by his/her/their signature(s) on the instrument the person(s), or the entity upon behalf of which the person(s) acted, executed the instrument. WITNESS my hand and official seal - --------------------------------------- SIGNATURE OF NOTARY PUBLIC STATE OF CALIFORNIA ) ) ss. COUNTY OF ORANGE ) On __________________, before me, , Notary Public, personally appeared , personally known to me (or proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence) to be the person(s) whose names(s) is/are subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he/she/they executed the same in his/her/their authorized capacity(ies), and that by his/her/their signature(s) on the instrument the person(s), or the entity upon behalf of which the person(s) acted, executed the instrument. WITNESS my hand and official seal - --------------------------------------- SIGNATURE OF NOTARY PUBLIC Exhibit C to Purchase Agreement SCHEDULE "1" LEGAL DESCRIPTION OF THE PROPERTY ALL THAT CERTAIN LAND SITUATED IN THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA, COUNTY OF ORANGE, CITY OF COSTA MESA, DESCRIBED AS FOLLOWS: Exhibit C to Purchase Agreement SEPARATE STATEMENT OF DOCUMENTARY TRANSFER TAX County Recorder Orange County Dear Sir: In accordance with California Revenue and Taxation Code Section 11932, it is requested that this Statement of Documentary Transfer Tax due not be recorded with the attached deed, but be affixed to the deed after recordation and before return as directed on the deed. The deed names C.J. SEGERSTROM & SONS, a California general partnership, as Grantor, and EMULEX CORPORATION, a California corporation, as Grantee. The land and improvements being transferred are located in the City of Costa Mesa, County of Orange, State of California. The amount of the documentary transfer tax due on the attached deed is ____________________________________________________ Dollars and ____________/100 ($_______________), computed on the full value of the land and improvements. C.J. SEGERSTROM & SONS, a California general partnership By Henry T. Segerstrom Management LLC, a California limited liability company, Manager By ------------------------------------ Manager By HTS MANAGEMENT CO., INC., a California corporation, Manager By ------------------------------------ Title: -------------------------------- By ------------------------------------ Title: -------------------------------- Exhibit C to Purchase Agreement FIRPTA AFFIDAVIT Section 1445 of the Internal Revenue Code provides that a transferee of a United States real property interest must withhold tax if the transferor is a foreign person. To inform the transferee that withholding of tax is not required upon the disposition of a United States real property interest by C.J. SEGERSTROM & SONS, a California general partnership ("Seller"), the undersigned hereby certify the following on behalf of Seller: Seller is not a foreign corporation, foreign partnership, foreign trust, or foreign estate (as those terms are defined in the Internal Revenue Code and Income Tax Regulations); Seller's U.S. employer tax identification number is 95-1877493; and Seller's office address is 3315 Fairview Road, Costa Mesa, CA 92626. Seller understands that this certification may be disclosed to the Internal Revenue Service by transferee and that any false statement contained herein could be punished by fine, imprisonment, or both. The undersigned Managers of Seller declare that he/she/they has/have examined this certification and to the best of her/his/their knowledge and belief it is true, correct and complete, and he/she/they further declare that he/she/they has/have authority to sign this document on behalf of Seller. Dated: _______________, ________ HENRY T. SEGERSTROM MANAGEMENT LLC, a HTS MANAGEMENT CO., INC., California limited liability company, a California corporation, Manager Manager By By ---------------------------------- ------------------------------ Manager Title: -------------------------- By ------------------------------ Title: --------------------------- Exhibit D ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION OF PERSONAL PROPERTY THIS ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION OF PERSONAL PROPERTY (the "Assignment") is made and entered into as of the _____ day of ______________, 20__ by and between C.J. SEGERSTROM & SONS, a California general partnership ("Assignor"), and EMULEX CORPORATION, a California corporation ("Assignee"), with respect to the following: RECITALS A. Assignor is the "Seller" and Assignee is the "Buyer" pursuant to a certain Purchase and Sale Agreement and Joint Escrow Instructions dated ______________ __, 20___ (the "Agreement"). Pursuant to the Agreement, Assignor is selling and Assignee is purchasing certain real property and improvements described on Schedule 1 attached hereto (the "Property"). B. In connection with the sale of the Property, Seller is required to assign to Buyer all Warranties, as defined in the Agreement, agreements, utility contracts, approvals (governmental or otherwise), plans and specifications, entitlements and other rights relating to the construction, ownership, use and operation of the Property (collectively, the "Personal Property"). The Personal Property is listed on Schedule 2 attached hereto. This Assignment is executed to satisfy such obligation. AGREEMENT IN CONSIDERATION OF the foregoing recitals and the mutual covenants contained herein, Assignor and Assignee agree as follows: 1. Assignment. Assignor hereby assigns and transfers to Assignee all of Assignor's right, title and interest in and under the Personal Property. 2. Assumption. Assignee hereby accepts the foregoing assignment and assumes and agrees to be bound by all obligations of Assignor under the Personal Property accruing from and after the Effective Date, as defined below, of this Assignment. Such assumption relates only to the Personal Property as listed on Schedule 2, and does not extend to other items which would be within the definition of Personal Property but for not being included on Schedule 2. 3. Effective Date. The Effective Date of this Assignment shall be the date upon which there is recorded in the Office of the County Recorder of Orange County, California a deed to the Property executed by Seller in favor of Buyer. 4. Indemnity. Assignor shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless Assignee from and against all claims, losses, costs, liabilities and expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys' fees and costs) arising out of the failure or alleged failure of Assignor to perform any of the obligations of the Assignor pursuant to the Personal Property and accruing Exhibit E to Purchase Agreement prior to the Effective Date. Assignee shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless Assignor from and against any and all claims, losses, costs, liabilities and expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys' fees and costs) arising out of the failure or alleged failure of Assignee to perform any of the obligations of the Assignor pursuant to the Personal Property and accruing on or after the Effective Date. The foregoing indemnification provisions shall each contain a covenant by the indemnifying party to defend the indemnified party against all claims for which indemnification is available hereunder with legal counsel appointed by the liability insurance carrier for the indemnifying party. Payment shall not be a condition precedent to recovery upon the foregoing indemnification provisions. 5. Successors and Assigns. All of the terms, covenants and conditions set forth herein shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of Assignor and Assignee and their respective successors and assigns. 6. Warranties. Assignor represents and warrants to Assignee that each item included in the Personal Property either (a) is fully assignable to Assignee with no consent required from any third party, (b) has appended thereto the unqualified consent of any third party from whom a consent to the within assignment is required or (c) was issued or created in the name of Assignee as a party, co-party or third party beneficiary thereof. 7. No Implied Representations. There are no representations and warranties in connection with this Assignment other than as expressly set forth in the Agreement and this Assignment. Except for such express representations and the indemnification set forth in paragraph 4, Assignee shall have no claims against Assignor pursuant to the provisions of the Personal Property. Exhibit E to Purchase Agreement Page 2 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Assignor and Assignee have executed and delivered this Agreement and Assumption of Personal Property to be effective as provided in paragraph 3 above. C.J. SEGERSTROM & SONS, a California EMULEX CORPORATION, a California general partnership corporation By Henry T. Segerstrom Management LLC, By a California limited liability ---------------------------- company, Manager Title: ------------------------- By ------------------------------ Manager By ----------------------------- By HTS MANAGEMENT CO., INC., Title: a California corporation, Manager ------------------------- "Assignee" By ------------------------------ Title: -------------------------- "Assignor" Exhibit E to Purchase Agreement Page 3 RECORDING REQUESTED BY AND WHEN RECORDED MAIL TO: John F. Simonis, Esq. Paul Hastings Janofsky & Walker, LLP 695 Town Center Drive, 17th Floor Costa Mesa, CA 92626 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- (Space above this line for Recorder's use only) PARTIAL ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION OF DEVELOPMENT AGREEMENT (HOME RANCH) This PARTIAL ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION OF DEVELOPMENT AGREEMENT (this "Assignment") is dated as of this day of __________, 200__, by and between C.J. Segerstrom & Sons, a California general partnership ("CJS"), Segerstrom Properties LLC, a California limited liability company, and Henry T. Segerstrom Properties LLC, a California limited liability company (collectively, "Assignor"), Emulex Corporation, a California corporation ("Assignee"), and the City of Costa Mesa, a general law city ("City"). RECITALS A. Assignor is the owner of land located in the City of Costa Mesa, County of Orange, California, consisting of approximately 93.34 acres, which is commonly known as the "Home Ranch" and is more particularly described on Exhibit A attached hereto and incorporated herein by this reference (the "Home Ranch"). B. Assignor and City are parties to that certain Development Agreement for the Home Ranch dated December 3, 2001 (the "Development Agreement"), and having a term of 15 years commencing on January 3, 2002, which contains certain rights, duties and obligations relating to the development of Home Ranch with retail, office, and industrial uses. C. CJS, as "Seller," and Assignee, as "Buyer," have entered into a certain Purchase and Sale Agreement and Escrow Instructions (the "Purchase Agreement"), dated as of _______________, pursuant to which Assignor is selling to Assignee certain real property within the Home Ranch, which real property is described on Exhibit B attached hereto and incorporated herein by this reference (the "Sale Property"). The portions of Home Ranch other than the Sale Property are sometimes collectively referred to herein as the "Other Property." D. Pursuant to the terms of the Purchase Agreement, Assignor is obligated to assign and convey to Assignee certain of its rights and interests under the Development Agreement, as the Development Agreement relates to the Sale Property. In addition, Assignor and Assignee have agreed that Assignor shall delegate to Assignee certain of the obligations of Assignor under the Development Agreement relating to the Sale Property, and that those Exhibit F to Purchase Agreement obligations not delegated to and assumed by Assignee pursuant to this Assignment shall remain the obligations of Assignor, as set forth herein. E. The purpose of this Assignment is to set forth the terms and provisions agreed upon between Assignor and Assignee with respect to the assignment of certain rights and interests and the delegation of certain obligations of Assignor under the Development Agreement, as the Development Agreement relates to the Sale Property. NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements set forth herein, and for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereby agree as follows: 1. Partial Assignment. Assignor hereby assigns, conveys and transfers to Assignee all of Assignor's rights and interests under the Development Agreement to the extent such rights and interests relate to, benefit, or are reasonably necessary for the ownership, development or use of, the Sale Property, including, without limitation, all Development Approvals (as defined in the Development Agreement) and other vested entitlement and development rights with respect to the Sale Property including any fees prepaid pursuant to Exhibit F to the Development Agreement. 2. Delegation and Assumption of Obligations. 2.1 Assignor hereby delegates to Assignee and Assignee hereby assumes those obligations of Assignor under the Development Agreement which relate specifically to improvements and dedications within the boundaries of the Sale Property, including those obligations relating to onsite development and the payment of any permit or occupancy fees which have not been prepaid by Assignor (but excluding any obligation to prepay fees for any property other than the Sale Property) and the indemnity obligations arising under the Development Agreement with respect to any future development on the Sale Property. 2.2 The parties acknowledge that the obligations referenced in Section 2.1 (the "Assumed Obligations") are the only "Owner" obligations under the Development Agreement being assumed by Assignee hereunder and that Assignee is not assuming and Assignor shall remain fully responsible for all obligations of the "Owner" under the Development Agreement with respect to the Other Property and for any exactions or improvements required under the terms of the Development Agreement outside the boundaries of the Sale Property (collectively, the "Retained Obligations"). 3. Density/Trip Allocations. The parties acknowledge and agree that pursuant to Section 1.1(o) of the Development Agreement, the Sale Property has been allocated a maximum density of 0.4 FAR. Assignor hereby irrevocably allocates and assigns to Assignee 376 a.m. and 362 p.m. peak trips from the overall trip budget for the Home Ranch, which trips shall hereafter be the property of Assignee and may not be used by Assignor for the development of any of the Other Property. 4. Pre-Paid Fees and Costs. Assignor, Assignee and City all acknowledge and agree that [list any pre-paid fees and costs such as Traffic Impact Fees under first paragraph Exhibit F to Purchase Agreement Page 2 and intersection improvement costs pursuant to second paragraph of Section A of Exhibit F of Development Agreement] applicable to the Sale Property have been paid in full. 5. No Cross-Defaults. City and Assignor agree that any default by Assignor with respect to the Retained Obligations shall not be considered a default by Assignee as to the Sale Property and shall not impact Assignee's development rights with respect to the Sale Property under the Development Agreement. 6. Estoppel. In accordance with Section 3.16 of the Development Agreement, Assignor and City each certify to Assignee that: (i) the Development Agreement is in full force and effect and a binding obligation of the parties thereto; (ii) the Development Agreement has not been amended or modified except as set forth on Exhibit C attached hereto; and (iii) to the best knowledge of such party, the other parties to the Development Agreement are not in default of their respective obligations under the Development Agreement except as set forth on Exhibit D attached hereto. 7. Amendment to Development Agreement. Assignor and Assignee agree that any amendment to the Development Agreement requiring the approval of the "Owner" that affects the Sale Property shall require the approval in writing of both Assignor and Assignee. Assignor shall have the right to amend the Development Agreement without the approval of Assignee if the amendment does not affect the Sale Property or otherwise modify the Development Agreement in a manner that affects Assignee's rights, obligations or liabilities thereunder. Hereafter, Assignor shall have no rights as they relate to modification of the Development Agreement solely with respect to the Sale Property. 8. Contingency. The parties hereby agree that the effectiveness of this Assignment is contingent upon the completion of the sale of the Sale Property to Assignee pursuant to the provisions of the Purchase Agreement, which completion shall be evidenced by the recordation of a grant deed conveying the Sale Property to Assignee. If such grant deed is not recorded in the Official Records on or before ___________________, then this Assignment shall be of no force or effect whatsoever. 9. Miscellaneous. 9.1 Interpretation; Governing Law. This Assignment shall be construed according to its fair meaning and as if prepared by all parties hereto. This Assignment shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of California. Any action hereunder shall be brought in a court of competent jurisdiction located in Orange County, California. 9.2 Hold Harmless. Assignor agrees to indemnify and hold Assignee harmless from and against any and all losses, costs, liabilities, damages and expenses, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys' fees, accruing prior to the date hereof and arising out of any default or alleged default of Assignor, as "Owner" under the Development Agreement. Assignee agrees to indemnify and hold Assignor harmless from and against any and all losses, costs, liabilities, damages and expenses including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys' fees, accruing on or after the date hereof and arising out of any default or alleged default of Assignee Exhibit F to Purchase Agreement Page 3 in connection with the Assumed Obligations. The covenants in this Section 9.2 shall run with the land and shall be binding on, and inure to the benefit of, the parties hereto, and to their respective successors and assigns who succeed to title to the Home Ranch Project, as defined in the Development Agreement, or a portion thereof. 9.3 Attorneys' and Other Fees. In the event of any dispute between the parties hereto or institution of any action or proceeding to interpret or enforce the provisions of this Assignment, or arising out of the subject matter of this Assignment or the transaction contemplated hereby, the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover its reasonable expenses, attorneys' fees and costs, including professional or expert consultation or testimony fees, both at trial and on any appeal and in any administrative proceeding. 9.4 Authority. Each of the parties hereto represents and warrants to the others that the person or persons executing this Assignment on behalf of such party is or are authorized to execute and deliver this Assignment and that this Assignment shall be binding upon such party. 9.5 Further Assurances. Assignor and Assignee each agree to do such further acts and things and to execute and deliver such additional agreements and instruments as the other may reasonably request to consummate, evidence, confirm or more fully implement the agreements of the parties as contained herein. 9.6 Execution in Counterparts. This Assignment may be executed in several counterparts, and all so executed shall constitute one agreement between the parties hereto, notwithstanding that all parties are not signatories to the original or the same counterpart. [BALANCE OF THIS PAGE LEFT BLANK; SIGNATURE PAGES FOLLOW] Exhibit F to Purchase Agreement Page 4 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Partial Assignment and Assumption of Development Agreement (Home Ranch) to be effective as of the date of the satisfaction of the contingency set forth in Section 8 above.
C.J. SEGERSTROM & SONS, EMULEX CORPORATION, a California general partnership a California corporation By Henry T. Segerstrom Management LLC, a California limited liability company, Manager By ----------------------------------- By Title: ---------------------------------- ------------------------------- Manager By HTS MANAGEMENT CO., INC., By a California corporation, Manager ----------------------------------- Title: By ------------------------------- ---------------------------------- "Assignee" Title: ------------------------------- SEGERSTROM PROPERTIES LLC, CITY OF COSTA MESA a California limited liability company By Henry T. Segerstrom Properties LLC, a By: California limited liability company, ---------------------------------- Manager Mayor Of The City Of Costa Mesa "City" By Henry T. Segerstrom Management LLC, A California limited liability ATTEST: company, Manager -------------------------------------- By City Clerk, City Of Costa Mesa -------------------------------- Manager APPROVED AS TO FORM: By Ruth Ann Moriarty Properties LLC, a a California limited liability company, Manager ------------------------------------- City Attorney, City Of Costa Mesa By -------------------------------------- Manager HENRY T. SEGERSTROM PROPERTIES LLC, a California limited liability company By Henry T. Segerstrom Management LLC, a California limited liability company, Manager By -------------------------------------- Manager "Assignor"
Exhibit F to Purchase Agreement Page 5 EXHIBIT "A" LEGAL DESCRIPTION OF THE HOME RANCH PROPERTY PARCEL A Parcels 1 and 3, as shown on Parcel Map 94-120 in the City of Costa Mesa, County of Orange, filed in Book 284, Pages 7 through 10 of Parcel Maps, in the office of the County Recorder of said County. PARCEL B Parcel 1, as shown on Parcel Map 84-379 in the City of Costa Mesa, County of Orange, filed in Book 194, Pages 13 and 14 of Parcel Maps, in the office of the County Recorder of said County. PARCEL C PARCEL 1 That certain parcel of land situated in the City of Costa Mesa, County of Orange, State of California, being Parcels 3 and 4 of Parcel Map No. 79-381 as shown on a map thereof filed in Book 139, Pages 21 through 24 of Parcel Maps, in the Office of the County Recorder of said Orange County, together with that portion of Parcel 2 of said Parcel Map No. 79-381 lying westerly of the following described line: COMMENCING at the northwest corner of said Parcel 4; thence along the northerly line of said parcel map North 89 degrees 25'40" East 1370.17 feet to the beginning of a tangent curve, concave northerly and having a radius of 1384.00 feet; thence along said curve and northerly line easterly 89.79 feet through a central angle of 03 degrees 43'02" to a point on a non-tangent curve concave westerly and having a radius of 1135.50 feet; a radial line of said curve from said point bears North 88 degrees 08'36" West, said point also being the TRUE POINT OF BEGINNING; thence leaving said northerly line along said curve southerly 87.13 feet through a central angle of 04 degrees 23'48"; thence tangent from said curve South 06 degrees 15'12" West 119.68 feet to the beginning of a tangent curve concave easterly and having a radius of 1161.09 feet; thence along said curve southerly 154.54 feet through a central angle of 07 degrees 37'33"; thence along a radial line of said curve North 88 degrees 37'39" East 7.83 feet; thence South 00 degrees 53'48" East 198.66 feet to the beginning of a tangent curve concave northeasterly and having a radius of 513.45 feet; thence along said curve southerly 439.17 feet through a central angle of 49 degrees 00'24"; thence along a radial line of said curve North 40 degrees 05'48" East 12.79 feet to a point on a non-tangent curve concave northeasterly and having a radius of 500.66 feet, said curve being concentric with said curve hereinabove described as having a radius of 513.45 feet; thence along said concentric curve southeasterly 117.49 feet through a central angle of 13 degrees 26'45" to the southerly line of said Parcel 2. Exhibit F to Purchase Agreement A-1 EXCEPTING THEREFROM that portion described as follows: COMMENCING at the northwest corner of said Parcel 4; thence along the northerly line of said parcel map North 89 degrees 25'40" East 1169.02 feet to the TRUE POINT OF BEGINNING; thence continuing along said northerly line North 89 degrees 25'40" East 201.15 feet to the beginning of a tangent curve concave northerly and having a radius of 1384.00 feet; thence along said curve and northerly line easterly 89.79 feet through a central angle of 03 degrees 43'02" to a point on a non-tangent curve concave westerly and having a radius of 1135.50 feet, a radial line of said curve from said point bears North 88 degrees 08'36" West; thence leaving said northerly line along said curve southerly 87.13 feet through a central angle of 04 degrees 23'48"; thence tangent from said curve South 06 degrees 15'12" West 119.68 feet to the beginning of a tangent curve concave easterly and having a radius of 1161.09 feet; thence along said curve southerly 125.26 feet through a central angle of 06 degrees 10'52"; thence non-tangent from said curve South 88 degrees 33'29" West 249.74 feet; thence North 79 degrees 24'20" West 10.08 feet; thence North 00 degrees 53'48" West 329.52 feet to the TRUE POINT OF BEGINNING; ALSO EXCEPTING THEREFROM Parcels 101839-1 and 101839-2 as described in that certain Grant Deed to the State of California, recorded October 27, 2000, as Instrument No. 20000582392 of Official Records, in the Office of the County Recorder of said Orange County. And ALSO EXCEPTING THEREFROM Parcels 101837-1 and 101837-3 as described in that certain Grant Deed to the State of California recorded October 27, 2000 as Instrument No. 20000582393 of Official Records, in the Office of the County Recorder of said Orange County. CONTAINING: 17.246 Acres, more or less. PARCEL 2 That certain parcel of land situated in the City of Costa Mesa, County of Orange, State of California, being those portions of Parcels 2 and 3 of Parcel Map No. 79-381 as shown on a map thereof filed in Book 139, Pages 21 through 24 of Parcel Maps, in the Office of the County Recorder of said Orange County described as follows: COMMENCING at the northwest corner of Parcel 4 of said Parcel Map No. 79-381; thence along the northerly line, of said parcel map North 89 degrees 25'40" East 1169.02 feet to the TRUE POINT OF BEGINNING; thence continuing along said northerly line North 89 degrees 25'40" East 201.15 feet to the beginning of a tangent curve concave northerly and having a radius of 1384.00 feet; thence along said curve and northerly line easterly 89.79 feet through a central angle of 03 degrees 43'02" to a point on a non-tangent curve concave westerly and having a radius of 1135.50 feet, a radial line of said curve from said point bears North 88 degrees 08'36" West; thence leaving said northerly line along said curve southerly 87.13 feet through a central angle of 04 degrees 23'48"; thence tangent from said curve South 06 degrees 15'12" West 119.68 feet to the beginning of a tangent curve concave easterly and having a radius of 1161.09 feet; thence along said curve southerly 125.26 feet through a central angle of 06 degrees 10'52"; thence non-tangent from said curve South 88 degrees 33'29" West 249.74 feet; thence North 79 degrees 24'20" West 10.08 feet; thence North 00 degrees 53'48" West 329.52 feet to the TRUE POINT OF BEGINNING; Exhibit F to Purchase Agreement A-2 CONTAINING: 2.074 Acres, more or less. PARCEL 3 That certain parcel of land situated in the City of Costa Mesa, County of Orange, State of California, being that portion of Parcel 2 of Parcel Map No. 79-381 as shown on a map thereof filed in Book 139, Pages 21 through 24 of Parcel Maps, in the Office of the County Recorder of said Orange County, lying easterly of the following described line: COMMENCING at the northwest corner of said Parcel 4; thence along the northerly line of said parcel map North 89 degrees 25'40" East 1370.17 feet to the beginning of a tangent curve, concave northerly and having a radius of 1384.00 feet; thence along said curve and northerly line easterly 89.79 feet through a central angle of 03 degrees 43'02" to a point on a non-tangent curve concave westerly and having a radius of 1135.50 feet, a radial line of said curve from said point bears North 88 degrees 08'36" West, said point also being the TRUE POINT OF BEGINNING; thence leaving said northerly line along said curve southerly 87.13 feet through a central angle of 04 degrees 23'48"; thence tangent from said curve South 06 degrees 15'12" West 119.68 feet to the beginning of a tangent curve concave easterly and having a radius of 1161.09 feet; thence along said curve southerly 154.54 feet through a central angle of 07 degrees 37'33"; thence along a radial line of said curve North 88 degrees 37'39" East 7.83 feet; thence South 00 degrees 53'48" East 198.66 feet to the beginning of a tangent curve concave northeasterly and having a radius of 513.45 feet; thence along said curve southerly 439.17 feet through a central angle of 49 degrees 00'24"; thence along a radial line of said curve North 40 degrees 05'48" East 12.79 feet to a point on a non-tangent curve concave northeasterly and having a radius of 500.66 feet, said curve being concentric with said curve hereinabove described as having a radius of 513.45 feet; thence along said concentric curve southeasterly 117.49 feet through a central angle of 13 degrees 26'45" to the southerly line of said Parcel 2. EXCEPTING THEREFROM Parcels 101837-1, 101837-2 and 101837-3 as described in that certain Grant Deed to the State of California recorded October 27, 2000 as Instrument No. 20000582393 of Official Records, in the Office of the County Recorder of said Orange County. CONTAINING: 31.214 Acres, more or less. SUBJECT TO all Covenants, Rights, Rights-of-Way and Easements of Record. Exhibit F to Purchase Agreement A-3 EXHIBIT B THE SALE PROPERTY Exhibit F to Purchase Agreement B-1 EXHIBIT C EXCEPTIONS TO ESTOPPEL (SECTION 6) [include only if applicable] EXHIBIT "F" PERMITTED EXCEPTIONS IN ADDITION TO THE EXCEPTIONS SHOWN BELOW, THIS POLICY OF TITLE INSURANCE TO BE ISSUED UNDER THE TERMS OF THIS BINDER WILL CONTAIN THE APPLICABLE PRINTED EXCEPTIONS AND EXCLUSIONS SHOWN ON THE ATTACHED LIST. EXCEPTIONS. 1. PROPERTY TAXES, INCLUDING ANY ASSESSMENTS COLLECTED WITH TAXES, TO BE LEVIED FOR THE FISCAL YEAR 2002-2003 THAT ARE A LIEN NOT YET DUE. 2. THE LIEN OF SUPPLEMENTAL OR ESCAPED ASSESSMENTS OF PROPERTY TAXES, IF ANY, MADE PURSUANT TO THE PROVISIONS OF PART 0.5, CHAPTER 3.5 OR PART 2, CHAPTER 3, ARTICLES 3 AND 4 RESPECTIVELY (COMMENCING WITH SECTION 75) OF THE REVENUE AND TAXATION CODE OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA AS A RESULT OF THE TRANSFER OF TITLE TO THE VESTED NAMED IN SCHEDULE A, OR AS A RESULT OF CHANGES IN OWNERSHIP OR NEW CONSTRUCTION OCCURRING AFTER THE DATE OF POLICY. 3. EXHIBIT "G" ALLOCATION OF DEVELOPMENT AGREEMENT ITEMS
Exhibit F* Tenant Bears** Tenant Not Bear ---------- -------------- --------------- A. Traffic Impact Fees X Improvements beyond General Plan X Site Access Improvements X Susan Street Offramp X Future Unanticipated Right of Way Needs X*** B. Cultural Resources X C. Contribution of Ed. Advancement X D. Contribution for High School X E. Contribution to Restoration X F. Residential Component X G. Fire Station X Fire Suppression Fee X Land X Building Construction X H. Sales and Use Tax Guarantee X
- ---------- * Exhibit "F" is Exhibit "F" to the Development Agreement. ** Fees based on allocation methods used by the City of Costa Mesa. *** If Tenant becomes fee owner of all or a portion of the Land. Relates only to right of way needs within the Land or portion thereof acquired by Tenant. EXHIBIT "H" RULES AND REGULATIONS The Premises are located within and constitute a part of a planned development developed by Landlord as a high-quality business center (the "Center"). Consistent with such development, Landlord has adopted the following Rules and Regulations to preserve the high quality of the development and retains certain reasonable rights of approval to preserve the aesthetic appearance, quality and value of the Center as a whole. 2. To the extent that such maintenance and repair is not the responsibility of Landlord under the leases for the Center, each tenant shall take all actions necessary to preserve the external appearance of his premises in a neat, clean and orderly condition and to prevent his operations from interfering with the use by other Center occupants of their respective premises. By way of illustration but not limitation of the foregoing: (a) Sidewalks, passages, paths, courts, and stairways exterior to any Premises shall not be obstructed or used other than for ingress and egress. All tenant property shall be located within a building or within an approved exterior structure. (b) No trash shall be allowed to accumulate outside of a building, except in approved receptacles or screened enclosures. (c) No awnings or other projections shall be attached to the outside walls of any building without approval of Landlord. (d) No sign, advertisement or notice shall be exhibited, painted or affixed on any part of, or so as to be seen from the outside of, any premises without approval. (e) Premises features which reflect or admit light and air shall not be covered or obstructed in any way. (f) No tenant shall mark, paint, drill into, or in any way deface any exterior part of any building. (g) No bicycles, motorbikes, mopeds, motor scooters, or motorcycles shall be stored outside of any building except in approved racks or other facilities. (h) No tenant shall permit any unusual or objectionable odor to permeate from any building or permit any noises which disturb or interfere with occupants of neighboring buildings or those having business with them whether from machinery, musical instruments, radios, photographs or other sources. No tenant shall throw anything out of doors, windows or skylights. (i) All machinery which generates noise and/or vibrations shall be placed in approved settings to avoid damage to premises and creation of noise and vibrations in areas outside of premises. (j) All electric carts and other vehicles used on the Premises or in the Common Areas which are not designed for ordinary use on public streets and highways must be approved by Landlord. Such vehicles are subject to all rules pertaining to auto safety contained herein or pursuant to governmental regulation. All approvals required shall be by Landlord, must be in advance in writing and shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned. 3. Unless done in compliance with law, no flammable, combustible, explosive, caustic or poisonous fluids, chemicals or other substances shall be discarded in Center trash receptacles or enclosures or dumped into Center sewer or drain systems. All operations which emit gases, dust, smoke, particulates and other noxious substances shall be hooded, ventilated or otherwise conducted to prevent the escape of such substances from the building. Washing, draining, spraying and other operations involving use of any liquid EXHIBIT "I" shall be conducted to prevent runoff outside of any building and oozing or seepage into other portions of the Center. 4. Each tenant shall obtain at its own expense and keep in its premises in a reasonably accessible place at least one ABC-type fire extinguisher in working condition. 5. Landlord reserves the right to prohibit or impose conditions upon the installation in any premises of heavy objects which might overload the premises floors. 6. Landlord may prohibit on-site advertising by any tenant which, in Landlord's reasonable opinion, impairs the reputation of the Center, and upon written notice from Landlord any tenant shall discontinue such advertising. 7. Employees of Landlord shall not perform any work outside of their regular duties except under special instructions from Landlord. Landlord will under no circumstances open any building for any tenant or its employees. 8. Water and wash closets, plumbing fixtures, mirrors and partitions shall not be used for any purpose other than those for which constructed. No sweepings, rubbish, rags or other substances shall be thrown therein. All expenses of repair or replacement resulting from misuse shall be borne by the tenant who causes the same. 9. To the extent not permitted by a tenant's lease, no boring or cutting or hanging of any objects or items from the roof shall be permitted, except with the prior written consent of Landlord, and then only as Landlord may direct. The location of exterior telephone boxes, call boxes and other equipment affixed to any premises shall be subject to Landlord's approval. Landlord will direct electricians as to where and how telephone or telegraph wires are to be introduced into any premises. 10. No air conditioning unit or other similar apparatus shall be installed or used by any tenant without the prior written consent of Landlord and all installations shall be as directed by Landlord. 11. In the event that any tenant shall change any lock or install any new lock on any exterior or interior door to or within his premises, such tenant shall immediately deliver a key to each such lock to Landlord. Landlord shall use such keys only for emergency entries and for such other purposes as are permitted by these Rules and Regulations and such tenant's lease. 12. A copy of these Rules and Regulations shall be attached to and form a part of each tenant lease in the Center. Landlord is not responsible to any person for non-observance or violation of these Rules by any tenant or other person, provided, however, that Landlord shall enforce these Rules and Regulations in a uniform and non-discriminatory manner. Each tenant is responsible for any loss or damage occasioned by any violation of these Rules by such tenant or by any employee, agent, visitor or invitee of such tenant. 13. No waiver of any Rule by Landlord shall be effective unless in a writing signed by Landlord. Landlord may amend these Rules from time to time when desirable in Landlord's judgment to preserve good order in the Center, for the convenience of tenants or visitors of the Center or to comply with any law or regulation now or hereafter in effect. Any amendment to these Rules shall be effective and binding upon each tenant upon delivery to such tenant of a copy thereof. 2 RECORDING REQUESTED BY AND WHEN RECORDED MAIL TO: - ---------------------------------------- - ---------------------------------------- - ---------------------------------------- Attention: ----------------------------- - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- (Space Above This Line For Recorder's Use Only) SUBORDINATION, NON-DISTURBANCE AND ATTORNMENT AGREEMENT THIS SUBORDINATION, NON-DISTURBANCE AND ATTORNMENT AGREEMENT (this "Agreement"), is made and entered into as of the ___ day of ___________, 200__, by and among Emulex Corporation, a California corporation ("TENANT"), whose address is ____________________________________________________________, C.J. SEGERSTROM & SONS, a California general partnership ("BORROWER"), whose address is ________________________________________________________________________, and _______________________, a ____________________________ ("LENDER"), whose address is _______________________________________________________________. A. Lender has agreed to make a mortgage loan (the "Loan") to Borrower secured by a deed of trust (the "DEED OF TRUST") on Borrower's interest in the real property legally described in Exhibit "A" attached hereto (the "PREMISES"); and B. Tenant is the present lessee under that certain lease, dated as of _________________, 2002, made by and between Tenant, as Tenant, and Borrower, as Landlord, demising a portion of the Premises and other property (said lease as so amended being referred to as the "LEASE"); and C. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Tenant has agreed to subordinate its interest in the Lease to the lien of the Deed of Trust so long as, among other things, Lender agrees not to disturb Tenant's possession of the portion of the Premises covered by the Lease (the "DEMISED PREMISES"). NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereby agree as follows: 1. Subordination. Subject to the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth, the Lease, and the rights of Tenant in, to and under the Lease and the Demised Premises, are hereby subjected and subordinated to the lien of the Deed of Trust, and to any renewal, substitution, extension, modification or replacement thereof; provided, however, that notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, any purchase, renewal, first refusal or first offer rights or options (each such right or option, an "OPTION," and collectively, the "OPTIONS") of Tenant under the Lease are not hereby subordinated to the lien of the Deed of Trust. 2. Tenant Not To Be Disturbed. So long as Tenant is not in default (beyond any period given Tenant by the terms of the Lease to cure such default) in the payment of rent or additional rent or performance of any of the terms, covenants or conditions of the Lease on Tenant's part to be performed, (a) Tenant's possession of the Demised Premises, and its rights and privileges under the Lease shall not be diminished or interfered with by Lender, and (b) Lender will not join Tenant as a party defendant in any action or proceeding foreclosing the Deed of Trust unless such joinder is necessary to foreclose such Deed of Trust and then only for such purpose and not for the purpose of terminating the Lease. Lender represents and warrants that it has received and reviewed a copy of the Lease. 3. Tenant to Attorn To Lender. If the Premises shall be sold by reason of foreclosure (whether judicial or non judicial) or other proceedings brought to enforce the Deed of EXHIBIT "J" Trust, or the Premises shall be transferred by deed in lieu of foreclosure, the Lease shall continue in full force and effect as a direct Lease between the then owner of the Premises, who shall succeed to the rights and duties of the Landlord, and Tenant for the balance of the term thereof. Tenant shall attorn to Lender or any other such owner as its Landlord, said attornment to be effective and self operative without the execution of further instruments; provided, however, that Lender or any such other owner shall not be (a) personally liable for any act or omission of Landlord or any prior landlord which cannot be cured; (b) subject to any offsets or defenses which Tenant might have against Landlord or any prior landlord except to the extent of Tenant's right to offsets set forth in the Lease; (c) required or obligated to credit Tenant with any rent or additional rent for any rental period beyond the then current month which Tenant might have paid Landlord or any prior landlord; or (d) liable for the return of any security deposit unless and only to the extent such security deposit shall have been actually received by Lender. Tenant hereby agrees that upon the occurrence of any default under the Loan or the documents evidencing or securing the same, and in the event of a demand on Tenant by Lender, or its successors and assigns, for the payment to Lender or its successors and assigns of the rent due under the Lease, Tenant will pay said rent to Lender and Borrower hereby consents to said payment and releases Tenant from any and all liability, damages, or claims in connection with any such payment or payments. Borrower agrees that receipt by Tenant of any such demand shall be conclusive evidence of the right of Lender to the receipt of said rental payments. Tenant shall be under no obligation to pay rent to Lender or any such other owner until Tenant receives written notice from Lender or any such other owner. 4. Notice of Default. If Borrower is in material default of one or more of its obligations under the Lease, Tenant agrees to give written notice thereof to Lender and Lender shall have the right (but not the obligation) to cure such default. Tenant agrees not to terminate the Lease (if Tenant has such right under the circumstances) for a period of thirty (30) days after Lender's receipt of such written notice. 5. Notice of Discharge. Borrower shall give notice to Tenant of the reconveyance or other release of the Deed of Trust within thirty (30) days after the date the reconveyance or other release is recorded. 6. Limitation. This Agreement shall not apply to any equipment, inventory, merchandise, furniture, fixtures or other personal property owned or leased by Tenant which is now or hereafter placed or installed on the Demised Premises, and Tenant shall have the full right to remove said property at any time during or at the expiration of the Lease term. 7. Notices. Any and all notices required or permitted to be given shall be in writing and shall be sent, either prepaid by registered or certified United States mail, return receipt requested, or personal delivery, to the parties at their addresses set forth above; and shall be deemed given upon the receipt thereof by the party to whom sent. The addresses to which notices shall be sent may be changed by any party by notice given pursuant to this paragraph. 8. Successors And Assigns. This Agreement and each and every covenant, agreement and other provision hereof shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their representatives, successors and assigns. 9. Miscellaneous. This Agreement may not be modified other than by an agreement in writing, signed by the parties hereto or by their respective successors in interest. Nothing in this Agreement shall in any way impair or affect the lien created by the Deed of Trust or the other lien rights of Lender. [BALANCE OF THIS PAGE LEFT BLANK; SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS] 2 10. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts which together shall constitute but one and the same original. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have each caused this Subordination, Non-Disturbance and Attornment Agreement to be executed as of the date first above written. "LENDER" , --------------------------------------- a -------------------------------------- By: ------------------------------------ Name: ---------------------------------- Its: ----------------------------------- "BORROWER" C.J. SEGERSTROM & SONS, a California partnership By Henry T. Segerstrom Management LLC, a California limited liability company, Manager By ---------------------------------- Manager By HTS Management Co., Inc., a California corporation, Manager By ---------------------------------- Title: ------------------------------ "TENANT" EMULEX CORPORATION, a California corporation By: ------------------------------------ Name: ---------------------------------- Its: ----------------------------------- 3 LENDER'S ACKNOWLEDGMENT STATE OF CALIFORNIA COUNTY OF ss. On this ___ day of _____________, 20__, before me, a Notary Public in and for the State of California, personally appeared personally known to me (or proved on the basis of satisfactory evidence) to be the person(s) whose name(s) is/are subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he/she/they executed the same in his/her/their authorized capacity(ies), and that by his/her/their signature(s) on the instrument the person(s), or the entity upon behalf of which the person(s) acted, executed the instrument. WITNESS my hand and official seal. Signature ------------------------------ My commission expires ------------------ BORROWER'S ACKNOWLEDGMENT STATE OF CALIFORNIA COUNTY OF ss. On this ___ day of _____________, 20__, before me, a Notary Public in and for the State of California, personally appeared personally known to me (or proved on the basis of satisfactory evidence) to be the person(s) whose name(s) is/are subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he/she/they executed the same in his/her/their authorized capacity(ies), and that by his/her/their signature(s) on the instrument the person(s), or the entity upon behalf of which the person(s) acted, executed the instrument. WITNESS my hand and official seal. Signature ------------------------------ My commission expires ------------------ TENANT'S ACKNOWLEDGMENT STATE OF CALIFORNIA COUNTY OF ss. On this ___ day of _____________, 20__, before me, a Notary Public in and for the State of California, personally appeared personally known to me (or proved on the basis of satisfactory evidence) to be the person(s) whose name(s) is/are subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he/she/they executed the same in his/her/their authorized capacity(ies), and that by his/her/their signature(s) on the instrument the person(s), or the entity upon behalf of which the person(s) acted, executed the instrument. WITNESS my hand and official seal. Signature ------------------------------ My commission expires ------------------ 4 EXHIBIT "A" LEGAL DESCRIPTION THE LAND IS SITUATED IN THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA, COUNTY OF ORANGE, DESCRIBED AS FOLLOWS: 5 RECORDING REQUESTED BY AND WHEN RECORDED MAIL TO John F. Simonis, Esq. Paul Hastings Janofsky & Walker, LLP 695 Town Center Drive, 17th Floor Costa Mesa, CA 92626 - -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- SPACE ABOVE THIS LINE FOR RECORDER'S USE ATTENTION: OFFICE OF THE COUNTY RECORDER -- THIS INSTRUMENT COVERS GOODS THAT ARE OR ARE TO BECOME FIXTURES ON THE REAL PROPERTY DESCRIBED HEREIN AND THIS INSTRUMENT IS TO BE FILED OF RECORD IN THE RECORDS WHERE DEEDS OF TRUST ON REAL ESTATE ARE RECORDED. IN ADDITION, THIS INSTRUMENT SHOULD BE APPROPRIATELY INDEXED, NOT ONLY AS A DEED OF TRUST, BUT ALSO AS A FINANCING STATEMENT COVERING GOODS THAT ARE TO BECOME FIXTURES ON THE REAL PROPERTY DESCRIBED HEREIN. THE NAME AND THE MAILING ADDRESS OF THE BENEFICIARY (SECURED PARTY) AND TRUSTOR (DEBTOR) ARE SET FORTH IMMEDIATELY BELOW. CONSTRUCTION DEED OF TRUST, ASSIGNMENT OF RENTS AND LEASES, SECURITY AGREEMENT AND FIXTURE FILING This CONSTRUCTION DEED OF TRUST, ASSIGNMENT OF RENTS AND LEASES, SECURITY AGREEMENT AND FIXTURE FILING (this "Deed of Trust"), made as of April 15, 2002, between C.J. SEGERSTROM & SONS, a California general partnership, herein called "Trustor," whose address is 3315 Fairview Road, Costa Mesa, California 92626, Attn: Chief Financial Officer, CHICAGO TITLE COMPANY, a California Corporation, herein called "Trustee," whose address is 16969 Von Karman Avenue, Irvine, California 92612, and EMULEX CORPORATION, a California corporation, herein called "Beneficiary," whose address is 3535 Harbor Boulevard, Costa Mesa, California 92626, Attn: EVPHR and Facilities. Trustor irrevocably grants, transfers and assigns to Trustee in Trust, with Power of Sale, that property (the "Property") in the City of Costa Mesa, County of Orange, State of California, described and defined on Exhibit "A" attached hereto, which Exhibit "A" is incorporated herein by this reference. For the purpose of securing the following obligations (the "Secured Obligations"): (1) repayment of a certain Tenant's Loan as provided for in a certain unrecorded build to suit lease dated April 15, 2002, between Trustor, as landlord, and Beneficiary, as tenant (the "Emulex Lease"); and (2) the performance of each agreement of Trustor incorporated by reference herein, contained herein or reciting it is so secured. 1. Assignment of Rents and Leases. Trustor hereby irrevocably, absolutely, presently and unconditionally assigns to Beneficiary all of Trustor's right, title and interest in, to and under any and all leases (the "Leases"), together with all rents (and payments in lieu of rents), revenue, accounts and other benefits of the Property, including all prepaid rents and security deposits (some or all collectively, as the context may require, "Rents"). Beneficiary hereby confers upon Trustor a license (the "License") to collect and retain the Rents as they become due and payable, so long as no Event of Default (as defined in Exhibit B), shall exist and be continuing. If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Beneficiary shall have the right, which it may choose to exercise in its sole discretion, to terminate this License upon notice to or demand upon Trustor, and without regard to the adequacy of Beneficiary's security under this Deed of Trust. 2. Grant of Security Interest. The parties intend for this Deed of Trust to create a lien on the Property, and an assignment of the Rents and Leases, all in favor of Beneficiary. To the extent that any Property or Rents may be or be determined to be personal property, Trustor as debtor hereby grants Beneficiary and Trustee as secured parties a security interest in all such personal property, to secure payment and performance of the Secured Obligations. This Deed of Trust constitutes a security agreement under Article 9 of the California Uniform Commercial Code (as amended or recodified from time to time, the "UCC) covering personal property. Any filing of a financing statement or other document in the records normally pertaining to personal property shall never be construed as derogating from or impairing this Deed of Trust or the rights or obligations of the parties under it. EXHIBIT "K" 3. Fixture Filing. This Deed of Trust constitutes a fixture filing under the UCC, covering any Property which now is or later may become fixtures attached to the Property under applicable law. For this purpose, the respective addresses of Trustor, as debtor, and Beneficiary and Trustee, as secured parties, are as set forth in the preamble to this Deed of Trust. "Fixtures" shall include all articles of personal property now or hereafter attached to, placed upon for an indefinite term or used in connection with said real property, appurtenances and improvements, together with all goods and other property which are at any time so related to the Property that an interest arises in them under real estate law. 4. Other Provisions. 4.1 Waiver of Statutory Rights. To the extent permitted by law, Trustor hereby agrees that it shall not and will not apply for or avail itself of any appraisement, valuation, stay, extension or exemption laws, or any so-called "Moratorium Laws," now existing or hereafter enacted, in order to prevent or hinder the enforcement or foreclosure of this Deed of Trust, but hereby waives the benefit of such laws. Trustor for itself and all who may claim through or under it waives any and all right to have the property and estates comprising the Property marshaled upon any foreclosure of the lien hereof and agrees that any court having jurisdiction to foreclose such lien may order the Property sold as an entirety. 4.2 Due on Transfer. Trustor shall not transfer the Property or any portion thereof or interest therein without the prior written consent of Beneficiary. Beneficiary may grant or deny such consent in its sole discretion and, if consent should be given, any such transfer shall be subject to this Deed of Trust, and any transferee shall assume all of Trustor's obligations hereunder and agree to be bound by all provisions and perform all obligations contained herein. In the event of any such transfer without the written consent of Beneficiary, Beneficiary may, at its option, by demand or notice to Trustor, declare all sums secured hereby immediately due and payable. Consent to one such transfer shall not be deemed to be a waiver of the right to require consent to future or successive transfers. As used herein, the term "transfer" shall mean: (a) the sale, lease (after the date hereof), conveyance or other transfer of the Property, or any portion thereof or interest therein, whether voluntarily, involuntarily, by operation of law or otherwise; (b) any transfer by way of security, including the placing or permitting the placing on the Property of any mortgage, deed of trust, assignment of rents or other security device; or (c) the transfer of a controlling interest in Trustor, whether voluntarily, involuntarily, by operation of law or otherwise. For purposes hereof, the term "controlling interest" shall mean any transfer or other disposition of any interest in such entity whereby the effective control of the management of such entity is altered, limited or otherwise modified in any manner. The provisions of this Section shall not apply to a transfer of the Property to an affiliate, parent or subsidiary of Trustor as permitted by Section 1.4(i) of the Emulex Lease. Upon any such permitted transfer, the Property shall remain subject to the terms of this Deed of Trust. 4.3 Inconsistencies. In the event of any inconsistency between this Deed of Trust and the Emulex Lease, the terms hereof shall be controlling as necessary to create, preserve and/or maintain a valid security interest upon the Property. 4.4 Exhibit "B." Trustor expressly makes each and all of the agreements, and adopts and agrees to perform and be bound by each and all of the terms and provisions set forth in Exhibit "B" attached hereto, which Exhibit "B" is incorporated herein by this reference. EXHIBIT "K" 4.5 Notice of Default Request. The undersigned Trustor requests that a copy of any notice of default and any notice of sale hereunder be mailed to it at its address hereinbefore set forth. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Trustor has executed this Construction Deed of Trust, Assignment of Rents and Leases, Security Agreement and Fixture Filing as of the date first above written. C.J. SEGERSTROM & SONS, a California partnership By Henry T. Segerstrom Management LLC, a California limited liability company, Manager By ---------------------------------- Manager By HTS Management Co., Inc., a California corporation, Manager By ------------------------------------- Title: --------------------------------- By ------------------------------------- Title: --------------------------------- "Trustor" EXHIBIT "K" STATE OF CALIFORNIA COUNTY OF __________________ On ________________________, before me, ____________________________, Notary Public, personally appeared _____________________________________________ and __________________________________________, personally known to me OR proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the persons whose names are subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that they executed the same in their authorized capacities, and that by their signatures on the instrument the persons, or the entity upon behalf of which the persons acted, executed the instrument. WITNESS my hand and official seal. ---------------------------------------- Signature of Notary STATE OF CALIFORNIA COUNTY OF __________________ On ________________________, before me, ____________________________, Notary Public, personally appeared _____________________________________________ and __________________________________________, personally known to me OR proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the persons whose names are subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that they executed the same in their authorized capacities, and that by their signatures on the instrument the persons, or the entity upon behalf of which the persons acted, executed the instrument. WITNESS my hand and official seal. ---------------------------------------- Signature of Notary STATE OF CALIFORNIA COUNTY OF __________________ On ________________________, before me, ____________________________, Notary Public, personally appeared _____________________________________________ and __________________________________________, personally known to me OR proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the persons whose names are subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that they executed the same in their authorized capacities, and that by their signatures on the instrument the persons, or the entity upon behalf of which the persons acted, executed the instrument. WITNESS my hand and official seal. ---------------------------------------- Signature of Notary EXHIBIT "A" TO DEED OF TRUST All estate, right, title and interest which Trustor now has or may later acquire in and to the following property (all or any part of such property, or any interest in all or any part of it, as the context may require, the "Property"): the real property located in the County of Orange, State of California, as described in Schedule 1 attached hereto and incorporated herein by this reference, together with all existing and future appurtenances thereto (the "Premises") together with all buildings, structures and improvements now located or later to be constructed on the Premises (the "Improvements"); together with all rents, income, revenues, issues and profits of or from the Premises or the Improvements (including all cash or security deposits), all existing and future leases and other occupancy agreements and concessions relating to the use and enjoyment of all or any part of the Premises and Improvements (the "Leases"), and any and all guaranties and other agreements relating to or made in connection with any of such Leases; together with all Fixtures (as defined below) now or later to be attached to, placed in or on, or used in connection with the ownership, development, use, enjoyment, occupancy, operation or maintenance of all or any part of the Premises and Improvements; together with all building materials, equipment, work in process or other personal property of any kind, whether stored on the Premises or elsewhere, which have been or later will be acquired for the purpose of being delivered to, incorporated into or installed in or about the Premises or the Improvements; together with all rights to the payment of money, reserves, cost savings and deposits, whether now or later to be received from third parties or deposited by Trustor with third parties (including all utility deposits), contract rights, development and use rights and agreements, governmental permits, licenses, approvals, authorizations and applications (governmental or private), maps, surveys, plans, specifications and drawings, reports, and other similar work products, chattel paper, documents, and notes, which arise from or relate to construction, ownership, operation, management, leasing or use of the Premises or Improvements, or to the Premises and Improvements generally; together with all insurance policies pertaining to the Premises and all proceeds, including all claims to and demands for them, of the voluntary or involuntary conversion of any of the Premises, Improvements or the other property described above into cash or liquidated claims, including proceeds of all present and future fire, hazard or casualty insurance policies and all condemnation awards or payments now or later to be made by any public body or decree by any court of competent jurisdiction for any taking or in connection with any condemnation or eminent domain proceeding, and all causes of action and their proceeds for any damage or injury to the Premises, Improvements or the other property described above or any part of them. Trustor acknowledges and agrees that the foregoing collateral description covers all assets of Trustor relating to the use and enjoyment of all or any part of the Premises and Improvements. Beneficiary may at any time and from to time file financing and continuation statements and amendments thereto reflecting the same. EXHIBIT "A" to DEED OF TRUST SCHEDULE 1 TO EXHIBIT "A" TO DEED OF TRUST DESCRIPTION OF LAND SCHEDULE 1 TO EXHIBIT "A" to DEED OF TRUST EXHIBIT "B" TO DEED OF TRUST ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS A. To protect the security of this Deed of Trust, Trustor agrees as follows: (1) To the extent not the obligation of the tenant under the Emulex Lease, Trustor shall keep the Property in good condition and repair; not remove or demolish any building thereon; complete or restore promptly and in good and workmanlike manner any building which may be constructed, damaged or destroyed thereon and pay when due all claims for labor performed and materials furnished therefor in accordance with Article VIII of the Emulex Lease; comply with all laws affecting said Property or requiring any alterations or improvements to be made thereon; not commit or permit waste thereof; not commit, suffer or permit any act upon said Property in violation of law; cultivate, irrigate, fertilize, fumigate, prune and do all other acts which from the character or use of said Property may be reasonably necessary; to maintain and preserve its value; and not initiate or allow any change or variance in any zoning or other property use classification which affects the Property or any part of it. (2) To insure the Property to the extent not the obligation of the tenant under the Emulex Lease, and such insurance shall be similar in scope, type and amount to that specified in the Emulex Lease. The amount collected under any insurance policy shall be paid to Trustor for application to the cost of rebuilding the Property, but only if the Emulex Lease shall not have been terminated pursuant to Article VIII thereof. In any case, the release of such proceeds shall not cure or waive any default or notice of default hereunder or invalidate any act done pursuant to such notice. (3) At Trustor's sole expense to appear in and defend any action or proceeding purporting to affect the title to and right of possession of the Property, the security hereof or the rights or powers of Beneficiary or Trustee (Trustor shall give Beneficiary prompt notice in writing if any claim is asserted which does or could affect any such matters, or if any action or proceeding is commenced which alleges or relates to any such claim); and to pay or reimburse all costs and expenses of Trustee and Beneficiary, including cost of evidence of title and attorneys' fees in a reasonable sum, in any action or proceeding in which Beneficiary or Trustee may appear, including in connection with Beneficiary's or Trustee's efforts to enforce any terms of this Deed of Trust (whether any lawsuit is filed or not) and/or seek remedies for a default hereunder. (4) To pay: at least ten days before delinquency all taxes and assessments affecting said property, including assessments on appurtenant water stock; when due, all encumbrances, charges and liens, with interest, on said Property or any part thereof, which appear to be prior or superior hereto or which are not expressly permitted by the Emulex Lease; and all costs, fees and expenses of this Trust. Should Trustor fail to make any payment or to do any act as herein provided, then Beneficiary or Trustee, but without obligation so to do and without notice to or demand upon Trustor and without releasing Trustor from any obligation hereof, may: make or do the same in such manner and to such extent as either may deem necessary to protect the security hereof, Beneficiary or Trustee being authorized to enter upon said Property for such purposes; appear in and defend any action or proceeding purporting to affect the security hereof or the rights or powers of Beneficiary or Trustee; pay, purchase, contest or compromise any encumbrance, charge, or lien which in the judgment of either appears to be prior or superior hereto; and, in exercising any such powers, pay necessary expenses, employ counsel and pay his or her reasonable fees. Trustor shall also pay or reimburse all of Beneficiary's and Trustee's costs and expenses which may be incurred in connection with any of the foregoing. If Beneficiary and/or Trustee chooses to dispose of the Property (or a portion(s) thereof) through one or more Foreclosure Sales (as defined below), Trustor shall pay all costs, expenses or other advances that may be incurred or made by Beneficiary and/or Trustee in each such sale. In any suit to foreclose the lien hereof or enforce any other remedy of Trustee or Beneficiary under this Deed of Trust, there shall be allowed and included as additional indebtedness in the decree for sale or other judgment or decree all reasonable expenditures and expenses which may be paid or incurred by or on behalf of Trustee and Beneficiary in connection therewith. Neither Beneficiary nor Trustee shall be directly or indirectly liable to Trustor or any other person as a consequence of any of the following: (i) Beneficiary's or Trustee's exercise of or failure to exercise any rights, remedies or powers granted to Beneficiary and/or Trustee in this Deed of trust; (ii) Beneficiary's failure or refusal to perform or discharge any obligation or liability of Trustor under any agreement related to the Property or under this Deed of Trust; or (iii) any loss sustained by Trustor or any third party resulting from Beneficiary's failure to lease EXHIBIT "B" to DEED OF TRUST Page 1 the Property, or from any other act or omission of Beneficiary in managing the Property, after an Event of Default, unless the loss is caused by the willful misconduct or gross negligence of Beneficiary. Trustor hereby expressly waives and releases all liability of the types described above, and agrees that no such liability shall be asserted against or imposed upon Beneficiary or Trustee. (5) To pay or reimburse immediately and without demand (but in no event later than ten (10) business days after Trustor's receipt of Beneficiary's written demand therefor) all sums expended by Beneficiary or Trustee of the nature mentioned in this Exhibit B, with interest from date of expenditure at the amount allowed by law in effect at the date hereof. All such sums shall be secured by this Deed of Trust. B. It is mutually agreed as follows: (1) That any award of damages in connection with any condemnation for public use of or injury to said Property or any part thereof shall be paid in accordance with Article X of the Emulex Lease. If the Emulex Lease is terminated pursuant to Article X thereof, Trustor's share of the award must be used to pay in full the Secured Obligations. The payment of such money shall not cure or waive any default or notice of default hereunder or invalidate any act done pursuant to such notice. (2) Each waiver by Beneficiary must be in writing, and no waiver shall be construed as a continuing waiver. No waiver shall be implied from any delay or failure by Beneficiary to take action on account of any default of Trustor. Consent by Beneficiary to any act or omission by Trustor shall not be construed as a consent to any other or subsequent act or omission or to waive the requirement for Beneficiary's consent to be obtained in any future or other instance. (3) At any time or from time to time, without liability therefor and without notice, upon written request of Beneficiary and presentation of this Deed of Trust for endorsement, and without affecting the personal liability of any person for payment of the indebtedness secured hereby, Trustee may: reconvey any part of said Property; consent to the making of any map or plat thereof; join in granting any easement thereon; or join in any extension agreement or any agreement subordinating the lien or charge hereof. (4) Upon written request of Beneficiary stating that all sums and obligations secured hereby have been paid and performed, and upon surrender of this Deed of Trust to Trustee for cancellation and retention or other disposition as Trustee in its sole discretion may choose and upon payment of its fees, Trustee shall reconvey, without warranty, the Property then held hereunder. The recitals in such reconveyance of any matters or facts shall be conclusive proof of the truthfulness thereof. The Grantee in such reconveyance may be described as "the person or persons legally entitled thereto." Neither Beneficiary nor Trustee shall have any duty to determine the rights of persons claiming to be rightful grantees of any reconveyance. (5) Upon an Event of Default by Trustor in payment of Tenant's Loan or in performance of any agreement hereunder, Beneficiary may declare all sums secured hereby immediately due and payable and thereafter shall have the right, in one or several concurrent or consecutive proceedings, to foreclose the lien hereof upon the Property or any part thereof, for the Secured Obligations, or any part thereof, by any proceedings appropriate under applicable law. Trustor will be in default under this Deed of Trust upon the occurrence of any one or more of the following events (some or all collectively, "Events of Default;" any one singly, an "Event of Default"): (a) a "transfer occurs in violation hereof, (b) the Emulex Lease is terminated by the tenant thereunder due to a breach by the landlord thereunder; or (c) failure of Trustor to (i) pay any of the principal of the Tenant Loan when due, (ii) pay interest within five (5) days after the date when due, (iii) observe or perform any of the other covenants or conditions by Trustor to be performed under the terms of this Deed of Trust concerning the payment of money for a period of five (5) days after written notice from Beneficiary that the same is due and payable; or (iv) observe or perform any non-monetary covenant or condition contained in this Deed of Trust for a period of thirty (30) days after written notice from Beneficiary; provided that if any such failure concerning a non-monetary covenant or condition is susceptible to cure but cannot reasonably be cured within said thirty (30) day period, then no Event of Default shall be deemed to exist hereunder so long as Trustor commences such cure within the initial thirty (30) day period and diligently and in good faith pursues such cure to completion as promptly as practicable following the date of Beneficiary's notice. No cure period shall apply in the event of the termination of the Emulex Lease. Beneficiary and/or Trustee may elect to dispose of the Property (or any portion(s) thereof in any manner Beneficiary may deem to be in its best interests (any such disposition, a "Foreclosure Sale;" and any two or more, "Foreclosure Sales"). If Beneficiary chooses to have more than one EXHIBIT "B" to DEED OF TRUST Page 2 Foreclosure Sale, Beneficiary at its option may cause the Foreclosure Sales to be held simultaneously or successively, on the same day, or on such different days and at such different times and in such order as Beneficiary may deem to be in its best interests. No Foreclosure Sale shall terminate or affect the liens of this Deed of Trust on any part of the Property which has not been sold, until all of the Secured Obligations have been paid in full. If Beneficiary delivers to Trustee a written declaration of default and demand for sale and a written notice of default, Trustee shall cause such notice to be filed for record. After the lapse of such time as may then be required by law following the recordation of said notice of default, and notice of sale having been given as then required by law, Trustee, without demand on Trustor, may sell said Property at the time and place fixed by it in said notice of sale, either as a whole or in separate parcels, and in such order as it may determine, at public auction to the highest bidder for cash in lawful money of the United States, payable at time of sale. Trustee may postpone sale of all or any portion of said Property by public announcement at such time and place of sale, and from time to time thereafter may postpone such sale by public announcement at the time fixed by the preceding postponement. Trustee shall deliver to such purchaser its deed conveying the property so sold, but without any covenant or warranty, express or implied. The recitals in such deed of any matters or facts shall be conclusive proof of the truthfulness thereof. Beneficiary or its nominee may bid and become the purchaser of all or any part of the Property at any Foreclosure Sale, and the amount of Beneficiary's successful bid shall be credited on the Secured Obligations. Beneficiary may exercise any or all of the remedies granted to a secured party under the UCC. Under this power of sale, Beneficiary shall have the discretionary right to cause some or all of the Property, including any Property which constitutes personal property, to be sold or otherwise disposed of in any combination and in any manner permitted by applicable law (including the UCC). Trustor agrees that such a sale of personal property together with real property constitutes a commercially reasonable sale of the personal property. Any proceeds of any such disposition shall not cure any Event of Default or reinstate any Secured Obligation for purposes of Section 2924c of the California Civil Code. After deducting all costs, fees and expenses of Trustee and of this Trust, including cost of evidence of title in connection with sale, Trustee shall apply the proceeds of sale to payment of: all sums expended under the terms hereof, not then repaid, with accrued interest at the amount allowed by law in effect at the date hereof; all other sums then secured hereby; and the remainder, if any, to the Trustor. (6) Beneficiary, or any successor in ownership of any indebtedness secured hereby, may from time to time, by instrument in writing, substitute a successor or successors to any Trustee named herein or acting hereunder, which instrument, executed by the Beneficiary and duly acknowledged and recorded in the office of the recorder of the county or counties where said Property is situated, shall be conclusive proof of proper substitution of such successor Trustee or Trustees, who shall, without conveyance from the Trustee predecessor, succeed to all its title, estate, rights, powers and duties. Said instrument must contain the name of the original Trustor, Trustee and Beneficiary hereunder, the book and page where this Deed is recorded and the name and address of the new Trustee. (7) This Deed applies to, inures to the benefit of, and binds all parties hereto, their heirs, legatees, devisees, administrators, executors, successors, and assigns. The term Beneficiary shall mean the owner and holder, including pledgees, of Tenant's Loan, whether or not named as Beneficiary herein (however, this paragraph (7) does not waive the due-on-transfer provisions hereof). In this Deed of Trust, whenever the context so requires, the masculine gender includes the feminine and/or the neuter, and the singular number includes the plural. No merger shall occur as a result of Beneficiary's acquiring any other estate in or any other lien on the Property unless Beneficiary consents to a merger in writing. This Deed of Trust shall be governed by the laws of the State of California. If any provision of this Deed of Trust should be held unenforceable or void, that provision shall be deemed severable from the remaining provisions and shall in no way affect the validity of this Deed of Trust. Any notice, demand, request or other communication which any party hereto may be required or may desire to give hereunder shall be given in writing at the address as set forth above or at such other address as the party to be served with notice may have furnished in writing to the party seeking or desiring to serve notice as a place for the service of notice. Any notice or demand delivered to the person or entity named above to accept notices and demands for Trustor shall constitute notice or demand duly delivered to Trustor, even if delivery is refused. EXHIBIT "B" to DEED OF TRUST Page 3 PURCHASE AND SALE AGREEMENT MODIFICATIONS 1. Recital B shall be rewritten to reflect exercise of right of first offer pursuant to Section 15.2 of the Lease. 2. Section 1.1 shall reflect the right of first offer property (including any Landlord owned personal property and fixtures located thereon). 3. Sections 1.8 and 1.18 shall include in the Personal Property only such Warranties as may then be in force. 4. Sections 1.16 and 1.17 shall be modified to reflect the property being purchased. 5. Sections 1.22, 1.23, 1.24 and 1.25 shall be deleted. 6. Section 4.1 shall set forth the Purchase Price for the right of first offer property. 7. The Deposit pursuant to Section 4.2 shall be $500,000. 8. The Tenant's Loan, Breakage Fee, Fire Suppression Fee and Traffic Impact Fees shall be eliminated from Sections 4.3, 6.3.2 and 6.7. 9. The tenant leases and the Lease shall be added as Title Exceptions in Section 5.1.1(a), unless the Tenant disapproves any Tenant Lease(s) pursuant to Section 5.1.2 and terminates the Agreement. 10. The tenant leases and all contracts and agreements affecting the right of first offer property shall be added as Tenant due diligence items in Section 5.1.2. Tenant may disapprove any Tenant Lease and/or disapprove the due diligence items on any reasonable basis. 11. Clauses (b), (c) and (d) and (i), (ii) and (iii) of Section 5.1.3 shall be eliminated. 12. Delivery of tenant estoppel certificates in the form of attached Schedule 1 and commercially reasonable SNDA's from all tenants of the right of first offer property, other than Tenant, shall be added as a new condition in Section 5.1.9. In addition, Landlord shall reasonably cooperate with Tenant in obtaining SNDAs for Tenant's lender in a commercially reasonable form, but obtaining such SNDAs shall not be a breach by Landlord subject to satisfaction of the reasonable cooperation covenant and the provisions of the tenant leases. 13. Section 6.1 shall be modified to reflect the closing date per the right of first offer. The second paragraph shall be deleted in its entirety. 14. Section 6.2.3 will be deleted unless the right of first offer property includes the entire Premises. Sections 6.2.4 and 6.2.5 shall be replaced with provisions requiring delivery of tenant estoppels and an assignment of leases in the form attached hereto as Schedule 2. 15. The tenant leases shall be added as permitted encumbrances under Section 6.4, subject to Tenant's disapproval rights under Section 5.1.2. 16. Section 6.5 shall be rewritten to include tenant rent and deposits in the proration and, as applicable, any allocation of outstanding tenant improvement obligations in accordance with the Sale Notice or as negotiated by Landlord and Tenant. 17. Section 6.10 shall be eliminated. 18. Section 8.3.13 shall be eliminated. Representations shall be added re tenant leases as to (a) true and complete copies, (b) full force and effect, (c) no defaults, (d) deposits and (e) no other tenant leases. 19. Sections 10.2 and 10.3 shall be eliminated. EXHIBIT "M" 20. Section 10.4 shall be modified to eliminate references to the Lease (unless the Premises is included in the right of first offer property) and the assignment of Warranties. 21. The first paragraph of Article 11 shall be eliminated. 22. Section 12.11 shall be modified to delete references to the Lease unless the right of first offer property includes some or all of the Premises. 23. Section 12.21 shall be modified to reflect that Tenant's right to possession is subject to the rights of any tenants of the right of first offer property. 24. Section 12.23 shall be modified to reflect the actual Trip Budget required for the uses on the property sold. 25. The parties shall make any additional changes required to reflect particular business terms of the right of first offer. 26. Basic operational covenants as to continued operation of the property as currently operated shall be added. 27. Restrictions on ability of Landlord to, without consent of Tenant, to (a) execute, amend, terminate tenant leases, (b) execute, modify, terminate certain contracts and (c) materially modify improvements to sale property after due diligence period expires shall be added. 28. The Partial Assignment of the Development Agreement shall be modified to reflect the actual numbers of AM and PM peak trips allocated to the sale land. EXHIBIT "M" Page 2 TENANT ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATE THIS TENANT ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATE ("Certificate"), is made and entered into as of this ___ day of _____, 20__ (the "Effective Date"), by ________________, a ____________ ("Lessee"), in favor of EMULEX CORPORATION, its successors and assigns ("Purchaser"). RECITALS A. Purchaser and C.J. SEGERSTROM & SONS, a California general partnership ("Lessor"), have entered into a Purchase and Sale Agreement and Joint Escrow Instructions dated as of _______________ (the "Agreement"), wherein Purchaser agreed to purchase and Lessor agreed to sell the real property located in the City of Costa Mesa, County of Orange, State of California (the "Property"), which is legally described in Exhibit "A" attached hereto. B. Lessor and Lessee (or their respective predecessors in interest) have entered into that certain Lease dated as of ________________ (the "Original Lease") covering a portion of the Property (the "Premises"), more particularly described on Exhibit "B" attached hereto. C. The Original Lease has been amended and modified pursuant to the amendments and related documents listed on Exhibit "C" attached hereto (as so amended, the "Lease"). AGREEMENT NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the recitals set forth above and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged by Lessee, Lessee certifies, warrants and represents to Purchaser as follows: 1. Lease. Exhibit "D" attached hereto is a true, complete and correct copy of all documents and agreements constituting the Lease. 2. Effectiveness of the Lease. The Lease has been duly executed and delivered by Lessee and, subject to the terms and conditions thereof, the Lease is in full force and effect, the obligations of Lessee thereunder are valid and binding, and there have been no modifications or additions to the Lease, written or oral, other than those which are listed on Exhibit "C" and included in Exhibit "D." 3. Complete Agreement. The Lease constitutes the complete agreement between Lessor and Lessee relating to the leasing of the Premises and Lessee claims no rights of any kind whatsoever with respect to the Property, other than as set forth in the Lease. 4. Lease Term. The term of the Lease expires on __________ and Lessee has no right or option to extend the term of the Lease, other than ______________________. 5. No Purchase Rights. Lessee has no option, right of first refusal, right of first offer or other right to purchase all or any portion of the Property. 6. Rent. The monthly basic rent currently payable under the Lease is $________, subject to ___ adjustment in accordance with the terms of the Lease. In addition, Lessee pays __________________ (the "Additional Rent"). Monthly basic rent and Additional Rent has been paid through _____________. 7. No Deposits or Prepaid Rent. No security or other deposits or prepayments of rent have been made by Lessee in connection with the Lease, except as follows: __________________ ________________________________________________________ (if none, write "None"). 8. Lessor's Obligations. As of the date of this Certificate, Lessor has performed all obligations required of Lessor under the Lease and Lessor is not in default under any term, covenant or condition of the Lease. No offsets, counterclaims or defenses of Lessee Schedule 1 to Exhibit "M" under the Lease exist against Lessor. No events have occurred which, with the passage of time or the giving of notice, would constitute a basis for offsets, counterclaims or defenses against Lessor. There are no outstanding obligations of Lessor to provide to Lessee (a) any improvements to the Premises, (b) any allowance for tenant improvements, moving expenses or other costs incurred by Lessee or (c) any "free rent" or other lease concessions. 9. Assignment. Lessee has not subleased, assigned, hypothecated, transferred or alienated any interest of Lessee in the Premises or pursuant to the Lease except: ______________________________________________________________ (if none, write "None"). 10. Authority. Each individual executing this Certificate represents and warrants that he or she is duly authorized to execute and deliver this Certificate on behalf of Lessee and that this Certificate is binding upon Lessee in accordance with its terms. 11. Reliance by Purchaser. Lessee executes this Certificate with the knowledge that this Certificate will be relied on by Purchaser, or its successors and assigns under the Agreement, in connection with the purchase of the Property by Purchaser. The date such purchase closes is herein referred to as the "Effective Date." Lessee shall be bound by the certifications and covenants contained in this Certificate. In the event of any conflict between the terms and provisions of this Certificate and of the Lease, the terms and provisions of this Certificate shall control. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Lessee has executed this Certificate to be effective as of the Effective Date. , --------------------------------------- a -------------------------------------- By ------------------------------------- Title: --------------------------------- Schedule 1 to Exhibit "M" Page 2 ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION OF LEASES THIS ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION OF LEASES (the "Assignment") is made and entered into as of the ___ day of ___________, 20__ by and between C.J. SEGERSTROM & SONS, a California general partnership ("Assignor"), and EMULEX CORPORATION, a California corporation ("Assignee"), with respect to the following: RECITALS A. Assignor is the "Seller" and Assignee is the "Buyer" pursuant to a certain Purchase and Sale Agreement and Joint Escrow Instructions dated ______________ __, 20___ (the "Agreement"). Pursuant to the Agreement, Assignor is selling and Assignor is purchasing certain real property and improvements described on Schedule 1 attached hereto (the "Property"). B. In connection with the sale of the Property, Seller is required to assign to Buyer all "Tenant Leases," as defined in the Agreement, with respect to the Property. This Assignment is executed to satisfy such obligation. AGREEMENT IN CONSIDERATION OF the foregoing recitals and the mutual covenants contained herein, Assignor and Assignee agree to follows: 1. Assignment. Assignor hereby assigns and transfers to Assignee all of Assignor's right, title and interest as "Landlord" or "Lessor" in and under the Tenant Leases. The Tenant Leases are as listed on Schedule 2 attached hereto. True, correct and complete copies of the Leases are attached hereto as Schedule 3. 2. Assumption. Assignee hereby accepts the foregoing assignment and assumes and agrees to be bound by all obligations of the "Landlord" or "Lessor" under the Tenant Leases accruing from and after the Effective Date, as defined below, of this Assignment. 3. Effective Date. The Effective Date of this Assignment shall be the date upon which there is recorded in the Office of the County Recorder of Orange County, California a deed to the Property executed by Seller in favor of Buyer. 4. Indemnity. Assignor shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless Assignee from and against all claims, losses, costs, liabilities and expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys' fees and costs) arising out of the failure or alleged failure of Assignor to perform any of the obligations of the Landlord pursuant to the Tenant Leases and accruing prior to the Effective Date. Assignee shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless Assignor from and against any and all claims, losses, costs, liabilities and expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys' fees and costs) arising out of the failure or alleged failure of Assignee to perform any of the obligations of the Landlord pursuant to the Tenant Leases and accruing on or after the Effective Date. The foregoing indemnification provisions shall each contain a covenant by the indemnifying party to defend the indemnified party against all claims for which indemnification is available hereunder with legal counsel appointed by the liability insurance carrier for the indemnifying party. Payment shall not be a condition precedent to recovery upon the foregoing indemnification provisions. 5. Successors and Assigns. All of the terms, covenants and conditions set forth herein shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of Assignor and Assignee and their respective successors and assigns. 6. No Implied Representations. There are no representations and warranties in connection with this Assignment other than as expressly set forth in the Agreement. Except for such express representations and the indemnification set forth in paragraph 4, Assignee shall have no claims against Assignor pursuant to the provisions of the Tenant Leases. Schedule 2 to Exhibit "M" IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Assignor and Assignee have executed and delivered this Agreement and Assumption of Tenant Leases to be effective as provided in paragraph 3 above. C.J. SEGERSTROM & SONS, a California EMULEX CORPORATION, a California general partnership corporation By Henry T. Segerstrom Management LLC, By a California limited liability ------------------------------------- company, Manager Title: --------------------------------- By ------------------------------- Manager By ------------------------------------- By HTS MANAGEMENT CO., INC., a California corporation, Manager Title: --------------------------------- "Assignee" By ---------------------------------- Title: ------------------------------ "Assignor" Schedule 2 to Exhibit "M" Page 2
EX-12.1 8 a80940orex12-1.txt EXHIBIT 12.1 EXHIBIT 12.1 EMULEX CORPORATION RATIO OF EARNINGS/DEFICIT OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES
Six Month Fiscal Years Ended ---------------------------------------------------- Dec. 30, 2001 2001 2000 1999 1998 1997 ------------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- EARNINGS: Pretax income from continuing operations $(64,261) $ 8,584 $ 43,830 $ 5,512 $(10,926) $ 1,063 Fixed charges 192 173 138 169 213 323 -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- Total earnings $(64,069) $ 8,757 $ 43,968 $ 5,681 $(10,713) $ 1,386 -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- FIXED CHARGES: Interest expense $ 7 $ 1 $ 32 $ 72 $ 94 $ 185 Interest within rental expense(1) 185 172 106 97 119 138 -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- Total fixed charges $ 192 $ 173 $ 138 $ 169 $ 213 $ 323 -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------- RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES N/A 51 319 34 N/A 4 ======== ======== ======== ======== ======== ======== DEFICIT OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES (64,261) N/A N/A N/A (10,926) N/A ======== ======== ======== ======== ======== ========
(1) The interest rate used on this calculation was 11.5%.
EX-23.1 9 a80940orex23-1.txt EXHIBIT 23.1 Exhibit 23.1 INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' CONSENT The Board of Directors Emulex Corporation: We consent to the incorporation by reference of our report dated August 4, 2001, relating to the consolidated balance sheets of Emulex Corporation and subsidiaries as of July 1, 2001 and July 2, 2000, and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders' equity and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended July 1, 2001, and the related financial statement schedule, which report appears in the July 1, 2001, Annual Report on Form 10-K of Emulex Corporation, and to the reference to our firm under the heading "Experts" in the prospectus. KPMG LLP Orange County, California April 26, 2002 EX-25.1 10 a80940orex25-1.txt EXHIBIT 25.1 Exhibit 25.1 SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549 FORM T-1 --------- STATEMENT OF ELIGIBILITY UNDER THE TRUST INDENTURE ACT OF 1939 OF A CORPORATION DESIGNATED TO ACT AS TRUSTEE Check if an Application to Determine Eligibility of a Trustee Pursuant to Section 305(b)(2)[X] STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY OF CALIFORNIA, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION (Exact name of trustee as specified in its charter) United States 06-1143380 (Jurisdiction of incorporation or (I.R.S. Employer organization if not a U.S. national bank) Identification No.) 633 West 5th Street, 12th Floor, Los Angeles, California 90071 (Address of principal executive offices) (Zip Code) Lynda A. Vogel, Senior Vice President and Managing Director 633 West 5th Street, 12th Floor, Los Angeles, California 90071 (213) 362-7399 (Name, address and telephone number of agent for service) EMULEX CORPORATION (Exact name of obligor as specified in its charter) Delaware 51-0300558 (State or other jurisdiction of (I.R.S. Employer incorporation or organization) Identification No.) 3535 Harbor Boulevard Costa Mesa, California (Address of principal executive offices) 92626 (Zip Code) 1 3/4 % Convertible Subordinated Notes due February 1, 2007 (TYPE OF SECURITIES) GENERAL ITEM 1. GENERAL INFORMATION. FURNISH THE FOLLOWING INFORMATION AS TO THE TRUSTEE: (a) NAME AND ADDRESS OF EACH EXAMINING OR SUPERVISORY AUTHORITY TO WHICH IT IS SUBJECT. Comptroller of the Currency, Western District Office, 50 Fremont Street, Suite 3900, San Francisco, California, 94105-2292 (b) WHETHER IT IS AUTHORIZED TO EXERCISE CORPORATE TRUST POWERS. Trustee is authorized to exercise corporate trust powers. ITEM 2. AFFILIATIONS WITH OBLIGOR. IF THE OBLIGOR IS AN AFFILIATE OF THE TRUSTEE, DESCRIBE EACH SUCH AFFILIATION. The obligor is not an affiliate of the trustee or of its parent, State Street Bank and Trust Company. (See notes on page 2.) ITEM 3. THROUGH ITEM 15. NOT APPLICABLE. ITEM 16. LIST OF EXHIBITS. LIST BELOW ALL EXHIBITS FILED AS PART OF THIS STATEMENT OF ELIGIBILITY. 1. A COPY OF THE ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION OF THE TRUSTEE AS NOW IN EFFECT. A copy of the Articles of Association of the trustee, as now in effect, is on file with the Securities and Exchange Commission as an Exhibit with corresponding exhibit number to the Form T-1 of Western Digital Corporation, filed pursuant to Section 305(b)(2) of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (the "Act"), on May 12, 1998 (Registration No. 333-52463), and is incorporated herein by reference. 2. A COPY OF THE CERTIFICATE OF AUTHORITY OF THE TRUSTEE TO COMMENCE BUSINESS, IF NOT CONTAINED IN THE ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION. A Certificate of Corporate Existence (with fiduciary powers) from the Comptroller of the Currency, Administrator of National Banks is on file with the Securities and Exchange Commission as an Exhibit with corresponding exhibit number to the Form T-1 of Western Digital Corporation, filed pursuant to Section 305(b)(2) of the Act, on May 12, 1998 (Registration No. 333-52463), and is incorporated herein by reference. 3. A COPY OF THE AUTHORIZATION OF THE TRUSTEE TO EXERCISE CORPORATE TRUST POWERS, IF SUCH AUTHORIZATION IS NOT CONTAINED IN THE DOCUMENTS SPECIFIED IN PARAGRAPH (1) OR (2), ABOVE. Authorization of the Trustee to exercise fiduciary powers (included in Exhibits 1 and 2; no separate instrument). 4. A COPY OF THE EXISTING BY-LAWS OF THE TRUSTEE, OR INSTRUMENTS CORRESPONDING THERETO. A copy of the by-laws of the trustee, as now in effect, is on file with the Securities and Exchange Commission as an Exhibit with corresponding exhibit number to the Form T-1 of Western Digital Corporation, filed pursuant to Section 305(b)(2) of the Act, on May 12, 1998 (Registration No. 333-52463), and is incorporated herein by reference. 1 5. A COPY OF EACH INDENTURE REFERRED TO IN ITEM 4. IF THE OBLIGOR IS IN DEFAULT. Not applicable. 6. THE CONSENTS OF UNITED STATES INSTITUTIONAL TRUSTEES REQUIRED BY SECTION 321(b) OF THE ACT. The consent of the trustee required by Section 321(b) of the Act is annexed hereto as Exhibit 6 and made a part hereof. 7. A COPY OF THE LATEST REPORT OF CONDITION OF THE TRUSTEE PUBLISHED PURSUANT TO LAW OR THE REQUIREMENTS OF ITS SUPERVISING OR EXAMINING AUTHORITY. A copy of the latest report of condition of the trustee published pursuant to law or the requirements of its supervising or examining authority is annexed hereto as Exhibit 7 and made a part hereof. NOTES In answering any item of this Statement of Eligibility which relates to matters peculiarly within the knowledge of the obligor or any underwriter for the obligor, the trustee has relied upon information furnished to it by the obligor and the underwriters, and the trustee disclaims responsibility for the accuracy or completeness of such information. The answer furnished to Item 2. of this statement will be amended, if necessary, to reflect any facts which differ from those stated and which would have been required to be stated if known at the date hereof. SIGNATURE Pursuant to the requirements of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, the trustee, State Street Bank and Trust Company of California, National Association, a national banking association, organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America, has duly caused this statement of eligibility to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, all in the City of Los Angeles, and State of California, on the 8th day of March, 2002. STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY OF CALIFORNIA, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION By: /S/ Stephen Rivero ----------------------------------- STEPHEN RIVERO VICE PRESIDENT 2 EXHIBIT 6 CONSENT OF THE TRUSTEE Pursuant to the requirements of Section 321(b) of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, in connection with the proposed issuance by Emulex Corporation of its 1 3/4% Convertible Subordinated Notes due February 1, 2007, we hereby consent that reports of examination by Federal, State, Territorial or District authorities may be furnished by such authorities to the Securities and Exchange Commission upon request therefor. STATE STREET BANK AND TRUST COMPANY OF CALIFORNIA, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION By: /S/ Stephen Rivero ----------------------------------- STEPHEN RIVERO VICE PRESIDENT Dated: April 8, 2002 3 EXHIBIT 7 Consolidated Report of Condition and Income for A Bank With Domestic Offices Only and Total Assets of Less Than $100 Million of State Street Bank and Trust Company of California, a national banking association duly organized and existing under and by virtue of the laws of the United States of America, at the close of business December 31, 2001, published in accordance with a call made by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation pursuant to the required law: 12 U.S.C. Section 324 (State member banks); 12 U.S.C. Section 1817 (State nonmember banks); and 12 U.S.C. Section 161 (National banks).
Thousands of Dollars ASSETS Cash and balances due from depository institutions: Noninterest-bearing balances and currency and coin .............................. 11,525 Interest-bearing balances ....................................................... 0 Securities .......................................................................... 0 Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell in domestic offices of the bank and its Edge subsidiary ............................................. 0 Loans and lease financing receivables: Loans and leases, net of unearned income ............................ 0 Allowance for loan and lease losses ................................. 0 Allocated transfer risk reserve...................................... 0 Loans and leases, net of unearned income and allowances ......................... 0 Assets held in trading accounts ..................................................... 0 Premises and fixed assets reserve.................................................... 8 Other real estate owned ............................................................. 0 Investments in unconsolidated subsidiaries .......................................... 0 Customers' liability to this bank on acceptances outstanding ........................ 0 Intangible assets ................................................................... 0 Other assets......................................................................... 1,525 ------ Total assets 13,058 ====== LIABILITIES Deposits: In domestic offices ............................................................. 0 Noninterest-bearing ............................................. 0 Interest-bearing ................................................ 0 In foreign offices and Edge subsidiary .......................................... 0 Noninterest-bearing ............................................. 0 Interest-bearing ................................................ 0 Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase in domestic offices of the bank and of its Edge subsidiary ............................................. 0 Demand notes issued to the U.S. Treasury and Trading Liabilities .................... 0 Other borrowed money ................................................................ 0 Subordinated notes and debentures ................................................... 0 Bank's liability on acceptances executed and outstanding ............................ 0 Other liabilities ................................................................... 7,770 Total liabilities ................................................................... 7,770 ------ EQUITY CAPITAL Perpetual preferred stock and related surplus........................................ 0 Common stock ........................................................................ 500 Surplus ............................................................................. 750 Undivided profits and capital reserves/Net unrealized holding gains (losses) ........ 4,038 Cumulative foreign currency translation adjustments ................................. 0 Total equity capital ................................................................ 5,228 ------ Total liabilities and equity capital ................................................ 13,058 ======
4 I, John J. Saniuk, Vice President and Comptroller of the above named bank do hereby declare that this Report of Condition and Income for this report date have been prepared in conformance with the instructions issued by the appropriate Federal regulatory authority and is true to the best of my knowledge and belief. /S/ John J. Saniuk We, the undersigned directors, attest to the correctness of this Report of Condition and declare that it has been examined by us and to the best of our knowledge and belief has been prepared in conformance with the instructions issued by the appropriate Federal regulatory authority and is true and correct. /S/ Alan D. Greene /S/ Bryan R. Calder /S/ Lynda A. Vogel 5
-----END PRIVACY-ENHANCED MESSAGE-----